Full text of "Edison Microfilm Reel 246"

See other formats

CENTIMETERS

A SELECTIVE MICROFILM EDITION

PARTV

(1911-1919)

Thomas E. Jeffrey
Senior Editor

Brian C. Shipley
Theresa M. Collins
Linda E. Endersby
Editors

David A. Ranzan
Indexing Editor

Janette Pardo
Richard Mizelle
Peter Mikulas
Indexers

Paul B. Israel

Director and General Editor

Sponsors

Rutgers, The State University of New Jersey
National Park Service, Edison National Historic Site
New Jersey Historical Commission

A UPA Collection from

Hjf LexisNexis-

7500 Old Georgetown Road • Bcthesda, MD 20814-6126
Edison signature used with permission of McGruw-Edison Company

Thomas A. Edison Papers
at

Rutgers, The State University of New Jersey
endorsed by

National Historical Publications and Records Commission
18 June 1981

All rights reserved. No part of this publication including any portion of the guide and
index or of the microfilm may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted in any
form by any means— graphic, electronic, mechanical, or chemical, including photocopying,
recording or taping, or information storage and retrieval systems — without written permission of
Rutgers, The State University of New Jersey, New Brunswick, New Jersey.

The original documents in this edition are from the archives at the Edison National
Historic Site at West Orange, New Jersey.

ISBN 978-0-88692-887-2

THOMAS A. EDISON PAPERS STAFF (2007)

Director and General Editor

Paul Israel

Senior Editor
Thomas Jeffrey

Associate Editors
Louis Carlat
Theresa Collins

Assistant Editor

David Hochfelder

Indexing Editor

David Ranzan

Consulting Editor
Linda Endersby

Visiting Editor
Amy Flanders

Editorial Assistants

Alexandra Rimer
Kelly Enright
Eric Barry

Outreach and Development
(Edison Across the Curriculum)
Theresa Collins

Business Manager

Rachel Weissenburgcr

BOARD OF SPONSORS (2007)

Rutgers, The State University of New Jersey National Park Service

Richard L. McCormick Maryanne Gerbauckas

Ziva Galili Michelle Ortwein

Ann Fabian

Paul Clemens Smithsonian Institution

Harold Wallace

New Jersey Historical Commission
Marc Mappen

EDITORIAL ADVISORY BOARD (2007)

Robert Friedel, University of Maryland
Louis Galambos, Johns Hopkins University
Susan Hockey, Oxford University
Thomas P. Hughes, University of Pennsylvania
Ronald Kline, Cornell University
Robert Rosenberg, John Wiley & Sons
Marc Rothenberg, Joseph Henry Papers, Smithsonian Institution
Philip Scranton, Rutgers University/Hagley Museum
Merritt Roe Smith, Massachusetts Institute of Technology

FINANCIAL CONTRIBUTORS

Wc thankfully acknowledge the vision and support of Rutgers University and the
Thomas A. Edison Papers Board of Sponsors.

This edition was made possible by grant funds provided from the New Jersey Historical
Commission, National Historical Publications and Records Commission, and The National
Endowment for the Humanities. Major underwriting has been provided by the Barkley Fund,
through the National Trust for the Humanities, and by The Charles Edison Foundation.

We are grateful for the generous support of the IEEE Foundation, the Hyde & Watson
Foundation, the Martinson Family Foundation, and the GE Foundation. We acknowledge gifts
from many other individuals, as well as an anonymous donor; the Association of Edison
Illuminating Companies; and the Edison Electric Institute. For the assistance of all these
organizations and individuals, as well as for the indispensable aid of archivists, librarians,
scholars, and collectors, the editors arc most gratefiil.

A Note on the Sources
The pages which have been
filmed are the best copies
available. Every technical
effort possible has been
made to ensure legibility.

PUBLICATION AND MICROFILM
COPYING RESTRICTIONS

Reel duplication of the whole or of
any part of this film is prohibited.
In lieu of transcripts, however,
enlarged photocopies of selected
items contained on these reels
may be made in order to facilitate
research.

PATENT SERIES
PATENT APPLICATION FOLIOS

Patent Series
Patent Application Files

Folio # 870 Disc Sound Records

Serial# 710150

Primary Applicant: Edison, Thomas A
Date Executed: 7/15/1912

[PHOTOCOPY!

le .

■ 1 *' / ^ Examiner's Room No. J. 7 f

l.iUcr . Page

Patent No.^j Issuei1 ^r" >jv

<QM«* &Z&Z «.

aJL^^ L/*r/.f./4. 17 ....

, ? 1^-/3.

sA ./+ -/?'/*>

» .

(. lel~’ 'ft 3-i\

,j&\Vv-S.v. '>'*J'v. *'

.^a. x^'V'-

1 t*1 o^v s»

QwAWta. - '^pDs^t.J'V-'o an

j^UxjviJUaY - 21, / 1 fcfc,

NW.*

U6 • ^ ="’

|l>?'“f;^'.'. '.: • . &y-r PWAS!

, FRANK L. DYER,

Counsel,

Orange, New Jersey.

petition

®o tf)e Commissioner of Patents:

©our Petitioner ehohas A. jsdjlduu,
a citizen of tfce ®nitet> states, reSibins ant) ijabins a Post ©ffite abbreSS at

West Orange, Essex County, Hew Jersey

praps tfjat letters patent map be sranteb to t>im for «)e improbements in

DISC SOUIID HECOHDS

« Cacti) In tin anmxtb spratatlon; ant, fje IjmDf aspamK JftanU I. Be
(*.Bistration *o. 560). ot «tanSe. iWn J«W. W nttomr. tat* W
pautt ot substitution anb ribotation, to prostrate ttjis applnation, to mat
alterations anb amenbmtnts Herein, to rettibt tin pnttnt. anb to ttnnsott nU
business in tfce Patent ©ffite connected tljeretoitl).

.r/ _

SPECIFIOAIIOB.

TO AIL WHOM IT MAI COHCERH:

BE IT KHOWH , that I, THOMAS A. ED 1 5 01! , a citizen
I of the United States, ana a resident of Llewellyn lark,

Lest Orange, in the County of Essex ana State of How Jersey,
have invented certain now and useful improvements in
DISC S0U1ID BECOHDS, of which the following is a specification:

My invention relates to sound records of the
typo in which the record is formed upon the face or faces
of a flat tablet, preferably of circular outline; and my
object is to provide improved moans for identifying the
records ana for facilitating the selection of any desired
record from a large number of the Bamo. In a general
way, my invention rosombles that disclosed in my appli¬

cation, Serial Ho. 596,637, filed December 9, 1910, in

Ithat it involves the placing on the record of identifying
characters or indicia which are visible when the records
are placed in a receptacle or filing device, such as a
drawer or cabinet, designed for use therewith, it being
thus possible to readily looato any desired record by
merely running the eyes over the visible portions of the
[records in the receptaolo or filing device. According
to the present invention, I oontomplate placing the
identifying characters or indicia on the periphery of the
record instead of placing the Bame on the face of the
record adjacent the periphery, as in my prior invention
above referred to, the characters or indicia thus being
visible and legible even though the records are filed away
very close or even in contact with eaoh other. With my
new invention, the numbor of rocordB it is possible to

file in a given apace is accordingly groatly increased
without interference with the legibility of the identify¬
ing characters or indicia. I preferably repeat the
indicia at intervals around the periphery of the records
so th?£t the same may readily be seen regardless of
whether one portion or another of the periphery of the
record is uppermost in the reoeptaole or filing device
containing the same. My invention also contemplates
the construction of a reoeptaole or filing device of such
character that the characters or indicia on the records
may readily be soon without the necessity of lifting
the reoordB from thoir places.

Other objects of ray invention reside in the
construction of parts and combinations of elements more

I fully described in the following spooifioation and
appended claims.

I In order that my invention may be more fully

understood attention is hereby direotod to the accompanying
drawings forming a part of this specification and in which -
Fig. 1 is a perspective view of a disc sound
record embodying my invention;

Fig. 2 is a vertical sectional view of a cabinet
for holding records such as illustrated in Fig. 1 and em¬
bodying my invention; and

Fig. 3 is a vertical oross-Beotional view of one
of the drawers forming a part of the cabinet illustrated
in Fig. 2.

In all of the views, like parts are designated by
the same reference characters.

Referring to the drawings, the record 1 has a
selection or reoorded matter 2 formed upon the faoe. thereof,
a blank space being left within the innermost record groove
for a label or inscription 3 giving the title and other

information relating to the seleotion reoordea at 2. A
selection ana label may be formed upon the face of the
reoora opposite that shown in Pig. 1 in positions oorres-
ponaing to those indicated at 2 and 3. Eaoh of the discs ,
as is common, is provided with a peripheral surfaoe 4,
preferably at right angles to the opposite faoes of the
reoora ana on this surfaoe, are provided oharaoters or
inaioia suoh as shown at 5 to designate the record , eaoh
reoord being provided with indicia different from those
J on the other reooras. These characters or indioia

I are preferably in the form of numerals, as shown, the
numerals corresponding with any given selections or
reoordB being asoertainablo by reference to a suitable
index or catalogue, which may contain in one oolumn the
titles of the selootions on the record ana in an aajeoent
I oolumn the numbers of the reoords containing the selections
eaoh number being arranged opposite the seleotion or
selections to whioh it refers. Ytoen there are two
selections on opposite faoes of the reoora, the title of
the seleotion on the faoe of the reoord whioh is in the for
ward position when the reoord is stood on itB edge with
the numbers in proper upright position for reading is
preferably given in the index or catalogue ahead of that
of the other Beleotion; so that the proper faoe of the
reoora oan be found without reference to the labels 3. The
oharaoters or indicia are preferably repeated at intervals
around the periphery of the reoord, the oharaoters shown
in Fig. 1 being arranged at intervals of 90 degrees; around
the reoord. While the indioia may be formed on the
record in any suitable way, I prefer to press or engrave
the some into the reoord material and to fill in the A
depressed portions with suitable ooloring matter topafce

3 K:

the indicia easily visible and legible.

In Pig- 2. 1 havo illustrated a filing oahinet
suitable for the reception of the records illustrated
in Fig. 1. in this cabinet, a plurality of drawers 7 and
8 are mountoa to slide on supports 9 and 10, a hingod
door 11 being provided at the front of the cabinet to
permit access to the interior thereof and to permit the
drawers 7 and 8 to be drawn forwardly out of the cabinet.

Each of the drawers above mentioned comprises side members
12, a front member 13 and a rear member 14, the bottom of

I the drawer being formed of two members 15 mortised into
the side, front and rear members and preferably inolined
upwardly and Inwardly. *be members 16 are spaced a slight
distance apart and have their inner edges bevelled so
that when a record 1 is placed in the drawer, the same
is rotatably supported by the bevelled edges of the members
15 and is also hold from lateral movement thereby. Parallel
spacing members 16 between which the records are to be .
placed, one record between each two adjacent spaced members,
are arranged vertically in the drawers. Shese spacing
members are held in guides 17-17 scoured to the opposite
sides of the drawers and provided with grooves 18-18 in
which the spacing members are slidably mounted, the said
members being hold against downward movement by strips 19
secured to the inner faces of the guideB 17. If desired,
corner pieces 20 may be secured in the lower latoral
inner corners of the drawers to strengthen the latter^

Sho distance between the spacing members need be no greater
than the thickness of the records and may be substantially
equal thereto so that the records may be placed very olosp
to each other. The said .spacing members may also bo madA,
very thin so as to economize spaoe and may if desired, bo

made of shaet metal, although I prefer to oonstruot the

same of wooa. The upper edges of the reoords, when the
latter are plaoed within the drawers, extend a substantial
distance above the spaoing members so that the identifying
oharaoters or indioia on the peripheries thereof may read- .
ily be read. If the reooras are not arranged in the most
satisfactory position for observing the indioia, they may
readily be rotated to bring them into suoh position. The
drawers may be of any suitable size, those shown in the ac-
oompanying drawings being of different sizes, the upper
drawer being adapted to support, for example, ten inch rec¬
ords and the lower drawer twelve inch reoordB. When it is
desired to seleot from one of the drawers a record contain¬
ing a particular selection, reference is had to the index
or catalogue showing the number on the record corresponding
to the particular selection and with my improved arrange¬
ment of identifying characters or indioia, it is simply
neoessary to run the eyes along the periphery of the reo¬
ords in the drawers to locate the proper record. When
the record oon tains two selections on opposite faces, the
fnoe containing the desired selection is indicated both by
the labels 3 and by the .arrangement of the identifying ‘
oharaoters on the reoord and the titles of the selections
in the index or catalogue, as hereinbefore explained.

Having now described my invention, what X Claim
as new and desire to proteot by letters Patent is as follows

1. As a new artiole of manufacture, a diso sound
reoord having on the periphery thereof indioia for ide?
ing the reoord, substantially as described.

2. Ab a new artiole of manufacture, a diso soiand
reoord having recurrently at intervals on the periphery

ipVify-

/ i\

thereof Indicia for identifying tho record, substantially
as described.

E 7// ''(> r

3. nAs a now article of manufacture, a disc sound
reoord having^a peripheral surface at an angle to tho
face thereof, tho^said' peripheral surface being provided
with indicia for/idenfck^ying tho reoord, substantially
as described./

4. As a now article of manufacture, a disc sound
reoord having a peripheral surface atsan anglo to tho

I face thereof, tho said peripheral surfacob^ing provided
recurrently at intervals with indicia for identifying the ■
reoord, substantially as described. \

[ 7//^ 3

\r. In a device of tho character described, the

I combination of a receptacle , and a plurality of disc
sound records supported in said receptacle and projecting
above the saihe, said reoords having identifying indicia
on the peripheries thereof, substantially as described.

6. in a device of the olass described, the com¬
bination of a receptacle, and a plurality of disc sound
reoords rotatably suppor^d in said receptacle and pro-

I jecting above the same, saiKrocords having identifying
J indicia on the peripheries theW)f , substantially as
I described.

7. In a device of the character described, the
combination of a reooptaole having parallel spacing members,
a plurality of disc sound reoords placed b<N<woon said
spaoing members’'' ana "means extending transverWy of said
members in a substantially horizontal directions^- support¬
ing said records, said records having identifying ihMcia ,
on the peripheries thereof, substantially aB describ^.

As a now article of manufacture, a receptacle

Ifor di^c Bound records, having a bottom comprising moans
for rotatably supporting the reooras, sail means being
adapted to prevent lateral movement of the records , sub¬
stantially as d ebc rib ed.

Ab a new articlo of/manuf acture , a receptacle

Ifor aisc eouna rocordB hhving a bottom comprising a plurality]
of members adapted to ongagkthe records at a plurality of
opacea points on the poripheriba thereof to Bupport the
same, substantially as described.

As a now article of mantifaoturo , a reooptaole
for disc sound records having parallel spabing membors
of a height less than the diometor of tho rocb^s to be
supported in the receptacle and having also a bottom
[comprising moans for rotatably supporting the record^, said
means being adapted to prevent lateral movomont of the
Irocords, substantially as described.

©atb.

State of i?eto 3fersep ) ^

Countp of (Essex j

thouas a. edisoh , tfjc abobe natneij
petitioner, being; bulg stuorn, bepoSeS anb SapS tfjat ijc is a citizen of tfje tHnitcb

states, anb a reSibent of Ilewollyn Park, Wool: Orrnigo , in tJio County
of Essex, and State of ilow Jersey,

tljat fje berilg belicbes fjimself to be tfje original, first anb Sole inbentor of tljc
improbements in disc souhd records

bescribeb anb tlainteb in tfje annexeb specification ; tfjat fje boes not Imotu anb
boes not beliebe tljat tfje same tuas eber fenoton or useb before fjis inbention or
biseoberp tfjereof; or patenteb or bescribeb in anp printeb publication in tfje
©niteb states of America or anp foreign countrp before fjis inbention or
biscoberp tfjereof, or more tfjan ttoo pears prior to tljis application; or patenteb
in anp countrp foreign to tfje ®niteb States on an application fileb more tfjan
ttoclbe montfjs prior to tfjis application; or in public use or on sale in tfje
fSfniteb States for more tfjan ltuo pears prior to tfjis application; anb tfjat no
application for patent upon Saib inbention fjas been fileb bp fjim or fjis legal
representatibes or assigns in anp foreign countrp.

Stuorn to anb subscribeb before

jjotarp public.

[Seal]

DEPARTMENT OF THE INTERIOR

UNITED STATES PATENT OFFICE
WASHINGTON 86pt *

Thomas A, Edison,

Oare Prank I.. Dyer,

0 range, Hew Jersey .

0. S. PATENT OFFICE,

•EP 17 iy./

h MA 1 LED.

Please find below

n from the EXAMINER in charge of your i

for Disc Sound Records, filed July 18, 1912, serial number 710,150.

PaRe 8, line 4, "member" should he nemhera .

Claims 1, 2, 3 and 4 are drawn to a record tablet.

Claims 8, 9 and 10 are drawn to a display rack.

Division is required according to the provisions of rule

42.

Claims 5, 3 and 7 are drawn to the combination of a .tablet
and a display raolc and may be retained with either group of
claims. Such claims, however, will probably be rejected as
aggregations of the tablet and the reoord, there being no
patentable combination between a container and tho thing contained.
In amending this cose, (applicant, should conuult,

Pooley.Jun. 9, 1912, #1,014,^2, (211-Display Racks);

Petit, Jon. 29, 1901, #666, 937, (181-17).

'■ ! I . . ’

IH THE UNITED STATES PATENT OFFICE.

ThomaB A. Edison, )

DISC SOUND RECORDS, )

Room Ho. 379.

Filed July 18, 1912, )

Sorial Ho. 710,150 )

HONORABLE COMMISSIONER OF PATENTS,

SIR:

In response to the Office action of
September 17, 1912, please amend the above entitled case
as follows:

In line 4, page 5, change "member" to

- members - .

Cancel claims 6 to 10 inclusive. ,

REMARKS

The Examiner's requirement for division haB
been complied with and action on the merits of the claims
now in the application is respectfully requested. The
right is reserved to file a divisional application on the
subject matter of the canceled claimB.

Respectfully submitted,

•THOMAS A. EDISOH,

his Attorney. /

Orange, How Jersey,

July /$ 1913.

FB-KGK

J.H.D.-SutJ

DEPARTMENT OF THE INTERIOR
UNITED STATES PATENT OFFICE
WASHINGTON _

"Tr&nlS'Xr.-Dyarv — . . ' . .

- araHi5a;'”HQ\v--Jur80y'.'

Please find below a communication from the EXAMINER in oharfie of the application of

TKdi^B''A'r^<fraon,aQi?I'uTnumT)of‘7I0;X50VTlTija‘'TuIy'T8',TW2V''Tor'

U.S. POTT OFFICE,]

SEP 13 1913

MAILED.

This action is responsive to the amendment filed July 21,

1913.

-Claims .1 and 3 are rejected on any conventional^ disk record
in vle(f of Pefeit^of record; Petit, Sept. 22,1903, f?T39, 713, (181-16) i
Wurth, 37ov. 1,1904, #773,617, (181-16) or Cowley, Eng. patent, 17ov. 21,
1903,#at5,?9M^ (181-17) .

Claims 8 and 4 are rejected on the art cited, no invention
lying in duplicating the indicia .

IN THE UNITED STATES PATENT OFFICE.

REMARKS

It 1 s thought that the provision of a disc
record having indiaia as set forth in the claims is patent-
able over the oylinder records marked as shown in the
references. Furthermore, the idea set forth in all the
claims except claims 1 and 2 of duplicating the indicia
around the periphery of a disc record, in whioh type of
record only a portion of the periphery is visible at a time,
would not be suggested by a cylinder record, in whioh the
whole end of the record is visible, even if the oylinder
record showed indicia repeated around its ends. But the
references do not even show oylinder records having the
indicia thus repeated. The facility with whioh the records
embodying applicant's Invention may be identified is thought
to be clear from applicant's specification;,.

Claims 5 and 6 further set forth that the indioia
are depressed; claim 6 also stating that the indicia are
colored to make the same readily legible.

For the above reasons all the claimB are thought
to be patentable and reconsideration and allowanoe are
respectfully requested.

Respeotfully/,

THOMAS A. EDISON

His Attorney.

Orange, New Jersey
August 27, 1914.

FB/JO

DEPARTMENT OF THE INTERIOR
UNITED STATES PATENT OFFICE

In re the amendment of August 88, 1914,.

- Claims 1 and a are rejected on the reforonooe and for the
reasons of record. It must be held that invention is not
displayed in seleoting tr

than the othor portionB of the record for the plaolng^of indicia
to indioate such reoord. Thle conclusion is arrlvod/espeolally
in view of the referenooB of reoord allowing ^he edge of the
tablet used for the plaoing of aioh indioia.

Claims Z and 4 are rejeoted on the roferonoes and for thf
reasons of reoord. The plaoing of such indioia recurrently
is held to be no invention but .involving the ball duplication
of the feature shown in the references oited. .

. u . Claim 5 iB rejeoted on the references and the reasons of
,reoord and above oonBidered. The depression of the indioia
ie shown dearly in the references of reoord, particularly
Wurth, wi-te> the mold having the indioia in intaglio and
therefore the reoord produoed thereftw having the indioia in
depression . : ■; v

; . . .Claim- 6 is ' rejeoted 'On the referencea.and for-thereasons of
olalm 5. The coloring of the indioia is believed to be no moro
than meohanioal expediency nat involving invention.

710,150, - £«

Claim 7 la rejected aa an aggregation of tho raoord tablet
and tho supporting meuna thorofor. It la not seen that any
patentable combination ariaaa from the placing of the partloular
tablets with a partloular support, Olaim 7 1b furthermore
re .looted on the reforonooB and for the reasons above considered
in view of any conventional support for the tablet.

Examiner, Div, S3,

IH TEH UHITED STATES BATEHT OFFICE

I Thomas A. Edison
DISC SOUND RECORDS
| Serial Ho. 710,160
Filed July 18, 1912

Room Ho. 379.

HONORABLE COMMISSIONER OF BATEHTS,

SIR:

In response to the Office aotion of
September 14, 1914, phease amend the above entitled ease
as follows

Qanoel claims 3, 4 and 7 and renumber olaimB
6 and 6 as 3 and 4.

REMARKS

I ThiB oase has again been oarefully considered

j and the olaimB reduood in number, as it 1b thought that
ij the olaimfl now presented adequately proteot the invention.

Hone of the references shows a disc sound record
I ha-ving on its periphery indioia for identifying the record,
jj as set forth in all of the olaimB » nor do any of the ref-
j erenoes show indioia for identifying the record arranged
recurrently on the periphery of any kind of record in the
manner specified in claims 2, 3 and 4. Claims 3 and 4
also speoify that the indioia are depressed, and claim 4
specifies that the indioia are oolored to main the same
readily legible. Che device speoified in the claims is
accordingly clearly novel. With this device it is possible
to arrange the reoords muoh oloser to each other than has
heretofore been the oase, while permitting the ready seleo-

in the united states patent office

A. Edison

DISC SOUND RECORDS Room ^ 3?g>

Filed July 10, 1912
Serial No. 710,150

HONORABLE COMMISSIONER OF PATENTS,

SIR:

I hereby appeal to the Examiners-in-Chief
from the decision of the Principal Examiner in the matter of
my application for letters patent for an improvement in

SOUND RECORDS, filed July 18, 1918, Serial No. 710,160,
which, on the 83rd day of July, 1916, was rejected the
second time. The following are the points of the decision
on which the appeal is tahen:-

The Examiner erred in rejecting the claims and
eaoh of them.

The Examiner erred in holding the claims and each
of them to be without patentable novelty.

The Examiner erred in not allowing the clains and
eaoh of them*

An oral hearing is requested.

Signed at West Orange, in the County of Essex and
State of New Jersey, this day of 1916*

A. EDISON

HiB Attorney

in the United statee Patent Offioe.

Ia n application So. 710,160, )

plied inly is, 1016,

dim sound Reoorde.

0. 8. PATENT 0EF1 E,

This la an appaal from the notion o f tin eraainer In
finally rejecting all of the olalma in this application, whioh

1, Aa a aa* artlola of annnfaoture, a dlao eound record
haring on tha paflyheiy thereof indicia for Identifying the
raoord, anbatantlally aa daaorlbad.

8. Aa a new article of manufacture, a dlao aoand record
haring recurrently at lntorrala on tha parlphary tharaof Indlola
for ldantlfylng tha raoord, anbatantlally aa daaorlbad .

8. Aa a now artlola of nanufaoture, a dlao aonnd raoord
haring indlola for .ldantlfylng tha raoord dopraaaad recurrently
at lntorrala in tha periphery of tha raoord, anbatantlally aa
daaorlbad.

♦. Aa a now artlola of manufacture, a dlao aonnd raoord
haring indlola for ldantlfylng tha raoord dapraaaad raonrrantly
at interrala in tha parlphary of the raoord, tha Indlola being
oolorad to aaka tha same readily legible, anbatantlally aa
daaorlbad,'

Tha reference a relied on are:

Petit, 666,837,

» 788,718, and

Worth, 778,617.

Tha olalna oarer, briefly, Mtaly tha plaolng af tha
anaemia of tha nnnbar of tha raoord upon tha peripheral edge
of the raoord recurrently, ao aa ta facilitate lta identifica¬
tion, and alao tha coloring of the onabara to aaka thea aora
readily dlatlngniahabla.

It la not hollered that lnrention la required ta

no.xeo,—*

•• \ ' ' ' ■ ’ '1 • '

Mint tin ptrlfhwr « f a Mm Meort, la*M*4 of wy ottw
portion, for tm placing of the indicia to identifytbe rooerd.

Per laapU, when «ao idiriiiii a paroel poot package, ki plaooo
tho addtooo la any and auoh position# ao to be moot oonwenlent
in handling* It would aotn to the examiner to ho aboard to aay
that invention would bo required to plaoo It on the and, Inotoad
of tho fad# of tho paokage, if auoh a plaoo ware a ora doslrablo
or more readily eeen. In Indexing artloloo. It la oonaon to.
put tho ldontlfloatlon nark whore noot raadlly oeon. It would
aoo« to bo obTlouo to any one to plaoo identification mark# on
artlolo In any; pooltlon where soot convenient. If a houeo-
wifa wore labeling her Jaro of newly praaorrad fruit, prepara¬
tory to being plaoad on thatr ehelvao, would it not noon to bo
• wary obrlouo expedient to plaoo tho label where it would bo ,|

moat cohop lcraone whan tho Jari were in plaoa on the ahelvee, * ’

or in as many plaoaa aa she thought would bo of nag in ldenti-
fioation? The laferanoaa ahow the idaa of plaoing auoh idon-
tlfieation on the enda of the rooorda ao that it would bo via¬
ble whan the reoorda art in their container. Would it not be
obvioua to labol a diao record ao that tha label or' identifica¬
tion would bo moat readily aeon whan in its particular holdor
or oontainor? It ia thought that it would./

It la a common expedient in book making, for example,
to plaoo the title on the bound edge beoaue# thie ia moat raadlly v
aeon whan in a book ease. If tha booko were to bo plaoad in a s;J

oaoo whore tho endo wore visible, lnotead of tho bound edge,

would invention be required to plaoo the tiUe, eto., thereT _

It ie believed not. It la oonaon pruetioo to -Wiiif SSI lnf#rB*“
tion on anything in a color different fron tho background, or
surface printed upon. Thia ia ao widely known that it would
aeon that illuatratlon waa uaneeeeoary* Thla axpadlont had Mon

710,180,-8

follow*! in this art in labeling reoorde for several year*. a*»
for example, on cylinder reoorda Banufaotured by applicant's
ooapany. to do thi* when printing on *sz portion of the ret¬
ort wonld not appear to require invention.

It is therefore respeotfnlly eubaltted that th* adop¬
tion of euoh obvious and well known expedient* does not require
invention, and that the olalaa were properly finally rejected.

Respeotfnlly enbaltted,

July 14, 1916. Examiner, Dir. MS.

i _ _

DEPARTMENT OF THE INTERIOR

UNITED STATES PATENT OFFICE

WASHINGTON

July 20 , 1916 .

, The oase of

'i’homaa A. Edison

Examiners- in-Ohief

on the J day of September , 1916.

the hearings will commence. at|^) o'clock, and as soon as
the argument in one case is concluded the succeeding case will
be taken up.

as waived.

The time allowed for arguments is as follows:

Ex parte oases, thirty minutes;

'feASi. - ...» .id.,

By apeotftl obt.in.d b.for. «b. .rgum.nt i. ..~.no.d,

the time may he extended.

must be made .

Briefs in interference appeals must be filed in accordance
with the provisions of Rule 147.

Commissioner of Patents.

September 21, 1916

Hon. Commissioner of Patents,
Washington, P. C.

B i r :

Application Serial Ilo.
hy Thomas A. Edison,

710,150, filed July 18, 1912
, entitled Pise Sound Records

I enclose horowith brief for appellant in connection
with an appeal to tho Honorable Board of Exuminers-in-Chiof in j
this application, which appeal has been set down for hearing ,j

on September 27, 1916. It is thought that the patentability j
of the invention will be understood from tho brief, and appell¬
ant’s attorney accordingly does not expect to be present to ;= I
argue the case orally. It is respeotfully requested that this j j
oase be oonsidorod on brief# k

Very respeotfully »

Attorney for Appellant 1

-Associate 'Attorneys

IN THE UNITED STATES PATENT Off FI (23

Iff! lad July 18, 1912 j

Serial No. 710,150 )

BEffORE THE HONORABLE BOARD
Off EXAMIHERS-IN-CHIEff

BHIEff ffOR APPELLANT

i In order to understand appellant's contribution

| to the phonograph art by the invention here in iBaue, it
is advisable to consider the problem which appellant has
solved. The invention in issue relates to improved means
for identifying disc shaped sound records and for faollltat-
ing their selection when a number of the Bame are arranged
I in a filing cabinet or the like. Before appellant's inven-
S tion, it was oustomary to Identify such records when filed
I in the cabinet by markers or indexes placed upon the cabinet
itself, as shown, for example, at b in United StateB patent i
No. 1,014,172 of record, or by plaolng the records between
partition Bheets bearing tabs to identify the reoords. Both
of these means were objeotionable in that if a record were
put in the wrong place it was very difficult to locate the
| aane. By plaoing the identifying indicia upon peripheries
of the records themselves, as done by appellant, the records I
can be readily arranged dose to eaoh other and selected by
merely running the eye along the edgeB of the. reoorda, there!
being no difficulty of locating a record because the Bame .
is put in the wrong place. j j

It is submitted that this Invention was not an
obvious expedient. As the honorable members of this Board
are no doubt aware, no disc phonograph records upon the
market prior to those put out by Thomas A. Edison. Incor¬
porated, whioh corporation puts out records containing ap¬
pellants inventions, have been provided with legible
identifying indicia upon the edges thereof. The Examiner j

has relied upon a number of patents relating to cylindrical
reoords, but it is submitted that these offer no suggestion
of the solution of the problem whioh appellant had in mind.

This problem, as already Btated, was the filing and identi¬
fying of flat disc redords. It is thought that the Btoring
of barrels of molasses in a warehouse might as well be com¬
pared with the filing of Bheets of music as to compare the
filing and identifying of cylindrical reoords with the
filing and identifying of flat disc records. One of the
features of appellant's invention whioh, it is thought,
clearly points out the difference between the marking and
identifying of cylindrical reoordB and disc records is
that the identifying lndloia are placed recurrently at
intervals on the periphery of the disc record. With cylin¬
drical reoords, one identifying mark or index is sufficient;
but to make it possible to readily see the indicia and to
select a desired disc record when a number of them are
superposed or plaoed olosely adjacent to each other, appel¬
lant found that it was neoessary to repeat the indicia re¬

currently.

Another feature of the invention which is not
shown in any of the references le the ooloring of the in-

2—202

DEPARTMENT OF THE INTERIOR

UNITED STATES PATENT OFFICE

WASHINGTON

Sir:

inclosed find copy of decision this day rendered by the

Iex parte

■Winmna A. EdlBOH. Serlal_lfo._?..10Jt.lSO .

By direction of the Commissioner:

Very respeotfully.

Chief Clerk.

.E01son..O£flQe..Biag»-r .

Orangar..a«.. J . .

B. I>. L.

Appeal Ho. 72. V. S. PATEHT OFFICE. Jan* 13 » 1917 *

Before the Examinera-in-Chief, on Appeal.

Application of Thomas A. Edison for a patent for an improve¬
ment in Diso Sound Records, filed July 18, 1918, Serial Ho.
710,150.

Hr- Prank L. Dyer, and Messrs. Iyer A Holden, attorneys for ap¬
pellant.

This is an appeal from the aotion of the primary examiner
finally rejecting the following claims:

1. as a new article of manufacture, a diBO sound
record having on the periphery thereof indicia for
identifying the record, substantially as described.

2. As a new artiole of manufacture, a disc sound
reoord having recurrently at intervals on the periphery
thereof indioia for identifying the reoord, substan¬
tially as described.

3. ab a new artiole of manufacture, a disc sound
reoord having indioia for identifying the reoord de¬
pressed recurrently at intervals in the periphery of
the reoord, substantially as described.

4. as a new artiole of manufacture, a disc sound
reoord having indioia for identifying the reoord de¬
pressed recurrently at intervals in the periphery of
the reoord, the indioia being colored to make the same
readily legible, substantially as described.

The references oited are:

Petit,

fetit,

Wurth,

666,937.

739,713,

773,617,

Jan. 29, 1901,
Sept. 22, 1903,
Hov. 1. 1904.

#72 — 2.

Claim 1 is broadly for a diBO sound rsoord having indicia
plaoad upon its peripheral edge for purpose of identification.
Claims 2 and 3 further provide for the repetition of the indioia
at intervals, and olaim 4 calls in addition for the ooloring
of the indioia to make the same readily legible.

Ihe examiner's answer so satisfactorily states our own
views of thiB oase that we feel it unnecessary to add material¬
ly thereto. Certainly there can be no Invention in placing
identifying indioia on any articles in order that any partic¬
ular one thereof may be readily located. Such, indioia would
naturally be plaoed where it oould be most readily seen; and
if the articles are such that they may be turned so as to pre¬
sent different portions toward the eye. it would be natural
and without invention to duplicate the indioia in order that
some set of the same may be seen irrespeotive of the position
to. which the article may have been turned, furthermore, nothing
is more common or more obvious than the printing of characters
in colors when it is desired to have the same stand out con¬
spicuously.

ae decision of the examiner is affirmed as to all the
olaims .

S. E. Bouts,

Prank C. Skinner,
Fairfax Bayard,

Bxami ner s-in- Chi ef •

Z_ V *' \

,H-r..c.o c&--t« ‘-o'fe-'

J^rf l^cdUiz^a dLz-*4<L' $-CJL«Z&+cL<}

\ ^ (uZ^ ^cLct&4 «_££ -

<5oo C/Cue, cu-t-c Hoz^ C

U-/” ~^ttL&,

uu>-^02- ^

June 38, 1916

Mr, H ; -Miller : -

Kindly let me have a oheok for $10,00 drawn to the
order of Ifce Commissioner of EatentB, to cover fee in connection
with an appeal to the Board of Examine rB- in-Chief in the matter
of Mr. Edison's application Serial Ho. 710,160 entitled Disc

Sound BeoordB.

Charge to Disc Becora Division.

September 12, 1916

Mr. Edison:- polI0 870 - DISC SODHD BECOBDS

IMS application relate. *°

1M U.. e.nnd records hy — "* » “• 'ae*° t,'“S0S'

Ph. ,1.1m — finally *»4 “tlne y0,,r

««., .. hare rn.. .« - « — «£

consider that id he difficult * tt<l °

the claims , end it .ill he neoe.s.r, t. present the sees «. for.l
Z L a. effective . manner P«»— «*- the Board of ~
1» Chief. F»r these reeeene. do you not thinh it .ill h«
hare the one. arsaed By a. oa.eide attorney of hiyh standing If
, , . +his waT x presume you will wish to

vou wish the ease handled in this way, p

_ •-+VnBtad to Mr. Bull, with whose ability in_patent

have the-matter entrusted to Mr. - - - - - ~~?

familiar MrnSrseharges would be about
/matters you are very familiar. nr. ^ _ __ _

( §500. _ _ _ _ _ ~ /jl&M. - -=•

V. _ f ' */9‘

FB-JS I

I U f \ouf A"U

I j.

September 15, 1916

POLIO 870 - DISC SOUND RECORDS

I have discussed this case with Mr, Bull with
a view to having him argue the appeal before the Examiners-
in-Chief. Mr. Bull does not oare to take the oase inasmuch
as he cannot see any patentability in it. Is there any
other outside attorney, Mr. Dyer, for example, you would
like to have argue this case?

EB-JS

c^e

Patent Series

Patent Application Files

Folio# 871 Phonograph Recorders

Serial#: 710151

Primary Applicant: Edison, Thomas A
Date Executed: 7/15/1912

petition

tfje Commissioner of patents:

§>our Petitioner phomas A. EDisoH,

a citizen of tf)e ®niteb States, resitting ant) fjabing a Post ©ffice abbreSS at

West Orange, Essex County, Hew Jersey,

praps tfjat letters patent map be granteb to fjint for tlje improbements in

PHONOGRAPH RECORDERS

Set fort!) in tlje annexeb specification; anb Ije Ijerebp appoints Jfranfe 1. ©per
(Registration JJo. 560), of ©range, 32eto fersep, IjiS attornep, toitf) full
potuer of Substitution anb rebocation, to prosecute tfjis application, to tnafee
C* alterations anb amenbments tijerein, to receibe tlje patent, anb to transact aU
business in tlje Patent ©ffice conneeteb tijeretoitf).

\ff\jtnsiA qua

SPECIFICATION.

TO All WHOM IT KAY CONCERN:

HE IT KNOWN, that I, TIIOMAS A. EDISON, a
oitiaon of tho United States tuna a resident of Llewellyn
Park, West Orange, in the County of Essex ana State of How
Jersey, have invontoa certain new ona useful improvements
in PHONOGKAPH RECORDERS of which the following is a
description:

My invention relates to phonograph recorders.
Heretofore it has been the common practice in making
recorders for recoriing sound waves on phonograph records
to secure the diaphragm forming a part of the recorder in
place by an elastic or deformable connection comprising,
for example, a rubber ring against which tho peripheral
portion of the diaphragm bears. With this construction,
the deformable connections forms a part of tho vibrating
system sot into motion by the sound waves and permits the
vibration end flexing of the peripheral portion ob well
as the body of the diaphragm; so that the vibrations of
the latter are of such large amplitude when the sounds to
he recorded are loud that the recording knife is liable
to entirely leave tho record surface whon the records are
made by the up and down or hill and dale method. This
movement of the recorder out of contact with the surface
of tho record blank results in an imperfect sound record;
and the imperfections will be manifested in reproduotlon
by the leaping of the reproducer mechanism from tho reoord
surface and the production of sharp unpleasant sounds,
commonly referred to in tho phonographio art as "blasting".

Furthermore, when tho diaphragm is secured in place by
an elastic and deformable connection, as heretofore, it
is impossible to use very thin sensitive diaphragms, as
the downward movement of the diaphragm oausos a similar
movement of the deformable connection; and, the recorder
accordingly digs too deeply into the reoord material
for accurate and satisfactory results. The principal
object of my invention is to obviate tho above objections
and secure a sensitive and efficient recorder.

1 have found that tho above object may be ob¬
tained by securing the peripheral portion of tho diaphragm
rigidly and immovably in position so that the only move¬
ment which the diaphragm can make is within or insido of
tho rigidly secured area at the poripliory of the diaphragm,
the vibration of tho lattor being entiroly duo to the natur
al elasticity of the material thereof. With thi3 con¬
struction, the power nooesoary to vibrato the diaphragm
increases very rapidly with tho amplitude of tho vibrations
and the amplitude is limited or confined by the elasticity
of the diaphragm within a narrow range, whdeh range is
such that the recorder knife does not leave the record.
While the abnormally large vibrations produced with the
common oonetruotion in which the diaphragm is secured
in place by a deformable connection, are eliminated by
my improved construction, the sensitiveness of the dia¬
phragm to vibrations of small and normal amplitude may
be maintained unimpaired by the use of an exceedingly thin
elastic diaphragm, such as those horoinator more fully
referred to. As horoinbefore explained, it has not boon
practical to employ such a diaphragm with tho recorders
now in common use. Thin diaphragms such as contemplated
by this invention, not only givo groat sensitiveness to
vibrations of small amplitude, but by a selootion of

(proper material oncl a proper thickness thereof, such

diaphragms are capable of recording a great range of volume,
bo that when rigidly secured at their peripheries to
eliminate the danger of tho recording knife leaving the
record or cutting too deeply therein, they do not occasion
an objectionable loss either of volume or of tho woakor
sound waves. Othor objeots of my invention will appear
more fully in the following specification and appended
claims :

In order that my invention may be more fully
understood, attention is hereby directed to tho accompany¬
ing drawings forming a part of this speoif ioation and in
whioh -

Fig. 1 is a central vortical sectional viow of a
soxind recorder embodying my invention; and

Fig. 2 is a bottom plan viow theroof.

In both of the views like parts are designated
by the same reference numerals. Hef erring to tho drawings,

the sound box I is provided with the usual passage 8 adapt¬
ed to be connected with the outlet of tho recording horn,
this passage communicating with a recess 3 formed in tho
body of the sound box and enclosod on tho sides by an
annular flcnge 4 depending from tho sound box body. Tho
| diaphragm 5 rests in engagement with the lower surface
of the flange 4 and is held in engagement with the latter
by a ring £ secured in position against the under side of
the diaphragm by suitable fastening moons, such as screws
7 passing through the said ring and diaphragm and threaded
into the flange 4. The sound box and the ring 6 are
preferably made of metal, but the some may be made of
any suitable rigid material; so that the peripheral
portion of the diaphragm will be rigidly and immovably
3

clamped in position with respect to the sound box. In
order that the diaphragm may ho held with absolute sooure-
ness between the ring 6 and the flange 4, the surfaces of
the Baid ring ana flange in engagement with the diaphragm
are preferably lapped or finished in any other suitable
v/ay-

The diaphragm may be made of any material of
suitable elasticity, the thickness of the diaphragm
depending on the elasticity of the material used. Material

II have found suitable for this purpose are thin shoots of
aooto-celluloso , celluloid, paper, tracing doth, and
metals such as copper, nickel and aluminum. In general,
diaphragms of the leas stiff elastic materials such as
oelluloid may bo made thicker than those of the stiffer
elastic materials,, such as mica and the metals. I have
found that satisfactory results are obtained with a
diaphragm two inches in diameter, which is clamped for a |
distance of one- quarter of an inch inwardly from the
periphery between the ring 6 and the flange 4, so that
a central portion of the diaphragm one and one-half
inches in diameter is loft free to vibrato. With a mica
diaphragm of this diameter, boot results are obtained
when the thickness, of the diaphragm is less than .001
of an inch. If celluloid be used in place of mica, the
thickness may be increased to .006 of an inch without a
sensible alteration of the elasticity and sensitiveness
of the diaphragm. As it is difficult, for mechanical
reasons, to use diaphragms of mioa and metals less than
.001 of an inch thick, it will be seen that the desired
sensitiveness con best be obtained by using diaphragms
of materials, suoh as celluloid or aoeto-oollulose , which
may be of greater thickness. When the diaphragm is made

of paper or tracing cloth, the proper tension is best
obtained therein by dampening the diaphragm just before
securing it in place; so that upon drying, the diaphragm
shrinks and becomes elastically stretched in position.

I A diaphragm of the type described is very light and
rapid in action so that tho rapid sound vibrations are
not distorted by tho inertia of the diaphragm; and
furthermore the power neoossary to movo or vibrato the
diaphragm increases very rapidly with the amplitude; so
that there is no tendency for tho recording stylus or
knife to leave the recording material or to dig too doeply
therein.

In ordor to ensure the vibration of tho dia¬
phragm over substantially the whole area within the
flange 4 and ring'd, I employ a rigid centre piece 8
secured to tho diaphragm over a substantial portion of
the area thereof. For a diaphragm having a diameter of
about one and one half inches within tho clamped area, as
described above, this oontre piece may he made. of a
diameter of about one half of an inch. In order to se-
curo lightness for this centre pioco so aB not to inter¬
fere with the sensitiveness of the diaphragm, I preferably .
form the same of an outer shell £ of aluminum or other lighl
1 metal and an inner filling 10 of light warlike material
such as paraffin, the paraffin serving not -only to render
the centre piece rigid, hut also to cement the shell £ —

to the diaphragm. The centre piece £ is preferably in
the shape of a segment of a sphere, the outer surface being
curved and the surfaed in contact with the diaphragm being
flat.

The recording stylus 11 is carried by one end
of an arm or lover 1£. the ether ond/c* the lever being

Iseoured, as by shellac. to the diaphragm adjacent to and
within the ring 6. A connection 14 interposed between ,
end Preferably secured to. the ***

12 permits the vibrations of the £ to he imparted

to the-^^/'^aesired. a lever or spring arm 10
carrying a rounded tracking racohor 16 adapted to engage
the record surface may he used, a screw 17 being threaded
into the sound box body with its lower end 18 boaring
n the upper side of the free end of the love* or arm

115. to adjust the vertical position of tho tracking
member 16 to regulate tho depth of out permissible for the
recording stylus 11.

While 1 have described the preferred form of my
invention, numerous modifications may bo made in the
specific structure herein disclosed without departing from
I the spirit of my invention.

What 1 claim as now and desire to protect by
Letters Patent of tho United States is as follows;

, *"?■*'- '*'*
1. In a recorder. \thc combingtioh' of a sound box

_ a diaphragm of ol act i\ material having a peripheral

(portion rigidly and. immovably secured to said sound box,

J substantially as described.^

In a recorder, the\ combination of a sound box
| and a diaphragm of elastic material secured thereto, tho
said sound box being providodUth rigid clamping means
[engaging opposite face's 'of tho\ diaphragm at tho periphery
thereof to clam^e same in potion, substantially r-
| described. -•'

In a rooordor, the combination of a sound box
I having a rigid annular flongerlf\iaphragm of elaetio

, fa/'*

material, and a ring of ^sic^torial for clamping said
diaphragm to aaid flange Wid diaphragm being in direct
engagement with said flank and ring, substantially ae

14. In a recorder, tho combination of a sound
box and a thin diaphragm ol elastic material having a
peripheral portion rigidly W immovably secured to oaid
sound box. substantially ao\ described.

5. In. a. recorden, tho combination of a
sound box, a diaphragm of olLtio material having a
peripheral portion rigidly aAd immovably secured to said
sound box, and moons for stiifeoning tho central portion
of oaid diaphragm, substantially as described.

6. In a recorder., \the combination of a sound
box. a diaphragm of clastic material having a peripheral
portion rigidly and immovably Loured to said sound box,
snd a rigid centre piece secured to said diaphragm over
i a substantial portion of the aria thereof, substantially

7. In a rocorder, thfe combination of a sound
box, a thin diaphragm of elastic laterial having a peripher¬
al portion rigidly and immovably Voourod to said sound
box, and means for stiffening the \ central portion of said
diaphragm, substantially as described.

8. In a recorder, the Combination of a sound

box and a thin diaphragm having a plriphoral portion rigid-
ly ana immovably secured to said^soW box. said diaphragm
being formed of a material derived Lorn cellulose, sub- |
st anti ally as described* \

9. In a recorder,,, the ooiibination of a sound
box and a thin celluloid ^diaphragm haling a peripheral

191

©atb.

g>tate of J2eto ferSep
Count? ot Csscx j

THOMAS A. EDIS01I > f*JC aIj0')e namti)

petitioner, being Duly Stoorn, beposes anb SayS tljnt ijc is a citizen of tfje IHniteb
states, anb a reSibent ntewollyn Park, West Orango , Essex County,
How Jerooy,

tfjat lje berily beliebeS fjimSelf to be tfje original, first anb Sole inbentor of tfje
improbcinents in phohoghaph recorders

beScribeb anb tlainieb in tfje annexeb Specification ; tfjat lje boes not buoto anb
boes not beliebe tfjat tfje same teas eber fsnoton or useb before fjis inbention or
biscoberp tfjereof; or patenteb or beScribeb in an? printeb publication in tfje
fHniteb states of America or an? foreign countr? before fjis inbention or
biscober? tfjereof, or more tfjan ttoo years prior to tfjis application; or patenteb
in an? countr? foreign to tfje ©niteb states on an application fileb more tfjan
ttoelbe montfjs prior to tfjis application; or in public use or on Sale in tfje
Uniteb states for more tfjan ttoo pears prior to tfjis application; anb tfjat no
application for patent upon Saib inbention fjas been fileb b? fjim or fjis legal

representatibes or assigns in an? foreign country. ^

fetoorn to anb subscribeb before me tfjis bay op^7 X91 2

— 379

DEPARTMENT OF THE INTERIOR
UNITED STATES PATENT OFFICE

WASHINGTON Sept. 17,1918.

Thomas A. Edison,

Care Frank L. Dyer,
Orange, H..T.

U. S. PATENT OFFICE,

SEP 171912

M A I LE D.

I Hon from the EXAMINER in charge of you

for Phonograph Recorder 3, filed July 18, 1912, serial numhea
710,151 ,

Page 6, lino 4, "stylus" should he "diaphragm", line 5,
"diaphragm" Bhould he "stylus".

Claims 8 and 9 are specific to u diaphragm composed of

Claim 10 is specific to a diaphragm made of mioa.

Division is required aooording to the provisions of Rules 41

and 42 and the ruling in ex . parte Eagle, C.D. ,1870, 136.

In amending this case, attention is directed to the

following references! .

S'o

Garcia, Feh, 10,1903, #720,127;

o *'''

Edison, July 1,1902, #703, 774;

, White, April 15, 1890, #425, 840;

® Edison, Deo. 4,188B,#394,°105jall in (181-10)} £

Kerr.OOtoher 20,1903,#903.,<713, (181-11) 5 _

Oaksford,Bng. patent, Sept. 26,1903, ,#20, 7<w, (181-10)./

IN THE UNITED STATES PATENT OFFICE.

I THOMAS A. EDISON, )

PHONOGRAPH RECORDERS, )

Piled July 18, 1912, )

Serial No. 710,151. )

HONORABLE COMMISSIONER OP PATENTS,

Iln responso to the Office action of

September 17, 1912, please emend the above entitled case
as follows :

In line 4, page 6, change "stylus" to
- diaphragm - ; and in line 5, same page, ohnngo "diaphragr
to - stylus - • ,

Cancel claim 10 and insert the following aB

new claim 10. iZ3'//<s _ _

10. In a recorder, the combination of a sound box
and a diaphragm of elastic material having a peripheral
portion rigidly and immovably secured to said sound box,
the thickness of paid diaphragm being no greater than
.006 of an inch, substantially as described.

The Examiner's requirement for division has
been complied with and action on the merits of the claims
now in the application is respectfully requested. •‘•he ;

right is reserved to file a divisional application on the
subjeot matter of the oanoelod claims.

New olaim 10 presented herewith is drawn to the
same invention aB claims 1 to 9 inolusivo and is thought

to be patentable and nooessary to fully protect the appli¬
cant in hiB invention.

Respectfully submitted,

THOMAS A. EDISOH,

Bit /

his attorney.

Orange, Hew Jersey,

July 9^ 191S*

PB-KGK

J.H.D. -Sut.

department of the interior
UNITED STATES PATENT OFFICE

WASHINGTON . SQp.t.-19rlS13»~~

Srbflk-Iw-By'Sr* - '

-Ore,ne»r“S«w-Je-rB«y“-.- —

'lo.s. PATENT OFFICE,

* ‘gHPX91913

MAILED-

Please find below a comitvi
Shoma-8-Av-Btlt8%Wiy9eri-t<

Bgonoerapfc-Heeordera-v

on. from the EXAMINER in. charge of the application of

.July . 1&,--I0iaj -for .

Thio action is responsive to the amendment filed July

26,1913.

Claims 1, 2. 3 an^4 art rejected on Oaroia of ^record, . ,

Brown, Aug. 6,182.9, 40 8, #9, (181-16) , Bdi so^.*™ »,«».

181-10), Edison, 703*^74, of record, B^iner.Eeh. 19,1896,634,543, ,

181-3), or Berliner, July 28,1896, 564,-586, (181-3).

Claims 5,. 6 and 7 are rejected on any of the references cited-
Oarcia, Brown and Edison, show the stiffening means at the center
of the diaphragm or means which wouldjhav.e that function. Additional!^
no invention is found in employing the mounting of the diaphragm
as shown in the cited refers no’es with, diaphragm stiffening means
as in Macdonald, October 8,1901, Macdonald, Dec. 17,1907,
873,76^: Vieder, Sept. 9,1902 , 708°849, or Horoross.June 11,1901,

676,270, all in (181-10).. j

Claims 8 and 9 are rejected on the references of rejection
of claim 1.. No invention is- found in employing celluloid in the
oited structure such Being a very common diaphragm material as in

Bdison,3»4, 105,. of record.. ' •' j-

Claim 10 is rejected ori the references of rejection of claim 1
Ho invention is found. in making the cited diaphragms of the
particular’ thioJcness.suoh heing'j ar matter of selection and difference -

#710,151 . 8.

in degree only, especially in view of the died o sure of Edison,
Deo. 21, 190^ 943,684, (181-10), or Coombs ^French patent, Fob. 3,
1908,382,260,(101-10).

Attention^ also directed to Figure 4 of Bell, et al. ,
Hay 4,1888, 341°, 214, (181-3).

IH THE UHITED. STATES PATEHT OFFICE

Thomas A. Edison
PHOHOGRAPH RECORDERS
Piled July 18, 1912
Serial Ho. 710,151

hohorabde commissioher op patbhts,
sir:

In response to the Offioe action
of September 19, 1913, please amend the above entitled ease J
as fallows

Canoel the claims and insert the following
claims in place thereof:

TT» v-room

he oombination of a sound box, a diaphragm

of elastic material having a peripheral portion rigidly

| secured to said so\d box, |md>^W®ieee7eeoured^ ^

the^^dia^kfeegm* over a\onsiderable portion of the area ,there-|

of to insure vlbration\f the diaptoapT )ver sub standi ally ^

the whole of the unheoturrt. portion thereof .^said-diaphragm^

being of suoh elasticity aVthioTmess as to be ^normally
: in pap able' of vibrating- over \e whole of said portion with-J

“out said oenter pieoej aubetantlally as described.

jpfe < ^ ^ g, TheNoombination of a. sound box, a diaphragm
of elastic materialTnot greater thaX^°°6 of an inoh in
■ thickness) and having a peripheral portion rigidly secured
1 to said sound box, and a center pieoe seized to the dia-
|| phragm over a considerable portion of the thereof to

(11

insure vibration af the diaphragm over substantially the
whole of the unseoured portion thereof .substantially as
described. ^

^ "* a. The combination of a sound box, a oblluloid

diaphragm not greatar\than .006 of an inoh in thioTmess ■
and having a peripheral portion rigidly scoured to said
sound box, and a center pieoe seoured to the diaphragm
over a oonsiderable portion of the area thereof to insure
vibration of the diaphragm over substantially the whole
of the unseoured portion ^hereof, substantially as de¬
soribed.

^ n

t < , ... „ - . ..

c/ v~, 4, jjhe combination of a sound box* a diaphragm
of elastic material having a\peripheral portion seoured to
said sound box, a ^center pietfe seoured to the diaphragm
over a oonsiderable portion of the area thereof to insure
vibration of the diaphragm over substantially the whole of
the unseoured portion thereof A aid diaphragm being of suoh
elasticity and thiotaess as...t o bte normally inoapable of
vibrating over -the whole of said Vortion without said
oenter pieoe1, a stylub. arm oonneofled to said oenter piece,
and a stylUB oarried by saia arm, Substantially as de¬
soribed. ^ A

The combination of a Sound box, a diaphragm

RV'V 6-

of elastic material having a periphery, portion rigidly
seoured to said sound box, andrif oenter pieoe having a,
diameter not less than one-quarter the Wameter of the.
unseoured portion of the diaphragm) to iriaure vibration of
the diaphragm over substantially the Vfoole ofuthe unseoured
portion thereof, said diaphragm being of ^uob elasticity

(8) ‘‘

and thioknees as to be normally incapable of vibrating
over the whole of said portion without saia oenter pieoe,
; substantially as described. ' \ v

Vi'r % 6* The aombi:^;ion of a souna box» a^aiaphragm

F'^if-elaBtio-materiai)not greater than .006 of an inoh in
thickness, having a peripheral portion rigidly seoured to
saia ...souna box, and a center p i^ej^vuig^a"di^e^r(»et' ■ ^ £*? ■ ^
?;J t^e^ diameter of the unsecured por-J (J5

v ^tion of the diaphragm/to insure vibration of the diaphragm
over substantially jthe whole of the uftoeoured portion there¬
of, substantially as described.

4 diaphragm hBving seoured thereto a oenter
• pieae formed of a shell and a filling therefor, substantial¬
ly as described.

A diaphragm having seoured thereto A--nentSr
. . pieoeformed of a metallic shell and a filling therefor, sub-

Ist antially as described.

y.-\, A diaphragm having f

soured thereto at cent dr

piece formed of a shell and a filling therefor, said filling
serving to seoure the oenter pieoe to the diaphragm, ,$ub-
.< stantially as dosoribed.

A diaphragm having seoured thereto a oenter
piece formed of a metallio Bhell and a filling therefor,
said filling serving to seoure the oenter pieoe to 1fce£w
diaphragm, substantially as described. -

IThe references oited by the Examiner have been
carefully considered and the olaims rewritten to more dear¬
ly distinguish applicant's invention from the prior art.

(3)

Claims 1 to 6 inclusive describe a now combination of ele¬
ments wb.i oil produces tlie improved results set forth in
applicant's speolfioation. These olaims speoify a dia- •
phragm rigidly secured to the sound box, and a oenter pieoe
insuring vibration of the diaphragm over substantially the
whole of the unsecured- portion thereof , the diaphragm being
of such elasticity and thiakneBS as to be normally inoap-
able of vibrating over the whole of said portion without
said oenter piece. Hone of the references discloses this
combination, nor do any of them suggest the same.

Claims 7 to 10 inclusive speoify a diaphragm
having a oenter pieoe of a oonstruotion not disclosed in
the references.

For the above reasons, reconsideration and allow¬
ance are requested.

Respectfully submitted,

THOMAS A. 2DIS0H
By

His Attorney

Orange, Hew Jersey,

, 1914

FB-JS

LCE-Su

Pronk-Ir.-Dyer-,--

0 range,-: .

H.-J*

Please find belov

DEPARTMENT OF THE' INTERIOR
UNITED STATES PATENT OFFICE
WASHINGTON

— . Thom»fl -A4 Ediaoni' for PfaOB06Taph Reoorders, -illea. .July l8, .191H,. __

• - . sori«i - no.- -nOiiKir - ; — — . . .

In response to amendment of Sept. 1, 1914.

Claim 1 18 objectionable aa Indefinite in the subject-matter
beginning "said" , line 6, to the end of the olaim.

, Claims 4 and 6 are alBO objectionable as indefinite for the ;

same reason.

; cialma 1, 4 and B are rejected as drav/n to new matter in the .

Object matter above noted. Mo foundation is found in the specification
alvfi&d for the statement that the diaphragm material is. of \ anoh elas¬
ticity and thiokneso aB here specified.

Claims 1 and 5 are also rejected on Edison. 700,774. of
i^cord, or Cahit, Eng. patent, 14^179, Ju#ll. 1901, (181-10). '1 sheet.

Claims 2, 8 and 6 are rejected on Edison or Oahit. Ho inven-

Vi on i. .firod in uiing oolltfioli tot th. diophros. :

u ylo. of it. «IJ Mm. o,o, in this art. oo in ^t^0«’ .1 «»•«• .]

mo aoleotion ot tu partlotlax tt.loto.ra 1. not - to lntolr.

invention, but is thought to be a matter of degree only.

Claim 4 is h rejected on Horoross, of record, Edison or Cahit, ;
of reoord, or Oaks ford, of record, in view of the type of recorder j
f with the Pivoted stylus arm as in Edison. 400,878, of reoord. £

M v Claims' 6<W 6 are also rejected as drawn to new matter -la | ,1
l.w limitation "nnt less than one-Tjuarter {of the diaiqeter of -the ,unse- j|

ourad portion of tha diaphragm" . There la no diaoloaxire in the ap¬
plication as filed of any relation existing between one-quarter of the

diameter of the diaphragm and the diameter of the oenter pieoo.

Claims 7. 8/and 10 are allowed, as at present advised*

Shornas A. Edison
PHONOGRAPH RECORDERS

Room Ho. 579.

|! Piled July 18, 1918
I Serial No. 710,161

|j HONORABLE COMMISSIONER OP PATENTS,

ji SIS:'

In rosponse to the Offioe notion of
| September 18, 1914, ploase amend the above ontitled oaeo
!j as folio we

Rewrite olaims 1 to 6 inolusivo as follows s-
V) ~ C*\k>\\So _

yv^'

i| of elastic material

oorablnation of a sound box, a, diaphragm

a peripheral portion rigidly i,0

e— ALl/J a — A ly.'/

seoured to said sound a rigid member^sooured to the

iragn/agar a anneidBrablnjiortifii
insure vibration of tho lat¬
ter over substantially the d who l^o-fftho uneeoured portion
ther eof , (a- stylusrsrnrobhne dte d~t oS^id_member-and-extenaing

oentral portion of the d:
of tho area~o:ff the diaphragm*

i periphery- of- the i

1 1 hy-saifc?gnn', substantially as desoribed.

^and-a-stylUB-oarriod

oombinatfcon of a sound box, a diaphragjn
of elastio material not greater than .006 of an inoh in

of the area of the diaphragm to insure vibration of the lat¬
ter over substantially tlie whole of the unsecured portion
thereof, a stylus arm connected to said member and extending
towards the periphery of the\iaphragm. and a stylus carried
by said arm, substantially as described,

a. The combination of a sound box, a celluloid
diaphragm not graateAthan .006 of an inch in thicknesB and
having a peripheral poVbion rigidly secured to said sound
box, a rigid member seottofed to the oentral portion of the
diaphragm over a considerable portion of the area of the
diaphragm to insure vibra&on of the latter over substan¬
tially the whole of the unsecured portion thereof, a stylus
arm connected to saia membeAand extending towards the per¬
iphery of the diaphragm, ana ^stylus oarriea by said arm,
substantially as described,

4. The combination oV a soundbox, a diaphragm
of elastio material having a peripheral portion rigidly
seourea to said sound box, a membe^having a diameter
not greater than one-third the diam&er of the unsecured
portion of the diaphragm seoured to tfce oentral portion
of the diaphragm to insure, vibration Af the latter over sub
etantially the whole of the unsecured pWtion thereof, a
stylus arm oonneotea to said member and Extending towards
the periphery of the diaphragm, and a styles carried by
said arm, substantially as described.

6. The combination of a sound bo A. a diaphragm
of elastio material having a peripheral portioh rigidly
secured to said Bound box, a member having a diUeter \
not less than one-fourth the diameter of the unsWred por
tion of the diaphragm seoured to the oentral portion of •.

• a;

t„. MW *° °f ““ “tl"

i otantlally the whole of P°'M“ th"”f' *

| etyluo arm connected t. ..i\m..l.r “*

| th. periphery °t “• A ' •»* * ■**“> ”“ri“4 1,1

j ,.id arm, anbotantlally a» aoeo^ted. - _

j Claim 6. lino. 4 and 6, ohanpe "not leee than

j one-iuarter" to - approximately o«e- third - .

j remark®

I the rejected olalmo axe thought to hate loon allow-]

j aim a. formerly preeonted. Hoo. olalmo haw. loon xowio.a
i howov.r. ond a. now printed ax. thoopht to 1. .marly 1-
lowollo. Heithar the patont to Edi.oa 703*114 nor th.
Britioh patont to oahit di.ol.oo. « .enter pi... oonneoted
! to a etylue am ..toadies toward, th. p.rlph.ry of the di-
ll phxagm. It 1. ..fitted that the thi.hn... of the di¬
ll phramn a. well a. th. ol.r.otor and .1.0 of the o«tor pie..

! with rospeot to the diaphr.sm are import.nt and pat.nt.lly
material.

! With roopeot to the ro].otio« of former olaim.

j 6 and 6 a. dram to no. matter, it ie .al.lttod that thor.
j i. a aufflolent laoi. for th... olaim. i» the oripinal
I ifloation, whloh .pe.ifie. - * P«rtloamr eml.di.ent of
S applloont 1 . invention a oont.r pi... harms • 01

.lent ..e-h.lf of a. mod •« * ****“-• ““

1 tion Of whiah ....are. ahont one and a half in.ho. m
| ,ter. IhW oontor pi.oe da. a Oiometor one-third th. dl«-
j .ter of th. on.e.nrod portion of th. diaphr.sm, »* td.r-
j for. not 1... than one-quarter of the di.moter of the .aid
i'j portion of the diaphragm.

(3)

It is thought that the patents to Oaksford, Nor-
1 oroaa and Edison 430,278 are not pertinent to this inven-
j tion, The patent to Oaks ford does not disolose a Btylus
j arm extending towards the periphery of the diaphragm, nor
! does it diaolose a rigidly seoured diaphragm, the washer i
being made of papier macho. It is thought that the patent
to Edison 430,878 Bhould not he oomtined with the other
references to produce an invention not contemplated in any
of the referanoos. In the patent to Hororoas, the toss
| 2 is not connected to the center of the diaphragm, and the
j diaphragm is evidently not rigidly secured in position nor
| iS there a stylus arm of the typo set forth in claims 1 to
I 6 inclusive.

j| Heoonoideration and allowance are requested,

j! Respectfully submitted,

| THOMAS A^EDISOH

i: 3r .A, _ ^ ^

Orange, H. J. HiB Attorn0y

i August J 7 , 1915

FB-JS

Ilfc

DEPARTMENT OF THE INTERIOR

UNITED STATES PATENT OFFICE

WASHINGTON _ Sopt,.. 14,.. .1.015....

PUase find below a communication from the EX AH! HER in charge of the application, of

T. A. Edison, filed July 18. 19X2, Sox. Ho. 710,151. for _

Oomviitaioner of Patents. (/

In response to amendment of Aug* 10, 1915 •

Claims 7, 8, 9 and 10 aro allowed.

Claims 1 to 6, inclusive, must be again rejected as
specifying but a Judicious selection of old features from the
art.

It is very oomaon in the art as in roforonoos of record,
Cahit, Ooksford, Edison, 703,774, for example, to provide *igid
members to oauso a substantially uniform vibration of the dia¬
phragm. These are frequently of approximately one-third the
diameter of the diaphragm, aB in Boll ot al.., of record, to
whloh may bo added as illustrative of many structures,

(Eng.) Cordook, Feb. 20, 1905, (181-10) shpet 1,

" James, 24&8S^Bov. 6, 1906, 5(181-10 Figs 7-10,

Dolono , 56$?7^T?S5aCHAddition(101-10) 1 sheet.

Invention cannot be seen in substituting in any of the
above structures another old typo of styluB mounting as in
Edison, 430,278, oof record, or Hoodonald, 873,763; of rooord,
for example; on in employing such a diaphragm bracing moans 4s
shown in the first references in tho type of recorder of the
last two references , especially as each of theso latter two
structures employs a connection to the diaphragm that differs
in dogreo only from applicant’s structure in the extent of

710,151— B

diaphragm v/hiah it operatos upon*

Again, oolluloid ia a well-known diaphragm material, aa in
Edison, 394,106, of rooord; and it haa boon shown old to provide
diaphragms as thin or thinner than applicant spooifioB. 2he
U Judicious aeleotion from tho prior art of old matorlals and
dimensions to use with old stylus moohonism is thought but tho
Bklll to bo expected of one ‘^pnversnnt with tho art.

Claims 4 and 6 aro objectionable aB indefinite, lino 4,
"not - -dinmter" .

Claim 5 is also rojooted as drawn to new mattor in tho J ",
quoted phraso for tho ronsons of rooord.

It is to bo noted that olaim 6 specifies but Boll ot
al's sound box with tho diaphragm thin as in roforonoos of
rooord.

It is hoped applioont will oonsiaor this notion final.

Examiner Div. B3.

IN THE UNITED STATES PATENT OFPICE

Thomas A. Edison
PHONOGRAPH RECORDERS

Room No. 379.

Piled July 18, 1912
Serial No. 710,151

HONORABLE COMMISSIONER OP PATENTS,

SIR:

In response to the Office aotion of
September 14, 1915, pleaBe amend the above entitled case
as follows :-

Rewrite claim 1 as fo IIqwb : - _

^ 1. The combination of a sound box, a diaphragm
of elastic material having a peripheral portion rigidly
secured to said sound box, and a oenter pieoe secured to
the diaphragm and comprising a shell and a filling therefor,
substantially as described..^- . .. _ J.

ing as

Canoel claims 3, 4, 6 and 6 and insert the follow-
)w claim 3: - ,

- ^

The combination

sound box-, a celluloid
diaphragm not greater than .OCXJS of an inoh in thiokness
having a peripheral portion rigiWy secured to said sound
box, and, a oenter pieoe secured to said diaphragm to insure
vibration of the latter over substantially the whole of the
unsecured portion thereof, said oenter piece having a diam¬
eter approximately one-third of the diome\er of the un-
Beoured portion of the diaphragm, substantially as described,

Renumber alaims

respectively.

REMARKS

The last Offioe action has been carefully con¬
sidered. Although it is thought that all of the claims
submitted at the time of the last amendment are patentable,
all of the rejected claims except claim 8 have been canceled
in order to expedite the prosecution of this case. The
claims now presented are thought to fully protect the inven¬
tion.

Claim 1 specifies that the center piece is formed

of a shell and a filling therefor.

Claim 2 and present claim 3 are thought to be
patentable. These olaims are not anticipated by any single
reference, and it is submitted that it would require inven¬
tion to combine the constructions of the various references
so as to produce the combination set forth in these claims.
That the production of these combinations was not obvious
ja evidenced by the fact that a large amount of experimenting
*as done before these combinations were evolved. The com¬
binations are new and produce very superior results, as set
forth in the specification. For these reasons, it Is
thought that the claims in question should be allowed.

Reconsideration and allowance are requested.

Respectfully submitted,

THOMAS A. E PI SOU

ow. .. >. *,.J**„*£ \

S,pt. ff, 1916 HI. Attorn.!,

FB-JS

!5 a-aeo „ Paper Ha ■■■■lfl,-- .

- appltcntlsn ohouM give tho actio! numl

data ot mint, title ot Invention, *n<
name of the applicant.

DEPARTMENT OF THE INTERIOR

UNITED STATES PATENT OFFICE

WASHINGTON J3®Eb-A!L_i21<b. .

. Kcank-i..-

....Hew-Jarae?*-

. c/ ie 1016

Pleas9 find below a. communication from the EXAMINER in karST^th^PplicaUon of

. Thoma3.^.Ed.l8«n-r..fcr-.£h^^ .

_ aer±al..Ilaa...n£Ul51* -

Oommiuiontr of Patent). (/

In response to amendment of Septa 6, 1916a

This oaee is made special under Order #2810. and the
following notion is taken with the approval of the law examiner.

Claim 2 la again rejected on the references and for the
reasons of reoord.

Claim Z 1b substantially the same as former claim 6. and
it is rejected for the reasons of reoord. It is to be noted that
.0006 In olaim Z should be -.006-.

This rejection is made final.

IH THE UNITED STATES PAT EH T OFFICE

Thomas A« EdiBon

PHONOGRAPH RECORDERS Room No. 379.

Filed July 18, 1912
Serial Ho. 710, 161

HONORABLE COMMISSIONER OF PATENTS,

SIR: * ^

In response to the Office notion
of September 16, 1916. kindly amend the above entitled
case as follows:

Cancel olaimsTand S, and change the numeral i
of the remaining claims.

REMARKS v

The above amendment plaoes the application in
oondit ion for allowance.

Very respectfully,

THOMAS A. EDISON

By _ _ _ _

His Attorneys

2—181

Serial No.

received BV

DEPARTMENT OF THE INTERIOR
UNITED STATES PATENT OFFICE Vp
WASHINGTON s-r,* .27 .1917. (of < C=

B Thomas A. Edison*

i IMPROVEMENT0 iiti N<i

” Sir: Your APPLICATION for a patent for !

g Phonograph Recorders,

' ■=*s2="-

§ and engrossing of the several patent parts, prepara

| ^eL!°aidnsuohi^rkSwill nofbe^ertaken^til afterpayment

s °f ss ™&t: «& sssK-r

s ts'isrSr «. »• «*•* *» *“* °if”* °»

i » »s«*vopi.. .I*. s-

.1 afei^oir^sssys^ssss ■«•-<*!.?.- -*>•»**

£ stamps will not be received. ved frQm other than the appli-

a 0».,FSf JSSlSi, p“‘i’ l" l"“"t “

B
H
§

>arty in interest as buuwu

Dyer & Holden,

Edison Bldg.,

' . Orange, *• J»

uncertified checks will not be accepted.

j eS-^'C*(s-^r* CxtA-^O 4-^3?_«_-fcrv<) t^O -
c)(w. I^^avL^^tv) _><!>lU'‘-<-C <t^ C4W-»*im. .

iXHeT £a3Cw-» 'Vv^rV^MA-t-vCt^ - J

TCs <&/A-<|'^o

jf" b-**4-<* lb-e- ‘^mvv^

-i^ZjeT_^|J<s-v^ jCT 7S /)

fjLrt* uD tfe .JL^*’. .•&•«/

c£^udLCtk or:J

cxs (A»-* c±-tnAsdy<sA^&

W4i A/'VM*

.ct" ^s^aithc.

t7 £^urv !<«. -

ydr s-ecH^-a-

Ou^ C - l^^cT”...

<^-‘ r£3!^L }

y S0,cuj\i. f^l- edtj-eA

^»ft.5sfu. -SO ^cd* f&L cnA| ^tf-'crfc'Vvu^v^'

l^e-' c JUjKJtJh**- Gtt-^ — u^cMx -

A kLfo^r^

y \f lirr-Ayf - - ------

_r—

\ !

wul/^u<

' \lya->^<«. .J-CtS-"'-^- y-v-o

’ XsLC~-c~ 1 ,

k^/^rC^ t:£X <-c^

. ^ ^ — r

: e f

*<Aj~X CZ-tr*^t ffer-iT~

%L^> ) tt&ryuJ'^<=*ULl2y 0~&i •H/-v^|

'*"* 'Y*~jr~-J' s^u‘a^i

4=*«

$ja .'U.J'.f-*^' ^

£-

m4"oi.

oLt-SL QuudjTKtJ&AA LA

JU* ^cuvvo|

ff . ^ $La. crj^jt-cJ^i P^-t uwAvvw vJt)

1(<-A- T^L^a-pLe-*' fPl*. cAMt-pIL**.

C.OIA* &t- — IAC- W^.TW*^

*Jbgxgg£mt IC&. \A-^-toiL» uljw

P&a^a. u*^-et^

cr j*5T u>.XJ — 21**-- I'd

«? tr ^

Oti-fot-vJ l^e. k/e-«^ZjlvJ <*-4lO*W. Uvh~

U» otjS-o^ — 6#-e, ^utA 'iM ;

'UJL.ce.a. «s>v . - — 4;

Ctollti <-» .'fe- j^i6- ^

^t^rr~JU U,c‘-v-«'Cv_ C^-ev-w-.

I f\0-<0-& Q..f^f.

/“

^ -

^?r, , , (><t o^^T«-UVV«-^ <D-«J U*-*L.C*A^e/

©-r CX-CtA^tJLCft^Ct^e^Ujt

^ -S(^U_crX

$.»/ fUA-dc2xrt.i.«-C-«/ .$-<--tfocL C^ <-v>-£i CLQ^(vC(<r~
J^|e>_pw- ct“ 06 XS cLa^^-p-tLV-

iLe. c>G-u^-<Q^— <^7
S 0-<S- U«J** <J****~& 1 <^~- Cdt-

ttrrr laXw cLyf-~i- ^ e~°^J^*-*%j

»t— 4^c.<rvo-o-< ■ tJLe*£J,Ci- rri-C.^1

^ ’ Y ™

memorandum

&4?i-£*'G&. ^t«rw

September 6, 1917

Mr. Edison:-

.APPLICATION SERIAL NO. 710,151, PILED JULY 18,
1912, ENTITLED PHONOGRAPH RECORDERS

This application covers the very thin diaphragn which
in the oase of oelluloid should not exceed .006 of an inoh in
thickness , and which is seourely and firmly damped around its
entire. periphery instead of being loose as in some constructions,
or Imbedded in soft pliable material as in others. The central
portion of the diaphragm is provided with a metallic shell having
a waxy filling whioh secures the same to the diaphragm. As shown
this shell is approximately of a diameter one-third the diameter
of the unsecured 'portion of the diaphragn. A stylus arm is con¬
nected to said shell and extends towards the periphery of the dia>-

.phragm.

The following claims have been finally rejected in this
ap plication

2. The combination of a sound box, a diaphragn of
elastic material not greater .than .006 of an inch in thickness
and having a peripheral portion rigidly secured to said sound
box, a rigid member secured to the oentral portion of the dia¬
phragm over a considerable portion of the area of the diaphragm
to insure vibration of the latter over substantially the whole
of the unsecured portion thereof, a stylus arm connected to
said member and extending towards the periphery of the dia¬
phragm, and a stylus carried by said arm, substantially as
described.

3. ■ The combination of a sound box/, a oelluloid
diaphragm not greater than .006 of an inoh in thickness
having a peripheral portion rigidly secured to said sound
box, and a oenter pieoe secured to said diaphragm to insure
vibration of the latter over substantially the whole of the
unBeoured portion thereof, said oenter pieoe having a diam¬
eter approximately one-third of the diameter of the unsecured
portion of the diaphragm, substantially as described.

-2-

Mo single referenoe aisoloses the entire combination set
forth In the claims , hut the Examiner has oited a great many refer¬
ences thereagainat and rejected the claims on the ground that the
sub j eat matter thereof involves but a 'Jjudioious selection of oia
features of the art". The art will now be taken up briefly.

The first referenoe is the French patent to Coombs Ho.
382,360. In the construction described in this referenoe, the
diaphragms are of very thin material and Coombs mentions the use
of metal as well as oelluloid. In the case of metal, the thick¬
ness thereof can be as low as .002 of an inoh. Coombs states that
where oelluloid *is used the thickness can be a little greater.

He f erring, however, to Figs. 1 and 3 of this patent, instead of
using a separate center pi'eoe as you did, he bends the central
portion substantially as shown. Could this be considered an
equivalent of your construction, especially in view of such con¬
structions as are shown in

Horoross, Ho. 676,270
Erenoh patent to Dolone, Ho. 6697
British patent to Cordook, Ho. 3466 of 1905
British patent to James, Ho. 24987 of 1906

British patent to Oaksford, Ho. 20768 of 1903
British patent to Cahit, Ho. 14179 of 1901

It will therefore be Been that oenter pieoes are old in connection
with diaphragms which are not thin. Coombs discloses a thin dia¬
phragm with a raised central portion which he claims obtains the

same result.

The idea of seourlng the diaphragm rigidly around its
periphery is also oia in the art citea, ana the devioe of Coombs
is broadly of this construction, as will be seen from an inspection
of Figures 14 and 15.

The stylus arm or lever is also old, as shorn in Edison
430,278, and MaoDonald 873,763, the Examiner holding that to use
suoh a lever upon the devices shown in the other references would
not amount to invention. CoombB does not use this type of stylus
lever.

Referring to claim 2, it will be seen that the diaphragm
is limited to a material, the thickness of which is not greater
than .006 of an inoh. Material which is much thinner than this
is used by Coombs. It will also be Been that construotionB in
which the peripheral portion is rigidly secured to the Bound box
are old, as are also the rigid members secured to the central por¬
tion of the diaphragm. Each of the individual elements of this
claim will be seen to be old, and the question is whether there is
invention involved in assembling the several elements in combina¬
tion as set forth in the claim, and consequently whether it is
worth while to appeal this claim from a practical standpoint.

Claim 3 is limited to a celluloid diaphragm not greater
than .006 of an inch in thickness, and is further limited to a
center piece having a diameter approximately one-third the diameter
of the unsecured portion of the diaphragm. It may be that the
above limitations render the claim of no value, and there is also
the question of whether the claim distinguishes sufficiently from

-4-

the art cited. We would like to have your opinion in this matter.
In my judgment, the art is very close and it is doubtful whether
the claims contain anything of merit, unless you have some pract¬
ical reasons for thinking otherwise. .

The following olaims have been allowed in this application:

1. The combination of a sound box, a diaphragm
of elastic material having a peripheral portion rigidly
seoured to said sound box, and a center piece secured to
the diaphragm and comprising a shell and a filling there¬
for, substantially as described.

4. A diaphragm having seoured thereto a center
piece formed of a shell and a filling therefor, substan¬
tially as described.

6. A diaphragm having seoured thereto a center
piece formed of a metallio shell and a filling therefor,
substantially as described,

6. A diaphragm having seoured thereto a center
pieoe formed of a shell and a filling therefor, said
filling serving to secure the center piece to the dia¬
phragm, substantially as described.

7. A diaphragm having seoured thereto a center
pieoe formed of a metallio shell and a filling therefor,
said filling serving to Beoure the center piece to the
diaphragm, substantially as described.

These claims oover the oenter pieoe whloh comprises a
metallio shall having a filling for seouring it to the diaphragm.
This construction is new and has been allowed.

As stated above, olaims 2 and 3 are under final rejection
and action must be taken by September 16th, so that it will be
neoessary to give this matter imnsdiate attention. Do you wish
an appeal taken to the Board of Examiners-in-Chief?

Mr. Edison:

APH.ICATIOM SERIAL MO. 710,151, FILED JULY IS,
1912, EMTIT1ED PHONOGRAPH RECORDERS

This application does not show a take-up for per¬
mitting the tightening up of the diaphragm. Apparently no
mention was made of this feature' when the application was
prepared. Prom a talk with Mr. Werner I judge that the
take-up resides in the annular knife edge with the clamp¬
ing means for drawing the membrane over the edge. Ab far
as we know, this feature is not covered in any of the
pending applications or any of your prior patents, but
can be oovered by a new application if not barred by two
years’ publio use or sale. Kindly advise us.

As to the present application mentioned in our
memorandum to you of Sept. 6th, do you wish an appeal taken?

ok f/ /{ -eJ-

CK-EH

Mr. Meadoworoft:

September 10th I wrote you about appealing your ap¬
plication Wo. 710,151 covering the use of very thin diaphragm
clamped at its periphery. At the time you made a note us shown
on the memorandum enclosed herewith.

It is thought advisable, if an application is to be
filed, to do so immediately.

I am enclosing a sketch of a take-up which is thought
to be the one you had in mind.

Take-ups or tightening devices are old. however. See
patent Wo. 825,738 enclosed herewith. The diaphragm A is
stretched over annular member D and clamped between C and B.

,S and F are elastic members and can be adjusted to stretch
the diaphragm.

See also patent Wo. 695,883 herewith. The
diaphragm B is held between two flat clamping rings G and H,
the whole resting on the flange of frame A. As the disk C
with pressure ring F is adjusted the diaphragm will be
stretched.

This Bepartment believes that the take-up shown in
the sketch is not patentable over the above art or at least
the invention must be limited to the exact construction shown.

Do you desire us to prepare application papers
covering the device shown in the sketch? If so, what are the
important features therein which distinguish it from the devices
of the two patents?

-2-

Patent Series

Patent Application Files

Folio # 872 Internal Combustion Engines

U.S. Patent#: 1160585

Primary Applicant: Edison, Thomas Alva, Jr

Date Executed: 7/22/1912

petition

®o tf)e Commissioner of patents!:

gour petitioner thchas a. Edison, jh.
a citizen of tfje ©toiteb States, reSibing ant) babing a Post ©ffite abbreSS at

Burlington, in the County of Burlington ana State of New Jersey

praps tfjat fetters patent map be granteb to l)im for tfje improbements in

INT3BHAL COMBUSTION ENGINES

Set fortf) in tfje annexeb specification; anb be berebp appoints jfranfelL. ©per
(Registration i)o. 560), of ©range, J?eto ^erstep, W attornep, toitb full
potoer of Substitution anb rebocation, to prosecute tbis application, to mafee
alterations anb amenbments therein, to receibe tfje patent, anb to transact aU
business in tbe Patent ©ffice connecteb tfjerehritb.

SPBCIFIOATI OH

TO ALL WHOM IT MAY CONCERN:

BE IT KNOWN, that I, THOMAS A. EDISON, JR., a
oitizon of the United Statea ana a resident of Burlington,
in the County of Burlington, ana State of New Jersey .have
invented oortain now and useful improvement S^in^ 02&M&L
0 0MBUSTI63~EN8PHE§ , of V7hioh the following is a descrip¬
tion: -

HHi"

My invention relates to improvements in^

; jog/ origlnea’, and particularly to improvements In
means for supplying the mixture of vaporized gasolene or
other fuel to^aaeh engines. In starting internal oombus-
tion engines, particularly in oold weather, difficulties
are frequently enoounteroa in vaporizing the fluid fuel
to on adequate extent to oause the mixture to be exploded
when the spark is passed. My invention includes improved
means for aiding the vaporization of the fuol, both during
starting ana when running, for inoreasing the temperature
of the mixture, and also means for introducing additional
air into the mixture under favorable conditions so as to
eoonomize in the fuel oonsumod. My improved apparatus is
particularly adapted to be manufactured as an attachment
for Internal combustion engines now in use. My invention
inoluaes also the combinations of partB and details of oon-
struotion hereinafter described more fully and olaimed.

For the further desoription of my invention, ref¬
erence is had to the drawings aooompanying and forming part
of this specification and in whioh -

(1)

I Figure 1 is a seotional view of apparatus embody¬

ing my invention, the seotion being taken on the line 1-1
of Figure 2.

Figures 2 , 3 and 4 are sectional views taken
respectively on the lines 2-2, 3-3, and 4-4 of Figure 1.

Figures 5 and 6 are views of details of construc¬
tion.

j Figure V is a seotional view of a modified form

of apparatus embodying my invention; and
1 Figure 8 is a partly aiagrammatlo view of a modi-

Jj tied form of eleotrioal heater ana deflecting means adapted
• |j for use in apparatus embodying my invention, instead of the
j corresponding parts illustrated in the preceding figures.

! My improved apparatus is located in the oonduit

I leading from the carburetor, to the cylinders of the engine,
and I have illustrated my invention as an attachment aaapt-
I ed to be seoured between the oarburetor flange ana the
i flange. of the induction pipe.

I Beferring particularly to Figures 1 to 6 inulus-

1 ivo, at 1 is shown the neck of the oarburetor or pipe lead-
• I ing therefrom, and at 2 the flange of the same. At 3 is
shown the induction pipe and at 4 the flange of the same.

A ousting 7 is provided having extending therethrough a
J{ cylindrical opening 8, of somewhat greater oross seotion
than the oross seotion of the oarburetor neok and induc¬
tion pipe, and adapted to be Beoured between the oarburetor
flange and the induotion pipe flange with the opening 8
I in line with the oarburetor neok and the induotion pipe so
as to constitute a oonduit oonneoting the two. In the
oasting 7_ and surrounding the opening 8 and separated there-

(2)

from by a thin wall is an annular opening 9 whioh ia adapt¬
ed to reoeive an eleotrio heating ooil 15 . The opening 9.
is adjaoent to the oarburetor flange 2. Adjacent to the
induotion pipe flange 4 is an annular opening or ohamber 10
surrounding the opening 8 and separated therefrom by a thin
wall. The oleotrioal heating ooil 13 and the ohamber 10
adapted to reoeive heated" fluid are therefore in thormal re ■
lation to the opening 8. The easting 7 is seourod between
the induotion flange 4 and the oarburetor flange 2 by bolts
5 and jS or other suitable means , and gaskets 11 and 12 ,
preferably of asbestos, are provided between the ousting £
and the oarburetor flange 2 and induotion pipe flango 4
respectively. The eleotrio heating ooil 13 is insulated
from the casting 7 by means of the insulating material 14,
whioh is preferably asbestos. The ooil 13 is provided
with terminals 15 and 16 whioh may be in the form of sook-
ets adapted to oo-operate v/ith the plug oontaots 17 and 18
mounted in the plug 19 , said plug oontaots 17 and 10 being
oonneoted in an oleotrioal oirouit 20 oontaining a Bouroo
of ourrent, suoh as a battery 21, said oirouit 20 being pro¬
vided with a switch 22 for oontrolling the same. Surround¬
ing the thin wall of the casting 7. between the opening 8
and the annular opening or ohamber 10 is an annular baffle
plate 23 provided with openings or outaway portions ar¬
ranged in- a manner hereinafter desoribed. The opening (3
is provided with wires or metallio filamentB 24 so disposed
as to have large portions of the same in oontaot with the
walls of the oasting 7. surrounding the opening 8. A single
wire may, of oourse, be used. This mass of wire is held

(3)

jn plaoe between members 25 extended aoross the ends of the
opening 8 and aeoured in any suitable manner. I have il¬
lustrated the opening 8 as slightly beveled at its ends,
and the members j55 oorrespondingly beveled at their ends
and held between the ousting 7_ and the gaskets 11 and 12
by the pressure produced by .the- flanges 2 and 4. An inlet. .
pipe 26 is provided leading into the chamber 10< through it's
outer wall and looated diamotr'ioally opposite thereto is an
outlet pipe 27 leading from the chamber 10 through its out¬
er wall. The pipe 26 iB adapted to be connected to the ex¬
haust of the engine or to be fed with water which has been
heated by oooling the engine. The exhaust gases or hcatod
water enter through the pipe 26, pass through the ohamber
10 on both sides of the annular feaffle plate 23, and flow
out through the outlet pipe 27, the path of the heated flui I
being indioated by the arrows in Pig. 2. The portion of
the casting 7_ containing the ohamber 10 may be designated
as a fluid heater. The openings 28 in the baffle plate
23 are so arranged that they inorease in size in passing
through a point opposite the inlet pipe 26 around the two
halves of the baffle plate to a point opposite the outlet
pipe 27. Or, the holes may be of the same size, but in¬
creasing in number from a point opposite the inlet pipe 26
to a point opposite the outlet pipe 27. The heated gas or
wator which enters through the pipe 26 has its maximum tem¬
perature at this point and has beoome oooled somewhat be¬
fore flowing out through the pipe 27. The arrangement of
openings in the baffle plate 23 causes the inner wall of
the oasting £ t0 be heated uniformly and oauses a uniform
distribution of heat through the defleoting wire or wires

(4)

24. An air inlet 46 ia provided in the casting 7 at a
point remote from the inlet pipe 26. From the air inlot
46 a pipe 29 leads through the chamber 10 throughout sub¬
stantially one half of the same to a point substantially
diabiotrioally opposite the inlet 46,, and leads into the
opening- 8 through the baffle plate 23 and the inner wall
of the oaating 7 at 30. ■ Surrounding the air inlet 46. and. ,
secured to the casting £ is a hollow member 31 provided on
its intorior with a port adapted to be closed by the valve
32 and provided also with an opening 35 extending about hal:?
way around its oiroumferenoe and communicating with the
port. When the valve 32 is dosed, no air oan enter
through the opening 35 into the spaoe oomraunioating with
the opening 46. Surrounding the portion of the member 31
containing the opening 35 is a oup-shaped member 34 mounted
on the member 31 so as to be rotatably adjustable and having
openings 36, 37, 38 and 39, one or more of vtfhioh may be
brought into communication with the opening 35 by adjusting
the member 34 on the member 31. The openings 36, 37 , 38
and 39 communicate with the external atnwBphere and by ad¬
justing the member 34 so as to have a larger or smaller
number of openings 36, 37. 38 and 39 oomraunioating with
opening 35, the supply of air whioh enterB through the air
inlet 46 and pipe 29 into the opening 8 may be controlled.
The adjuBtably rotatable member 34 is provided with a
knurled rim 40 to facilitate adjusting the same. The mem¬
ber 34 has an opening extending through it whioh serves as
a guide for the stem 33 of the valve 32. The end of the
stem is provided with a nut serving as an abutment 41 and

(5)

a look nut 42, and a ooilod spring 47 is looatod between
the nut abutment 41 and the stem guiding portion 34, serv¬
ing normally to keep the valve 32 in olosed position. A
proteoting oap 43 is sorew threaded on the member 34 so aB
to proteot the extended end of -the valve stem 33, nuts 41
and 42, and the spring 47. A resilient open ring 45 shown
in extended position in Figure 5 is seated snugly in a
groove oiroumferentially surrounding the stem guiding end
of the member 31, and friotionally engages the Inside of
the member 34 and serving to hold it in adjusted position.

The operation of my improved apparatus is as
follows:- Assuming that the plug oontaots 17 and 18 are
oonneoted with the socket oontaots 15 and 16, when it' is
desired to start the engine, the swltoh 22 is olosed, whloh
causes current to be supplied to the heating ooil 13 £rom
the battery 21 to heat the ooil. The heat from the ooil
is transmitted through the thin inner wall of the casting 7_
and to the portions of the wire or wires 24 in oontaot with
the wall. The wires rapidly become heated and readily
oommunioate their heat to the mixture of air and gasolene
or other fuel whioh flows from' the oarburetor into the'
opening e on its way to the induotion pipe. By having a
mass of motallio material of considerable area distributed
throughout opening j3, Buoh as wires 24, substantially all
of the fuel mixture oomes in oontaot with a heating sur¬
face, and the mixture is adequately heated to enable the
engine to be easily started. After the engine has gotten
into operation, the switoh 22 may be opened. The exhaust
gases from the engine or the hot water from the oooling

(6)

ohamberB flows in through inlot pipe 26 into ohamber 10
arouna the baffle plate 23 on both Bides thoreof and oon-
taots with the thin inner wall of the oasting 7, a1: PointB
where openings in the baffle plate ooour. The exhaust
gases or water flow out of the outlet pipe 27. The heat
from the exhaust gases or water is transmitted through the
thin wall of the casting- 7- to the wire mass within the
opening 8 and aids in the vaporization while the engine
is running. As tho engine gets up to speed, the valve
32 opens and air is drawn through the opening 46 and pipe
29 to the opening 8. The pipe 29 being surrounded by hot
gases or water, air is introdi’.oed into the mixture in heat-
ed oondition, thereby adding materially to the effioienoy
and economy of operation of my apparatus. The cup-like
member -34 is adjusted so that a suffioient number of open¬
ings 36, 37, 38 and 39 oommunioate with the opening 35 to
furnish the neoessary supply of air for this purpose. •;

In Figure 7 I have illustrated a modification of
my invention in which, instead of the wire mass 24, I em¬
ploy a rotating a^&^evioe to throw the mixture oarryingj
the fuel particles against the inner wall of the casting 7
to enable the heat from the same to be oommunioated to the
mixture. In this modification, ring-like members 50, 50'
are threaded into the oasting 7 at the two ends of the open!
ing 8, the ring-like members 50, 50' having bridging member jj

51, 51' which serve as bearings for the cone -like ends 52,
— — W'3 „ „ i

62' of the shaft carrying the sp4»^ member 53. Ball bear)

ings may also be provided. The -spiral member 53 is pro¬
vided with perforations. Under the influence of the draftj

(7)

of the mixture, the api-ral member 53 Is oaused to rotate
on its benringB and the fuel partioles are thrown against
the inBide wall of the oasting 7 and heated. Otherwise
than ub illustrated and described, the oonstruotion of the
apparatus Bhov/n in Figure 7 is the same as that illustrated

in the preoeding figures. .

In Figure 8 I have illustrated a modified form of
eleotrioal heating devioe whioh may be utilized in any of
the Btruotures illustrated in the preoeding figures. ■ This
form of eleotrioal heater oonsists of a plurality of radial¬
ly disposed metal pieces 60 having their ends extended into
the opening 8 and the portions without the opening 8 sur¬
rounded by heating, ooils 61. . The ends of the metal pieces
60 whioh extend into the opening 8 are provided with per¬
forated deflooting members at an angle to the normal line
of flow of mixture through the opening J3, the deflooting
members 62 serving to oommunioate heat oonduoted from the ■
heating ooils to the mixture and also to defleot the mix¬
ture into oontaot with the walls of the oasting _7.

i Having now desoribed my invention, what I claim

as new therein and desire to proteot by Letters Patent is
■ jj as follows :

In an internal oombustion engine, means for. heat
ing the'^Ctvsl mixture ^inoluding a fluid heater and an oleo-
ator/'&<rt»£t antially as desoribed.

trioal heator,

2. In an internal^ohmbustion engine, moans for heat¬
ing the fuel mixture including a fluid heater, an eleotri-
oal heater, and means for oausing heat from.j3aid heaters to
be oommunioated to the fuel mixture, substantially^as de¬
scribed.

(8)

AO /

In an internal combustion engine, moans for heat¬
ing the fu el'mixtUi'a J.Eioluding a fluid heater, an electrical
heater, ana heat o onduot ingma^rial^in^ thermal relation to
said heaters and interposed in .the path of the~Trunl--mixture^
substantially as described.

rA/^ .

| 4. m an internal combustion engine, moans for hoat-

| ing the fuel mixture i^ioluding a fluid heater, an eleotrioal I
[j heater, ana heat oonduobdng material comprising a mass of
1 Wiro in thermal relation to saia heaters ana interposed in
the path of tho fuel mixttirV substantially as described.

?/r/tv

^ 5, In 'a allnJifirnBl— c^nb^at4oa engine, tho combina¬
tion of means for heating tho fuel mixture inoluding a
| fluid heater and an eleotrioal heater, and means for supply¬
ing air to the mixtxu-e tfhroxxgh one of saia heaters, whereby
the air thus supplied is heated, substantially as aesoribea.

>„ the combina¬
tion of means for heating the fuel mixture including a
fluid heater and an eleotrioal heater, and moans for supply¬
ing air to tho mixture through said fluid heater, whereby
the air thus supplied is heated, substantially aB deBorifeed,

the combination!

of means for heating the fuel mixture inoluding a fluid heat|-
er, an eleotrioal heater, and heat oonduoting material in
thermal relation to said heaters and interposed in the path
of the fuel mixture, and means for supplying air to the fuelj
mixture through said fluid heater, whereby the air thus
supplied is heated, substantially as described.

(9)

8. In an internal combustion engine, the combina-
tion of means for healing the fuel, mixture inoluaing a
fluid heater ana an eleotrioal •• heater, ana means for sup¬
plying air to saia mixture' through saia fluia heater where¬
by the air thus supplied is heated, the operation of said
means being oontrolled b4 the draft of the fuel mixture
supplied to engine, silbst anti ally as aesoribed.

9. In an internal dombustion engine, the combina¬
tion of moans for heating the fuel fixture inoluding a
fluid heater, an eleotrioal heater'", ana heat conducting
material in thermal relation W said heaters and interposed
in the path of the fuel mixture, and means for supplying
air to said mixture through saia fluid heater, whereby the
air thus supplied is Mated, the operation of said means
being oontrolled by/6he draft of\the fuel mixture supplied
to the engine

substantially as described.

jfcflf. In onT int~ornjd/ o<(mlniqt4cn ongino , the combina¬
tion of means for heating the fuel mixture including a fluid]
heater and an eleotrioal' heater , and adjustable means for
supplying air to the mixture through said fluid heater^
^o^by^the^air^ thus^supiliea is^heated, Substantially as
described.

int orn^l^o omhuati on-eng-in&, the combination
of means for heating the fuel mixture including a fluid heat]
er, an eleotrioal heater, and heat conducting material in
thermal relation to said heaters and interposed in the path
of the fuel mixture, and adjustable means for supplying air
to the fuel mixture through said fluid heater, whereby the

VY'/y

a?r ^u^Bupplied i

f/4/a

(10)

12. In an internal aomhustion engine, a devioe
adapted to be looatea between the induction pipe and the
oarburetor, oomprising a heat oonduoting member with an
opening therethrough for the passage of the fuel mixture
from the ohrburotor to the induction pipe, said member hav-

i i._ ^ \ 0 j

- . ingl^herein) an electrical heater Aand a^ohamber adapted to
receive heated\fluid, eaia eleotrioal heater and chamber
being in thermal\r elation to the opening for the passage
of the fuel mixtur^, substantially as deBoribed.

IS. In an internal oombustion engine, a devioe
adapted to be looated Between the induction pipe and the
oarburetor, oomprising aVeat oonduoting member with an
' opening therethrough for TOe passage of the fuel mixture
from the oarburetor to the induction pipe, said member
having therein an eleotrio header and a ohamber adapted to
reoeive heated fluid, said eleotVoal heater and ohamber
surrounding and being in thermal relation to the opening
for the passage of the fuel mixture ,\substantially as de¬
scribed.

14. In an internal oombustion engine, a devioe
| adapted to be looated between the induotion\nipe and the
I oarburetor, oomprising a heat oonduoting member with t
opening therethrough for the passage of the fue\mixture
8 from the oarburetor to the induotion pipe, said i
having therein an eleotrio heater and a ohamber i
to reoeive heated fluid, said eleotrioal heater and olvamber
I surrounding and being in thermal relation to the openin)

I for the passage of the fuel mixture, and said opening hav\
ing therein moans for facilitating the transfer of heat
from the heater and ohamber to the fuel mixture, substan¬
tially as deBoribed.

(11)

Spber

kted

^ .
7*3.

_ In an internal combustion eng in o , a deviae ad¬

apted to be looated between the induction pipe and the car¬
buretor i comprising a heat conducting member with an open¬
ing therethrough for the passage of the fuel mixture from
the carburetor to the induction pipe, said member having
therein an eleotrloal heatar- and a ohamber adapted to re- ..
oeive heated fluid, said e-leotrio^ heater and chamber sur-r
rounding and being in thermal relation to the opening for
the passage of the fuel mixture, said opening having means
therein for facilitating the transfer of heat from the'
heater and ohamber to the fuel mixture, comprising a mass
of wire having a portion thereof in oontaot with the walls
of the opening, substantially as described.

IV .

In Aan internal •'combustion engine, a device
adapted to be looated between the induction pipe and the
carburetor comprising a heat oonduoting member with an
opening therethrough for the passage of the fuel mixture
from the oarburetor to the induction pipe, said member
having therein an elootrioal heater and a ohamber adapted
to reoeive heated fluid, said eleotrioal heater and ohamber
being in thermal relation to. the opening for the passage
of the fuel mixture, and moans for supplying air to said
mixture through said ohamber, whereby the air thus supplied
is heated, subst anti ally aB described.

Tfc"-

VZ. In an int’i
apted to be looated between the induction pipe and the car¬
buretor, comprising a heat oonduoting member with an open¬
ing therethrough for the passage of the fuel mixture from
the oarburetor to the induction pipe, said member having

therein an eleotrioal heater and a ohamber adapted to re-
oeive heated fluid, said eleotrioal heater and ohamber
being in thermal relation to the opening for the passage
of the fuel mixture, and adjustable moans for supplying
air to said mixture through said ohamber, whereby the air

L-.U.’t , , -.-XU- ‘ ‘“S 1 /&/'■

thus supplied is heated, substantially as desori'bed. (7
7\&

' •*’ **«*■ <i»t tykti./.Mi.a •jLt-L4JL~:Ci~

7s- •;34. In^an internal combustion engine, a devioe
adapted to be located between the induction pipe and the
oarburetor oomprising a heat oonduoting member with an
opening therethrough for the passage of the fuel mixture
from the oarburetor to the induction pipe, said member
having therein an eleotrioal heater and a ohamber adapted
to reoeive heated fluid, said eleotrioal heater and ohamber
being in thermal relation to the opening for the passage
of the fuel mixture, and moans for supplying air to said
mixture through said fluid heater whereby the air thus sup¬
plied is heated, the operation of said means being oon-
trolled by the draft of the fuel mixture supplied to the
engine, substantially as desoribed.

n. Tf Ci V/*

,1$. In an internal combustion engine, a devioe
adapted to bo located between the indxiotion pipe and the
oarburetor oomprising a heat oonduoting member with an
opening therethrough for the passage of the fuel mixture
from the oarburetor to the induotion pipe, said member
having therein an eleotrioal heater and a ohamber adapted
for the passage of heated fluid therethrough, said eleo.-
trioal heater and ohamber surrounding and being in thermal

relation to the opening for the passage of the fuel mix¬
ture, said chamber being provided with a baffle plate lo-
oated along the ohamber wall in proximity to the opening
for the passage of the fuel mixture, Bald baffle plate
having openings therein arranged so as to eapose more and
more of the ohamber wall -to the heated fluid as it passes
from the inlet of the ohamber to the outlet thereof, sub¬
stantially as desoribed.

' a- ^

* /C/

3,^*..-/ ^ a/ z .4 -a

/9- * rn/t?

7 £3- */y'‘v

'"V'rsosXA. C- ~ CJIju^. - I H-

®jis Specification signet) ant) toitneSSeb tfjis -2»? Vbaj> of 19\?~

. \fbri wju ^

(UlitueSSctlj:

l . .

2. ..it, . ALA >4**«Ur'. .

©atb.

State of ikto SferSep )
Count? of Csbbk j

THOMAS A. Edison, JR. ( tlje abobe nameb
petitioner, being bulg stoorn, bepoSeS anti saps tljat Ije iS a citizen of tlje Uniteb
states, anb a reSibent of Burlington, Burlington County, Hew Jersey

tljat Ije betily beliebes fjiinsclf to be tlje original, first anb sole inbentor of tlje

imprSbeinents in

INTERNA! COMBUSTION ENGINES

bestribeb anb claimeb in tlje annexeb specification ; tljat Ije boes not fenoto anb
boes not beliebe tljat tlje Same toas eber fenoton or useb before Ijis inbention or
biscoberp thereof ; or patenteb or bescribeb in anp printeb publication in tlje
llniteb States of America or anp foreign countrp before Ijis inbention or
biscoberp tfjereof, or more tljan ttoo pears prior to tljis application; or patenteb
in anp countrp foreign to tlje llniteb States on an application fileb more tljan
ttnclbe montfjs prior to tfjis application; or in public use or on sale in tlje
llniteb States for more than ttoo pears prior to tljis application; anb tljat no
application for patent upon Saib inbention fjaS been fileb bp Ijim or legal

repreSentatibeS or aSSipS in anp

Stoorn to anb subscribeb before me tljis Mia;

a.u.

[Seal]

Hotarp public.

DEPARTMENT OF THE INTERIOR
UNITED STATES PATENT OFFICE

WASHINGTON Aug. 21, 1912.

Thomas A. Edison, Jr,, I r

Oars, .Frank I. Dyer, . AiKJ '.VU9I7.

Orange, II. J. 7 " •

Please find below a communication from the EXAMINER in charge of your application. .

No. 711,398, Internal Combustion Engine, filed July 25, 1912.

lero/Arfmto.

Numerals 8, 11, 30, 35 and 39 should be applied to figure 1.
There is no line 4-4 on figure 1. Numerals 23, 28, 37, 38, 39 and

43 should he applied to figure 2. Numeral 50 should be applied

to figure 7.

The title is inoorreot. Applicant has not made an improve¬
ment in internal oombuetion engines but in a heater for the gaseous
mixture therefor.

Page 7, linee20, 27 and 28: "spiral" should read hell cal..

In line 1 of enoh of t.he claims "in an internal oombustlon
engine" should read in a heater for gaseous fuel.

Claims^l to 4, 12 to 14 are rejected on British patent to
Evans, 19,578 of 1908, (48-148, 1); see figure 4.

In regard to claim 4 the patent shows the full equivalent of
the mass of wire. Note the baffles 9.

Claim 8 is rejected as containing nothing patentable over
olaim 5. It is immaterial whether the air passes through the
fluid heater or not.

Claims 8 and 10 are rejeoted as containing nothing patentable

over olaim 5. It is oampion in the art to provide suotion operated
F “7 a i^-

air valves and means for adjusting thesime; see loose, 959,960,

Nay 31, 1910, (48-180, 1).

711,398, 2.

Claims 9 and 11 are rejected ae not patentably distinguishing
from claim 7 .

Claims 17 and 18 are rejected ae containing nothing patent-
able over olaim 16.

Claime 5, 7, 15, 16 and 19 are regarded as allowable.

Examiner.

IN THE UNITED STATES PATENT OFFICE.

INTERNAL COMBUSTION ENGINES )
Filed July 26, 1912 )

HONORABLE COMMISSIONER OF PATENTS.

In response to the Office aotion of August
21, 1912, please amend the above entitled case as follows:*

Page 7, line 20, change "spiral" to - helical
Line 27, change "spiral" to * helical *. Line 28, change
"spiral" to * helical

Page 8, line 1. change "spiral" to - helical *.

Rewrite olaims 1, 2 and 3 as follows: -

ing the fuel mixture comprising a heat conducting member
with an opening therethrough for the passage of the fuel
mixture and provided with separate, chambers in thermal
relation to said opening, and an electrio heater contained
in one of said chambers, the other of said ohambers being
adapted to receive heated fluid, substantially as described.

' Im.cUt-cL 7/ty/y

2. In an internal Vombustl^n engine, means for heat¬
ing the fuel mixture including . a fluid heater, a chamber
separated from said fluid htoter, an eleotri cal heater con¬
tained in said chamber, and means for causing heat from said
heaters to be communicated to the fue.l mixture, substantial!

l internal combust/oh. engine , means for heat-

y^„ In^an' internal' oombuBt ion engine, a devlae adapted
to be looated between the induotion pipe and the oarburetor ,
j oomprising a heat oonduoting member with an opening there¬
through for the paasage of the fuel mixture from the oarbur -
etor to the induotion pipe, said member having two independ¬
ent ohamberB^’suieSSt^^ the opening for the passage of the (,
fuel mixture, an eleotrioal heater contained in one of said
ohamberB, and the other of said chambers being adapted to
rooeive heated fluid, and said opening having means therein
for facilitating the transfer of heat from the heater and
ohambers to the fuel mixture, substantially as described. -

Claim 16, line 7, change "elootrio" to - eleo-

Claim 17, line 11, after "heated," insert - said
adjustable means including an adjustable opening, - .

Add the following olaims: -

20. In an internal. oombUBtion engine, a devioe adaptud
to be looated between thd induotion pipe and the carburetor frw,
oomprising a heat oonduoting member with an opening there¬
through for the passage of\the fuel mixture from the oarbur-'
etor to the induotion pipe ,\ said member being provided with
heating means and said opening having means therein for
facilitating the transfer of heat from the heating means to
the fuel mixture, oomprising a\mass of wire having a portioi
thereof in contact with the walVs of the opening, Bubstan-

21. In an internal oombustion engine, the oombinatioi ^
of means for. heating the fuel mixture, and means for sup¬
plying air to the mixture in thermal relation to said heat¬
ing means, whereby the air thus supplied is heated, substan¬
tially as described. \

(3) '

O ‘ ‘ ’L'*y' ^ / Y ‘s** /f / / U 'J I

JB&l In an Internal 'oomDUBtion engine, a devioe^adapte'd
[to be looated betweenMrt^e induction pipd and the oerburetor),
oompriBing a heat oonduotsta? member with an opening there>

I through for the passage of tl^h- fuel mixture from tjfe-carbur.-|
etor-^to— the — induction pipe, meanf3^for heating said member
I and means for introduoing heated air\into said opening, sub-j
stantially as dosoribed. - Nv

R E M A E K 3

Wo ohange has been made in the title of the appli-

Ioation or in the introductory olauses of the olaims, because |
applicant considers that his invention does constitute an
improvement in internal oombustion engines and includes morej
than merely a heater for the gaseous mixture for suoh en¬
gines. Applicant's invention comprises not only meonB for I
heating the gaseous mixture, but also moans for introducing |
heated air into the mixture.

Claims 1 to 3 inclusive and IS to 14 inclusive as

I rewritten are believed to be dearly patentable over the
British patent to Evans, Wo. 19578 of 1908, beoause those
olaims set forth that the chamber containing the eleotrioal
heater is separate from the ohamber adapted to receive heatedj
fluid. In the structure shown in the British patent, the
eleotrioal heater is plaoed in the chamber whioh receives thd
heated fluid, and this structure is believed to be impraoti-
joable because of the difficulty of maintaining proper insula-j
tion of the wire used in the eleotrioal heater where such
insulation iB in oontaot with the heated fluid. In appli¬
cant's structure this difficulty is entirely overoome.

Reconsideration of the rejection of olaim 4 is
lire quested. The mass of wire in thermal relation to the

V,,..

(4)

heaters and interposed in the path of the fuel mixture has
oertain advantages over the radiating ribs 9 employed in
the structure shown in the British patent. By the use of
a mass of wire, substantially all of the partioles of fuel
oome in oontaot with portions of a heated oonduotor where¬
by the fuel is effeotively heated and broken up. The use
of a mass of wire aarveB also to keep the fuel clean, and
offers less reeistanoe to the passage of the fuel mixture
than where baffles are employed.

Claim 6 is bolieved to be olearly patentable over
allowed olaim 6. Allowed claim 5 oovers a genuB of which
olaim 6 oovers a particular speoies. There are oertain ad¬
vantages in supplying air to the mixture through the fluid
heater bather than through the eleotrioal heater, due to thj
foot that the eleotrioal heater is ordinarily used only at
starting, whereas the fluid heater iB continuously aoting
while the engine is in operation.

Reconsideration of the rejection of olaimB 8, 9
and 18 is requested. Applicant is not claiming broadly th»
idea of having air supplying means controlled by the draft
of the fuel mixture supplied to the engine, but in these
olaimB a new combination is Bet forth not found in any of
the references.

Claims 10, 11 and 17 as amended are believed to
be olearly patentable. The adjustment of an air valve by
ohanging the tension of a spring, as 1b disolosed in the
patent to loose, Ho. 959,950, is neoeSBarily limited in
range, and applicant has provided adjustable meanB, includ¬
ing an adjustable opening, whioh enables applicant's in¬
vention to be readily applied to engines having different
characteristics and using fuels of different qualities.

(5)

Hew olaim 20 la bolieved to be patentable over
the art oited because of tho advantages set forth above
of a mass of wire, in oommunioating heat to the fuel mix¬
ture and breaking up the same, over the radiating ribs shorn
in the British patent or the baffles shown in loose.

Hew claims 21 ana 22 distinguish from the art
oited - olaim 21 in setting forth that the means for supply¬
ing air to the mixture is in thermal relation to the heating
means .whereby the air thus supplied is heated - and olaim \\Z
by the inolusion of means for introducing heated air into
tho opening forming a passageway for the fuel mixture.

Beoonsideration and allowanoe are requested.

Reepeotfully submitted,

THOMAS A. BDISOH, JB.

By tftkA—Jg £ ■ —

HIb Attorney

Orange, Hew Jersey

August ^ , 1913

HH-JS

IN THE UNITED STATES PATENT OFFICE.

I THOMAS A. EDISON, JR. )

INTERNAL COMBUSTION ENGINES Divlaion.

Filed July 26, 1012 )

Serial Ho. 711,398 )

HONORABLE COMMISSIONER OF PATENTS:

sir:

The Official Draftsman is authorized and
requested to make the following changes in the drawings,
said changes Being indicated in red ink on the enclosed
prints I

Apply numerals 8, 11, 30. 35 and 39 to Figure 1.
show line 4-4 in Figure 1.

Apply numerals 23, 28, 37, 38, 39 and 43 to

Apply numeral 50 to Figure 7.

If there is any charge for making these changes
please make same against the account of Thomas A. Edison,
Incorporated.

After the changes have Been made, please send a
print of each sheet of drawing to applicant’s attorney.
Respectfully,

THOMAS A. EDISON, JR.

BY £?•

August L> I 1913.

HL/JU

DEPARTMENT OF THE INTERIOR
UNITED STATES PATENT OFFICE

OAs/mri!

Ptiase find, below a communication from the EXAMINER in charge of the application of

. - . " . . .

This ease has been reconsidered in view of the arandment
of August 7, 1913.

In regard to the title it is still, felt that it in not euoh
a one as oorreotly indioateB tho nature and design of the inven¬
tion as required by the Revined Statute ,Seotion. 4884.
be noted that this odBe shows no internal oombuetioh engine and
to entitle it thus would, it is believed, be misleading. The

devise appears no more an improvement ininterhal combustion en¬
gines than the improvement of an automobile v/heel would be an
improvement In automobiles. ^

Claim 2 is rejected on Ville, (Jrenoht 350,953, April 22,

-%• 1906 (48-148). It will be noted that the electric heater, ie
mounted in a cylindrical chamber. The material . from which the
heater is made, that is to ■bay the inner-wall' of a, is the means'
for oduBing‘the heat to be communicated to the mixture.

Claim 3 ie rejected on Ville, in view of Swie,, of record.
There would be no- invention in providing baffles in the Ville

Claim 4 is rejected on J!vanB, of reoord.in view of its being
common to- provide wires ■inside the heate’r whioh will serve to
radiate the' heat 'froBrthe'side walls 'and communicate it to the

#711,398—2.

mixture; see

Wlnton, 869,67^, October 29, 1907,

Fritz, 1,016,741, February 6, 1912,

(X-Ref. 48-180.1).

Claims 6 and 8 are regarded as substantially equivalent, not
patentably differing one from the other, in view of the common use
of suction operated valves, of whioh Looso, of record, shows an
example.

Claims 7 and 9 are regarded ub equivalents for the Bame reason
qs stated above.

ClaimB 1, 12 and 13 are also regarded as being practically the
same in scope; whatever may be included in one and not in the
other, 1b included in the latter by natural inference. There
would be no utility to applioant*e device if the heater and chambers
were not arranged in thermal relation to the opening through whioh
the mixture pa3seo.

Claim 20 is rejected on Fritz or Winton, cited, attention be¬
ing also called to o

Dawson, 668,953, February 26, 1901 (X-Ref .48-180.1).

This patent shows coarse copper gauze whioh in addition to the
baffles, will cause the heat to be radiated from the exhaust pipe

Claims 21 and 22 are rejected on Loose, of record. It is old
..to provide a heater for the mixture flowing from the carbureter
and to introduce air into this mixture, and while there is regarded
as being no invention in heating the air, it is thought that the
Loose structure will do this more or less, the whole casing being
highly heated by the exhaust^gases. Bee also

Crone, 1,038,300, September 10, 1912
(X-Ref. 48-180.1). .

The olaims not above referred to are regarded as allowable.

It is believed however that applicant has somewhat unduly multiplied
the number of olaims,

IU THE UNITED STATES PATENT OFFICE

Thomas A. Edison, Jr.

INTERNAL COMBUSTION ENGINES

Room No. 169

Piled July 85, 1912 .

Serial No. 711,398

HONORABLE COMMISSIONER OP PATENTS,

SIR:

In response to the Offioe aotion of
September 11, 1913, please amend the above entitled oase
as follows

Page 1, lines 6 and 7, ohange "INTERNAL OOMBUSTIOI
ENGINES" to -"FUEL SUPPLYING MEANS - . Linos 9 and 10,

I ohange "internal oombustion engines" to - fuel supplying
means - . Line 12, ohange "suoh" to -'internal oom-

Olaim 1, line 1, ohange "

l internal oombustion

engine" to - fuel supplying means - .

Cancel claims 2, 3 and 4 and insert the following

2. in fuel supplying means, means for heating
the fuel mixture having an opening therethrough for the
passage of the fuel mixture and provided with separate
ohambers and having an eleotrio heater oontainod in one of
said chamber s,\ the' other of Baid ohambers being adapted to
reoeive heated' fluid,? and heat oonduo ting material disposed
in the path of the fuel mixture and in thermal relation to
said ohambers, substantially as desoribed.

Claims 6, 6 and 7, line 1, ohange "an internal
oombustion engine" to -y fuel supplying means - .

u Canoel olaims .8, .and 9.

‘• Claims 10 ana 11, line 1, ohange "an internal
combustion engine" to - fuel supplying means - .

* Canoel olaim 12* -v ,

/ claim 13, line 1, after "In" insert - means for
supplying fuel to - .

^ Olaim 14, line 1, after "In" insert - means for
supplying fuel to - . line 6, change "surround" to -
surrounding - •

u Claims 15, 16, 17, 18 and 19, line 1, after "In"
insert - means for supplying fuel to - .

^ Canoel olaims 20 ana 21.

w Claim 22, line 1, after "In” insert - means for
supplying fuel to - . Lines, 4 ana 5, oanoel "from the

oarburetor to the induction pipe". Line 6, oanoel _

"heated". Line 6, after "opening" insert '-j inoluaing an
extended passageway in olose thermal d~^

heating meaM^yhereb jr)*the~ air intwauoed Ip^roheated - .

Renumber olaims 5, 6, 7, 10, 11, 13, 14, 15, 16,
17, 18, 19 ana 22 as 3 to 15 inolueive respectively. j

Aaa the following olaim: - >

In fuel supplying meanB, the oombination of
means for heating the fuel mixture inoluding a fluid heat¬
er and an eleotrioal heater, ana means for supplying air

to the mixture inoluaing an extended passageway in oloBe

C • 9 - IS ■

thermal relation to one of said heaters, whereby the air
thus supplied is preheated, substantially as desoribea.

remarks

In new olaim 2, the feature of the separate
chambers in addition to the opening for the passage of the
fuel mixture is brought out, whioh distinguishes this olaim
clearly from the references cited against claims 2, 3 and 4
as well aB from the other referenoes.

It is believed that olaim 8 is patentably differ¬
ent from olaim 1. Mor example, in olaim 8 it is set
forth that the independent chambers surround the opening
for the passage of the fuel mixture. Claim 15 as amended
is believed to be olearly patentable over the patent to
loose. Any preheating of the air that may ooour in the
Iiooso device is merely incidental, and loose does not pro¬
vide an extended passageway for the air in close thermal
relation to the heating means. Mew olaim 16, in whioh the
feature of preheating the air is also set forth, is believec
to be olearly patentable, the two heaterB being reoited in
this olaim as well as the extonded passageway in close
thermal relation to one of the heaters.

Reconsideration and allowance are requested.

Respectfully submitted ,

I THOMAS A. EDISON, JR.

By —

Orange, H. J. His Attorney

September 4*; 1914

-31.-— Room...

;?;c&Uu

DEPARTMENT OF THE INTERIOR
UNITED STATES PATENT OFFICE

WASH I NGTON Oato1ier...9»...19a4

. PTnnk ..L— Dyer.,..

Please find below a

n the EXAMINER in charge of the application of

ThoB»0:A.jaiP-Qn^.JrJ.t...Ha^-7J.lr3.98-,-fHjd-Julyasv-i9ia<-
..Ifflt®rnal...(3.om1>uo.t.lan..Bnsinfl» - -

CbmnjiMumer of Patenlt. U

Thia case as amended Sspt. 5, has teen oonaidorsd.

The title "fliel Supplying Keane" ie no more applicable to
the aubjeot matter claimed thnn the fomer title of "Internal Com¬
bustion Bngine". The deviae ie a heater.

Claims 1 and 0 do not patentabiy dfstingu ish from each
other in view of the showing of Vllle of record, who shows the
securing of a thermal relation between two chambers by one surroundp .

ing the other. / >

o r

CUn 15 is rejected on Stewart, 1,046,344, Deo. 3, 1912,
48-14B, 1. There- is an extended passageway between the heating coil
and the wall of the member 1.

\ j Claim 16 is rejected , on claim 3 in view of Stewart, oited.

.The limitation added to ola im 3 has no novelty in view of Stewart
shown.

The remaining ola ims stand allowed.

Examiner.

IH SHE UHISED 3SASES PATEMS OFFICE

IHSERHA1 COMBUSSION ENGIHES
Filed July 25, 1912

Serial Ho. 711,398

HOKORABIE COMMISSIONER OF PATENTS,

In response to the Office action of
October 9, 1914, please amend the above entitled ease as

Renumber claims 9 to 14 inclusive as 8 to 13
inclusive respectively.

Cancel olaim 16 and insert the following olaim
in lieu thereof: - .

14. In fuelNsupplying means, the combination
of means for heating the fifc*l mixture, and means for sup¬
plying air to the mixture inciting an extended paBBageway
in close thermal relation to saidWting means and through¬
out substantially the entire length of\whioh air is passed
and heated prior to its introduction intdV^he mixture.

Claim 16, line 5, after "heaters" insert -Jana
throughout substantially the entire length of which air
passes before entering the mixture - .] Renumber this

fl)

REMARKS

I Applicant is still of the opinion that the pres¬

ent title is a proper one for this application, for, as
stated in the speoifioation, the invention relates to
fuel supplying means, and particularly to means for supply¬
ing the fuel mixture to internal combustion engines. It
is not believed that any further change in the title should
he required, the following deoisions being in point on this
matter;- Ex parte Mackintosh, 162 O.G. 785, in whioh it
' was held that an applicant should be allowed within reason¬
able limits to name the title of his invention; and Ex
parte Wiland, 162 O.G. 957, in which it was held that an
applicant should be permitted to retain a title whioh he
believes to be peculiarly fitting or desirable, unless suoh
title is, in faot, inaccurate or improper for some substan¬
tial reason.

Olaim 8 haB been canceled in view of the Examiner1 3
position that it did not distinguish patentably from
olaim 1, and beoause it is believed that this feature of
the invention is sufficiently oovered by olaim 1.

Claims 14 and 16 distinguish clearly from Stewart
Ho. 1,046,344 by setting forth that the means for supply¬
ing air to the mixture includes an extended passageway,
throughout substantially the entire length of whioh air is
passed before entering or being introduced into the mixture.
The structure shorn in Stewart cannot be said to have suoh
a passageway. The oonduit in the Stewart structure
through whioh the mixture passes has openings on all sideB
of it for the entranoe of air, and the air is therefore
not passed through substantially the entire length of
any extended passageway. The advantage of applicant's

(2)

j struoture In this reapeot resides in the fact that the air
I passes £or a greater distance in heat-reooiving relation
j to the heating means and consequently heoomes more thorough
ly heat before entering the mixture.

Reoonsideration and allowanoe are requested.
Respectfully submitted,

-EROMAS A. E35ISOH, JH.

By ’ *

4—

HIb Attorney

Orange, Mew Jersey
if , 1916

DEPARTMENT OF THE INTERIOR

UNITED STATES PATENT OFFICE

WASHINGTON

— Jifcxy-f

- wv

MAV

Please find below a c

municatton from the EXAM I HER in charge of the application of

This aaae us amended April 20, him boon oonoidered.

Claim 14 is finally rebooted on Steuart of reoord,
for reasons of reoord. This claim ia of the same scope ao the pre¬
viously. considered... claim IS and.. submits .fa r- consideration the. same
question, namely, the soope of the term "extended passageway". As
previously stated Steuart is held to show Buoh a passageway; the
rejection is therefore made final. ..

The remaining claims’ are allowed.

VrJCC. JAr. . £ *4— -> —

C^t /f- . V-

y. / f'

IH CEE EH ICED 3 BATES PATEHT OFFIOE

Thomas A. Eaison, Jr.

IH TERM AD COMBUST I OH EHGIHES ^ Room Ho# 169.

Filed July 26, 1912
Serial Ho, 711,398

HOHORABDE COMEISSIOHER of PATEHT3 ,

SIR:

In response to the Offioe action of
Hay 8, 1916, please amend the above entitlea ease as
follows:-

Oanoel claim 14.

Renumber olaim 16 as claim 14.

R E M A R E S

The above amendment puts this application in
conaition for allowance, ana the Examiner is requested to
pass the same to issue.

Respectfully submittea,

THOMAS A. EDISOH, JR.

Orange, Hew Jersey
June /° . 1916

His Attorney

HI- JS

Serial No. 711393

UNITED STATES PATENT OFFICE

HINGTON Juno as, 1916

Thomas A. Edison, Jr.,

Sir: Your APPLICATION for a patent for an IMPROVEMENT in

Fuel supplying moans

filed July 35, 1912 , has been examined and ALLOWED.

The final fee, TWENTY DOLLARS, must be paid not later than m
SIX MONTHS from the date of this present notioe of allowanoe. 1
If the final fee be not paid within that period, the patent on
this application will be withheld, unless renewed with an c

additional fee of $15, under the provisions of Seotion 4897, *

Revised Statutes. e

The offioe delivers patents upon the day of their date, and f
on which their term begins to run. The printing, photolitho- j;
! graphing, and engrossing of the several patent parts, prepara- j

' tory to final signing and sealing, will require about four ji

| weeks, and such work will not be undertaken until after payment
I of the neoessary fee. £

i When you send the final fee you will also send, DISTINCTLY

i AND PLAINLY WRITTEN, the name of the INVENTOR, TITLE OF INVEN-
l TION, AND SERIAL NUMBER AS ABOVE GIVEN, DATE OF ALLOWANOE
| (whioh is the date of this oiroular), DATE OF FILING, and, if
assigned, the NAMES OF THE ASSIGNEES,
i If you desire to have the patent issue to ASSIGNEES, an

J assignment containing a REQUEST to' that effeot, together with
the FEE for recording the same, must be filed in this offioe on
i or before the date of payment of final fee.

• After issue of the patent uncertified oopies of the draw-
] ings and specifications may be purchased at the prioe of FIVE

• CENTS EACH. The money should aa company the order. Postage

* stamps will not be reoeived.

' Final fees will NOT be reoeived from other than the appli-

| cant,, his assignee or attorney, or a party in interest as shown

* by the records of the Patent Offioe.

j Respectfully,

-to - ' -ifc, c« ^ <— %

4K™£l^a4

4su •— * 7t^ td&L

: ^ pJLnUtiri- -

i tatk o™~^,<>.-ff>i"

¥hS.cSc*^k.

JLo p/-

hoLO Cro-eJ>

Lm a own -

K* /atxA-rf "1© •+£> -“7^ ctx^-y

ti QcL&i-n a-t&en I^tajvi "t-R* o-n^e. «jv>

-jiU f&^e ~t aJUr> 'ch ^

~)te» PR*/H<j €> 9 )icu^ U>oa Jtajvr* <=i crr> Oyuj

C<*T) - <=uv. d "Vo p«-m ^lo a litfc£« iMmJUn
UCTXjJlc# JL A (tCLp^v,*, 'kj~ ^OT^cti _ 9 V’cW^p

; (y^^utao- 9 =We Unj>

I *«•*"«

yj" cXy\M^-o Lry^d o^c\ <^ry^Arz^J\ o-o-C_Ti — .

— \^ji (Yyicx/rvM e*jt=(Lcr<aj>L/l£*-«^'*'c> \lo*a- LtO'tA.

XUlceJlQi^. V\ct*>? I'D (3J2-C iU <SviaLVM-€ ttrovw

; +D oLjjjy^SL^aJ^. \^o SjUxQ-Q U~c*J>A%j2.~-

“fT^c -Gvo wJU> ^r OWn«

! PuJ^JWV^ ‘^l’iir «^V“

/J Q edLarrn~*rY^A*T'a* T'"-4 TT-mruriv* 1

l T-t 1,-

l t^yyjrr^JU^M^ <*,*** O^X^n aoJUf^

I ^ -turo ^Un^Qa -f«W ~WuuA C cuu) ~

in cl ftWyfcfc

"jiv?

e. ^ Ovr ain “h)

njidi*e

-5

it CSW fit H®, ©W > v“'

U>£fwJL?. fJTt«Wvt-!«trM

^r't n

■Lvw V^CA; C «*•*»

ajru-j OAicjy» ■€

CTnci/yi ct'**s — -

Cow «J«} c§-o <.cm r
SwA-uwit

“iL Wowcje ph*.JU

&«± yU&u> OUU l 1 Q&uiJl 'j“& *&!bt OAvii
(iteu^^a/.c^ /V >^^Pcuvi^ . (ti&Lt'N

tKAJP_«$ err\ ^yrv-e-CMV ^UCfccrt —

1)^Yvj-,+r?n MeJ^Ca «-& ^rd-o+uo _

Em 'ern£ (p-iJL CO «_

^Jmn cc£C fuSi-O-A^a-lcvvx Cf “ C^s-d? \xJ\L^A pWt/l.<j-tMrhi
-\^u? trcoU.fr>ilA l/vi "1 oJ?* omvJU-'wr* ~p?U Ui oJiLa
"j'^uv if~fiJwd-\*Ltw c\ cJ^ a/nv-O-W) *Wi pJ\JUiA<*-(l/L

“$Lw f^o duD 4L ike-w 1

(LbJL? “to tsie uywwjA^ aJSlLen^ -cm

- “lfcft CW>-‘tj£ idi UV^^JJadG ^ ^M
aA-kn&Xiyi ~l«-ke. IMVWr-l <?CJ «J°lr&U/n cQ cf~- Ouy^
M&o Jvt tlAedUUi Lm

LajVnv\*jna£o <aj^. 0^tuy\&iX$3icP ^to ■9-crncsl>wei

,Ktft-l>lte cm “tcr^ 3-P -jS-ftsw A A - ,cwul()

^frXi/^uicC^e^ $4-<-l /prmcim_ff <5-^ ^6=?14 l/wAuSto,.

ISftiS£fi&&

S-// !./>>- MU

S -& JU*. -f P°~V » «$£?<
&^r H P*~t*Sr

_ P^cde ejYuJl^On 0^nAAM-« -

{yyi pa ot* a-ty 4/(e/n

to e*. rta^y&dai -^ck' "jAj? yp^u^b<t& <&-$*■
[jduJUpAA. c\ -\7fya1 0 Vu. cm" ynurnT
Q.co4g - Q fUCo J2yJkajM>$SurdjO\A "bLx .ne-CJLAO i
s~n ~|^4 ""fcenk C-UVO-U-PeCfelLo cUI-o-O^n <=£ fcU-C — . |

IAj-cUU? 0-P 'd&-» by. fefe^ oSUbskJ^isu,

(Xir-, <JL <4^, £X^ <=6t V$6 - “To drl^ai

\ 'lAi ■ L^G^vX-®J> Uj-ouGU? - Vy uy^ocUuvi
M cxrrvs-Ocb o4 :

*■ ^ ok . A^-**"* uo&lc& RA> o^n^u’ ■

~fyj/ <£$M\ oy* <Ajthjf^ ips bJIft *^> c^‘l I

GuftaJ *U5

*4^

— _— — - fajuudlu^,

~fk* t&* « art "lHvi A* -^4?o| eoh 1^42. Uv\Ai

dte> K-B^ti-4 ^B^wi^acfco con eJi j^vOf ^6-00} k^-v.£A
cuah&o ~fcu>-& “J^mJi^am.eA4u<w> ^P UicdlQ <=cM i\&f

yrVft-vvwt* - a-o “'Uuj? VvacCf" ^

\jt- K«l^j *aa«wa<i ey-> gv.g^g-^4 iWy
-J/|L* We-£*-a~ib “bva U^rnJin^^-^ -
om cm Lso^

W*V&AAOJI<0
CLUJ Jm y- fOXo r-

*„ 4^iiKu*ciii±r

0 Utv'J«!«jGU> .4" ^

c^JLD (^jaxd4»v*o

JU. QAyQAJUj

oj^o^-ftwi - qA^jLa^ fw

.£&*»•« i^' ^4«^>

j) j^cd- U *t<wi QeMU£* n ~0

^^±*±£^.35-

pz^eX»~&

p^ieta -

“]iuL^

rvo-JU) u

jdt±v> Kdbo.fi ^cdLP Wclwd
foJ@\ LUWicP ^ V

rp ^ *\ «* (l)*<A< Oft^A.

oAexAVuAtA-./ L**.\«0/L

^rJ^sAJ. r-o^ c^J^.3® uum

u^* '$p^*<r,T':

tfedh- liu (5*^<&u_<i Jfewjju#.

U« tTS ^^dassyA-^y

-^jverOL{^.t\ ‘ lp(~ JT^wt j2mttWe lAj’bfitw
tyJlosY'tte ~ nb~& c^oe Lb omai^KXbe&:«qC>
(iLo W3dr^“iro AbSOi CW/vv4“ e>£ 'K&* Un^ ■
t»-ia>uL^u^9 ifc UKLiGoir

- fJJ "te >“*'

liwo UH>ue Cb<ybd2a 4^&a.iLa ivk "K^e.
(^YVb^dXmjC' “tfccCf uK Ub^tln^ Um)vw.<uM

&L* n cum ci ct,*^4cj3vt2. "to Jl&hn ns.oJJX\

'fVVJf to

^n -j^ ~I>1 A'ltu Jpcw^ ~k

InjAAM/n iA' ~j eJitrtJrn 'Wv^^-wt) “W* Uh«A
xJLiJtA f4U^ ^ "fcw ri^c^c^-
Oo p, (3&JI K^ia. ^ V^'5^ ^
D^ -|^4 >VbbiJvtvAJf. ©4s «iw *5CB« *V~~

Xj In dJhjJL* ~U W*

- U jhco coO> Vael a-ua^\jUv(

U> Or*"' t/Ki vV^-< ^JjfrQJbri

1) CLoJi^ “ J^u4 di/i-i JS^urw^-n 1 0£/|» 4-<n

Qfyvfr'bfc OM U,{7l<Si S^OLVr^ lM-Z£ “1 «Cw-?

: Qfyvfr'bfc 0±j\ Lb{ytai S^OLVr^ U

5 ■icCi‘"l'ivub X/&W4 "WW l>4u>

; JUe UjM.g£^ic> ~l

CU£Ur-£&lh <5 ImAjQ

fOcun-i.0 .

r/t<-/n- M •£

7 i

f d|

pjL,]\juvo^* ^ C-tr-u-^A *) aw (3-W«^Cvi.

! p^jjSl frr> f±*'pfect|,

t jtm fewvi “Wfe ' «£* fA— ~

C$-> W'^-M

Ql2$\M Qsyb cuuiJ* co k^f“ tUctfe Com
•&e t-uan-d - fi-tCp <Zy&} QjuvaJf1

■a- couiAAS.* Ui-vwu. «-l<i <-‘ti'^i Kaet^OwS^Tfiv^rj ,

2 ®-m«? w kftjrM*. uy> “iXa UvUs, ^p‘^<5

^s^pAC^ftdr 0> ) (rr$£jb%'W -

lL W?«J»~e5,<;) a_ yVcov JjL e/* - C^iU^cjJP ej

VjrvtriAi pvt UkJU

q — [4vt4 <scXta^v6A?

-j£t &Acuud. *■***&* vn-, jjf^'^-

Wecd-^o JcCtta^ur^

*| -eo^ ptercu p- u

May 18, 1912.

Mr. Thomas A. EaiBon, Jr.,

Burlington, IT. J.

Bear Mr. Edison

The model of the eoonomizer and the Bfcetohes
and desoription of your new flange which you sent me a
few days ago have been reoeived. The mattera mentioned
in your letter will be taken up as promptly as possible
Yours very truly,

HL-JS

... 1

t'i

'^Voijy fWW )-, a

i W- 9 U_rr»M-P«J

i^no^ you cv
li a*« dorr, c

in-

tcJ ousln lollcCh

-41< "

n-*<\<xr» of tf» C| ~fhr ^f<xrr,y c _

- arm <x^, “fro «^o

-fe «^to Po- oj C^o^, «> Ca^, di> ryiafyrOrin

Um^cP 9 hwuovL* .ti-flvenc Osmo '

-tfcD^ua^j u^Jen ^ WO^MU

amd <=^Ueo ^ e^c^c?..

9 Cksyr> C^Lootj? l£\cx_J ~)&sj\*(J Us-tJL-P-fi*
a £>-<-*? cktJ-m cx/Y7 cj Kcft (St- ‘Z^XsucA.txQJL fKotu

~jJjjoCt~ ~^u?| ^ c^o^4A-»-e. ^

~\)lup C*ruj>vk-i^<- j ua o-P f2-t*-a-0i eiHous (_e_^J __

K<2^~ Kea^j -KAcmn m^ca. <=xa> (^jo-oo-,

c*J O 0 ~AtQ }><vna lia/yj — oui 9«v>«

|r\oLXvt cA-erm e e<_£>-o-tof- CT- - ^

Lfe-ot^ '*e^a*^/fco»d rLC c^ou-1 JLa - 9°

June 25, 1912.

Mr. .Thomas A. Edison, Jr.,

Burlington, N. J. ■ > .

Dear Mr. Edison: -

Your inquiry relating to the flange application
has been reoeivad. The patent drawings for this application
have been prepared and also a rough draft of the specification
X shall probably be able to send you the specification to be
executed in about a week.

Yours very truly,

Hl-JS

July 3, 1912.

Mr. Thomas A. EdiBon, Jr.,

_ Burlington, IT. J.

Bear Mr. Edison: -

I onalOQO herewith the drawings and speoifioution in
the appllaation which has boon prepared on your flange lnyention.
Kindly road over the Bpooifioation and if satisfactory, exeoute
it in the following manner, signing your name "Thomas A. Edison,.
Jr;" in oaoh oase:- Sign the petition in the plaoe indioated.

On the page containing the oath, sign at the top in the plaoo
indicated and fill in the date. Have this page signed by two
witnesses in the plaoos indioated. Sign the oath in the plaoe
indioated and have the same signed by a notary public, who should
impress his seal upon the red sticker. Also bo sure that the
notary fills in the date in the oath. After the application
has been oxeouted, please return the drawings and Bpeoifioation
to me to be filed.

If you wish any changes made, reltura the epeoifioation
and drawings to me before executing the same, and advise me re¬
garding the ohangos.

Yours very truly,

HL-5S

\H'Z.

"Tjeon OTl» Ko.rn a^la-ry, -

^) ke^L*. u^cha u**-^ ^£ecuui

ijltundLyn “~liL’ <s(Ln-Pci-v| <jy> Onpf" tuliun ux

~]jLj! fkJifinra -^-^on e “tlwj - -e-o-cn (Ousnc-e

-jJa* o-^— liL? Cr>xo>i'rti ^) K oik -QuiAm \JL$

J3 ojv> J C-crvuo Wo-o-c

Icfctfi^. <>4Av*»vIujm«1 C. ^ ° lo-o U ~i)»CAvi trt>€i) .

0^ <a_o^ 'v Ctcuvt fa-ie ~ uLu-j C-e>-o-e r> "KKa

-io -»»< -0V1 eo^xj -

H — l/t\_C ckjicx ■ — -

Jj^Ho & oJM.t” ^

^OIAM

j tuXe_p “tRo^i

uv> “Viv* C\yv,<LJijLn „

^irr

icui

Mr. Thomas A. Edison, Jr. ,

X have prepared an amendment to ho filed in this appli¬

cation and enclose horewith a copy of the i

Gill recently handed i

oiroular advertising the

Hartford Economiser put out hy the Hartford Suspension Company.

In the device illustrated in this circular, air is heated in a
so-called stove in contuct with the exhaust manifold and is then
lod through a pipe and discharged into the mixture just after the
same leaves the carburetor. Mr. Gill apparently thinks that this
is an infringement of your invention. \ I do not think there is any
possibility of your obtaining claims in this application which would

cover the Hartford Economize:
heated air into the mixture i

, beoauso it is old to introduce pre-
ftor the same leaves the carburetor.

as is shown by the patent to Stewart Ho. 1,036,344, oatonted December
3, 1912, application filed July 27, 1911. A copy of this patent is
enclosed herewith. I am assuming that you cannot swear back of
the patent to Stewart, that is to say, that you made your invention
later than July 27, 1911, inasmuch as all the notes that I have
relating to your invention are considerably later than this date.

If I am wrong about this .please let me know.

(2)

I shall hold up this amendment for a time until I hear
from you , as you may have some suggestions to malto regarding it.

Very truly yours,

HL-JS

Enos.

Juno 24, 1916

Hr. ThomaB A. Edison, Jr.,

Burlington, H. J.

Boar Mr. Edison:-

Your application for Euol Supplying Means was allowed
June 23, 1916, and the final foo of $20.00 must to roceivea in
the Offioe before Beooaber 23, 1915. This is the application
that you discussed with me when you ware hero recently, and
relates to a combined electric and fluid heater.

October 1, 1915

Mr. ThoraaB A. Edison, Jr.,

Burlington , II . J«

Dear Ur. Edison

I enclose herewith a copy of a letter which I sent
you in June relating to your application for Fuel Supplying
Ueans and notifying you that the case has been allowed and
that the final fee of $20.00 is due December 23, 1916. Ho
doubt you have overlooked this matter, as I have not received
any reply. Will you kindly acknowledge receipt of this, letter.

Very truly yours,

HI.-JS

Eno .

Patent Application Files

Folio # 876 Starting and Current-Supplying System for Automobiles
U.S. Patent#: 1255517

Primary Applicant: Edison, Thomas A
Date Executed: 7/27/1912

Patent Application Files

Folio# 879 Phonograph or Talking-Machine

U.S. Patent#: 1184334

Primary Applicant: Edison, Thomas A
Date Executed: 8/9/1912

yr' *■'

&yU

. jl^q-

4VA- yfZtPx cCZ~

C\jnJtZZZ^^ (yb

dn-vt*

/ti i£j-<^u*x^\ '

""XSXjlI&SL

~i$Zz^ A~C~d <L LO^ajlL

cZl^ XT r

p~c

<d2-jeXSIe^-</

Patent Series
Patent Application Files

Folio # 888 Phonographs or Talking Machines

Serial#: 719639

Primary Applicant: Edison, Thomas A
Date Executed: 8/21/1912

[PHOTOCOPY]

petition

^ tfje Commissioner of patents:

gour petitioner thomas a. Edison,

a citijen of tfjc ®niteb States, resibittg anb fjabing a #ost ©fftcc abbress at

Llewellyn Park, West; Orange, Easox County, flew Jersey.

praps tfjat letters patent map be granteb to tint for tlje improbements in

- TALKING MACHINES -

Set fortt in tlje annexeb Specification; anb fje Ijerebp appoints JfranU H. ©per
(Registration i|o. 560), of ©range, J3eto Jersep, W attornep, toitlj full
potoer of Substitution anb rebocation, to prosecute ttis application, to mate
alterations anb amenbments tterein, to receibe tlje patent, anb to transact all
business in tte patent ©ffice connecteb tljerebjitlj.

_ _

SPECIFICATION.

TO AIL WHOM IT MAY CONCERN:

BE IT KNOWN, that I, THOMAS A. EDISON, a citizen
of the United Statos and a resident of Llewellyn Park,

West Orange, in the County o^ Essex and State of New

Jersey, have invented certain now and useful improvements
<r\ <a\v<\\V

in TALKING MACHINES, of which the following is a description

My invention relates to talking machines and more
partioularly,_to^?hik?ngJ machines employing reoords having
reoord grooves of the up and down or hill and dale type.

My object 1b to provide an improved arrangement or com¬
bination of elements whereby a faithful reproduction of the
record undulations, especially those corresponding to
the loud sounds and the delicate over-tones, can be
obtained with machines of the olass described. It has
heretofore been impracticable to obtain such a faithful
reproduction with phonographic apparatus .especially when

A-;vS if iifii -v -r "/‘V-y

a reoord having a reoord groove of a pitoh ofA150 or4” more
threads per inch is employed, for the following reasons:

With the ordinary wax-like and shellac-like compositions

of which sound records have heretofore been oxtonsively
made, it has been impracticable, because of excessive
wear on the record, to place sufficient weight on the
reproducer stylus to cause the same to faithfully follow
the undulations of large amplitude, the Btylus being
frequently, by reason of the insufficient presouro thereon,
thrown completely off the reoord by such undulations and
seldom reaching the bottom of the latter. Celluloid has
been used as a sound record material having marked wear-
resisting qualities, but best results cannot be obtained
when a reoord of this material is used with a heavy

pressure on the stylus particularly where auolip^oBsure ^
is confined to a record groove of a pitch of/(150 threhdB ^
per inch or finer, as the celluloid is more of lens ^
yielding so that it gives or yihlds to a oertain extent
under the pressure of tho reproducer stylus and the small
undulations corresponding to the dolioato ovor-tonos are

I without moving or vibrating the stylus, the said undu¬
lations springing baok into their original form after the
stylus haB passed by. A faithful reproduction of the
record is accordingly not obtained;, and sweetness or
beauty of tone is impossible if the reoord is to be loua.

I have experimented for a long time to find
a suitable material for sound^rooords having a reoord groove
of a pitoh*of 150 or moro threads per inch, which material
will havo sufficient hardness and resistance to wear to
permit the uso of a sufficient pressure on the stylus
to prevent tho latter from being thrown from the rocord
undulationB by the vibrations of large amplitude and at
the same time having sufficient rigidity to bo able to
impart to the reproducer stylus sound vibrations corres¬
ponding to the delicate ovor-tonos. Sound records made of
metal havo been suggested for this purpose, but those
records when the width of the reoord groove is .0075 of an
inch or loos, wear out^the reproducer Btylus causing the
metal to flow and smoothing down the over-tonei.undulations.
After experiments extending over a long period, I have
found a particular hard material, hereinafter more fully —
referred to, which has the dosired qualities and properties
j above referred to without being subject to tho objections
found in metallic and other sound records heret^o^reMod.^
The sound record composition referred to is tho rihul hnrd^n

infuBible phenolic condensation products referred to in
the applications, Serial Hob. 496,060, 843,258 and 604,982
of Jonas W. Aylsworth. Records may he made from this
composition as disclosed in an application, Ser. Ho.

674,289 of said Aylsworth. Such records are hard, rigid,
and have a smooth homogeneous surface froo from air hubbies
dust particles and the like. By reason of the hardness
of the said records, the weight pressing the stylus against
the record undulations may he made sufficient to prevent
the stylus from being thrown out of contact with the
recorded undulations whon the latter are of large amplir
tude. By reason of the rigidity of the said composition,
the records formed therefrom are capable of accurately
imparting to the reproducer stylus the undulations in
the record groove corresponding to the delioate over-tones
which give to music its quality. By reason of the surface
excellence of the said reoords, wear on the reproducing
stylus and surface noise in reproduction are praotioally
entirely eliminated. As far as I am aware, it has nevor
been practicable prior to the use of the above desopibed
material by me to employ in connection with a sound record
of wear-resisting matorial and provided with a record
groove of a pitch^of 16 (f ori%>re"tiiroads per inch, a
reproducer stylus sufficiently weighted, as by a floating
weight, to camio tho same to accurately follow the record
groove, both for tho vibrations of large amplitude's well
as for tho minute vibrations corresponding to over-tones. A
When celluloid is employed as the sound reoord material
and tho reoord groove has a pitch of 100 or less threads
per inch, the pressure on tho stylus may be sufficient
to cause the lattor to be held in contact with all the
reoord undulations and tho over-tones to bo reproduced,
because the .pressure per unit area is not great, but ^

iv/hen the record groove has a pitch of .160 or more threads ■
per inch, the area which receives the pressure is groatly
reduced and, as the pressiire or weight must rornain the
Bam^i^l^-r6eu4u'ito?'that -tho matorinl of tho reeled-

1 According to my invention in its preferred form,

I employ a reproducer of the type having a floating weight
carrying a stylus lover in which the stylus is mounted,
the stylus lever being connected, at its end remote from
that carrying Baid stylus, to tho reproducer diaphragm.

Such a reproducer may he und preferably is construct ea
as disolosed in my application, Serial Mo. 627,95a
.filed May 18, 1911, and entitled ’’Reproducers" . Tho
reproducer stylus is preferably constructed and formed as
described in my application, Serial Ho. 551,128, filed
March 23, 1910, or an application of Prank S. Traphagen, v
Serial Mo. 624,567, filed May 2, 1911, and entitled
« Stylus Mountings". The record engaging end of tho stylus
is rounded on an arc having a diameter of about .008 of
an inch and lj^ preferably made of diamond. The floating
weight for use with the above described stylus should
■be capable of exerting a pressure on the stylus of at

least two and a half ounces, a pressure of four ounces
being practicable and with a very loud record, essential,
without objectionable wear on the record ^terlal ^employed
when tho record groove has a pitch oTlBO or bore threads
I per inch, /§* fa'/f X-

\ Having now; described my invention, what 1 claim

as new and deBire to protect by letters Patent of tho

1. The oombiWbion with/ a sound record of

,:f -A- iL&iA-eJbSA - - ?/*~//3

harr rigid material \ having a^reoord groovo^fenmedwith

ventioal~uuduautionsV-bhorein\ of/ a r opr qduocTr provided
JLa&W P Jv*w\M XU W*. *■*</■/,', f
with a/ stylus ,5 and means for pressing said stylus against

said 'ufidultrt±ons)with\ sufficient pressure to foroo the

\ ^ *0 ’’h

stylus to follow gocunately se&£vundulationsf, the said
record -being' subjo’et'^te^ no 'appreciable weaS^TmTer saidfe^ /\s' f
pressure, substantially^ as described.

2. The combination with a sound rooord of hard

:aSu ^i/so intutMe, -/tc^ ?£*•/' 3

rigid material'' having a record groove^formed with vortical

undulations therein, of a\ reproducer provided with a stylus,

and means for pressing saM stylus against said undulations

with sufficient pressure'™ foroo the stylus to follow

accurately Baid undulationsl the said reoord and stylus

being subject to no appreciable wear under said pressure.

The combination with a sound record of hard
rigid material having aArecord\ groove /.forme d-wi-th^

- •vertical-undulations , off a repio duo o rjir-ovid e d - wit h -a-y
stylus having a rooord ongaging\ portion^rounded-on-an

arc— having-a-diamoter-of-Bubstantial-ly— .008-inohos,i and

means for pressing said stylus against said undulations
with a pressure no loss than two and a half ounces, the
said record being subject to no appreciable wear under

4. The combination with a Bound record of hard
rigid material having a reoord groow'formed with vortioal
undulations, of a reproducer provided with a stylus haying
a reoord engaging portion, rounded on an arc having a
diameter of substantially .008 inches ,\ and aVfloating ^
weight for pressing said stylus against said undulations ^

with a pressure no loss thim t,wd"nnd n half ouncos, the ^
saia record being subjeot-fo no approoiahle wear finder
said proocuro, substantially as dooorihod.

^5'. She combination with a sound record, of a hard^ \
-infusible phenolic condensation product having a ^record ’
groove formed with vertical undulations therein, of a
reproducer provided with a diaiiSona stylus, and means for
presaing said stylus against said undulations with suffi¬
cient pressure to force ke stylus to follow accurately
said undulations'," the saA record being subjoat to no
appreciable- wear under said pressure, substantially as
described.

6. Tho combination/With a sound
rigid material having krocoiTa groovo^formed'with vertiool

undulations therein, of a repVoduoor provided with a stylus!
and means for pressing said stylus against said undulations'
with sufficient pressure to fotoo the stylus to follow
accurately said undulations, the said record boing subjeot
to no appreciable wear, under said pressure, and boing
sufficiently rigid'to cause the UyluB to he moved by tho
undulations corresponding to ovortoneo without a
deformation of the reoord material^ substantially as
aesoribod. \

7. She combination with a sound record of
hard rigid material having a reoord.-g'rpove not groater
than .0075 of an inch in width aria formed with vertical
undulations therein, of a r epr o due er^pr ovided' with-a)
stylus, ana means for pressing Baid stylus against said
undulations with sufiioient pressure to fores the stylus
to follow accurately said undulations, the said record

I ~ ^V/3

being subject to no aWociablo woarflndor said presoure,
substantially as desoiibea.

5ho combination with a sound record of hard
rigid material having a\ record groove not, -groat or than
1>V13 of OS inch in width and formed with vortical undu-
lationu, of a reproducer! provided, with a stylus having
a record ongaging portion rounded on an nro having a
diameter of substantially! .003 inches, and noons for
pressing said stylus against said undulations with a

wid a half ounces , the said ^
record being subject to no Vpprociable v/oar hinder said

proBQuro no loas than^two t
record being oubjoot to no
pressure, substantially as dosorihed.

She combination with a sound record of a hard
infusible phenolic condensation product having a record
groove not greater than .007e\of'on inoh in width and
formed with vertical undulations therein, of a reproducer
provided with a diamond stylus! and means for pressing
said stylus against said undulations with sufficient,
pressure to force the stylus to \f allow accurately said
undulations > the said record beAg subject to no appreciable
ea^mader^^aid pressure , substantially as described.

l-he combination with a hound record of hard
rigid material having a record groU not greater than
.0075 of an inoh in width and formeV with vertical

mdulations thorein, of a reproduced provided with a stylus
_ raoans for pressing said stylus aLinst said undulations
jith sufficient pressure to force the\ stylus to follow
accurately said undulations, the saidUoord being subject
bo no appreciable wear under said presWe, and being
sufficiently rigid to cause the stylus \to be moved by the

■undulations corresponding to overtones vfithout a deformation
of tho record material) substantially as described.

:■ % / ft ' 4' " ■ & y* ' 2'~ 4^

\c , k . / y'(; '& C,: /-</ , ,-r. '’’-//sy

'191 CU

GEljiS specification bigneb anb tuitnebbeb tfjib <2/1 ^Imp of

. ^ &0UsQ*>rTsl^'

HHitnebbctfj:

1 .

2 . j£. .

©atb.

g>tate of Jfeto ferbep '
Coitntp of «2bbcx

thoiias a. ed i sou , tfjc abobe namcb

petitioner, being buhj bloom, bepobeb anb bapb tfjat fje ib a citizen of tlje fHniteb
^)tateb, anb a rebibent of Woat Orongo, Essex County, Hew Jersey,

tfjat fje berilg bcliebeb fjimbelf to be tfje original, firbt anb bole inbentor of tfje
improbementb in talxuto machimes

beberibeb anb claimeb in tfje annexeb bpeeification ; tfjat fje boeb not fenotu anb
boeb not beliebe tfjat tfje bame tuab eber fmotam or ubeb before fjib inbention or
bibcoberp tfjereof; or patenteb or beberibeb in anp printeb publication in tfje
fHniteb &tateb of America or anp foreign countrp before fjib inbention or
bibcoberp tfjereof, or more tfjan tloo pearb prior to tfjib application; or patenteb
in anp countrp foreign to tfje ©niteb istateb on an application fileb more tfjan
tbtelbe montfjb prior to tfjib application; or in public ube or on bale in tfje
IHniteb States for more tfjan thio pearb prior to tfjib application; anb tfjat no
application for patent upon baib inbention fjab been fileb bp fjim or fjib legal

reprebentatibeb or abbignb in anp foreign countrp.

tfjib *

fetoorn to anb bubberibeb before me tfjib o^/^bap of \§\ &

/9 /

[fteal]

iJotarp public.

SERIES OF 1900.

COPY

Department of the Interior
United States Patent Offioe
Washington.

Sir:

I have to acknowledge the receipt of your incomplete
application for patent, the title of which is improvement in
Talking Machines,

filed August 33, 1913, accompanied by

Petition,
Affidavit,
Specification,
Bxxwxngx
Fee of $15.

This application is informal for the reason that s
drawing is required, such requirement having been made by
the Examiner.

Very respectfully,

T. A. Edison

E. B. Moore,
Commissioner of Patents

Frank L. Dyer,

Orange ,

New Jersey

This informal application must be completed within one year
from the filing date above mentioned.

Qobst^Esu; 01 fpo lUfeijot

Original of this paper ^nt down to Mr.
Eckert as receipt for $15.

HI THE UNITED STATES BATJ3IT OFEICE.

)

Room Ho. 379

)

H01I OK ABLE COMMISSIONER OF l’ATENTS, .

SIR:

In the eighth line from the bottom of
page 2 after "out" insert a comma .

Cancel the matter beginning with "it"
in line 4, page 4 ana ending with "dulations" in lino 7,
same page, ana insert in plnoo thereof the followlngij- the
pressure per unit area is so increased that thoro is a
deformation of the record undulations in the celluloid
by the reproducer stylUB- .

After the paragraph ending in the
fourth lino from tho bottom of page 4 insort the following:

- In order that my invention may bo more clearly
understood, attention is hereby directed to the accompany¬
ing drawing forming a part of this specification and in
which the figure illustrates a side elevation of one em¬
bodiment of my invention.

In tho drawing tho numeral 1 designates a repro¬
ducer of the typo disclosed in my application, Serial Ho.
627,952 above referred to, this reproducer being supported
by tho sound convoying arm 2. leading to an amplifying horn,
(not shown). The reproducer 1 is provided with an exten¬
sion 3 from tho outer extremity of which a floating weight
4 is supported by a connection comprising a spring 15 so-

THOMAS A. EDISON,

TALKING MACHINES,

Riled September 10, 1912,
Serial Ho. 719,639.

ourea to tlio weight 4 and to a stud 6 supported by the
extension 3. The stylus lev or 7 is pivotally supportoa on
tho under side of the floating weight ana iB provided
with a reproducer stylus 0 adapted to traok tho record
groove of a rooord tahlot 9 supported on a rotatable
turntable 10 - .

Eespootfully submitted,

TtJOMAji A. EDIS01T,

By . fe**

his Attorney.

Orange, How Jersey.

September J 7 (1912.

Div..^3.„^Room . gjjti)

J.H.'d'.-SuI;.

DEPARTMENT OF THE INTERIOR
UNITED STATES PATENT OFFICE

WASHINGTON 0nt- 17,1912

I U.S. PATENT OFFICE,

Orange, Haw Jersey. j OCT 17 1912

i MAILED.

Please find below a communication from the EXAMINER in charge of your application,

for Talking l-ittchineo, filod Sept. 10,101a, s erica number 719,639.

The amendment of r>(Jp+, . 13,3.912, has 'boon entered and con¬
sidered.

In the amendment at tha bottom 0? paga 4, lino 13, "and to"
should bo by means of .

All of tha claims are rejected a3 aggregations of an
admittedly old reoord tablet and an admittedly old reproducer. 1
There is no invention involved in alono increasing tho size of
the weight to a point dOBired. f?oe Uobley,Doc. 31,1901, #690,069
(181-10); also see tho size of woight disclosed by Leeds English

patent, Juno 20,1901, #12,560,(181-10). Hor is invention found in
the selection of the specific pitch of 150 threads to the inoh as
such pitoh ip well known in this art, as seo Talnt.er,July 10,

_1 888, #385*886, (101-5). ' (

IN THE UNITED STATES PATENT OFFICE.

THOMAS A. EDISON, )

TALKING MACHINES, )

Room No. 379.

Filed September 10, 1912, )

Serial No. 719,639. )

HONORABLE COMMISSIONER OF PATENTS,

SIR:

In response to the Offioe action of
October 17, 1912, please amend the above entitled case as
follows:

In the last line on page 2, after "is"
insert - formed of, - , and change "hard" to - hardness - .

In line 2, claim 1, after "groove" insert

- of a pitch of 150 or mpre threads per inch - j and in
line 7, same claim, after "wear" insert - or deformation -.

In line 2, claim 2, after "groove" insert

- of a pitoh of 150 or more threads per inoh - .

In line 8, claim 3, after "wear" insert

- or deformation - •

In line 8, claim 4, after "wear" insert

- or deformation - .

In line 2, claim 6, after "groove" insert .

- of a pitch of 150 or more threads per inoh - .

In line 8, claim 7, after "wear" insert

- or deformation - .

In line 9, claim 8, after "wear" insert

- or deformation - .

In line 9, claim 9, after "wear" insert

>r deformat i<

Add the following claims:

J ii- The oomhination with a sound reoora containing

a final hardened phenolic oonaensation product and having N I
i'i 'ii • ' rr~‘*m . *•' ssoA\1

a reoord ‘groove of a pitoh of 100-pfr aopojgthreads per^inph

formed with vertioal record undulations, "of^a reproducer Tj\
^roirif yM th-ft jety'lvp . and means for pressing said stylus
against Said undulations with a pressure no less than
two and a half ounces; substantially as described.

. L is* The combination with a sound record containing
a final hardened phenolio c ondensat ion .product
a reoord groove of a pitch of, ISO-or^ow^bhreadB per inoh^
formed with vertioal record undSations , of\X reproducer
.provlflofl -with n fHnmnirid>Pty1"H , and means for pressing
said stylus againBt said undulations with a pressure no
less than two and a half ounoes, substantially as described.

I having^

REMARKS

The change suggested by the Examiner in the
second paragraph of the last Offioe action is not under¬
stood as the spring 5 is not secured to the weight 4 by
means of stud 6.

Referring to the rejection of the claims by the
Examiner "as aggregations of an admittedly old reoord
tablet and an admittedly old reproducer" , it is pointed
out that applicant has not admitted either the repro¬
ducer or the reoord tablet aB described in the claims to
be old* As to the reproducer, the degree of pressure of
the stylus against the reoord undulations referred to
in the claims herein is not disoloBed in applicant's prior
application referred to in the specification of thiB case.
The general type of reproducer diflolosed in said appli¬
cation iB referred to in this application only for oon-

ver.ionoe of illustration, and applicant's invention aB
2

herein claimed is obviously capable of embodiment with
various other types of reproduoer. As to the record tablet',
the claims oall for more than the oomnosltion disolosed
in the Aylsworth applioations in that they specify "a
> sound record" and describe the character of the record

I grooves.

The Examiner takes the position that "There is
no invention involved in alone increasing the size of
the weight to a point desired" , the patents to Mobley and
LeedB being oited in support of this position. The patent
to Mobley does not contain a definite desoiiption of any
means capable of produo ing the degree of pressure Bpeoified
| in applicant's claims between the stylus and the reoord

! undulations. Mobley's floating weight may, as far as

can be ascertained from his specification, place a pressure
of no more than a fraotion of an ounce on the stylus.

Of oou'rBe, the Examiner is well aware that an indefinite
j disclosure is not an anticipation of a claim. The patent

to Leeds specifically states that the device therein
disolosed causes the reproducer point to "rest lightly
upon the sound record." (See page 1, lino 17, and page 2,
linos 25 to 28 and 43 to 49 .of Leed's specification).

The various elements of applicant's claims are,
therefore, not fully disolosed in the prior art, and the
only other question to be considered is whether or not
the olaimB as drawn cover unpatentable aggregations.

The difficulty prior to applicant's invention of employ¬
ing a heavy pressure on the reproduoer stylus is indicated
in lines 13 to 15, page 2 of the patent to Leeds cited by
the Examiner, in which lines Leeds stateB as follows:

"And lnorease in the weight of the plate 0 in order to

overoome this difficulty causes the reproducing point D to
hear so heavily upon the sound rooord as rapidly to wear
the record away and destroy it". Where, with the recordB
in the prior art, the composition did not wear away with
the heavy pressure on the stylus, the records became deform-
ed during reproduction by the pressure of the stylus and
the reprdduotion wsb imperfect. Applicant conceived what
was neoossary to obtain a perfect reproduction where the
number of threads on the record was: large; he conceived
that the stylus must bear on the record with a certain
degree of pressure and that a reoord composition must be
found whioh was subjeot to no applicable wear or deformatioi

under this pressure. He conducted experiments for years -

to obtain the desired combination of reproducer and com¬
position, but did not get the perfeot combination until
he used the improved hard composition referred to in the
specification, together with a reproducer placing
considerable pressure on the stylus. Me then made records
of this composition and a reproducer specially designed
to oo-operate therewith, and by the combination of these
two, there was obtained for the first time the desired
acoustic and commercial result. He made an Improved com¬
bination and, as it‘ is a well understood principle of the
patent laws that a new combination of elements producing
an improved result is patentable, it is thought that the
claims should be allowed. the Examiner is accordingly
requested to reconsider hiB rejection and to allow all
of the claims including the new olaims, whioh are thought

to be patentable and necessary to fully protect the
applicant!^ His invention.

Respectfully submitted,

THOMAS A. EDISON,

Orange, New Jersey
September ?-> 1.913.

Paper No _ 3.r.

,.!/■

J. FI, I'. -But.

DEPARTMENT OF THE INTERIOR
UNITED STATES PATENT OFFICE
WASHINGTON K

0.S. PATENT OFFICE,

NOV 6 1913

MAILED.

find, below a communication from the EXAMINER in charge of the application of

Ttt'oit!aa”vV;---vru:\-nv.Ti-javar1a"-ira:i&or--72:^i^b'3-l--

-5*raa5c-Iti- Ttyor*-- .

. T

This aotion is responsive to tho amendment filed Bept.'. 83, ^

1913’ last lino of p age 8, "hardni33" should he "hard". VI

Each of claims 1 to 10 Inclusive are objectionable in the vj?

clauae relating to the lack of wear or doforaatioh, such being
hut a result to he accomplished and not a limitation on the structure.))^
olalmod. Ho rower, it is perfectly well lenown that if a. -reduction ot jj i
wear io desired there- should he a selection of the material of the ■ " 1

hearing surfaces of a ^inilar degree of hardgesB. ^ See Tones,

April 13,1913, 1,058,754, (181-11). ‘ 6^ ,

s Applicant is admittedly not tho inventor of a record
tablet made of the composition employed. The pitch of the record
thread employed is held : jjatentably immaterial, being a matter of
selection, and the use of a variety of -pi tubes hoing well known
in this art. Taintor, of record, shows the number described hy
applicant, to wit, 150 to tho inch. Applicant is alaoaddlttedly. %g.-
not the inventor of the stylus employed. The use of a heavy
weight is disclosed hy T.seds of record, the dimensions given equalling
or exceeding those employed hy applicant. The advantages arising
from inoreaslng tha weight is clearer, disclosed in lends, Uohloy of
record or Rusoell.Sspt. 3, 1901,681,' 981,(101-10). Ho invention then

.719,635 . 2.

la found in inoreaaing the weight in Edlaon, March 11,1913,

1, 035,° 6&1, (181-10), for this aoma purpose. It ia not noon tt
applicant has done more than add together old atruoturea obtain¬

ing but the aum of their reapootive funotiona and advantages.
Accordingly all of,the olaima arc rejected . Sea alao Carter, Be.
17,1912, 1, 047^497, (181-10).

11 and 12 are objectionable aB
more threads".

alternative

HI THE UH I TED STATES PATENT OFFICE.

THOMAS A. EDISON, )
TALKING MACHINES, )
Filed September 10, 1912, )
Serial Ho. 719,639. )

Room Ho . .379

HOHORABIiE C0MSII3SI0HER OF PATENTS,

S I R:

In response to the Office action of
November 6, 1913, please amend the above entitled oaBe
as follows:

In line 17, page 1, after "of" second
occurrence, insert -''substantially - .

^In line 2, page 2, after "of" seoona
occurrence, insert - substantially - ; in line 16, sai
page, after "pitoh of" insert - substantially - ; and
in the last line, same page, change "hardness" to

In line. 23, page 3, after "of" insert

•substantially - ;

and after the sentence ending in

line 27, page 3, insert the following sentence: -| This
result is accomplished by the present Invention - . _

In the 6th line from the bottom of page 4
after "of" insert -‘substantially - .

Cancel olaims'l to 10, inclusive and
insert the following as olaims 1 to 4 inclusive:

The combination with a sound record of hard
j| rigid material having^ajertioally undulating record groove

sound reproducing means comprising a reproducer stylus

of hara material having a rounaea reoora engaging portion,
ana means for pressing saia stylus against saia reoora
with sufficient pressure to force the stylus to follow
aoourately all of the unaulations of saia groove, the Baia
reoora being substantially more rlgia than oelluloia ana
having such hariness ana rigiaity as to he subject to no
appreciable wear or aeformation by sail stylus unaer saia
pressure, substantially as aesoribea.

2. She combination with a Bouna reoora of hara rigia
material having a vertically uniulating reoora groove not
greater than .0076 of an inch in wiath, of souna reproaueinj
means comprising a reproauoer stylus of hara material having
a rounaea recora engaging portion, ana means for pressing
saia stylus against saia reoora with a preBsure.no less
than 21/2 ounces, the saia reoora being substantially more
rigia than oelluloia ana having such haraneBB ana rigiaity
as to be. subject to no appreciable wear or aeformation
by saia styluB unaer saia pressure, substantially as
aesoribea.

3. She combination with a souna recora containing

a harienea pheholio conaenBation proauot having a vertically
unaulating reoora groove not greater than .0076 of an inoh
in wiath, of souna reproauoing means comprising a reproauoei
Btylus of hara material having a rounaea reoora engaging
portion, ana means for pressing saia BtylUB against saia
reoora with a pressure no less than 2 1/2 ounces, the saia
reoora having Buoh haraness ana rigiaity as to be subject
to no appreciable, wear or aeformatio'n stylus unaer

saia pressure, substantially as aesoribea.

4. She combination with a souna reoora containing

a harienea phenol io condensation proauot having a vertically'

•un emulating record groove not greater than .0076 of an inch
in width, of sound reproducing means comprising a diamond
reproducer stylus having a rounded record engaging portion,
and means for pressing said Btylus against said reoord with
a pressure no less than 2 1/2 ounces, the said record bavin;
suoh hardness and rigidity as to he subject to no apprecia¬
ble wear or deformation by said stylUB under said pressure,
substantially as described.

In line 6, claim 11, after "pitch of" insert
-‘‘substantially -; in line 4, same olaim, after "of"
insert -'“sound reproducing means comprising - ; and in
line 6, same olaim, cancel ‘"provided with a" .

In line 3, claim 12, after "pitch of" insert
-‘'substantially -; in line 4, same olaim, change "a" to
-‘sound reproducing means comprising a diamond - ; and in
line 5, same olaim, oanoel "provided with a diamond".

Change the numerals of olaims li and 12 to 6 and
6 respectively.

REMARKS, . _

The olaims have been revised to more clearly and
accurately define applicant's invention. The expression
"substantially 160 or more threads" in present claims 1, 6
and 6 is thought not to be objectionable as alternative.

This expression as used in the said olaims merely means
threads to a number not less than substantially 150 and the
meaning is not alternative. |

It is .thought that the patentability of the in¬
vention claimed will be appreciated if the improved results
obtained by the invention and the large amount of experimen¬
tation done by applicant to perfect the invention are con¬
sidered. . The invention claimed is embodied in all of the

new also phonographs ana reooras put out by Thomas A. Eaiscn
incorporated. These phonographs ana reooras are universe 1
ly oonsiaerea, by those who have heard them, to mark a
wdnderful aavanoe in the art of souna repro auction, ana
their superiority ana success is eviaencea by the enormous
ana increasing sales thereof^ If the Examiner haB not
alreaay heard one of these machines he may obtain a fair
aemonstration of the same at the store of one of the
Washington aealers of the Edison Company. The superiority
of these machines is aue largely to the employment of the
combination olaimea in this application; ana it is
thought that the Examiner must aamit that as a praotioal
matter the proauotion of this combination couia not be oon¬
siaerea obvious when in Bpite of the improvement produced
thereby it was never conoeivea by anyone prior to applicant
ana when the latter, with a thorough knowledge of the art,
spent months ana even years in perfecting the same.

The patents to Mobley, Russell, Carter ana Leeas
ao not suggest the use of a aefinlte pressure on the
reproducer styluB. How high a pressure they contemplate!,
it is impossible to ascertain from their patents. As to
patent to Leeds to which the Examiner refers particularly,,
it is thought that the Examiner fails to note that Leeds 1
object was to cause the reproauoer point to "rest lightly
upon the souna reoora" (see page 1, line 17, an! page 2,
lines 26 to 28, lines 43 to 49 ana lines 63 to 66 of Leeds'
speoifioatlon. ) . The weights shown by Leeds are bo. I

arrange! as to aot as counterbalances removing the pressure
from an! not a!!lng the some to the stylus. But even if
Mobley, Russell, Oarter ana Leeas ha! conoeivea the
advantages arising from increasing the weight on the .stylus,
they could not, as a praotioal matter, have produced the

improved results obtained by applioant, bb they did not
have the speoifio combination of reproducing moans and
record by whioh alone these resultB can be obtained.

Supposing Mobley had attempted to use with one of the wax
or oelluloid reoords of the prior art, a pressure on the
stylus suoh as that contemplated by applicant, the reoords
would have been so worn and deformed as to be entirely
impracticable. As to the connection of. Aylsworth with the
speoifio composition employed by applicant, the Examiner
is again requested to bear in mind that the improved results
of the invention are due to a conjoint action of the com¬
bined elements and not to the separate effects ot' effects of
any one or more elements. She action of one part modi¬
fies and affeotB the action of the other parts; and under
well established principles of the patent law, even if the“
separate elements of the combination were old, whioh is not
admitted by applioant, their combination, being new and
producing improved results in a marked and generally
recognized degree, is patentable. (See Kryptok Co. v.

Stead lens Co., 207 F. 86, 93; national Hollow Brake Beam
Co. vb. Interchangeable Brake Beam Co., 106 E.' 693; 46

C.C.A. 644; Barsons et al. v. Minneapolishlhreshing Mach.

Co., 106 E. 941; Consolidated Rubber fire Co. et al v.

Einley Rubber fire Co. et al.; Einley fire Co. et al v. _

Consolidated Rubber fire Co. et al., 116 E. 629; Lowrie v.

H.A. Meldrum Co., 124 E. 761; and E.H. Ereeman Electric
Co. v. Johns-Pratt Co» 204 E. 288.).

As to the statement of the Examiner that "it is
perfectly well known that if a reduction of wear is desired
there, should be a selection of the material of the bearing /

surfaoes of a similar degree of hardness", it is pointed
out, first, that, applicant's, object was not the mere re-

auction of wear, but primarily the obtaining of true
phonographio reproauotion; ana, secona, that, mere selection
of bearing surfaces, of an even aegree of hardness aoes
not eliminate wear but merely makes the wear the same
for both bearing surfaces. She improved acoustio ana wear
resisting qualities of applicants combination are not ob¬
tained by anything disclosed in the Jones patent referred t<
by the Examiner, ana applicant's improved combination is
not even remotely suggested by Jones.

Appliopnt's invention is novel and marks a big
advance in the phonographio art, and that it was not
obvious is evidenced by. the failure of any prior inventor
to produce the same in spite of its value and commercial
success. The olaims are all thought to be patentable
and reconsideration and allowance are accordingly respect¬
fully requested.

Respectfully submitted,

THOMAS A. EDISOH,

By w /LeujJ?

Orange, Hew Jersey, KTs Attorney. *

October p-<-£ 1914.

DEPARTMENT OF THE INTERIOR
UNITED STATES PATENT OFFICE
tOB«Sn WASHINGTON HOT.14,1914.

t. l. . ..... . . \ ^

Please find below a communication from the EXAMINER in chaT^eyO01ie'applfcation of

. Shorn** A.. Bdiedn^.for; Talking haohinea, filed Sept* 10. 191B»
...Serial. ao*. 71®r6a9* . .

In response to amendment of Oot. 30, 1914.

»jBt 1, lln* 17} i wge 8, linos E and 16} page 3, lino E3;
pdga 4, 1,^ 88} and olaiaa 1, 6 and 6, Un# 8; "substantially 160 or

*e.,|h* " substantially" . la Inconsistent .with; tha
"dr moraVor aiaa tautologloali ^Euitharaora, the "or iora" 1b either
objectionable aa randarlng tho olalna alternative in form, or .else it
la objectionable aa surplusage. B* parts millpa, 136 On 0.^1601.

• dll pf tha olalna are re jested on tho refdronoaa and reasone
folly aat forth in tha last office aotion. It oan not be aeon that
applicant h*s dona more than assemble faatnraa of whloh ha la not tha
Inventor admittedly, or faatnraa old in the art. In an old combination,
without ehange of fonotlon of either the combination oi the partiqula r
element e, and without other result than tha obrlona advantages arising

from tha lndlTldtial employment of theae faatnraa oollooatad In a dingle
apehina. Halles 80. Wallace, 383, la believed to ho

a«naraly. in point. 1 • '^v: v-

‘ ...The hardness and rigidity of th^.^j|^ natarlal raanlt* In

dnrablllty, but wonld harp soah raon^ll ijjflw^kfad of raprodnoar it
wa* employed with. .In oth*^ordaft AyU H»rth«* material adds the same
reamt in appiioanfe devloj a* it dld^n the naa contemplated by.h|»
whan hp pads aonnd records fhsroof, or a* ft would in any sound ripro-

719,68* — 2

aiolng mohlna In the art. Applioant has therefore only brought to the
eieeably a material of whloh he is admittedly not the Inventor to per-
term ite obvious and old fonotlon in ltB old way. Moreover, the defi¬
nition of aaterlal In olaime l and 8 le no more than that of the ordi-
,nfry ehellao oompoeltlon In oommoa^uee. The statement of the last three
Unee of olaime 1, 8, Z and 4 oan not be held to add patentability to th«|
olalna, for it la a etatement of a result to be obtained, not of means 1
to aooompllah a roeult. Obvlouely, a result le not patentable, but only
the means for accomplishing It*

The pltoh, width and conformation of the groove le also old
in the art, ae In Tainter, of record. Suoh la not seen to havo'tey
material relation whatever to the substance employed In the tablet. Nor !
la any cooperative fnnotlon found between the nature of the groove and
the kind of reproducer employed other than .that existing in fainter’ a
mattlneirTThTplt^

at* with $hii reproduoer preoiBely as Talnter's groove did with hla
reproducer. Applioant, therefore, has again brought an old element to
an old combination to operate In lte old way only. j

The atylua employed by applioant. la admittedly not hla inyen-
tlon. Moreover, bo far as claims 1, 8, 8 and 6 apeolfy the stylus may
be the conventional sapphire stylus, the rounded . end being the usual
and conventional atruotur*. It la not seen that it operates in any . ,dif- d
ferent way, haa any different funotlon, prbduoeS any different result or '
oreatee any different advantage, as need by applioant; than as used in
rany prior maohln*. Furthermore, the eeleotlon of a hard material, if a j
soft material would msar away quickly, is ho more than any one in the
art would do. The use of a harder stylus aaterlal flowed naturally from j
.the uee of Aylewdrth’e harder reoord material. I

the seleetlon of a particular and dfslred heaviness of float- j
lng weight Is not aeon to be more., thwi Jum| been common in the, art, as in
referenoee of reoord, as. Mobley or mjpeell* Any differeno* in result
arising from applieant's heavy reproducer is, a difference ' in degree; and ^

719,639,— a

not In kind. The result to be obtained from increased weight is well
reoognlaod in the art, as in the roferenoes cited. The sine of weight
is a matter of selection, and that a heavier weight oonld be used with
harder material is self evident. Applicant will hardly contend that
> everybody who adds an ounce of weight to the reproducer without a dif¬
ference in kind 1b entitled to a patent, ffnrthermore, the limitation
in olalm 1, lines 7 and 8, can not be given any weight, because it spec¬
ifies but a result to be accomplished and is true, to a greater or less
extent, of every reproducer in the art. So far as concerns Heeds, of
reoord, the use of the weights to increase tho stylus pressure is but |
a double use of that device. national Hollow Brake Beam Oo. v. Inter- 'j
changeable Brake Beam Oo., 106 Pod., 693. 1

For these reasons, amplifying tho same as set out of reoord, j
it is not seen that applicant has done more than aggregate prior features,
without novel cooperative funotion. •

As nothing of patentable subjeot matter can be seen in this j

application, and as a clear issue haB been reached between applicant j

and the examiner as to the patentability of tho subject matter of the j
present olaims, further prosecution before tho examiner would seem to r;
be to no purpose, and the olalmB are finally rejected. Kx parte Hiller, ;
150 0. 0*, 827.

HI THE UNITED STATES PATENT OFFICE

Thomas A. Edison
TANKING MACHINES

Room No. 879

Filed September 10, 191S
Serial No. 719,689

HONORABLE COMMISSIONER OF PATENTS,

SIR:

Please amend the above entitled oase as

follows

Change the title of the invention to - PHONOGRAPHS
OR TANKING MACHINES - .

Pago 1, line 6,. after "in" insert - PHONOGRAPHS
OR - . Nine 7, after "to" insert - phonographs or - .

Nine 8, after "to" insert - phonographs or - .

Page 1, line 17; page 2, lines 2 and IS} page 3„
line 28} page 4, lino 28, oanoel "substantially".

Claim 1, line 8„ change "substantially 150 or

more" to - not less than 160 - .

Claim 6, line 3,, ohange "substantially 160 or
more" to - not less than 160 - •

Claim 6,. line 3,. ohange "substantially 150 or
more" to - not less than 160 - .

REMARKS

The above amendments are made to put this appli¬
cation in better fom for consideration on appeal..

Respectfully submitted,.

THOMAS A. EDISON.

Orange, H. J. Bv , ^ ^

September & ,1916 His Attorney

FB-58 " • .

2-200

.. Div._a a...4 Boom a£9..

DEPARTMENT OF THE INTERIOR
UNITED STATES PATENT OFFICE

..Sapt.Ei24*... 1915iL.

!0. s. PATENy OFFI.E, j

SEP 241915 |

M A I L E D . I

a. communication, from, the EXAMINER in charge of tlu> application of

,„!Ete™. Ar ^aiBon. Serial Hp,;,„7X9,639.t..

. . . . . .

m. —

Commissioner of Patents. (J

Tho amendment of Sept. 88, 1915, is admitted under
the provisions of Rule 60. Such admission dooa not extend
the statutory period within whioh: to take complete action

in response to the final rejection of Hov. 14, 1914;.

IH THE UNITED STATES PATENT OFFICE
Thomas A. Edison

PHONOGRAPHS OR TANKING MACHINES Eoom Ho. 379.

Filed September 10, 191B
Serial No. 719,639

honorable commissioner of patents,

S I R $

I h.rehj appeal to tho F.-wW1*''
th. deol.ion .1 th. prinolpnl ***** to to. »atte,

„1 „ to*, entitled applleatlen. thiol., .» the 14th d.p

el mm, 1914 too "looted lor the e.eond time, to.
lolleolnB are th. point. .1 the d.ol.lon on thloh the ap-
peal is tafcens-

The Examiner erred in rejecting the claims of the

application ana each of them.

The Examiner erred in not allowing the claims of

the application ana each of them.

The Examiner erred in Holding thp claims and each

of them to He without patentable novelty.

to oral hearing is requested.

! Signed at West Orange, Essex County, New Jersey,

I this I'*} day of September, 1916.

THOMAS Aj, EDISON

By vsUum? f _

His Attorney

In the United States Patent Office.

In ro application Ho. 719,639, )
Thomas A. Edison, )
Piled Sopt. 10, 1912, i
Talking Maohines. )

M A 1 L bl

ThiB is an appeal to the Board of Examiners-in-Chlef
from the final rejection of the following claims:

X, The combination with a sound record of hard rigid

material having a vertioally undulating record groove of a
pitch of not loss than 160 throado por inch, of sound repro¬
ducing meanB comprising a reproducer stylus of hard matorial
having a roundod rooord engaging portion, and means for press¬
ing Bold stylus against said rooord with suffioiont pressure
to foroo the stylua to follow accurately all of the undula¬
tions of said groove, the said reoord boing substantially
more rigid than celluloid and having Buch hardness and rigid¬
ity as to be subject to no appreciable wear or deformation by
Bald styluB under said prossuro, substantially as- described.

g, Tho combination with a sound record of hard rigid

material having a vertically undulating rooord groove not
greater than .0075 of an inoh in width, of Bound reproducing
means comprising a roproduoor stylus of hard matorial having
a roundod reoord engaging portion, and moans for pressing
said stylus againBt saia record with a pressure of no loss
than 2^/2 ounces, tho said rooord being substantially more
rigid than oolluloia and having such hardnoss ana rigidity
as to bo subjoot to no appreciable wear or deformation by
said stylus under said pressure, substantially a b described.

3. Che combination with a sound record containing a
hardened phenolic condensation product having a vertically
undulating record groove not geoator than .0075 of an inoh
in wi dth, of sound reproducing means oompriBing a reproducer
stylus of hard material having a rounded rooord engaging
portion, and moans for pressing said stylus against aaid
reoord with a pressure no loss than 21/2 ounoes, the said
reoord having Buoh hardness and rigidity sb to bo subjeot

to no appreciable wear or deformation by said stylus under
said pressure, substantially as described,

4. The combination with a sound reoord containing a
hardened phenolic condensation produot having a vertically
undulating reoord groove not greater than .0075 of an inoh
in width, of sound reproducing moans comprising a diamond
reproducer Btylus having a rounded reoord engaging portion,
and meanB for pressing Bald stylus against sold rooord with

719,639,— 2

a proBsuro no Iobb thai 2/2 ounoes, the said record having
suoh hardness and rigidity as to ho subjeot to no approoia-
hle near or deformation by said BtyluB nndor said proBouro,
auhBtantially aa doBoribod.

6. The combination with a Bound record containing a

final hardened phenolic oondenoation produot and having a
record groove of a pitch of not leas than 160 threads por
inoh formed with vortical record undulations, of Bound
reproducing meana comprising a roproduoor stylus, and moons
for pressing said stylus against Bold undulations with a
pressure no Iqbs than two and a. half ounoes, substantially
as described.

6. She combination with a sound reoord containing

a final hardhned phenolic condensation produot and having
a reoord groove of a pitoh of not Icsb than 150 threads
per inoh formed with vertioal reoord undulations, of sound
reproducing means comprising a diamond reproducer stylus, and
moons for pressing said stylus against said undulations with
a pressure no less than two and a half ounoes, substantially
as desoribod.

The references relied on are:

Tainter

Russell

Mobley,

Cartor,

Leeds,

, 386,086, July 10, 1888, 181-6;

, 681,981, Sopt. 3, 1901, 181-10;

690,069, Dec. 31, 1901, 181-10;
1,047,497, Doo. 17, 1912, 181-10;
British, 12,560, Juno 20, 1901, 181-10.

The disclosure of this application relates to sound

reproducing moohanism, and the olaimed combination oompriBeB
a reoord tablet of hard woar-rosi sting material, i.o., of
"final hardened infusible phenollo condensation products", hav¬
ing a vertically undulatory reoord groove of a pitoh of 150
threads to the inoh, and a reproducer of the floating weight
type, the weight boing of 81/2 ounces or more, and carrying a
stylus lover ana stylus, the latter having the usual rounded
rooord-ongaglng end, and being proforably of diamond. By the
UBe of thlB rooord material the rooord will wear longer, and,
owing to its rigidity enable a greater pressure to be applied
thereto through the reproducing stylus. This rigidity is of
especial importance where the record groove is of fine pitoh,
and therefore the bearing area of the stylus point small, as

the pressure per unit aroa is then proportionately increased.
By the use of a heavy floating weight, a more intimate engage-

719,639,— 3

mont of the Btylus and rooord la maintained with a more accu¬
rate reproduction resulting. Applicant's stylus is of con¬
ventional shape, ana the hard material uoea is neooBsitatea by
the hardness of the rooord matorial.

She general combination of rooord and reproducer is,
of course, oommon to all sound reproducing machines, aB in the
disk graphophone of Tainter, cited. It is the position of the
examiner that applicant has merely substituted in the old com¬
bination old elements, or elemonts of which he admittedly is
not the inventor, improving the combination ^jnot by any now co¬
operative notion,] but Bolely by the sum of the advantages ao-
oruing from the individual use of suoh elements. That an as¬
semblage of elements which presents an improvement consisting
only of the sum of the functions or advantages of the elements
individually, ana which presents no additional function nor ad¬

vantage arising Bolely from the act of assemblage, is not a dis¬
play of invention, but a more wise selootion from the art at
one's disposal, to be expeoted of one oonversant with and skilled
in the art, is thought to be well settled. Hailes vs. Van Wormer
80 Wallaoe, 353. It is believed applioant haB but substituted jj
elemonts in an oia combination without any change of function \\
of tho elemonts individually or of tho combination, and without j
other result than the sum of tho obvious advantages arising
from the individual employment of suoh elements.

Applioant is admittedly not the Inventor of tho mate¬
rial used in tho rooord tablet. See page 8 of this specifica¬
tion, laBt line, and the first throe linos of page 3. Appli¬
cant is not even tho first to. use this material in a rooord
tablet. 3 os linos 3 to 7, page 3. That Buoh matorial results
in durability, and has a oapaoity to resist wear and deforma¬
tion, is true, irrospbotive of tho kind of reproducer with

719,639,-4

whioh it is used. This material adds tho aamo advantage in
applicant's construction that it added to the art when first
ft f\ used by Aylswo^th in reoord tablets.

The pitch of reoord groove used by applioant is dis-
. closed in Taintor (page 1, linos 31 to 34). Painter's record
■ ,1q also of tho vertically undulatory typo. It is not seen
Wherein there is any novel cooperation botwoen tho pitoh of
j,the groove and tho material of tho tablot in applicant's struot-
'W>) pure. Hor is it seen that applicant's groove cooperates with
llhis reproducer any differently than dooB Cainter's groove with
i'hls reproducer.

She reproducer diaolosed by applioant is of the gen¬
eral typo disolosed by him in his patent 1,055,621, of Mar. 11,
1913 (see page 4 of tho present application, lines 13 to 16).

^ J jl' in the present application ho has provided a heavy weight. But
it. has been common to seloot a desired heaviness of weight.

/ Russell shows an auxiliary weight B attaohed to tho usual weight
p ■ f A. Mobley discloses his weight as made heavier so as to obtain
9 Jo. more intimate engagement between the stylus and reoord groove.
/' <;* gee page 1 of his spoolfioation, lines 12 to 10, linos 26 to
V .$ ■ 40> and linos 68 to 95. Oartor also discloses an auxiliary

weight 14 that may bo adjusted with roBpect to tho main weight 3.
Hoto, also, that Carter's reproducer is to be usod with reoord
/ J grooves of 100 or 200 throads to the inoh. Hot only is appli-
oant's objoot old, as in Mobley, but the result is not soon to
' bo moro than a matter of degree, Che heavier tho weight, tho
more intimate the engagement. Chat a hoavior weight oould be
used with harder material is seemingly self-evident. Che par¬
ticular weight employed is a matter of selootion and tho result
to be obtained is prodlotable. Applioant asserts no merit in
the particular weight used, ahd, in fact, says he may uso up
to a four ounoo weight. His idea is the increase of weight.

719,639,-6

/ ruthor than any particular quantity of weight. Aoooraingly,

'*/ hiD result is a difference in degree, rather than in kind. It ^

would hardly bo oontendod that each addition of an oirnoe to the J j ,

usual floating weight is a new invention. It is not soon, ;

then, that applicant's weight has any novol oooperation in tho
oombinatlon or produces any othor than an obvious ohange in pi £ :

degree as roBpoots any resulting iiaprovemont. I" *..3

It is also to be noted that Leods discloses as heavy ) > ^ I
weights aB does applicant. V/hilo Loads does not utilise his 1 ^ /j'j
S weights to increase tho stylus pressure, the latter is a funo- ■'./ j
tion Inherent in the structure by adjustment of weight B rela- f ^ ;
tively to A, whereby tho balance of B and A would be disttirhed. ; ^ :

Under tho ruling in National Brake Bourn Co. v. Int or changeable :

Brake Beam Co., 106 Fedt., 693, suoh a structure in a different
condition of adjustment is not a display of invention. ,L

Applioant makeB no assertion of novelty as to the
shape of his stylus. A rounded record engaging end is conven¬
tional. See 11 in Fig. 3 in Cartor's patent, for example.

That the material employed is not now in this application, see
page 4 herein, lines 16 to 80. It is not aeon that applicant's
ij \\ stylus cooperates with either tho record or tho reproducer in
If ■ any different way than it does in every reproducer in the art.

x She use of a harder material, if a Boftor material will wear,

',(/ owing to the nature of the record material, is thought no more
J ' than to be expected of any one conversant with the art.

Each °f th° olomon'bB enterln6 int0 applicant's struot-
K ure, then, is believed to porform its old funotion in its old
way, without ohangingjbh.o._j£unotion-of-tho_co.inbina.tion; and tho
V combination is improved only by the Bum of tho improvements
/Af inherent in the oloments indivi dually f) and in a way and to an

extent obvious from a knowledge of suoh elements as they existed

719,639,-6

Jff

! ...

toforo applicant substituted them in the preBent atruoturo.

With thin gonoral explanation, an extended diacusBion
of tho olaime individually io thought iinnoooosary.

5he limitation at tho end of claims 1, 2, 3 and 4,
with roBpeot to the record material, as "having Buoh hardneaa
and rigidity as to ho Bubjoot to no approoiahlo wear or defor¬
mation by said stylus under said proSBuro", iB belie vod to add
nothing of 'patentability to thoso olaims, as the statement is
only that of a result, not of moans to accomplish a result.

'Obviously, a result is not patentable, but only tho moans to
aooomplish it.

Moreover, the definition of tho rooord material in
claims 1 and 2 as "hard rigid material" and as "substantially
more rigid than celluloid" is no more than that of the well
known shellac composition of commercial rooord tablets.

While olaims 1, 6 and 6 spooify the pltoh of tho reo-
ord groove as not less than 150 threads to the inoh, olaims 2,

3 and 4 spooify the groove shall not be greater than .0075 of
an inoh. fhiB is an entirely arbitrary figure ropresonting
approximately a pitoh of 133 threads to tho inoh, and has no
particular significance of itself, being greater than tho width

aotually used if the pftoh is not loss than 150.

It 1b to bo notod that tho definition of tho stylus
in olaims 1, 2, 3 and 5, as of "hard material" is oxprossive
of no more than tho oonvontional oapphiro stylus. See Cartor's
spooifioation, pago 1, lines 94 and 95. note, also, that in •>/•;
this roforonoo sapphire is used with a narrower groove even
than that disclosed in this application, i.e., having a pitch
oi 800 threads to the inoh.

. As to the weight employed, attention is dirootod that

f Afin claim 1 it is desoribod only. as of "sufficient pressure to

719,639,-7

foroo the stylus to follow noourately all of tho undulationB
of said groove". Chia atatoment la expressive of a rosult sole¬
ly, and, it ia thought, oan not ho oonoidored aB adding patont-
ability to the claim, as it does not define struoturo and is,
at most, exprosBivo only of a difforenoo in degree from the
prior art.

For those reasons, it ia aubmitted that tho claims
were properly finally rebooted.

Eespeotfully submitted.

Ootobor 5, 1915,

Examinor, Div. 33.

DEPARTMENT OF THE INTERIOR

UNITED STATES PATENT OFFICE

WASHINGTON

October 6 > 1915

Sir:

The oase of ThomaB A. Edison

Seriailuo. 719,639 , will be heard by the { Examiners-in-Chief

1 1

on the 30th day of Ilovember > 1915.

The hearings will oommenoe at | | o ' olook, and as soon as

the argument in one oase is oonoluded the suooeeding oase will

If any party, or his attorney, shall not appear when the
ease ' is ‘ o ailed f his right to an oral hearing will be regarded
as waived.

The allowed for arguments is as follows:

Ex parte oases, thirty minutes;

Motions, thirty minutes, eaoh side;

Interference appeals, final hearing, one hour eaoh side.

By speoial leave, obtained before the argument is oommenoed,
the time may be extended.

The appellant shall have the right to open and oonolude^ in
interference oases, and in suoh oase a full and fair opening
must be made .

Briefs in interference appeals must be filed in aoo.ordanoe
with the provisions of Rule 147 .

Commissioner of Patents.

To . —

.Orange.

in 'i'HE UH1 TED STATES x-AlffiNT OFFICE

Thomas A. Edison
rHONOGRArHS OR TAJXIHG MACH1HBS
Filed September 10 , 1918
Serial Do. 719,639

: Before the Honorable

: Bo era of Examine ra-in-Chiei

)

AFFEiLABT'S brief

fhia is an appeal from the Examiner 'a final
rejection of the olaima of this application. It ia thought

that the issue involved in this appeal will be beat under¬
stood by reference to claim 6 whioh reads sb &11owb:

6. The combination with a sound reoora contain¬
ing a final hardened phenolic condensation product and
having a record groove of a pitoh of not leas than 150
threads per inch formed with vertical record undulations, of
sound reproducing means comprising a diamond reproducer
stylus, ana means for pressing said stylus against said
undulations with a pressure no less than two and a hair
ounoes, substantially as described.

That the specific arrangement set forth in this
olaim is novel is not aeniea by the Examiner. Dor does the

Examiner deny that this arrangement produces an improved
result!, The invention has gone into extensive commercial,
use, being employed on all of the also phonographs put out bj

Thomas A. Edison, Incorporated.

Stated oonoiaely, the Exaniner.'s position appears
to be that appellant has produced an aggregation rather than
a true combination. It iB submitted that the Exaniner is
in error and that the claims appealed oover patentable com¬
binations.

An aggregation Bnd a combination are defined 88
|| follows in Amerloan Ohooolate Machinery Co. v. Helmstetter,
142 F. 978:-

"Ihe distinction between a combination and
an aggregation lies in the presence or absence of
mutuality of aotion. To constitute a combination it
is essential that there should be some Joint operation
performed by its elements, producing a result due to
their Joint and co -operating aotion, while in an
aggregation there is a mere adding together of separate
contributions , eaoh operating independently of the other.

Considering appellant's invention in the light
of the above definition, it will be seen to be a true com¬
bination. Appellant's object was to produce a combination
[with which a true sound reproduction of long duration could
be obtained from a record of ordinary size without damage to
the record or stylus. This result is not due to the
preaenoe of any single element of the combination but is ob¬
tained by the Joint operation of all the elements recited in
the appealed claims in the relative arrangement described
therein. A sound record formed of the hard rigid material
jspeoif led would not produce a faithful sound reproduction
[with, a stylus having only a light pressure thereon, as the
stylus would not faithfully follow the rooord undulations
[but would skip over the minute undulations corresponding to
[[overtones which give to the various instruments and voices
their distinguishing qualities, and in the esse of large
[undulations the stylus would be thrown completely off the
record, thereby producing an objectionable blasting sound.

If a reproducer stylus weighted as specified in the. above
tod olalm were employed with soft wax-like material ‘

suoh as la contemplated In the patent to fainter re Ilea
upon hy the Examiner, the stylus would iron out the small
undulations corresponding to the overtones instead of being
vibrated hy these undulations, and a faithful and pleasant
reproduction would not he obtained. In this connection it
is pointed out that, considering the stylus as hearing on
the reoord over an area equal to a oirole having a diameter
of one-one hundred and fiftieth of an inch, the width of the

I reoord groove specified, and with a pressure of two and
one-half ounoes on the stylus, the stylus would hear on the
record with a pressure of over two tons per square inch.

. It takes the combined aotion of the rigid reoord material,
the styles, and the means for pressing the stylus on the
reoord with the degree of pressure specified to cause the

I stylus to accurately reproduce the minute sound undulations
and therefor to give a faithful reproduction. In addition
to this oomhined function, there is a definite correlation
between the reoord and the stylus, the reoord being made of
final hardened condensation product and the stylus of
diamond. Because of itB brittleness, it was not obvious
that diamond could he Used for a Btylus designed to ooaot
with a reoord groove ss fine as one hundred and fifty threads
per inch. The brittleness of diamond has, in fact, been
an obstacle in the use and formation of a fine stylus of
that material and has necessitated the use by appellant of a
special method of forming the stylUB and a particular form
of mounting for the stylus. Appellant is not aware of the
commercial use of a diamond stylus prior to his invention.

If an ordinary sapphire stylus, Buoh as has been oommon in^

the phonograph art, were employed with a reoord of the
composition specified, it would soon he so objectionably
worn away as to be unsuited for accurate reproduction. A
stylus of hard material, such as diamond, would not be
suited for the wax or shellac record of the prior art as it
would soon destroy the undulations of the reoord groove.

There is a certain relationship between the reoord and
stylus specified by appellant whioh makes it possible to
maintain a permanent stylus in the reproducer without oausinf
damage or substantial wear to the reoord groove or to the
stylus.

Considering the references cited by the Examiner
more in detail, it is true that the patentt to fainter
specifies that the lines of the spiral may be one-one hundrei
and fiftieth of an inoh apart, but there was no oontemplatioi.

whatever by Ta inter of a heavy weight suoh as is specified
by appellant nor of a diamond stylus. The composition
employed by Tainter is a soft wax-like recording medium, and
with suoh a medium, a large part, if not substantially all o::
the undulations of a reoord groove of the pitch specified
would be entirely ironed out by a stylus having thereon
the pressure specified in the issue. There is. no. suggestion
in the patents to Russell, Mobley and Carter, nor in. the
patent to leads, of appellant's combination nor even of a
stylus having as great a pressure thereon as specified by
appellant. Tbs reproducers show in these patents arejy
small reproducers with a comparatively small weight. Appel¬
lant is especially familiar with the Mobley reproducer, ^tavljig

placed on the market many reproducers containing the inven¬
tion of thia potent. With these reproducers, the pressure
on the stylus was only shout one ounce. Appellant cannot
understand why the Examiner insists upon citing the patent to
leads, in view of the faot that Leeds does not utilize his
weights to produoe a large pressure. In faot, leads speci¬
fies that with his construction "the reproducing point
oarried hy the reproducer can normally he made to rest
lightly upon the sound reoordn, and that the "reproducing
point V does not hear upon the sound reoord with any con¬
siderable additional force and does not therefore wear away
and destroy the sound reoord". Attention is particularly
directed to lines 16 and 17, page 1; lines SB to S8 and
lines 43 to 46, page 2 of Lead's specification. It is not
seen how it is at all material what the aotual weights whioh
are employed hy Leeds may he, inasmuch as these weights are
not used to produoe a pressure on' the stylus hut to oounter-
halenoe the pressure theroon. It will he seen that in none
of these references is there any devioe which is at all
BUggestive of the combination employed hy appellant or hy
whioh the improved results attained byappellant 'svinvention
are possible.

Ihe Examiner relies upon the decision EaileB v.

Van Wormer, 20 Wallaoe, 353. An inspection of, this deoisioi
will show that there was no joint action in the elements of
the devioe considered in said decision such as there is in
appellant's invention. In the said decision, one of the
claims held to he an aggregation was for a reservoir stove

or furnaoe in whioh the discharge ena of the ooal supply
reservoir was contracted, in which the fire pot was expanded
at its upper end, ana in whioh the flame passage extended
downwardly. The Court stated as follows:-

n * * * * it is evident that the
combination of the three devices named is not the
work of invention. They have no relation to each
other. neither the form of the foeaer nor the
aHape of the firepot hears at all upon the direction
of the draft passages. There is no novel result
. flowing3 from the Joint operation of the three devices,
iha rover tible flues have no more to do witn a
stove6 supplied by a feeder than they would have with
a stove supplied by hand.”

The other claim held to he an aggregation was contained in
a patent alleged to be for an improvement upon the patent in
which the first claim referred to wsb contained. The
devioe of the second claim differed from the structure

shown in the first patent only by the addition of illuminat¬
ing openings so that the fire in the stove could be seen and
light given the room where tha stove was. -Referring to the
illuminating openings, the Court stated:

"These were a well known device applied
to stoves long before either of the P0*0^0
granted. They perform no peculiar °**io0
new combination. They have no P°00i]?}e
to it. They do not affeot, in the slightest de-
«eJ! the results of that combination, ^tever
they may be. It is impossible to regard the mere
addition of suoh openings to a stove containing
the improvements described in *®ni00*®a Patent,
as the formation of a new patentable combination.

In view of the above it is clear that the various elements
of the constructions sought to be covered in the patents
litigated were entirely distinot in their functions. A
mere light opening, of course, had no combinah Is; relation

(6)

with the rest o f the stove. It aid not affect its operation
but was a mere aggregation in oonneotion with the rest of the
device. But, sb pointed out above, in appellant's flevioe
there is a combined aotion of the various elements in pro¬
ducing an Improved sound reproduction, and the said decision
is accordingly thought not to be at all in point, except as
it tenda to show that an aggregation which is not the subject
of a patent is an entirety different thing from the combina¬
tion claimed by appellant.

!he Examiner Boems to lay great stress upon the
fact that the various parts of appellant's combination have
their own inherent advantages in appellant's construction.

Lor example, the Examiner states as follows in connection
with the composition specified: "Shis material adds the

same advantage in applicant's construction that it added to
the art when first used by Ayleworth in record tablets."

Shis may be true, but only in the sense that it was a
capability or advantage unused and unrecognized before it
was placed in the combination.

In Bowers v- ton Sohmidt. 63 F. , 582, Judge

IMcKenns declined toiireoognize as a rule of law that where the
aotion of eaoh of the combined devioes remains its own in¬
dividual action, there is.no patentable combination.

In Belton Water Wheel Co. v. Doble , 190 Fed. 760,. the Court

stated as follows: -

"lt is generally sufficie
be Buoh oo-aotion that a result is
la now, and the result Is new If 1
a better result than that whioh ha
by other combinations."

<* 1

nt if there \

produced whioh
t is substantially
8 been accomplished

in Pennsylvania Globe Gaslight. Co. ▼. Beat et al. . 137 Tad.,
||940, the claim sued upon wan ae follows:-

"The combination In one devioe, as a
portable incandescent lamp, of a Bunsen burner,
an incandescent filamentary substance, ana a
self -generating ana heating gas attachment,
substantially as aesoribea."

| Each of these elements was separately old. the Incandescent
filamentary substance employed being a common Welsbaoh mantle
Ihe claim was held patentable.

Xn Oelluloia Manufacturing Company v. Zy Ionite
et al.. 36 led., 301, the claim was for the use of fusel oil
as a solvent for camphor in conjunction with nit ro -cellulose
The Court in holding the olalm patentable statea as follows: -

"lt was known previously that fusel oil
was s solvent for oamphor, and that vsrious essential
oils oould be used in conjunction with -camphor^ in the
manufacture 0 f pyroxylene . * * * * jJL th*

It is doubtless true that by experimenting with the
whole list of essential oils any ^Pet8n*
oould have ascertained that fusel oil would, while
acting as a solvent of camphor, be efficient in pro¬
ducing the proper conversion of pyroxylene, and
oould have reached the .discovery by a process of
exclusion."

In fleorae FroBt & Co. v. Samstag et al. , 180 Fed.
), the invention was for a garter having a button and a

Ipear shaped loop, the button being of rubber or equivalent
material in place of the material previously used. The
Circuit Court of Appeals for the Second Circuit quoted with
approval the language of Judge Wallace in his decision on
a prior appeal on the same patent . Said language was as
I! follows: -

(8)

"it was common knowledge that it (rubber) baa
the property of clinging, and its use on shoes,
stairway steps, and for mats and floor coverings are
familiar inatanoes illustrating its adaptability to
prevent slipping. * * * * * * *

•That its selection was not an obvious thing is per¬
suasively and oogently shown by the faot that during
many years numerous inventors were trying to remedy
the defeots in the old devioe, and it did nott ooour
to them how simply and satisfactorily this aould be
done by making the button of rubber or soma other elas¬
tic or yielding material. Its employment in the
devioe of the patent was a new one, and imparted to
the devioe a remarkable efficiency, as compared with
that of the best type of former devioes. * * «

We have not overlooked the prior patent showing a
devioe having a pair of Jaws faced with springy or
elastic material, which are pressed against the inter¬
vening fabric to hold it between them.™

In view of the above decisions of the CourtB, the
patentability o f appellant 's olaims as true combinations is
believed to be clear. It is thought that the latent Office
should in a case of this oharaoter resolve all doubts in
favor of the inventor, as otherwise he may be deprived of
rights which would be sustained by the Courts in case the
olalmB are allowed.

Ihe olaimB not specifically considered above are
for the same invention as that quoted but define the inven¬
tion more broadly. She Examiner has in the last two pages
of his answer to this appeal, for the first time raised
oertaln objections to all of the claims except claim 6
above quoted, but it is thought that these olaims are in
good form and that none of the references discloses the com¬
binations thereof.

Applicant has produoed. a novel devioe of increased
effioienoy in which the various elements ooact to produoe
improved sound reproduction while permitting the recording

(»)

of a large amount of matter on the reoora also ana eliminat¬
ing the wear of the various ports. That the invention wob
not an obvious expedient is aemonstratea by the faot that
with a knowledge o f Aylsworth 's composition ana reproauoers
of the general type shown in the referenoes, appellant spent
a long time in experimentation before he perfeotea the in¬
vention. largely on account of the improvea results ob-
tainea by this combination, machines emboaying the same have
gone into extensive use, and the sale thereof is continually
increasing. It is thought that such a meritorious invention
shouia not be aenlea the protection of a patent.

The Honorable Examiners -in -Chief are accordingly
respeotfully requested to aajuage the appealed claims patent-
able. '

'Vus . f> / / f/£~.

Bespeotfully submitted.

Attorney for Edison’."'.

DEPARTMENT OF THE INTERIOR

UNITED STATES PATENT OFFICE

WASHINGTON

Sir:

Inclosed find copy of decision this day rendered by the

Iex parte

4**^^*^ °aSe .

_EXAMia£n^i-c.:i£f.~]

. AlAN-6~»$ .

By direotion of the Commissioner:

U. S. PATEfiT 0Fr,CE

Very respeotfully.

Chief Clerk.

...Ur...:

.i.-XpST,

E.i.L.

Appeal Ho. 9043. U. 3. PA TEH I 0PP10E. January 6, 1916.

Before the Examinera-in-Chief, on Appeal.

Application of ThomaB A. Edison for a patent for an im¬
provement in Talking Maohines, filed September 10, 1913. Serial
Ho. 719,639.

Mr. Prank X.. Iyer, attorney for appellant.

This ia an appeal from the notion of the primary examiner
finally repeating olairne 1 to 6 inclusive, of which the follow¬
ing will serve as examples:

1. The combination with a sound reoord of hard
rigid material having a vertically undulating reoord
groove of a pitch of not less than 160 threads per
inoh, of Bound reproducing means comprising a repro¬
ducer Btylus of hard material having a rounded reoord
engaging portion, and moans for preBBing Bald stylus
against* Baid reoord with sufficient pressure to force
the Btylus to follow accurately all of the undula-
tlonB of Baid groove, the said reoord being substan¬
tially more rigid than oelluloid and having fluoh hard¬
ness and rigidity as to be subject to no appreciable
wear or deformation by Bold stylus under said pres¬
sure, substantially as deBoribed.

6. The combination with a sound record contain¬
ing a final hardened phenolic condensation product
and having a reoord groove of a pitoh of not less than
160 threads per inch formed with vertical record un¬
dulations, of sound reproducing means comprising a

diamond reproducer stylus, and means for pressing said
stylus against said undulations with a pressure no
less than two and a half ouncoB, substantially as de¬
scribed.

#9043 — 2-

The referenoeB olted are:

Taint or.
BUSBell,

Motley,

Carter,

Leeds, British,

681,981,

690,069,

1,047,497.

18,660,

July 10, 1888,
Sept, 3, 1901,
Deo. 31. 1901,
Deo. 17, 1918,
June 80, 1901.

It appears from the patents to fainter and Carter that
long prior to the filing of the present application it was
proposed to make phonograph records having from 160 to 200 threadB
por inch, the object. being to produce a longer playing record.

It was also recognised, as shown by Mobley, that reproducers
as ordinarily constructed were faulty in that the stylus was
not held with sufficient pressure upon the surface of the cyl¬
inder to accurately follow the grooves therein and he provid¬
ed a construction in which the stylus waa weighted "to any ex¬
tent desired to inorease the weight and downward pressure".
Hooords of celluloid and other hard materials had been produoed
and Carter and Bussell disclose the use of a sapphire stylus
in order to reduce wear and avoid the necessity of replacing
the steel needles after each piece. The specification of the
present application also concedes that the speolfio material
of which the record is composed is not of applicant's inven¬
tion. nor is he the first to make a record of the same, as all
this is admittedly disclosed in applications of J- «• Ayleworth
and the advantages of such a record are of course well under-
stood* That a diamond stylus would stand more wear than a
steel needle or even a sapphire, was also well Known, as Bason
proposed its use in his British patent Ho. 1644 of 1878, and
a reference to a British patent to Jungbeoker at al. 12,466 of
May 31. 1902, is found in the file of the application of Erap-
hagen, referred to in the appealed case as covering the spe¬
cific reproducer Which is disclosed in the present application.

#9043 — 3.

In view of those faote we are of the opinion that all tho
elements of eaoh of the olaims are old, and that in the com¬
binations speoified oaoh performs the fnnotion for which it
was designed, and no more, the better result olaimed for the
maohino being due merely to the added advantages of the sever¬
al parts- the combination is the old one found in all graph-
ophones and the improvements in eaoh of the parts are also
old, their equivalence being fully reoogniaed when they were
originally produced. We find nothing patentable in the case,
and the dooision of the examiner is affirmed.

Prank C. Skinner

Fairfax Bayard

( third member absent)

Examiners-in-Ohief .

I '

CJL- P tS&LvJl c>-kAj-

edJ'L r^OHCr&^CJLi

•pdui<w±E-,u>»^'«*- ^Go-A>~»-cr

|/£a>u^Lc^ cm*.

(rv^C>\^ uuT(r^ <«^w •

OS^.t-C^C-'Qi-Cc 0-w^ u“-* ”^”r~

^ml. <2^ , y^

•kfcajf- ■ t-o-e*s+- i^j-tZt.
C^^lLUrfr^stS^ Ott^^^ZA=*-^ (^.a^v-y^
**

£U >.

^s,<r).

Deoember 15, 1916

POLIO 888- Phonographs or Talking Machines

This .application covers the combination with a Condensite
Bound reoord with not less than 160. lines per inch and with verti¬
cally undulating record grooves, of a sound reproducer having a
diamond stylus and means for pressing the stylus against the reo¬
ord Undulations with a pressure no less than two and one-half
ounces. The Exarainers-in-Chief have held that there is nothing
patentable in the case, their, decision stating: "The better result
olaimed for the maohine being due merely to the added advantages

of the several parts".

The deoision of the Examine rs -in-Chief

is annexed to the baok of the application which is sent herewith.

The question is whether or not the c

j should be appealed

to the Commissioner. Mr. Holden and I are of the opinion that there
is not much ohanoe of securing any claims in this case by further
appeal. The Patent Office fee for suoh an appeal would be $20.00.
If you wish the case appealed, do you wiBh Mr. Bull to argue the
same? Mr. Bull’s charges for his argument of the appeay in the
Cement House application were $128.87. f*

Patent Series

Patent Application Files

Folio # 903 Methods of Presenting the Illusion of Scenes in Colors

Serial #: 728370

Primary Applicant: Edison, Thomas A

Date Executed: <0/24/1912

[PHOTOCOPY]

Cjio ’3 Serial No. 7 A? 37 O

p;f^biib',’JjIo;

tei ; •, Appiican*-.

|| fd . ..£?j&o?y~x4. (Z- Qdc&r*'-

! ■ 1 . , '. ■

..'Titl zsjjvUrdJ 'o-^ jL* Z&VH***' Y ?ce*uA>

id ''Filed C(&tZZ><Lcsu /'1/L.

U&f'/l' ('.OslJs.

'OsIlUs ■Ist^

Examiner’s Room No

'&ir£r Us

!■•.

jV;. . . Assignee

Id;, Ass’g’t Exec .

fe--- ... Patent- No.

MJfM ib¬

FRANK L. DYER,

Counsel,

ORANGE, NEW JERSEY.

Original envelope

Written on the original envelope under actions:

"Drop this case by order of Mr. Edison. Jan 15 - 1913.

File new case on method involving application of

opaque pigment to negative. New case to be a

contribution of this case which is division of applical
in F-423."

Jetttton.

®0 ttje Commissioner of patents:

gout petitioner iiiohas a. edisoh,

a citizen of tfje IHnitcb fetates, resibing anb fjabing a Post ©ffice abbress at

Llewellyn Earls:, Y/ost Orange, Essex Oounty, Hew Jorsoy,

praps tfjat letters patent map be granteb to hint for tfje improbements in

- METHODS OF PRESEllIIHG SHE ILLUGIOH OF SCEHES IH COLORS -

Set fortfj in tfje annexeb Specification ; anb ije fjerebp appoints Jfranb TL. ©per
(Registration i?o. 560), of ©range, J2eto JerSep, fjis attornep, toitfj full
potoer of substitution anb rebocation, to prosecute tfjis application, to make
alterations anb amenbments therein, to receibe tfje patent, anb to transact all
business in tfje Patent ©ffice connected tfjeretoitlj.

(j "0- •

SPEOinOAIIOS

TO AIL WHOM IT MAY CONCERN:

BE IT KNOWN, that I, THOMAS A. EDI SOU, a
oitiaon of the United States ana a resident of Llewellyn
Park, West Orange, Essex County, Hew Jersey, have invented
oertain new and useful improvements in -METHODS OP PRESENT -
ItlG THE ILLUSION OP SCENES IN COLORS, of which the follow¬
ing is a description: -

This, applioation is a division of my application
Serial No. 448,292, filed August 13, 1908.

My invention relates to the method of presenting
the illusion of scenes in oolors and more particularly, to
improvements in the art of exhibiting moving pictures by
means of whioh the effeot of animated pioturos in oolors
true to life is produced on the retina of an observer.

The method oonBiBts broadly in momentarily promoting ah
imago of all the elements of a soene of one fundamental
oolor in that color; and of thereafter successively pro¬
jecting images whioh are superimposed upon, or registered
with, the first image on the retina of the beholder,? of •
those elements of the soene of different fundamental colors
in their proper oolors respectively. These successive-
images are projected at suoh a rate that, in aooordanoe
with the phenomenon of persistence of vision, the former
images persist in the vision of the beholder until after •
the last image of the series has been projected upon the
screen, so that the whole series of images thus projected
{will register and blend together on the retina of the
eye of the beholder, oausing. an image of the oomplete

(1)

soene in its proper and true oolors to be formed on the
retina. In the ouae of moving pictures, the soene thus
produced, aomposod as it is of a plurality of' parts'
of soenes, each one consisting of those elements of
the soene of one fundamental color, corresponds to a
single instantanoous soene .in.-the case of ordinary blaok
and white moving piotures, and is followed on the film by a
succession of further soenes similarly oomposed eaoh of its
corresponding plurality of oolor elements showing slight
variations in movement of the soenes, so that the effeot
of continuous movement and animation is produoed, as is
oomnon in thorart. More spooifioally, my invention
consists in photographing upon a film, a suooession of-
soenes, as is oommon in the moving pioture art, exoept
that the soenes are photographed at suoh a great speed
that a suooession of three soenes, in ocse.it is desired
to break up the soene into its three fundamental oolora,
may he superimposed one upon the other without peroeptible
change in outline. This series of views is then’ oonsidered
as one view to he decomposed into its various oolor elements.
A positive film is then prepared from the negative in the
usual way, and the positive/ film bo treated that, all the
portions of eaoh soene, exoopt those representing the ele-
. mentB of that soene which are of the oolor whioh it is de¬
sired that soene should Bhow, are rendered" opaque. "his
may he done in various ways,, as for example, by painting
out the portions, of the .film whioh it isidesired to render
opaque, with a dark pigment,' Imago s are now proj'eoted
through the suooessive views on the positive' film,' eaoh
image being projeoted through a oolor medium appropriate

(2)

thereto and the images of the successive views are pro¬
moted. at suoh a rate that all the differently colored
imageB of eaoh Berios blend in the vision of the beholder
to 'form the complete scenes in their natural oolorB. "his '
last step iB preferably ourried out by feeding the film
intermittently past tiio exposure opening of a moving pic¬
ture projecting apparatus, while at the same time, a
shutter, oarrying sections of translucent or transparent
material, suoh as glass of various oolorB, as groen, red,
and blue, iB oauaed to rotute in front of the display open¬
ing continuously, the feed of the film being bo adjusted
that that part of a Boene whioh should be shown, for exam¬
ple, in green, is exhibited in front of the display window
during the time in whioh the green glass or other trans¬
parent material of the shutter is passing before the same.
The opaque portion of the shutter then outs off the view
momentarily while the film is being fod forward the next
seotion, whereupon another view, displaying, for example,
those elements of tho scene whioh should bo shown in red,
is displayed at the display window while at the same time
the transparent rod portion of the shutter is passing
aoross tho window. After this, the opaque portion of the
shutter again outs off while the film is being fed forward
another step to display the blue portion of the scene under
the blue glass of the shutter. By this means the souroe
of light behind the film shineB through the elements
of a scene whioh should be exhibited in green and also
passing through green glass produces an image on the screen
of all the green elements of the pioture. Similarly,
images of all the red elements and images of all ■ tlie blue

(3)

elements registered in their proper relation to eaoh other
in the picture, are produoed on the retina of the beholder's
eye in auoh rapid suooession; that all persist in the vision
to form one pioture.

In order that my invention may bo bettor under¬
stood, attention iB directed to the aooompanying drawing,
iforming part of this specification and embodying one form’
of -apparatus by moans of which, my improved method may b,o
carried cut and in- which -

Rig. 1 represents a detail view of a section
of film, constructed in aoooi’danoe with my invention,
and the shutter and part of the food moohanism in seoti'on
of a motion pioture projecting e.pparotus by moans of which
the plotures on the film may be exhibited; and

Rig. 2 represents the image of the oombined
pioture produoed by the promotion of three partial ele¬
ments in oolors upon the soreen.

Referring to Rig. 1,. the film 1 is provided
with rowB of perforations 2, and is fed by meanB of
sprookets or foed wheels 3, engaging theBe perforations
as is usual- The power is derived from the or Jink shaft
4 by means of suitable' gearing 5 oonneoting the orank shaft
4 and a shaft 6, and an intermittent feeding mechanism V
and 8, of any usual oonstruotion, as the well known Geneva
stop between the shaft 6 and shaft 9 carrying the feed
wheels 3- A bevel gear 10 on shaft 6 meshes with a bevel
gear 11 on a shaft 12, whioh oarries the shutter 13 and
provides a oontihuous rotation for the latter. The. shut¬
ter is provided with portions 14, 15 and 16 of transparent

glass, or other materials of different odors. Between
those transparent portions of the shutter are opaque por¬
tions 17, 18 ana 19.

In the scene represented as thrown upon the
soreen in Pig. 2, the house 20 is shown, for example, in
red, against a background of blue sky 21, and green lawn 22
On the film, in one seotion thereof, the portion of the
soene to be exhibited in green, that is, the laym, 22, was
left untouohod, while the remainder of the- seotion was
painted out, or otherwise rendered opaque, as shovm at 23.
In the following seotion of the film, that part of the
soene to be displayed in red, namely, the house 20, waB
left transparent, while the remainder of the soene was
rendered opaque and in the following Beotion of the film,
the blue Bky 21 was left while the remainder of the seotion
was rendered opaque. The following seotions of the- film
in the oase of a motion picture , would be similarly treated

In operation, the film' is so adjusted- in the-
maohine that the part of the soene whioh should be dis¬
played in green, as for example, the green lawn in the
foreground in the picture shown in Pig. 2, is caused to
appear at the display opening 24 just as the seotion 14 of
the shutter oomposed of green glass, is passing before the
window 24. This image is displayed throughout the transit
of seotion 14 aoross the window 24 and immediately upon
the out ting off of the view by opaque member 17 of the
Bhutter, the film is fed forwardly in the direotion of the
arrow, so that the suooeeding seotion, showing the house 20
appears at the display opening just as transparent seotion
1 15 of the shutter whioh is red,, begins to oross the display

(5)

opening. Similarly, after this view has been out off,
section 21 showing the sky, appears at the display opening
and. is exhibited through tho blue glass 16 of the soreen.
These three elemental images register in the vision of
the beholder as is shown in Fig. 2, and are produoed with
suoh rapidity that the images of the first two seotlons
Bhown persist in tho vision of the beholder while the
third seotion is being exhibited, thus oronting the illus¬
ion of a ooraplete pioture of a red house against a back¬
ground of blue sky and green lawn. To produoe thiB effeot
successfully, the apparatus should be operated at a con¬
siderable speed. It is, of course, understood that the
invention is equally applicable to the projection of isola¬
ted views., having no motion, or of views showing objects
in motion. It is evident also that in the example given
in the drawings , the transparent sootions of the shutter
might have been any oolor b and might have been as well
two or four or of anothor number other than three, although,
of oourse, it is evident that if the number of views into
whioh a pioture is divided, is made too great, the speed
with whioh the pictures would have to be taken in order to
obtain views with praotioally no movement between the same
for the different oolor elements and alBO the exhibiting
of the same in the maahine in order that the law of per¬
sistence of vision might be oomplied with, would be too
great to be praotioable. In the example shown, the ob¬
jects are eaoh shown in tho solid oolor belonging to one
transparent seotion of the shutter. It is, however, ap¬
parent that combinations of oolor may be formed on the

(6)

retina of the beholder by the superposition of images of ^
different oolorB upon the retina within the timo limit
allowed by the phenomenon of porsiBtenoeof vision. For
example, red and blue lights mingled produoe purple; red
and green produoe yellow; blue and yellow produoe a pale
pii*, qto. Accordingly, with a Bhutter oarrying trans- ’
parent sections of green, red and blue, it would be possible
to shows yellow object, for example, or yellow elements of
the ploture, by leaving the parts of tho picture whioh
should produoe the yellow effect on the eye of tho oeholdor,
transparent in the sections of; film whioh should be exhibit¬
ed under tho groon and rod sections of the shutter success¬
ively. For oonsiderations such as those, it is apparent
that it is preferable to use for the shutter three trans¬
parent aeotions 'of those oolors which as lights mingle to¬
gether to produoe white. It is apparent that it is poss¬
ible , by my invention, to produoe oomplete images of BoeneB
in a great variety of shades and^oolors, by rendering opaque
all those portions of the film in every section thereof
which should not transmit the light of the oolor appropriate
to that seotion and /that by making the transparent portions
of the film quite small, a showing of objeots in many chang¬
ing oolors may be secured. With the apparatus shown in
the drawings, tho shutter is rotated one-third of a revolu¬
tion for eaoh successive forward feed of the film, one oom- j
plots revolution of the shutter aooompanying a forward feed
of three pioturos or sections of the film, whioh, however,
produoe only ono oomplete pioturo in oolors, eqnlvalent to
tho usual instantaneous scene in blaok and white whioh ao-
oompanies the rotation of a shutter in the usual praotioe
of the moving picture art .

(7)

It -is apparent that my method may he carried
w other tppeoef ™"«*” “a

.tatter, then tie., .beta iu the «»«!”«■• « «

evident ttat « e.rrpiug e»t W »»«,.» « “ »°*

ttat » .butter be provided tarrying treu.perent ee.tlou. .

of different eelor.d glue. or .iMM* “■*"«!. •• ■>««..

einoe any ..... MsM »« *“

.ion of llsbt of tb. desired color through a tron.parent
! portion of the film at the proper tu». toy W

.hioh the MM 18. a W« ”P

I into the aeoirea oolors, will suffioe.

| Having now described my Invention, what I claim

and desire to protect by letters Patent is as follows:-:

f i. The method of mating a photographlo film qon-

V aisting in photdgraphing at spaced intervals, upon a trans-.
parent film a series of images of an object or soene, pre¬
paring. pt positive film therefrom, and hlooting out solidly
all the portions of each image .other than those repreeen-
f Ung the portion of the sqens .photographed of a certain
| oolor , different in each- view, substantially as described.

I 8, Ihe -hethod, of. matins « photographic film oen-

.l.ting in.photographing at .p.o.d interval. «P» 8 «»-
' parent film a plurality of series of images of a moving
4 scene, preparing -a positive film therefrom and blocking ,
' out solidly! all the portions of each image other .than ;
those representing the portion of the soene photographed
of a certain oolor. different in each view of a series, ^
and recurring periodically in the various series, sub.

(8)

3. The method of presenting the illusion of a
aoeno in oolor oonsieting in photographing at spaced
intervals upon a transparent film a series of images of
the scene, preparing a positive film therefrom and block¬
ing out solidly all the portions of oaoh imago other than
those representing the. portion of the- scene photographed
of a certain oolor, and promoting the series of images
through said positive film, oaoh image being promoted
through a oolor medium appropriate thereto at suoh a rate
that all the differently oolored images of. the serieB
blend in the vision of the beholder to form the oomplete
scene in its natural oolors. substantially as described.

4. The mothod of presenting the illusion of ani¬
mated scenes in oolor, consisting in photographing .at
spaced intervals upon a transparent film a plurality of
sorios of images of a moving og'ene preparing, a positive
film therefrom and blowing out solidly all the portions
of oaoh image other then those representing the portion
of tho soene photographed of a.oertain oolor v different,
in eaoh view of a scries , .and' recurring periodically, in.
the various series, and 'projecting the series of images'
through said positive film in a moving picture projecting
apparatus, oaoh image being projeoted through a oolor
medium appropriate thereto at suoh a rate that all the
differently oolored images of each series blend in the
vision of the beholder to form the oomplete soene.s in j
their natural oolors, substantially as desoribed. ;

fEljiS Specification signet) anti toitneSSeb this Z-ftfaw of O^trUi 19 x f_

. ^£:„,

...

©atb.

State of iJeto 3fetSep ]
Count? of Cssex j

Thomas A. edi son , tfje abobe nameb

petitioner, being bulij Siuorn, beposes atib Saps tljat ijc is a citizen of tije Uniteb

States, anb a reSibent of Llewellyn Park, lYeat Orungo, Eaoex County,
Hew Jersey,

tljat lje berilg beliebeS himself to be tfje original, first .anb sole inbentor of tljc
improbements in methods op ppesehtikc the illtwioh of soehes

IH COLORS

bescribeb anb tlaimeb in the annexeb Specification ; tljat Ije boes not bnoto anb
boeS not beliebe that tfje Same bias eber fenotott or useb before Ijis inbention or
biscoberp tljcreof; or patenteb or bescribeb in anp printeb publication in tije
tHniteb States of America or anp foreign countrp before fjis inbention or
biscoberp tfjereof, or more tljan ttuo pears prior to this application; or patenteb
in anp countrp foreign to tfje Knitcb States on an application fileb more tljan
ttoelbe months prior to this application; or in public use or on Sale in tije
BUniteb States for more tljan ttoo pears prior to tljis application; anb that no
application for patent upon Saib inbention has been fileb bp him or his legal
representatibes or assigns in anp foreign countrp.

CJ Cl. Q-zhsLf/i*. . _

Stoorn to anb subscribeb before me this MX& lap of 1912.

^Botarp public.

NOTARY PUBLIC, STATE OF NEW JERSEY.
Commission Expires Sept. 5, 1917

DEPARTMENT OF THE INTERIOR
UNITED STATES PATENT OFFICE

WASH I NGTON . by.r.il pn,

..Isunk-X.-By-!

. 2W..S-,

Please find below a communication from the EX AMI HER in charge of the application of

...IUHAi.un...Q.l,...l39.0Jt»flB..ln..CoJ.Qra,...8Br.ial..^nQ.,a7.0^ .

c0_(>(nl _ _ __ Commissioner of ralmt*.

Vhe claims urn rejected on

Smith. 5*643., 960, Nov. 30, 1909 J
IBB— 17)}

in view of -v - ■■

Vidal, #178,210, May 30, 10.76}

(on— 8).

What applicant apparently doesj io to nubsti tuta for the odor
filters of fbiith aB n means of out ting out all the rays except,
those of a certain aolor in oaoh picture, another old means as
found in Vidal, namely, that of actually painting-out all por¬
tions oxo opt those corresponding to a certain color in each pio-
turn. (In reproducing applicant uses the same means as dees
Smith, namely, the color filters.) The substitution above pointed
out is not Been to involve invention.

Claims 1 and 2 are also rejected as falling to distinguish
patentably from Vidal} in view of the faot that a positive when ;
uaod in certain color processes corresponds to a negative when
usod in n certain other color processes. Then all that thoBe
oltilmn ooll for is the making of a series of positives with
blooked-out portiono instead of negatives with blooked out por¬
tions} which difference is not patentable In view of the faot

Patent Series
Patent Application Files

Folio # 905 Processes and Apparatus for Coating Phonograph

Records and Other Articles

Serial #: 730343

Primary Applicant: Edison, Thomas A

Date Executed: 11/7/1912

[PHOTOCOPY]

• Applicant.

a:,

Address.

' _'£L^U£^C&*J-

3£e&f~ '/t't ~?t' jc ■

7 /•

Jfee Title -TSkHsjC tfo-TCti^ four.

p|;! '■ ' .' 'jSe^ka, UU<<JcXc^" ■'

jfo/-' Filed yf'rv

Examiner’s Room No. I 1

’-<■; Assignee ...

Patent issued

ACTIONS.

f|f M 44^ 16.... .'

ff‘ 2 8L+~AJr ’’ jLn.iitM.4 \rJ{

§§;; . 18

§j;v -4 . 19 .

^xW£<fyjUc. &xuZL ^.nrts/M 20 .„

petition

Co tfje Commissioner of patents:

gour petitioner thomas a. edisoh ^ flt

. -*»- * wLPttJrtsr. as “ =«-”

as «^=ro“„Ee , »»» "*»«

prafO *U letters » atenr m t. a™.*,* <« W <* » Xmmmm in

. PH0CES3S8 AOS AKUIMW K» ™MI”° Mom0"tl1 B“°OTS
AIID OTHER ARTICLES -

•yjagassag

U« °f sobstitntfon art. retaaton, * !«**<* “ 7^'

ducdtat sal, amen&menW Herein. in reteiUe He M an» “
business in tlje patent ©ffite tonnetfeb tfjeretoitl).

. 8 P B 0 I P I 0 A I I 0 II-

TO AIL WHOM IT MAY COHCERII:

BE IT KHOVIU, that I, THOMAS A. EDISOII, a citizen
of the Unites States and a resident of Llowollyn Parle,

.Vest Orange , in the County of Essex and State of How Jorsoy,
have made certain new and useful improvements in PROCESSES

Alls apparatus for coating phonograph records ADD OTHER

ARTICLES of which the following is a description:

My invention relates to on Improved process
and improved apparatus of the general type described by
me in my United States patent Ho. 7115,863, dated Hovembor II ,
.1902, the process and apparatus being udapted for covering
articles, such as phonograph records, with an infinitesimal.,
ly thin film or deposit of metal on which a heavier ooating
may be obtained by electro deposition in order that a
matrix or mold of the record or other article can bo se¬
cured for subseouent use in the duplication thereof. In
carrying on the said process, the article to be coated is
maintained in an exhausted chamber and the deposit thereon
seoured by maintaining betwoon electrodes of the metal to
Be coated upon the article a silent or brush discharge of
electricity of high tension, such as may be produced from
an induction coil of large capacity or from an induction j
machine of approved type. The discharge between the two
electrodes results in the vaporization of the metal of the
electrodes and its rapid deposition upon the article to be
coated. In offeoting the coating upon a phonograph
reoord, uniformity is seoured by rotating the lattor with
respect to the electrodes.

The object of tho present invention iB more
particularly to provide improvements in the process and

apparatus disolosod in the said patent whereby the lattor
are adapted to produce a uniform coating upon tho face of
a diso-shapod article, auoh as a diao Bound record. Other
objeotB of tho invention will appear more fully in the
following specification and appended olaims.

In order that my invention may be bettor under¬
stood, attention is hereby directed to tho accompanying
drawing forming a part of this specification and in which -

Fig. 1 represents a viow partly in elevation
and partly in central vertical section of the preferred
embodiment of my invention;

Fig. 2 represents a Beotion thereof taken on tho
line 2-2 of Fig. 1; and

Fig. 3 represents a diagrammatio view illustrating

the

the method of detormining/preferrod arrangement of tho
electrodes for producing a uniform coating on tho record
tablet or other article to bo coated.

In all the viows liko parts are designated by
the same reference numerals.

Referring to the drawings, the numeral 1 represent j
a base, preferably formed of glass, and the numeral 2 a
cover or vacuum chamber supported upon a ring 3 of rubber
or othor suitable yielding material resting on the baso 1.

By the provision of the ring 3, an air tight connection is
produced between tho chamber 2 and the base 1 when tho air
is exhausted from the said chamber. A pipo 4 leads to
the interior of the vacuum chamber and sorves as a means
through which air may be exhausted from said chambor, as
by a vacuum pump (not shown). When tho vacuum has boon
secured, it is retained by dosing a valve 5 in the pipe
4 or by maintaining tho vaouum pump in constant operation.

The pipe 4, as shown, has a vertical portion 6 extending
through the base 1 near the periphery of the ohamber 2 and a
substantially horizontal end portion 7 direoted towards the
oenter of the vaouum ohamber. In order to prevent the air
when admitted into the vaouum ohamber from being direoted
upon the artiole ooated., I- seoure to the base 1 and over. ......

the portion 7 of the pipe a hood or defleotor 8 having an
outwardly direoted opening, a mass 9 of fibrous material,
suoh as ootton waste, being plaoed in the said hood and
around the outlet portion 7 of the pipe 4 to filter the air
entering the vaouum ohamber and free the same from pump o_ll
and other ob jootionablo foreign matter. In the devioe
shown, the hood 8 is made of glass.1

Resting upon the base, 1 is a bloofc 10 supporting
on its upper surfaoe a plate il whioh oarrios or supports
the insulating eleotrode supports 18, 18. The supports
18, 12, as also the blook 10 and the plate 11, are prefer¬
ably made of glass. Eaoh support 12 is formed with a
spirally curved base portion 14 from whioh extend upwardly
direoted fingerB 15 oarrying at their upper ends tapered oap;

•J 16, whioh latter project laterally beyond the fingers 15

I "fat* . ..

and are provided with substantially horizontal perforations
1 through whioh an eleotrode 17, preferably a^wire of gold,
extends and in whioh it is supported.^ The projeotion of
1 the oapB 16 beyond the fingers 15 prevents to a large ex-
■l | tent tho deposit of the vaporized gold upon the fingprs 15,
f and parts below tho same, Tho manner in whioh the ourva-

ture of the base portions 14 is determined will be hprein-
after desoribod. The numerals 18, 18 represent two suppprt •
••,.'1 ing arms made, preferably, of glass and leading ujp . through,
the pipe 1 within the interior, of the vaouum ohamber,. . A
oonduotor . 19 leads up from without the vaouum ohamber ■.

through eaoh of the arms 10 and is oonneoted at its inner
end to one of the electrodes 17, 17. Referring more
particularly to Jig. 2 of the drawings, the upper oonduotor
19 is oonneoted to the outermost portion of the adjacent
eleotrode while the other oonduotor 19 passes, sb shown at
19' , from the arm 18 through an inwardly extending glass
arm 20, and is; oonneoted at its inner end to the innermost
extremity of the other eleotrode. As shown in the said
figure, the arm 20 crosses over the top of the base portion
14 of the support for the eleotrode to which it is oonneot¬
ed and under the said eleotrode. The eleotrodes are form¬
ed at their outer ends with upwardly extending loops 21
adapted to be arranged or positioned adjacent the peripher¬
al portion of the artiole to be coated so as to ensure the
ooating of tho same for a short distance back of the face
thereof.

I Tho supporting means for the artiole to be ooated

in this oaBe a disc sound record, are preferably oonstruot-
ed as follows: A standard 22 is soourely mounted in a base
23 having a flange 24 passing through a central opening in
the plate 11 and adapted to rest upon the top of the blook
10 to hold tho standard 22 in a substantially vertical posi
tion. Below the flange 24, the support 23 is formed\with
substantially oylindrioal portion 25 whioh is oemented'^as
by wax, into the. blook 10, the said portion 25 having pro-N
jeoting downwardly therefrom a oentering pin 26 adapted tp
be inserted in a oentral aperture in tho base 1 to hold the
blook 10, shaft 22, plate 11, and the parts supportod^there
I by in oentral position within the chamber 2. The plate 11
is out away, as shown at 11' , so as to provide a red, ess
in whioh the hood 8 is looated. Rotatably and detafcjjiably
supported on the standard 22 is a oylindrioal head ;27j ,

surrounding the upper portion of said standard and having
a jewel hearing 27' securely held in place theroin by a
screw 28, the said hearing rosting upon the upper end' of
the standardly head 27 has formed thoroon a spidor

29 on tho outer portion of which are clamps 30 provided
with shoes 31 of yielding material, ouch as rubber, which
shoes arc adapted to boar against tho poriphoral portion
of tho sound record A to hold tho same in position with its
record aurfaoo at right angles to tho axis of rotation of
tho hoad and spidor. The damp members 30 are provided
with radial slots 32 through whioh pass pins 33 securod
at one end to the Bpidor 29 and carrying at their upper
ends thumb nuts 34 adapted to bo moved into clamping on-
gagoment with the upper surfaces of the clamps 30 to hold
tho same in position. By means of the connection ubovo
described between the clamps and tho spidor, tho former
may obviously be adjusted radially into and out of en¬
gagement with the periphery of tho reoord A or thoy may be
positioned to support records of different diumeteru. Tho
peripheral portion of the record, and also the clamping
faces of the shoes 31 aro preferably inclined at an obtuso
angle to tho face of tho rocord A so as to ensure tho firm
holding of tho rocord in position, tho latter resting, as
clearly shown in Fig. 1 against the horizontal portion 29'
of tho spider-.

In accordance with my process and apparatus, I
prefer to effoct tho rotation of the reoord to bo coated
by a magnet or magnets movable exteriorly of tho vacuum
chamber and attracting an armature secured to the head 27.
In the drawings the armature 35 is constructed as a bar
of suitable material, suoh as iron or stoel, secured at
its central portion to tho head 27, the terminal portions

of tho said bar being located in proximity to the rotating
electromagnets 36. Thoso latter are carried by a bow-
shaped frame 37 scoured to a vertical shaft 38 which is
rotatably mounted in a bearing 39 supported in any suitable
manner. A pulley 40 scoured to tho uppor end of the shaft
38 serves as a means whereby power may bo imparted from
any suitable source to rotate tho said shaft and tho frame
37 carrying the oloctromagnots 36. The shaft 38 has se¬
cured thereto rings 41 and 42 of conductive material, these
rings being oompletoly insulated from each other, as shown
by the heavy black linos surrounding the same in Fig. 1.
Brushes 43 and 44 bear upon tho rings 41 and 42
respectively and are oonneoted with the opposite poles of
a battery or other source of current by moans of wires or
other conductors 45 and 46 respectively. The ring 41 1b
connected to the ooil of one of the electromagnets by a
conductor 47, the ring 42 being connected to tho coil of
the other olootromagnet by a conductor 48, the two coils
being connected to oaoh othor by a conductor .49. The
current passes, for example, from the conductor 45 to tho
brush 43, thence to the ring 41, and thence through tho
conductor 47, the ooil of the olootromagnet to which tho

I said conductor is connected, the conductor 49, tho coil of
tho othor oloctromagnot and tho conductor 48 to tho ring
42, whence it passes through tho brush 44 to tho conductor
45. By tho construction described above, it will be soon
that tho frame 37 and the oloctromagnots carried thereby
may be rotated by the pulley 40 without interfering with
the energizing of the electromagnets from tho source of
power connected with thoA&S&#S& _ 46* and 46. As stated
above, tho rotation of tho record-carrying device is
effected by attraction of the energized rotating magnots
36 upon the armature 35.

2he immoral 50 designates a framo provided with
upwardly extending pouts 51 to the tops of which are ..
secured pieces 52 of yielding or cushioning material suoh
as rubber, upon which the base 1 is adapted to be supported.
Tho frame 50 is provided with flanged wheels 63 resting
upon tracks 54 soourod to a foundation 65 whereby the
frame 50 and all the parts carried thereby may be readily
moved from ono position to another, this construction
permitting tho roady shifting of the coated article to
tho vioinity of a bath in which a matrix of desirod thick¬
ness may be formed upon tho ooating produced by the apparat-
us just described.

Tho disoharge may bo produced between tho
olootrodes 17, 17 in any suitable mannor, as by connecting
the conductors 19 with the secondary 56 of a largo induotioi
ooil, tho primary 57 of which is included in a circuit with
tho vibrator 68 and the battery or other source of current
69.

I have found that in order that the olootrodes
17 may produce a uniform ooating upon the flat face of the
record A, it is necessary that equal areas of tho surfaco
to be coated should be operated upon by equal lengths of
electrode. In other words, the length of electrode and
amount of vaporisation in a ring betweon concentric circles
having their centers at the axis of rotation of the record
should vary in proportion to the area between said circles ,
increasing as the ring is taken farther and farther away
from tho center of the record. To determine the curvature
of the electrodes, I therefore plot a plurality of con¬
centric circles with the distances between oaoh two adjaconl
oiroles constant, tho radii of the outermost and innermost
oirclos being respectively equal to tho distances the
7

outer and innor ends of the electrodes are to be from
the axis of rotation of tho rooord. In Fig. 3 the numeral
61 dosignatos the outermost and the numeral 62 tho inner¬
most circle, the space between theBo two circles/ divided
into fifteen rings of equal width. Having determined
the proper length of electrode for the innermost ring, I
start with a given point, such as tho point 63, on the
innermost circle 62 and looate, as by moans of a pair, of
dividers, a point 64 lying on the circle next tho cirolo 62
ana opaood from the point 63 a distunoo equal to the said
length of electrode. I then determine tho ratio of tho
areas of tho various rings to the area of tho innermost
ring and by multiplying thoeo ratios by tho distance be-
twoon the pointB 63 and 64, I can readily detormino the
length of electrode required for eaoh of tho various rings
abovo referred to. With these lengths determined, the.
form of the oleotrodo 17 may readily be determined by mark¬
ing off on eaoh successive circle a point spaood from tho . ....

point on the provious oircle, a distanco equal to the
length of electrode for tho ring between said oireles, after
which a smooth curve may bo paused through the points plotte 1
in this manner. It is understood, of course, that tho
sucoossive points should be plotted in the same general
direction away from tho radial line passing through tho
starting point in order to secure a smooth curve. Although
the curve betweon any two; points will be slightly longer
than tho distance between the euid points, und accordingly
greater than the computed longth of electrode to ho used
between these points, this method of plotting is sufficient-
I ly accurate for all praotioal purposes. She electrodes

are both made of tho oamo form and are located in opacod
rolation to oaoh othor with their outer extremities lo¬
cated on a diamotrioal line passing through tho axis
of rotation of the tablet.

In operation, the magnets 36 aro energized ahd
set into rotation so as to rotate the armaturo 35, the
record support, and the reoord therein. During the
rotation of the record, a silent or brush discharge is
produced between the electrodes 17 , the latter boing
arranged parallel to and in proximity to tho faco of the
record with tho portions 21 thereof extending in proximity
to tho lower peripheral portion of tho rooord, whioh is
coated by the metal vaporized by tho discharge, tho said
metal boing deposited upon tho reoord in the form of an
infinites imal^bhin ^und practically uniform film. Whon
the reoord is coated it may be romovod und placed in a

I plating bath so as to receive a hoavior deposit by a prooesa
of electro deposition, ufter which tho original record may...
be romovod, oithor by molting it out or by shrinking it
from the deposited metal whereby an absolutely aoourato
matrix or mold of the original reoord 1b sooured. i’he
electrode supports 12 as well us the plate 11 may, with the
construction heroin described, be entirely removed from
the remainder of tho apparatus so that tho same may be con¬
veniently cleaned to remove tho metal deposited thereon.

A suitable solution for cleaning the gold off tho said
parts iB a solution of potassium cyanide and hydrogen
peroxide.

Many changes may obviously be mude in tho oxaot
process and apparatus heroin disolosed and I do not,
therefore, limit myBelf to the exact details described
above, but what I claim as new and desire to proteot by
9

Letters Patent is as follov/s:

In apparatus of the class described, the com¬
bination of a vaciuun chamber , a rotatable support in

"/W/s

said chamber, and a plurality of olectrodos of naterirB3r-^e
be created bn- said art iql-e mount od in said chamber in
proximity to said mipport and at an angle to the axiG of
rotation thereof, said electrodes being arranged to produce
a coating of substantially even thickness on an annular
rotating surface substantially parallel thereto and having
its axis at the axis of rotation of said support, sub¬
stantially as doscrlbod.

, 2, In apparatus of the class described, the com¬
bination of a vacuum chamber, a support in suid ohambor for
an article to be coated, and a plurality of electrodes of
matorial to be ooated on said articio mounted in said
chamber in proximity to said support, the longth of each
electrode between oonoontrio circles having their centers
at the conter of said support increasing with an inorease
in area between said circles, substantially as described.

/,■ 3. In apparatus of tho olaG3 described, the com¬
bination of a vacuum chamber, a support in 3aid chembor
for an articio to be coated, and a plurality of olectrodos
of matorial to bo ooatod on said article arranged in said
chamber in proximity to said support, tho length of oach'j
electrode between conoontrie circles having thoir center;!
at the oonter of said support and spaced a given distance
apart increasing with the increase in diamoter of aaitl
oirclea in proportion to the increase of area between said
circles, substantially as described. • \

S' 4. In apparatus of the class deecribod, the com¬
bination of a vacuum chamber, a rotatable support in said
chamber for an article to be coated, and a plxirality of
electrodes of material to be coated on said article arranged
in said chamber in proximity to said support , tho longth
of each electrode between concentric circles having their
oontors in tho axis of rotation of said support and spaced
a given distance apart increasing with tho incroaao in
diameter of said oirclos, substantially as described.

y. 5. In apparatus of the class described, tho com¬
bination of a vacuum chambor, a rotatable support in said
chamber for an article to bo coated, and a plurality of
olootrodes of material to be coated on said article arranged
in said chambor in proximity to said support, the longth
of said olootrodes betwoon oonoentrio oirclos having their
centers in tho axis of rotation of said support and spaced
u given distance apart increasing with the increase in
diameter of said oirolos in proportion to tho inoroaso of
area between said ciroles, substantially as dosoribod.

6. In apparatus of the class dosoribod, tho oom-

|bination of a vacuum chumher, a rotatable support in said
lohambcr for a disc shaped article, and a plurality of
electrodes of material to bo coated on said article arranged
in said chamber in proximity to said support, tho said
electrodes being urrangod substantially parallel to tho
face of tho articles to bo coatod and at right unglos to
the uxis of rotation thereof and exposing a constant aroa
of electrode surface for a given area to bo coatod thoreby ,
substantially us dosoribod.

In apparatus of tho olasa describe;!, the com—
Jbination of a vacuum chambor, a rotatable support in said

chamber, ana a plurality of electrodes of material to he

coated on aaid artiolo mounted in said chamber in proximity

"/>s/a

to aaid support , substantially aB described.

^ 8. In apparatus of the olaus described, the com¬
bination of a vacuum chamber, a rotatablo support therein,
and a plurality of electrodes of material to bo ooated on
an article oarried by said support, oaoh of said eleotrodos

having a portion oubsti

itially at right ungloB to the

axis of rotation of said support and a portion inclined to
said first named portion, substantially as described.

^ 9. In apparatus of the' olasB desoribod, tho com¬
bination of a vacuum ohambor, u support in said chamber for
an article to be coated, and a plurality of ^insulating
eleotrode supports removably mounted in said chamber
adjacent said support, substantially as described.

<S. fa//3

In apparatus of the class described, tho com¬
bination of<a vacuum ohamber, a rotatable support in said
chamber for a dib-Svjjhaped article, and a plurality of in- j
sulating elqotrdde supports removably mounted in said ?

ohambeiTlid jaoent said support^ejibstantially us described.

11. An insulating eloctrodo support-having a base
portion and a plurality of supporting fingers projecting at
an angle jther.efrnm",' substantially as described.

%//f

An insulating eloo/trodo support having a base

portion, fdngex&Ppro-j ect-inX’-ut^anr-an^Ca f rocin said base
/ . n c-’~ <7 . £*• ''■ )* Lisi*

portio^, and suppo-r^ing-Q ap s \raoun-t e d^-on - a aid^fijTgeM- iWid j ,

<| projecting laterally beyond

ame ,1 substantially do

described. 1 fa* it, .■Ap.-cX.. -

fcr- ^

VL*. An insulating electrode ^support having a base

portion, finders pro jeotinEXat «n anglo from said base
portion, and taporing supporting oapo mounted

said fingord
^e+^Xi^-oLc- '/j.sL

pr^jeotinl ^a^orally^ boyt^Ttho samo substantially
doBcribed.

li, ~2sj„ insulating olootrode support having a base
portion of spiral form and a plurality of supporting fingors
projecting at an angle thorofrom, substantially as described

• if *“

/'*&• In apparatus of the olass described, the com¬
bination of a vacuum chamber, a support in said chumbor,
electrode supporting moans in said ohanbor, moans whereby
air may be removed from or admitted to said oharabor,
and means for filtering the air admitted into said chamber,
substantially as described .

/.'ijL- In apparatus of the class described, the com¬
bination of a vacuum chamber, a support in said chamber,
olootrode supporting moans in said chamber, means whereby
air may bo removed from or admitted to said chamber, and
moans for directing the air admitted to said oliambor away
from said support , substantially as doscribod.

^ S**,. l’he prooess of coating
electrically oonductivo mnterinl which oonsists in maintain¬
ing the article in an exhausted chamber, and establishing
a discharge between electrodes in said chamber and in
proximity to said article to vaporise the material of said
elootrodoB at a rate increasing from the control portion
towards the periphery of the article, substantially sb
Bet forth.

^ sjp. . The process of coating a dino-shapod article with
electrically oonductivo material which oonBi6ts in maintain¬
ing the article in an exhausted chamber, and establishing

i disc-shaped article with

betweon electrodes in said chamber and in proximity to
Baii article a silent or brush discharge to vaporizo tho
material to bo ooatod on the artiolo at a rate increasing
from tho central portion towards tho periphery of tho
article in proportion to tho incroaao of tho area to be
ooatod from tho conter to tho periphery of t,ho article,
substantially as described.

Tho process of coating a disc-shaped artiolo with
electrically conductivo material which consists in rotating
tho article in an exhausted chamber, and establishing
between electrodes in said chamber and in proximity to said
article o Dilent or brush discharge to vaporize tho material
to be coated on tho artiolo at a rate increasing from the
oontral portion towards tho periphery of the article, sub¬
stantially as set forth.

The process of coating a dioo-shapod article with
eleotrieally oonduotive mntorial which consists in rotating
the article in an exhausted ohambor, and establishing a
discharge botwoon oloetrodo3 in said chambor and in proximity
to aaid artiolo to vaporize tho material to bo coated on
tho artiolo at a rate increasing from tho central portion
towards the periphery of the article in proportion to tho
increase of the aroa to bo coated from tho center to the
periphery of the article, substantially as described.

i 3*0 - 3* S X^**t*Ciy<*i**v^ / ' ?//-3

/"-//-/& %//y

B -1 M 'i (> 1 z 7

s specification signeb anti toitneSSeb tfjis J bap ot^>^*~<£^l9l 2- —

. ify..* .

®atb.

g>tate of 3?cb> f erSep
Countp of (Essex

thomas a. ed I son . tfje abobe nantcb

petitioner, being buly Slnorn, beposes anb gaps tijat fje is a citizen of tfje ®niteb
States, anb a reSibent Of Llowellyn Park, Y/ost Orange, Ebsox County,
How Joroey,

jjjat ije berily beliebes tjimSelf to be tfje original, first anb sole inbentor of tfje
improbements in processes ahd apparatus for coating phonograph records
A1ID OTHER ARTICLES -

beScribeb anb elaimeb in tfje annexeb Specification ; tfjat Ije boes not bnoto anb
boes not beliebe that tfje game bias eber fenohm or useb before fjis inbention or
bistoberp tfjereof; or patenteb or beScribeb in anp printeb publication in tfje
IHniteb states of America or anp foreign countrp before fjis inbention or
biscoberp tljereof, or more tfjan ttuo pears prior to tfjis application; or patenteb
in anp countrp foreign to tfje ®niteb States on an application fileb more tfjan
ttoelbe montfjS prior to tfjis application; or in public use or on sale in tfje
®niteb fetateS for more tfjan ttoo pears prior to tfjis application; anb tfjat no
application for patent upon saib inbention fjas been fileb bp fjim or fjis legal

representatibes or assigns in anp foreign countrp.

fetoorn to anb subscribeb before me tfjis 7 bap of 191-2.

4?otarp public.

175

'VLH/RAJ department of the interior

UNITED STATES PATENT OFFICE

WASHINGTON Boo. 20, 1912.

730,343, filed Hot. 9, 1912 -

Process for Coating Phonograph:, Rec

_ Camminiontrofl-uimt t.

Pago 6, line 4 from bottom, "electrodes" should ho
conductors.

Page 9 , line 15" infinitesimal" should he infinites!-;-

mully.

Claims^K, 9 and 10 fail to avoid - -

Edition, 713,8Ga/lIov. 10,- 1902, 204, Cath. Metal. 75, or

Reynard, 929°, 017, fful. 27, 1909, same claee.

The olauBe "for a disc shaped artiole" is not oonsidored to con¬
stitute any limitation in claim 10, as to the structure of the
apparatus.

Claims 11, 12 and 13 read upon the ordinary arose
arm of telegraph poles.

The words "electrode support" do not serve to set forth
any limitation in structure.

Examiner, Div. 3.

•I - | ,

I, i. WfLSO ’• 1

TnECEi ved’

m THE UNITED STATES PATEII T OFFICE.

PROCESSES AH D APPARATUS :

ffOH COATIH G PHOHOGRAPH RECORDS
AHD OTHER ARTICLES,

FileS November 9, 1913,

Serial Ho. 730,343.

HONORABLE COMMISSIOHER OF PATHI.TS,

In response to. the Office action of December
28, 1913, please amend the above entitled case bb follows:

In line 22, page 3, after "provided"
insert - adjacent their smaller ends - .

In line 4, page 5, change "7" to - 33 - .

In the 4th line from the bottom of page 6
ohange "eleotrodeB" to - conductors - .

In lino 15, page 9, ohange "infinitesimal"
to - infinitesimally - • •

In lines 3 and 4, claim; 1, canoel "of
material to be ooated on said article" .

'In line 5, claim 7, after the oomma ( ,) _

insert -| one of said electrodes having portions arranged —
respectively at different inclinations to the axis of
rotation of said support - . ■ _ _ __

_ substantially horizontal - .

Canoel claims 10 and 11 end insert the
following as new olaim 10; i

- ±±. ~

10. An electrode su^por'b -having -a -tapering insulat-

\ ing supporting m emb e r jp r o v I'd e d ^ad-j a cent_lt s_smaHe-r— endy
with a’^perJoration-.arranged.\o_ receive an electrode, sub¬
stantially as described. "'W, a-/--—- '• /«->

Chan ge the immoral a of claims 12 to 20 inclusive
to 11 to 19 in elusive.

In lino 4, claim 11, (former claim 12) after
the comma (,) insert - said caps having perforations
arranged to rocoive an electrode - .

In line 4, olaim 18 (former claim 13) after the
comma (,) insert - said caps having perforations arranged
to receive an electrode - •

Add tho following claims:

^,20. She process of coat.ing on article which consists
in rotating the artiole in an exhausted chamber about on
axis at an angle to the surface to be coated, and establish¬
ing between electrodes in said chamber and in proximity
to said surface a silent or brush discharge to vaporize
the material to be coated on said surface at a rate in¬
creasing with the increase of distance away from said
axis, substantially as set forth.

., .21. In apparatus of the class described, the com¬
bination of an air tight chamber, a support in said chamber
for an article to be coated, and a plurality of electrodes
mounted in said chamber, the length of one of said electrodes
between concentric circles having their diameters at the
centre of said support increasing with the increase in
area between said circles, substantially as described.

.22. In apparatus of the class described, the com¬
bination of an air tight chamber, a rotatable support in
said chamber V, for art article to he coated, and a pluralitS
of electrodes in said chamber, the length of one of said

eleotrodes between oonoontrio oircles having their centers
in the axis of rotation of said support and spaced a given
distance apart increasing with the increase in diameter
of said circles in proportion to the increase of aroa
between said circles, substantially as described.

^23* In apparatus of the class described, a rotatable
support having a base portion, and means connected to said
base portion for damping an article in position on the
support, substantially as described*

^,24. In apparatus of the class described, a rotatablo
support having a base portion and adjustable clamping, moans
for seouring an artiolo in position on the support,
substantially as described.

^<25. In apparatus of the class described, a rotatable
support having a base portion, and clamping moans connected
to said base portion, said champing means having shoes
of yielding material arranged to bear against the article
to be supported, substantially as desoribed.

REMARKS

The electrode arrangement specified in claims
1, V, 9, 21 and 22 and the nature of the discharge
specified in claim 20 are not disclosed in the references
and these claims are accordingly thought to be patentable.

Claims 10, 11 and 12 specify that the supports
or the caps forming a part thereof have perforations
arranged to receive an electrode, this feature not being
disclosed in the prior art of record.

Claims 23, 24 and 25, specify a supporting

structure which io thought to he new.

Reconsideration and allowance are respectfully

requested.

Respectfully submitted,
THOMAS^. EDI SOB

Orange, Hew Jersey,
Eovember ^ 1913.

EB-K.GK

IH THE UNITED STATES PATENT OFFICE.

THOMAS A. EDISON ,

PROCESSES AND APPARATUS )

FOR COATING PHONOGRAPH

RECORDS AND OTHER ARTICLES, ) Room Ho
Filed November 9, 191H,

Serial No. 730,343-

)

HONORABLE COMMISSIONER OF PATENTS,

S I R:

In accordance with Rale 66 of the Rules of
Practice, the Examiner is respectfully requested to give
the numbers of the patents in sub-class 173 Eon-Aligning;
Slots on which he relies in rejecting claims 10, 11 and
12, so that applicant may be saved the trouble of examining
the whole sub-class and the expense of purchasing the same
Respeotfully submitted,

THOMAS A. EDISON,

”-r -nf ^

Orange, Hew Jersey,
December^. 1913-

178

Paper No..

DEPARTMENT OF JHE INTERIOR

UNITED STATES PATENT OFFICE

_ Erank..X»..Dy.er... . - /V ^ \

_ » JAN 17 1914 \

Orango . -U. . _ |

Please find below a communication from the EXAMINER in charge of the application of

a. TMi«na^--Broaes8es~an&-Appts-r-.for-.Coatlng--eto----------- -

, - J8tg6Tr848:i' fiW-»0*r7»r^M.ft»- — ■ — - " ■ •

Replying to letter of Deo. 31, 1912.

In response to applicant's request that some Bpeoiflo
patent of Slase 173 Hon-Alining Slots, he olted, the patent to
Ouseoan, 97,392, Hot. 30, 1869, 'of that class, is a good example
of that suhjeot of Invention.

Examiner, Division 3.

IN THE UNITED STATES PATENT OFFICE.

THOMAS A. EDISON, )

PROCESSES -AND APPARATUS )

POH COATING PHONOGRAPH

RECORDS AND OTHER ARTICLES, ). Room No. 176

Serial No. 730,343.

HONORABLE COMMISSIONER OF PATENTS,

In response to the Office notion of January
17, 1914, please amend the above entitled oase as follows:

In line 24, page 3, after the period (.)
insert the following sentence: -| The perforation of eaoh
finger faoes the perforation in each finger adjacent thereto,
and. the eleotrode 17 extends in a smooth" unbroken curve
parallel to the base portion 14 - .

~ Rewrite claims 10", 11 and 12 as follows :

:^10?ii|iq-’^eJMtrode support comprising a base and a

cif.' ^ _r 1 V-^' »V ' S»-*- u_

plurality of supporting members pro^eoting.from said base, VW
each of said members being provided with an opening arranged

to receive an electrode, the opening pf each member facing -

the opening in eaoh member adjacent thereto .^^substantially

portion and projections extending from said base portion!, , v{
eaoh of said projections being provided with a cap projej/tl
ing laterally beyond the same and having an opening arranged

to receive an eleotrode, the’ opening of eaoh oap facing the'

<vl '\am

opening in eaoh cap adjaoent thereto J substantially ns ^

12. An. ^insulating eleotrode supporting having a base
portion and projections extending from said base portion,

each of said projections being provided with a tapering

oap projecting laterally beyond the same. and having an
opening arranged. to receive an electrode, the opening of
.each oap facing the opening in each oap adjacent thereto v |
substantially as described.

Add the following claims:

26. An insulator fihving-a^sy.pporting- portion formed

I as a closed ring, sjibs't'ontihlly as described.

27. An insulator having ^supporting portion formed
as a closed ring and a tapered potion extending from- said
first named portion, "'substantially

' REMARKS

Claims 10, 11 and 12t, aB now presented differen¬
tiates from the references by specifying an eleotrode
Bupport having members or caps each provided with an open¬
ing arranged to receive an eleotrode, the opening of each
member or oap facing the opening in each member or cap
adjacent thereto.

Referring to new olaims 26 and 27, these claims
thought to be . . , , . . .

areA patentable and necessary to fully proteot the applicant

in his invention, the electrode set forth in these olaims
| not being disclosed in the references.

Reconsideration and ^Llowanoe are respectfully

I requested.

Orange, Hew Jersey,
Hovember %>l 1914.

Respectfully submitted,
flOMAS A. EDISOH,

By SQxs& t_y

his Attorney.

Ifb-kgk

DEPARTMENT OF THE. INTERIOR

UNITED STATES PATENT OFFICE

^sTPAT&vr^

Dt~C 5 TQ1.1 \\

Please find below a communication from the EXAMINER in charge of the application of

.jrab^3A3<..xiaed..Mo*fc..«4...i9ia^ . . .

Replying to amendaent filed Hot, 23, 1914,

Claim 26, line 1, "eupporting" ie mieBpelled.

Hone of the olein* 10, 11, 18, 13. 26 or 27 define a
-ariyerictrode hut only an in eu let ox. They oonetitutea aeparate'
and dietinot invention and dlrieion ie required between them and
thd other o la lma, flee ex uarte Hall et al., 106 O.G. , 743,

Claime^LO, 11, 12, 26 and 27 are rejected on—

Oakinen, 461*950, May 12, 1891, 173 - 28

Injriewof-y

tenkoll, 611,720, Deo. 26, 1893, 173 - 28
lendereon JeoO ,271 , Oot. 23, 1900, 173 - 28.

Examiner, Division 3,

E UNITED STATES PATENT OPPICE

Thomas A. Edison

PROCESSES AND APPARATUS POR BOATING
I PHONOGRAPH RECORDS AND OTHER ARTICLES

Serial No. 730,343

HONORABLE COMMISSIONER OP PATENTS,

In response to the Office action of Dec¬
ember 6, 1914, Please amend the above entitled case as
follows

Claim 10, ism 1. change "An" to - The combination
with an - . line *27 after "base1'1 insert - and arranged
in a curved line thereon - . Line Rafter "thereto ,"
insert - of an electrode extending through said openings,- ,
Claim 11 Inline 1, change "An" to - The combination
with an - . Line Rafter "portion", second occurrence %
insert - and arranged in a curved- line thereon - . bine
e.^after "thereto ."-insert - of an electrode extending

through said openings, - •

Claim 12, me 1, change "An" to - The combination,
with an - . me 3, af^r "a" insert - downwardly and
outwardly r • me B.^fter "arranged" insert - above the
downwardly and outwardly tapered portion thereof - .

Line 6 , ‘'after "thereto," insert - of an electrode extending
through said openings.- .

Claim 13. iine 1. change "An" to - The combination
with an - . Line Rafter "therefrom" insert - of an
electrode carried by said fingers - .

Cancel claims 26 ana 27.

remarks

Claims 10, 11, 12 and 13 now speoify an electrode
and are accordingly thought to he properly included in, this
application with the rest of the claims.

Claims 10 ana 11 speoify that the supporting mem¬
bers or projections are arranged in a ourvea line on the
base portion, a construction now shown in any of the ref¬
erences.

Claim 12 specifies that the oapB are tapered
downwardly and outwardly and that the opening for each cap
is arranged above the downwardly ana outwardly tapered por¬
tion.

Reconsideration ana allowance are respectfully

requested.

Respectfully submitted,

IHOMAS A. EDISOH
By

His Attorney

Orange, H. J.

Hovember • 1916

FB-JS

h Thomas A. -Edison

* Sir: Your APPLICATION for a patent for an IMPROVEMENT in
o prooeas & Apparatus for Coating Phonograph Heoora & other
9 filed a imp ^^^Sas been examined and ALLOWED.

0 TheVfinaIJfee, TWENTY DOLLARS, must be paid not later than |

X SIX MONTHS from the date of this present notioe of allowanoe. |
8 If the final fee be not paid within that period, the patent on
B this application will be withheld, unless renewed witH an
Bj additional fee of 815, under the provisions of Seotion 4897,
Revised^Statutes^^^^ patents upon the day of their date, and
S on whioh their term begins to run. The printing, photolitho-
g graphing, and engrossing of the several patent parts, prepara-
1 fory toSfinal signing and sealing, will require about, four
jjj weeks? and suoh fork will not be undertaken until after payment

3 °f thihen°yorsLde?he final fee you will also send, DISTINCTLY
« AND PLAINLY WRITTEN, the name of the INVENTOR, TITLE OF INVEN-
" TION^AND SERIAL DUMBER AS ABOVE GIVEN DATE OF ALLOWANCE
1 (which is the date of this oiroular), DATE OF FILING, and, if
B issiened the NAMES OF THE ASSIGNEES.

§ If vou desire to have the patent issue to ASSIGNEES, an

g assignment containing a REQUEST to that effect 1 togeth er with
the FEE for recording the same, must he filed in this offio

UNCERTIFIED CHECKS WILL NOT

IN THE UNITED STATES PATENT OFFICE

Thomas A. Edison )

PROCESSES AND APPARATUS FOR j
COATING PHONOGRAPH RECORDS :

AND OTHER ARTICDES ) PETITION FOR THE RENEWAL

Filed November 9, 1912 j OF FORFEITED APPLICATION

Serial No. 730,343 )

TO THE COMMISSIONER OF PATENTS

Your petitioner, Thomas A. Edison, a citizen of the
United States and a resident of Llewellyn Park, Y/est Orange,
in the County of Essex and State of New Jersey, whose Post
Office address is Llewellyn Park, West Orange, New Jersey,
represents that on November 9, 1912 he filed an application
for Letters Patent for an improvement in Processes and Ap¬
paratus for Coating Phonograph Records ana Other Articles,
Serial Ho. 730,343, which application was allowed November
19, 1915, but that he failed to make payment of the final
fee within the time allowed by law. He now makeB renewed
application for Letters Patent for said invention, and prays
that the original oath, drawing ana specification may be
used as a part of this application.

Signed at West. Orange, Essex County, New Jersey
this day of April, 1917.

0 Oe-'/

IslA

Deo. 6th, 1913.

I made the following experiments on gold plating as per
your request i

#1 - Gold anode (thin gold wire .020 thick) oonneoted to one electrode
and carbon anode to second eleotrode. Reversed primary our»
rent repeatedly while plating.

Good ooat of gold in 40 minutes.

#2 - Gold anode on one electrode and carbon anode on-8nd eleotrode.
Adjusted current so that strongest discharge would be from
oarbon side.

Good deposit of gold in 1 hour.

#3 - Gold anode on one eleotrode and nothing oonneoted to 2nd eleo¬
trode. only small platinum loop on 2nd eleotrode exposed.

Gold deposited in 1 hour.

On this same record, disconnected electrode lead wire
from 2nd eleotrode and oonneoted it to' glass base plate of plating
machine. Ho. good. Do not get any current thro gold eleotrode.
Current discharges thro air exhaust tube leading to vuouum pump.

#4 ~ Gold anode on one eleotrode and covered platimum wire tip on
2nd electrode with glas3 cap to prevent platinum from plating.
Good deposit of gold in one hour.

#5 - Gold anode on one eleotrode. Second eleotrode oonneoted to
metal stand supporting reoord.

Good deposit in one hour.

. Gold deposits on mStal stand.

-2-

Theae experiments show that both electrodes from the
secondary of the induction ooil must he exposed inside the vaounm
jar to get a deposit, hut the anode of the metal to he deposited
need only he connected to one electrode*

December 3, 19 IS

The applications herewith, whioh at the time of filing
you wanted to "soak" In the Parent &fioe, have been allowed.

These applications are: I

Polio 906, which /overs the apparatus and method of cov¬
ering the disc master records with a ooating of gold, the apparatus
having electrodes arranged to produce a coating of substantially

Folio 983, /hi oh oovers the method and apparatus for
loading the blank ndlds for the disc records with the powdered
blank material, th .1 molds being agitated by hammers arranged
around their peri/heries, and the tops of the molds being shaped

by rotating s craters,

•he following things can now be done with

\s 4/ The patents may be taken out by the payment of
the final «$s.

2nd: The applications may be abandoned.

— ' 3rd : The applications may be forfeited for failure .to

pay the final fees within six months after allowance. After
forfeiture, the applications are subject to renewal at any time
withfsj A;wo years after the allowance of the original applications,
^bj^riiewal, a seoond filing fee of $15.00 must be paid for eaoh
application. By this means, the oases may be kept from abandonment
in the Eatent Office at least two years longer w

Elease advise me with respect to eaoh of these oases
whether .you wish the patent taken out, the application abandoned,
or the application forfeited. / s'

\ ' ■: . . . ■

■/. .

" '' Folio*' No. 905
Jhomas A. Eaison
"""Trocess & Apparatus for Coating

Phonograph Record & Other Articles
Filed Nov. 9, 1912
Allowed Nov. 19, 1915
Final Fee due May 19, 1916.

Mr. Holden:

Any foreign applications?

Should this application he assigned to H. J. Patent

When do you wish final fee to he paid?

J. UNGER

April 23, 1917

Mr. Edison

FOLIO 905 - Serial No. 730,343, Erooesses and Appar¬
atus for Coating Ehonograph Records and Other
Articles

FOLIO 983 - Serial No. 836,608, Method and Apparatus
for the Eroduotion of Molded Articles

Folio 906 covers the apparatus and method of covering
the disc master record with a coating of gold, the apparatus having
electrodes arranged to produoe a ooating of substantially even
thiokness throughout the coated surface.

Folio 983 covers the method and apparatus for loading
the blank molds for disc reoords with powdered material, the molds
being agitated by hammers arranged around their peripheries, and
the tops of the molds being shaped by rotating scrapers.

When these applications were originally filed, you
wanted them to "soak" in the Eatent Office. After allowance, the
oases were forfeited under instructions from yon; and the question
of renewal now comes up. If you wish to have the cases renewed.

Patent Series

Patent Application Files

Folio # 906 Improvements in the Formation of Sound Records or the
Like

Serial #: 732410

Primary Applicant: Edison, Thomas A
Date Executed: 11 /1 9/1 91 2

[PHOTOCOPY]

petition

Q _

®o ttje Commissioner of patents!:

gour petitioner siiomas A. edisoh,

a citijen of tfje ©niteb fetates, reSibing ant) fjabing a $oSt ©ffice abUreSS at

Llewellyn Park, West Orance , Essex County, How Jersey,

praps! Hjat inters patent map be granteb to f)im for tfje improbements in

J /u. .cuU*T** d yf&-e~r*eC{ ,lr-L*

- gouiid 'ituconpa--

Set fort!) in tfje annexe!) specification ; anb tie fjerebp appoints Jfranfe l. ©per
(Registration J?o. 560), of ©range, i)eto Jersey, ftisi attornep, toil!) full
potoer of substitution anb rebocation, to prosecute tfjis application, to tnafee
alterations anb amenbments tfjerein, to teceibe tfje patent, anb to transact all
^business in tfje patent ©ffice connected tfjeretoitfj.

SPECIFIC A IIO»,

TO ALL WHOM IT MAY COIICKR1I:

BE IT KHOWH, that I, THOMAS A. EDI SOU, a citizen

t0f the United States and a resident of Llewellyn Park,

Vest Orange , in the County of Essex and 3tate of How

Tersey, have invented certain nowand^useful improvements in

3Q^^^^'%/^hi^h^t^‘foilowing Is ‘a^ description : i)

My invention relates to sound records^ and more
particularly to uound records of the flat or diBo type
having record undulations of tho up and down or hill and
dale type. The principal objoot of my invent i on ^1 » t o ^ ^ .
provide un improved sound recorj^,

J/Jl. sa^trLJU^ '/n/tb

Zpparat ua^fe-x1 uanufaeturinc-the^mmo. .

: In some respects, my invention resembles that set

forth in an application of Jonas W. Aylsworth, Serial Ho.

1 674,289, filed January 30, 1912, in that u base or booking
is provided with a surface covering or venoer of suitable
moldablo material, tho record impression boing subsequently
formed or printed in the said covering or veneer. The
surf ao o voneer is preferably first formed upon the smooth
polished surface of a metallic plate or other blank mold
and subse ouontly transferred under heat and pressure to
the surface of the .object, to bo ooated, the surface veneer,
when thus treated, adhering firmly to tho said object. The
base of the object to bo ooated is preferably formed of
cresol or phenol resin or their equivalent mixed with wood
flour or other suitable filling material and tho surfacing
material is preferably formed of a phenolic condensation
produot, suoh ub tho surfacing material referred to in
tho said application of Aylsworth,. this surfacing material

; containing a plasticity ingredient whereby the somo rauy
ho rendered sufficiently plastic to take a record or
other improssion when sufficiently heatod.

In order that my invention may ho hotter under¬
stood, attention is horohy directed to tho accompanying
drawings forming a part of this specification and in
which -

Pig. 1 represents a central vortical sectional
view of one form of my improved apparatus for transferring
a uurfaoe veneer to tho haso or hacking of a record tablet;

Pig. 2 reprosonts a seotional viow taken on tho
line 2-2 of Pig. 1;

Pig. 3 reprosonts a viow similar to that shown
in Pig. 1 of my improved apparatus for printing or im¬
pressing tho record undulations into tho coated tablet;

Pig. 4 reprosonts a fragmentary plan view of a
part of the apparatus disclosed in Pig. 3; and

Pig. C reprosonts a detail viow in sootion illus¬
trating the method and means preforably employed by mo for
opening the mold forming part of the apparatus of Pigs, l
and 3.

In all of the views like parts aro designatod by
tho same reference numerals.

Referring to the drawings and more particularly
to Figures 1 and 3, my improved apparatus for transferring
tho surface venoor to tho hody of tho tahlot and also that
for impressing. tho record undulations in tho coated tablet
comprise a lowor mold plate 1 provided with a horizontal
disc shapod recess 2 in which fits a transfor plato 3 , as
shown in Pig. 1, or a sound record matrix 3', as shorn in

Fig. 3, the apparatus of Figs* X on* 3 being identical excel t
that the matrix in the latter figure takes the place of the
transfer plate in the former figure. The depth of the
recess 2 is slightly less than the thickness of the matrix
and transfer plate so that these parts extend a slight
distance above the top of the said recess. In order that
the matrix may contain an exact copy in reverse of the rec¬
ord undulations of the original master record. I form the
some by first providing the master with a conducting coat¬
ing by the process of elootrodopouition described broadly
iu my United States patent Ho. 713.863 dated Hovembor 18,

1902 (and more specifically in my oo-pending application,

Serial Ho. 730,343, filed Hovomber 9, 1912 and^Then - ^

electroplating copper on this coating. She plate 1 is y
alasi provided with a horizontal annular surface 4 extending
outwardly from the top of the vertical wall of the recess
2 to an inclined surfaoo 5, a removable ring 6 being adapte<
to rest upon the surfaces 4 and 5. The inside of the ring
6 (See Fig. B) is formed with a cylindrical smrfaoo 7 adopted
to surround the transfer plate or matrix, a surface 8 in¬
clined or tapered outwardly from tho surface 7, and a
Beoond cylindrical surface 9 above tho surface 8. She
numeral 10 designates the top or upper plate of the mold,
this part being provided with a cylindrical extenBion.il
which fits against the cylindrical surface 9 and is slidable
axially thereon. In operation, tho parts above referred
to are adapted to bo supported between platens 12,12 provid-
ed with conduits or passages 13 whereby heating er cooling
fluid may be passed through tho same. Reforring, to
Fig. 2, it will bo seon that tho conduits 13 bena back
and forth in serpentine fashion and take up moBt of tho
interior of the platens so that tho latter are effective-
ly aotod upon by the heating and oooling fluid passing
3

through the same. Suitable threaded connections 14,14
may bo formed at the ends of the conduits or passages
13 to permit the some to bo oonnootod respectively with
on inlo?/ and an outlet pipe for steam and water or other
heating and oooling fluids. A pipe 15 may also be plaood
around the mold plate 1 to circulate a cooling medium around
the periphery of the samo to hasten the oooling thereof.

As shown in Fig. 4, the pipe 15 is loonted in a groove
16 around the plate 1 and adjacent torminal portions there¬
of are secured to. each other by a metallic band 17.

In welding the surface vencor to tho base or
backing, the presence of air between tho two surface: to
be welded together rondeis it praotioally Impossible to
obtain a firm adhesion between the same. It has also
been found that the presence of air between tho matrix and
the record tablet in tho printing operation prevents the
formation of an aocurate record impression. In order to
avoid these objootions, I preforably construct both the
tranafor and the printing apparatus, shown in Figs. 1 ahd
3 respectively, so that a vacuum can bo readily formea

(therein. So rondor the said apparatus air tight, X pro¬
vide a ring 18 of rubber or other suitablo yielding material
of such a size that tho sane is adapted to fit closely
against tho peripheral portions of the plates 1 and 10
to close or seal tho space between said platos, as clearly
shown in Figs- 1 and 3. It will be seen that by reason
of the yielding character of the ring 18, the plates 1
and 10 may be moved towards and away from each other a
substantial distance without disturbing tho vacuum between
the same. To permit the ready extraction of air from
the space between the plates 1 and 10, I provide a tubular
connection 19 threaded into tho plate 1 and commun looting j

at its inner end with n vortical opening 20, whioh in
turn communicates with the space between the plates 1 and
10. A plug 20' may bo threaded into the plate 1 to
close the oponing 20 bolow the connection 19. She outer
end of the connection 19 is adapted to be oonnootea with
a suction pump or uny other/ uir exhausting means whereby,
after the plates 1 and 10 and tho ring 18 are arranged
as indicated in the drawing, air may be exhausted from tho
space between the same. *he use of a vacuum in connection
with tho printing of the reoordB is broadly no part .of
.the present invention, but is the invention of Edward X.-
Alfcon, and is disclosed and claimed in an application,

Serial ho. 726,425, filed by said Aiken on October 10,

1912.

As shown in Pigs. 1, 3 and 5, the ring 6. is
preferably provided with vertioal threaded openings 21 in
which keys 22 (See Fig. 5) are movable to permit oponing
of tho mold, as will bo horoinaftor more fully explained.

In forming a sound rocord with tho apparatus
heroinbofore dosoribod , I first form a base or backing
momber 23 (Seo Fig. 1) of suitable material, such as the
horeinbeforo mentioned phonol or crosol resin loaded with
suitnblo filling matorial such as wood flour. A., surface

formed of a ■phonolio

in thn. nbcTP r«™»a-«ppi 4 nation of „»l»wor-fch ,,ia then flowed
in l^unhardeaed-^andit^/over the surface of the trans¬
fer plate 3 and ooatod uniformly thereon, This may con¬
veniently be' done by tho apparatus disclosed in ray oo-

pending applications. Serial Hob. 727,828 and 727,629 filed
"Hi* 0 . . .

on October 26, igigM Tho coating or venoer 24 on the

transfor plate is then rendered hard and infUBiblo by

application of hoat , uu 1680111)03 In tho aloovo raont'ionod j

application of Aylsworth, after which tho transfer plate

WaaJUx, Yijr\\\^

with the hurdenoa^Voneor 24 thereon is placod in -the
raqoss 2 of the plate 1 and tho haao or hacking 23 place!
on top of th^onoer^n^he transfer apparatus. 'iho inner
surface of tho ring 6 and the periphory of tho hacking

> formed that when tho hacking is placed within tho
1 ring in the transfor apparatus, it roots olosoly in contact
with the^venoer^^and the inner surface of the ring' 6.

Tho ring 18 is then placed in position around tho plates
1 and 10 and tho air extracted from tho spaoo botween the>
latter. Host is simultaneously applied by the passage
of steam through the passages 13 in tho platens 12,12 and
after a sufficient amount of heating, prossure is appliod,
to force the plat.ens 12,12 and^tho mold plates 1 and -10
togethor, t,he surfauo^bneer being thus firmly welded to

tho base or backing by tho heat and pressure applied there-

1 "/'y/g

to. It will bo aeon that as tho surfaoo 4^4a--looato3 •- ■ [

below the upper surface of the mold or transfor plate, the
flow of stook or ABU^fnoing- material botween the plate 1
and tho ring 6 and the -oonnecnont tondonoy of thp—suid- 'fa

.wHHrVt 4-pn 1'mm nr -haf-'kinp-RS^off-tho-plPta

ring to '1

1 and tho ..-.rcncor-P^ is effectively prevented. . Likewiso,
flow of the record composition between tho ring 6 and the
momber 1U is effectively provonted by the comparatively
dose fit between these parts. In fact, with my improved
prooosB flow of tho rocord composition is practically
entiroly eliminated; so that, if the density and thickness
of tho original tablet and veneer are uniform, the density
of tho coated tahlot formed by my process and apparatus
is likowioo substantially uniform throughout and tho said
tablet may ho readily pressed into uniform engagement with

the whole mold Burfaoo of a sound rooord matrix and
thereby provided with a very aoourato record impression.

Before removing the coated tablet from tho transfer apparat¬
us , ooollng fluid is passed through the passages 13 in tho
platens 12 and also through the pipe 16 until the said
tablet has become sufficiently hardened, air boing then
admitted through the connection 19 after whioh the plates
1 and 10 and partB supported thoroin aro removed from
between tho .plat otb 12,12. Ifc: die-assembling the apparatus
for tho. removal of the coated tablet, I find that after t
tho rubbor ring 10 is removed and the mold plates and
the partB supported therein inverted, tho plate 1 may be
roadily lifted off said parts, but I find that tho plate
10 frequently fits so tightly to the ring 6 as not to bo
roadily movable therefrom by hand. In order to facilitate

I removal of said plate, I screw the keys 22 into the openings
21 and against tho plato 10 until tho lattor is forood out
of tho ring. l'ho coated blank and tho transfer plate
may thon be roadily ronovod from the ring 6 by hand.

I have found that whore tho record undulations
aro of the up and down or hill and dale typo, tho record
tablet, whon of disc form, should bo of considerable weight
as the up and dovm movonent of the stylus corresponding to
tho loud vibrations is apt to sot tho record into vibration,
if tho lattor is mado too light, and to thereby produce
objectionable foreign Bounds. Iho record tablet may bo
made of sufficient weight by loading tho same with heavy
filling matorial, ouch as various mineral oxides, or by
malting the same of considerable thiolcneBB. When tho tablet! i
aro mado of the record materials horoinbeforo referred to,
the tablet should bo mado at least 0.2 of an inch thick..

_ ... Lk

The thickness whioh I prefer to omploy ranges between .2
ana .26s of an inoh.

The blank tablet^ having been formed aa described
above, the lattor is placed in the molding apparatus dis-

3 "/Mel

oloBed in Fig. TS., the mold olosed, the air exhausted there¬
from, tho mold and its contents heated by means of the
platonB 12,12 and the blank forced against thb record
matrix to reooive a reoord impresaion from the matrix 3';
after whioh the mold is cooled and the parts separated in
the manner similar to that described in connection with the
tranofor apparatus hereinbefore described. ^ in the record
molding prooeasos heretofore commonly omployed with lateral
out records, it hus been customary to force the record
material to flow radially over the matrix towards the
l| periphery of the reoord during the molding operation. Such
flow of theirecord material over a matrix having reoord
undulations of the up and down type would not only cauBO
the thin walls between tho record grooves of tho mutrix to
become worn, but it would also prevont the escape of all
tho air between the matrix and the record composition and

(would tlioroby provont a vory accurate molding of tho record.
In my apparatus for printing, tho ring 6, matrix 3' and

plato 10 fit closoly against and completely enclose the
record tablet so that tho flow of the reoord material across
the walls between the reoord grooves in tho matrix is
practically eliminated, tho life ofi’the matrix prolonged,
and a very accurate reoord impression obtained.

The record obtuined as described above is found
to be oapablo of reproducing with tho highost aoouraoy the
selections recorded upon the original maetor reoord, the
overtoneB, whioh givo to music its quality, being satisfact¬
orily reproduced so that a very rich and pleasing repro-
8

I auction la obtain oa. In examining the rooora unaer the

miorosoopo, I find that the samo shown clearly tho original
chatter or tool marks male hy tho reooraing knife in the
original master; ana, in faot, I have found that the dis-
tinct appoaranoe of these chatter marks in the rooora
when the latter is placed unaer tho miorosoopo gives a
vory satisfactory indication that the weak ovor-tones.

whioh aro neoessary for a p.orfeot reproduction and which
oannot be seon by the microscope or any other known means,
are faithfully recorded in the rooora. I also find that
if those ohattor marks are removed that tho said weak
ovor-tonos aro likewise removed and tho quality of the re¬
production is accordingly mado less porfeot.

Having now described my invention, what I claim
as now and doBire to protect by Letters Patent of tho

II. The propeBs , of forming tablets which

consists inlf^^^OTb)a^4^ noia a f*&aej'al "surfacing / ^

1 material, forming a base or backing of suitable composition,
superposing said base or backing and saidf^e»isais\ exhaust¬
ing tho air from between tho same , and pressing tho same
together with application of heat to causo the samo to
adhere firmly to each otjior, substantially as sot forth.

/ a. The process of forming record tablets vrtiieh
consists in^^^W5^>an'E raoia a^o^ng-iof surfacing
material, forming a baBO or backing of c^P°^ition’

superposing said base or backing and said^coatiny, exhaust¬
ing tho air from between the same, pressing the same to¬
gether with application of lioat to oauso the samo to ad¬
here firmly to oach other, removing the tablet thus

formers from the mold, and forming a sound record impression ]

ZsyCK^k- >*2^ vAvr -

3 tho-rfrofttod mirfnr-o_4;h<a=«^g. substantially !

1^.. 2. The process of forming record tablets which
consists in forming on a polished surface of a blank mold
plate a coating of surfacing material, forming a base or
backing of suitable composition, superposing said base or
baoking and said coating, exhausting the air from botwcon
the same, and pressing the same together with application
of heat to cause the same to adhere firmly to each other,
substantially us sot forth.

4. She procoos of forming record tablets which
oonuists in forming on a blank mold a coating of surfacing
material, forming a base or baoking of suitable composition
BuperpoBing said baso or baoking and said coating, exhaust¬
ing the air from botwoon the same, prossing the same togeth¬
er with application of heat to cause the same to adhoro
firmly to each other, removing the coated tablet thus
formed from the mold, end pressing the same into a sound
record mold with application of suffloiont heat to cause
the sound record undulations to bo foraod in the ooatod
surface thereof, substantially as setoforth.

<-t5, fho process of forming record tablets which
consists in forming on a blank mold a. coating of surfacing
material, forming a base or backing of suitable composition
I suporposing said base or baoking and said coating, oxhaust-
| lng tho air from botwoon the same, prossing the sarao togeth-
} or with application of heat to cause tho sano to udhore
firmly to each othor, removing the ooatod tablet thus
formed from the mold, j>laoinB the same in a sound record
mold with tho coated surface thoroof in contact with the
record surface of the mold, exlumsting tho air from
between tho said ooetod surface and tho rooord surface of

Itho mold, ana proBcing tho tablet into the mold with appli- |
cation of uuff ioiont heat to oauae the sound roeord un¬
dulations to bo formed in the coating, eubot initially no

-6 . Ike proooBC of forming rocora tablets, which

"H's X»-^'Ar\\W

.consists in |f owning -on a blank molt ti ^ooat-iag of final L

hard phenolic condensation product which is infusible but
somewhat plastic when heatod, forming a base or baching
of Bui table composition, superposing eaiil base or backing
i and Baid^eeD^Tip^eahauoting tho air from botween tho same ,
and pressing tho same against each other with application
of hoat to cause the adhesion of the jeeati-ng to tho
base or backing, substantially as set forth.

y/7. The process of forming record tablets which

■7

consists in forming on a -blank mold a ooating of final
hard phenolic condensation product which is infusible but
somewhat plastic when heatod, forming a base or booking
containing crcaol resin, auperposing said base or backing
and said coating, oxhauating the air from between the same,
pressing some against each othor with application of heat
to cause the adhesion of tho ooating to the base or backing,
and removing the coated tablet thus formed from tho mold,
tin sat forth. .

■N vV..

! o-blots which

$££A***s

■ suitable oompoai-
-id said^oaMng.^

Lon of hoat to oauoe I
baao or backing |

aid compositions.

and removing the posted- tablet thus formed from the mold,
substantially as sot forth.

'i'ho prooosu of forming record tablets which
£art7ii,n.-T.&ri- a blank mold a oea-tUng; of surfac

/s'

consists in

material, forming a base or boohing of suitable composition
suporposing said base or backing and s a i d^troaSing , oxhaust-
ing tho air from between tho same, prossing the same togoth-
or with application of hoat to cause tho firm -adhesion of
the coating-, t o the haso or backing while substantially
preventing flow of tho composition of the i peati'ngi ah a
the base or hacking, and removing tho •eeSed? tablet thus
formed from tho wold, substantially as sot forth.

' The proooBs of forming record tublots whioh
consists in forming on a blank mold a coating of surfacing
material, forming a .base or backing of suitable composition
suporposing said base or backing and said coating, press¬
ing tho same togotlior with application of hoat to cause
tho firm adhesion of tho coating to the haso or backing
whilo substantially provonting flow of tho bane or backing
and tho ooating, romoving the ooatod tablet thus formed
from tho mold , and prossing tho same into a sound record
matrix to form a record "impression therein whilo provont¬
ing flow of tho composition thereof across; tho walls bo-
tweon the rooord grooves in tho matrix, substantially as

sot forth.

11. Tho proooss of molding sound rocordB which oom-
prisoB press ing^ u plastic" blank rooord tablet into a
sound record meld^to cuuao 3\^le reeford impression to bo

formed thoroin without-'flow
across tho walls/botween tho

r the record composition

voeord grooves in the mold,

■// &

ne described.

described, a
and away iron
iontral mold port:
ild portion,

described, a
jwuy from each
with a aoat for
said aoat., aub-

^cture , a mold

plate having a dotachablo ring aurroxtnd ingN<he wold
surface thereof, substantially ao dosoribod.

20. As a new article of manufacture) , a dupli o!
or molded disc sound record .exhibiting under the microfeo'
the original chatter- merits of tho recording stylus,
substantially ub doscribod.

fEljiS Specification signeb anb

HHitneSSetij:

2. j£m*6....5L .

tljis /f'^iip of 191%/
$. .

®atb.

&tate of iicto JlerSep )

Count? of Cssex

THOMAS A. BDISOH . «* ^ «amrt

petitionee, being bufy Stoorn, bepoSeS aub SapS that Ije is a citijen of tfje tHniteb
states, anb a reSibent Of Llewellyn *ark, Wost Orange, Bono* County,
Hew Jersey,

tfjat he becily beliebeS himself to be tfje original, first anb Sole inbentor of tfje
improbements in souiid records ,

bescribeb anb claimeb in tfje annexeb specification ; tfjat Ije boeS not bnoto anb
boes not beliebe tfjat tfje Same teas eber bnobm or useb before fjis inbention or
biscoberp thereof ; or patenteb or bescribeb in anp printeb publication in tfje
fHniteb states of America or anp foreign countrp before fjis inbention or
biscoberp thereof, or more than ttoo pears prior to this application; or patenteb
in anp countrp foreign to the XHniteb States on an application fileb more than
ttoelbe months prior to this application; or in public use or on Sale in the
©niteb States for more than ttoo pears prior to this application; anb that no
application for patent upon saib inbention has been fileb bp him or his legal
representatibes or assigns in anp foreign countrp.

7/r^- -

g)toorn to anb subscribeb before me this /^^bap oL/jn^~X^ 191 &

J/ n J) , *

iiotm rucun, si

DEPARTMENT OF THE INTERIOR
UNITED STATES PATENT OFFICE
WASHINGTON Deo.

Thomua A. Kdison,

Coro Prank Le. Dye]
Orange, H.J.

II. S.PATPT OFFICE,

uiiC lt> 1912

MAILED,

Mon from, the EXAMINER in charge of your application.

#733,410, filed Hot. 20,1912, for Sol

GJha subject natter of the last two lines of page 1 in '
objected to as not a sufficient disolonuro of the material used .
Applicant must not rely on a ponding application for his
disclosure . -

Jfor similar reasons the subject matter of lines 13 and 13.-’"
liaise 3 i is objected to an- not a sufficient disclosure of the
method employed .

Page 3,. lino 13,. "by" should follow "then" Line 24,—

"11" is wrongly connected on Figure 3 .- !f ,_ .

Page 5,. line 25,. "a" should precede "plasticity" .

The Bubject matter of lineB 21,, 22 and 23,, page 6, is
objected to as hot clearly expressed.

page 8,. line 3,; "tablets" should be "tablet". Lino 5,

"2" should bq 1*3" . •

Claims 1 to 12 inclusive are drawn to a process; claims
13 to 19 inclusive are drawn to apparatus and claim 20 is drawn
to a sound reoord. Division between these several groups of
olaims is required aopording to the provisions of rule 42 .

Claim 12 is objeotionable as "preventing flow", is not a
separate step of the process.

In connection with plaim 20, -it should be noted thkt this

#732,410

claim would bo met by almost any reoord , especially a poorly
recorded one '"here tho chatter markB are likely to he prominent
to the deetruotion of its- usefulness.

Jo. amending applicant should cpneult: Hoyt, Aug. 25,1908,
897,2545 Jones, Juno J£8, 1904, 763,504, both in(18-48.4) 5 Kaplan,
April 8,^02, 697^2565 Cheney, t?ob. 18,1908, 879,3635 Wiokes,Nov. 1
1909, 941,291, all in (18-5.3); Bonders, Hay 3,1910, 956,904,
(181-17), and Dengrandchanps, et nl., French patent, 345,107,

(181-16). ^

K 4

XH' THE UNITED STATES PATENT OFFICE.

I THOMAS A. EDISON,

SOUND RECORDS,

Filed November 20, 1912, )
Serial II o. 732,410.

Hoom No. 379.

I HONORABLE COMMISSIONER OF PATENTS,

SIR:

In response to the Office action of

IDeoemher 16, 1912, please amend the above entitled oaBe as

follows :

In the first line on page 2, before

I "containing" insert - comprising preferably a final
hardened, Infusible, phenolio condensation product - .

In line 13, page 3, after ’’and" insert

- by - .

In lines 23,. 24, 26 and 26, page 5, oonoel
"surface veneer formed of a phenolio condensation product
containing plasticity agent, such as the surfacing material
specified in the above named application of Aylsv/orth "
and insert in place thereof - solution of ingredients
which, when heated, form the hardened phenolic condensation
product hereinbeforo mentioned - ; in lino 27, same page,
oonoel "in its unhstrdenod condition"; and in the second
line from tho bottom of the same page after the period ( . )
insert the following sentenoe: -| Tho ingredients referred
phenol reBin, a

to may comprise a phenolio body.uBuch
hardening agent, Buoh
ilastlcity agent

hexa-methyleno-tetra-aminej_and___
r In line

w bk8u», such as penta-ohloro-phenol ) ir. i '■} o
, “change "is" to - and tho lower surface of ring

are - ; in lino 20, some page, change "surfacing” to
rooord and in lines 21, 22 and 23, same page, cancel

"and the consequent tendonoy of the said ring to lie lifted
with the baBe or backing 23 off the plate 1 and the veneer
24" .

In line 3, page 8, change "tablets" to - tablot -
and in line 5, seme page, change "2" to - 3 - .

In line 2, claim 1, cancel "blank".

In lino 2, claim 6, cancel "blank".

In line 2, claim 7, cancel "blank".

In line 2, claim 0, oancel "blank".

In line 2, claim 9, oancel "blank".

In line 4, claim 12, change ", and preventing"
to - v/ithout - .

Cancel olaims 13 to 20 inclusive.

SiMAHKS

Ihe Examiner is respectfully requested to
change the lead line of the numeral 11 in i’ig. 3 so that
the said numeral will designate the cylindrical extension
of the upper plate of the mold. This numeral is shorn
properly connected in figure 1 of the drawings.

The matter of linos 12 and 13, page 3., will bo
suitably corrected before this application is passed to
issue-

All of the olaims now in this application are
drawn to a singlo invention and action on their merits is
accordingly respectfully requested. The right is reserved
to file a divisional application on tho sub 3 cot! matter of
the canceled claims.

Reconsideration and allowance are respectfully

requested.

Orange, Hew Jersey,
November 12, 1913.

Respectfully submitted,
THOMAS A. ED I SOI! ,

By C/i

his Attorney.

FB-KGK

DEPARTMENT OF THE INTERIOR
UNITED STATES PATENT OFFICE

WASHINGTON . Job.... -At-OSIA...

Please find below a communication from the EXAMINER in charge of the application of

.....Sound-Re aorda...

>.—732,410,— f-lled~Hov..~2Q-,~~l-912-,~Por - -

Oommimoncr of Patent*, (f

In response to the amendment filed liar. 13, 1913:

The title, uluo the Btutamont in lino 12, page 1, Bhould
he revised to accord with the oltiins .

Claim 1 is rejeotod^oj> tho putent to

Baekeland, 939,966, Uov. 16, 1909, (18-60). pago 2, linos
64-72, which shows tlie proooss oonoi sting in forming on a mold
a coating of aurfaoing mteriul, forming a hacking superposing
thereon and 'pressing together with application of heat. To ex¬
haust the air would not involvo inventisn difference particularly
in view of y

Aylsworth. 871,654, Uov. 19, 1907, (18-48.0),

Claims 3, ^ und 9 are rojooted on the sane reference. The
"preventing" flow is a negative limitation.

ClaimB.ll und 12 are rejedtod, for inatunoe,. on the pat-
ent to ^ ...... ,

Peti^CBO.llB,' Deo. 17, 1901, (18-48.6), Jig. 3, pnd
page 2, linos 21-35. The steum presses equally over all por¬
tions of the Burfaoedfthe blunlc.qauBing molding without trans-

2 UNITED STATES PATENT OFFICE.

THOMAS A.

SOUND REOORDS,

Filed November 20, 1912.
Serial Ho. 732,-410.

HONORABLE COMMISSIOHEB OR PATENTS.

sir:

In response to Office aotion of February
6 1914 please amend the above entitled oaBe as follows:

/ In line 6, page 1, change "SOUND RECORDS" to

- THE FORMATION Of SOUND RECORDS OR THE DIKE in line

7, same page, aftor "records" insert -or tho like

/ ^

in line 11, same page, after "Invention" insert -horein
olaimed and re-writo lines 12 and 13, same-; page to road
"an improved process for tho formation of suoh records or
like articles" . ^ s

In line 1, olaim 1, oanool "reoora"; and in line

) olaim, aftor "composition" insert a comma.

Cancel claims 11 and 12 and insert the following

new claims:

Vtt The process of forming tablets whioh con-

siBtS in ooating a mold with a solution of surfacing
material, forming a base or backing of suitable composition,
superposing said base or booking and 3aid ooating, ex¬
hausting the air from between the same, and pressing the
same together with application of heat to cause the same
to .'i>firmly adhere to each other, substantially as set
forth. ( ^

. y 'ls>. The prooess of forming tablets which con¬
sists in coating a mold with a solution of surfacing

material, hardening the coating thus formed, forming a haBe
or backing of suitable composition, superposing said base
or backing and said coating, exhausting the air from be¬
tween the same, and pressing the same together with applica¬
tion of ho at to cause the same to firmly';' adliore to eaoh
other, substantially as set forth.

Tho process of forming tablets which con¬
sists in forming a coherent veneer of phenolic condensation
product, forming a base Or backing of suitable oomposition,
superposing said baso or baoking and said veneor, exhausting
the air from between the same, and pressing the some together
with application of heat to cause the same to adhere firm¬
ly to eaoh other, substantially as set forth.

^LA." The prooess of forming tablets which consists
in forming a coherent venoor of phenolic condensation pro¬
duct, forming a base or baoking of phenolio condensation
product, superposing said base or baoking and saia veneer,
exhausting the air from between the same, ana pressing the
same together with application of heat to oause the same
to adhere ’’firmly7 to eaoh other, substantially as set
forth.

It is thought that the patents to Aylsworth and
Baekeland should not he combined to antioipate applicant! s
olaims. neither the patent to Aylsworth nor any other ^ ■ \
reference of reoord shows the step of exhausting the air fron
between a veneer and base or baoking in connection with the

-2-

I securing together of the veneer and the hase or hacking,
j Applicant has found that by this step, which is not shown

I in the referenoes, it is possible to obtain a much securer
welding together of the veneer and the base than has hereto¬
fore been obtainable, and it is accordingly thought that
the claims whioh bring out this feature of the invention
are clearly patentable.

Referring to the Examiner's objection to the
expression "preventing flow of the composition", it is
submitted that this language describes a positive portion
of applicant's process and is not a mere negative limitation
such as is objectionable in a claim.

The new claims proeented herewith are thought to
be patentable and necessary to fully protect applicant's
invention. Claims 11 and 12 aro thought to be allowable
over the patents to Aylsworth ana Baekeland for the reasons
stated above and alsocb'ea^usecthe said claims specify

I coating a mold with a solution whereas Baekeland coats his
mold with"powdered" material.

Claims 13 and 14 are believed to be allowable
over the patents to Baekeland and Aylsworth for the reasons
sot forth in the first paragraph of the remarks and also
because said claims specify the formation of a "ooherent"
veneer prior to tho welding togothor of the veneer and the
base or booking.

Bor the above reasons, all of the claims are
thought to be patentable and reconsideration and allowance
are accordingly .respectfully requested.

Respectfully,

IHOMAS A. EDISOH

Bv '&■

Orange, H. J.

January -U. ISIS

His Attorney

•Dltr.—iS— Room .... ^OH

' H. D. 33. 3 in.

DEPARTMENT OF THE INTERIOR

Paper No .

UNITED STATES PATENT OFFICE

WASH I NGTON . -7T+*U-.--3 y-l-Ol-B- -

. latent office,!

!FSB2 1915-

Mailed.

Please find below a communication from the EXAMINER in charge of the application of

lu reaponoo to thu urauialnent filed Jan. 1 3, Ittlii:

Claim fi lnvoiwot* no utup over and in rejected on Urn patent

t0 „ l/

Hoyt, 0130,(304, Aug. 14, i90ti, (1H-40.4) which dleoloneo
thu proouau aoi.ipriuing applying to a heated nold a ooat oi' molten
uurfuoo ooiopo'ii tion, forming a bucking oi’ pnpior-nuoho, for in*
otanoe, and pluaing thu uiu-u on :lw uurfuuu ooiapouition, and press¬
ing toguthuf tliulur huat, uto., page 1, linos 39 to 40.

IH THE TOUTED STATES PATENT OFFICE

Thomas A. Edison

THE FOBMJSTIQH OF SOUND
RECORDS OF THE DIKE

Filed November 20, 1912
Serial Ho. 702,410

HOHORABDE COMMISSIONER OF PATENTS,

SIR:

In response to the Office aotion of
February 2. 1916, please amend the above entitled oaso as
follows

page 8, lino 11, after the period insert the
following sentenoe: -J All referenoes xo une VAaustlon

air from the mold are intended to apply to the production
r suitable partial vacuum in the mold. — = - — -

\\iAn

3 of molding Bound reoords whioh
^"record tableland a sound

16. The proo<
comprises superposing A
record matrix, exhausting aiAfrom between said tablet and
matrix, and pressing said tabl>* inlTo said matrix to cause
the record impression to be formed in said tablet without
flow of the reoord composition aoi^s the walls between
e reoord grooves in the matrix,
forth. - .

Wntially as set

It is thought that claim 8 is patentable over

a. t. Hojt. m. ol.lm 8p..m,e preBBla, tt.

base and coating together while substantially preventing
flow of the compositions of which the base and coating are
formed. In the patent to Hoyt there 1b shown in Figure 1
a substantial space between the periphery of the reoord and
the mold, so that lateral flow of the reoord composition is
not prevented.

The now claim presented herewith distinguishes
from the referenoes by specifying exhausting air from
between the tablet and matrix and pressing the tablet into |
the matrix to cause the reoord impression to be formed in
the tablet without flow of the reoord composition across
the walls between the reoord grooves in the matrix. .

Re consideration and allowance are requested.

Rospeotfully submitted,

; THOMAS A. EDI SOU
By

I Orange, Hew Jersey
December £-3 * 19*6

His Attorney

Please find Mow a communication from the EXAMINER in oliarge of the application of

In roaponae to the amendment filed Poo. 24, 1515:

To mold a record there mu at bn flora-re of the aurfacin*
corapoaition. ’Whether the flora, 3c bo more or loan deponda upon
the compoaition, the amountnof heat, preoaure, etc. At the
moat, it ia merely a matter of decree. Claim P in rejected on
lioyt, of record.

Claim 15 is rejeoted on Ayl o-jorth , of record.

IH THE UNITED STATES PATENT OPPICE

Thomas A. Edison

THE POaiATIOH OP SOUND

RECORDS OR THE LIKE Boom Ho. 308.

Piled November 20, 1912

Serial No. 732,410

HON OH ABLE COMMISSIONER OP PATENTS,

SIR:

In response to the Office aotion of
December 30, 1915, please amend the above entitled case as
follows

page 6, iSne 3y after "hardened" insert - layer
or - . Lin6"57-after "of the" insert - layer or.- .

Line 9, befoie"veneer" insert - layer or - . Line IB",
after "surfaoe" insert - layer or - .

(Tlaim Inline 2, ohange "forming on" to - apply¬
ing to - . Same line,. ofcang*T"ooatingn to - layer - . Liwj)
3, change xipe-ST'ohange "forming on" to - apply¬

ing to - . Same line, chimge~"ooatinB" to - layer - .
line 4, ohange "ooatiAg^To - layer - . UnT^, cancel
"coated". Line 8, ohange'^forme " to -.formed - . Line
9, ohange "coated- surfaoe thereof" to - said layer - .

Claim 6, line 2 , ‘"change "forming on" to - apply¬
ing to - . Same line, o had ge-" coating" to - layer - .

Line 6, ohafage- iTooating" to - layer - . Line 8, ohange
"coating" to - layer - •

Claim 8, line 2 , change "forming on" to - apply¬
ing to - . Same linfeTcJumB0 "coating" to - layer - .
line 4, 'change "ooating" to - layer - . LlnTsTohange
"costing" to - layer - . liHTTTafter "preventing"
insert - lateral - . lino 8 Cancel "coated".

Claim 9, lifce"2^ change "forming on" to - applying
to - . Same line, ohd&'ge'"coating" to - layer - . line 4
ohange "oo4tir^ to - layer - . line "Change "coating"
to - layer - . line 8, change "ooating" to - layer - .
line 9 , ’'"cancel "ooatea".

Claim 16, 'line 2, after "superposing a" insert -

flat - .

remarks

Referring to claim 8, this claim floes not specify
the molding of a sound record, hut merely the formation of a
tablet, This claim now specifies "preventing lateral flow"
Uth respect to the statement in the first paragraph of the
I last Office action, there is no necessity for permitting
lateral flow of the composition, ana there is a decide, a dis¬
advantage in such flow in that it impairs the uniformity in
the thiokness ana density of the record tablet. In the
patent to Hoyt, there is a considerable space between the
periphery of the blank ana the moia, and accordingly, a
chance for considerable lateral flow of the record compos¬
ition.

With respect to claim 16, this claim distinguishes
from Aylsworth in that it specifies a flat blank reoora
tablet. The problem in connection with suoh a tablet is

very different from that in oonneotion vrf.th a oylindrioul
reoord, and different forms of apparatus and different pro¬
cesses have been uBed for molding cylindrical records from
those employed for molding disc records.

Reconsideration and allowanoe are requested.

Respeotfully submitted,

THOMAS A. EDISON
By W _

His Attornoy

Orange, H. J.

Deoemhor 7, 1916

FB-JS

_ IS- Boom. — 308

mo . XU..

DEPARTMENT OF THE INTERIOR
UNITED STATES PATENT OFFICE

WASHINGTON . BaaJ...13»..181.l&». _

..5!r.ank_I,_.Dynr, -

...jQran>?Q4...NflH..JflraeyJi.

Please find below a communication from the EXAM! HER in charge of tho application of
fhnmna A. TMloon. 3orlal...ito^..3^.41.Q^.i:Alad..lIo.Y.>...gQ^.1918.,-..T-Pr----- —
_ .Souhd._RaaQrd.ai - - —

In response to tha amendment filed Deo. 8, 1916*

The amendments proposed would not relieve from tha refer¬
ences of reoord.

A olear issue having been reached and the oitation of fu»
t her references' not being required lax carte Miller, 139 0. 0.,
730), this being a delayed case, in aooordance with the Commisoi«i-
er’s order, the Tejeotlon of olaims 8 and 15 is made final.

decib me !

IV; • . •

Ill THE UOTWfD; STATES PASBH2 OFFICE

Thomas A. Edison

nSFHOVBKflM IK THE F03MA5Xr-H OF SOUND RECORDS
OR THE LI5CE

Piled November £0, 19 1£

Serial No. 732,410

HONORABLE OOI.'.iilSSIOKER ,-1P PATENTS,

SIR:

1 hereby constitute and appoint OYER h
liOLOEH ( Registration Ho. S244), a firm oomposod of Prank I..
Dyer and Polos Holden, whose address is Edison Office Build¬
ing Orange, Hew Jersey, as my associates in the prosecution
of the above entitled application, and request that all
correspond once he addressed to them until further notice.

Respectfully,

Orange, ii. J.
January/^ , 1917 •

m the touted states patent office

Riiom Ho. 308.

Thomas A. Edison

IMPROVEMENTS IH THE FORMAT 1011
OF SOTOID RECORDS OR THE DIICE

Filed November 20, 1912
Serial Ho. 732,410

HONORABLE COMMISSIONER OF PATENTS,

SIR:

In response to the offioe action of
December 13, 1916, please amend the above entitled case as
follows:-

Canoel olaims (Jianfl_15_and change the numerals of
the remaining claims to read oonseoutively.

In the amendment dated December 7, 1916, it was
requested that in claim 1, line 3, "coating" be changed to
- layer - . The word "coating" does not appear in line 3
of said claim, and it was intended by Baid amendment to
ohange the word "coating" to - layer - in line 4 of claim 1.
please ontor the amendment in accordance with this correction

REMARKS

This amendmont places this case in condition for
allowance, which action is respectfully requested.

Respectfully submitted ,

THOMAS A. EDISON

Br — T

His Attorneys

.. 34 1917

FB-JS

ENT8 AH *-»» SeriaI N°‘

DEPARTMENT OF THE INTERIOR

UNITED STATES PATENT OFFICE

732,410

Thoms A* Edison,

Washington Feb,5,1917,

! Sirs your APPLICATION for a patent for an IMPROVEMENT in
> Formation of Sound Records or the Like,

3 f i led Nov, 20,1012, ■ has been examined and ALLOWED .

The final fee, TWENTY DOLLARS, must be paid not later than u
" SIX MONTHS from the date of this present notice ^allowance. B
3 If the final fee be not paid within that period, the patent on I
3 this annlioation will be withheld, unless renewed with an
- additionailee of *16, under the provisions of Section 4897,
Revised^Statutes^^^^^ patents upon the day of their date,and.
q on whioh their term begins to run. The printing, photolitho-
1 eranhine and engrossing of the several patent parts, prepara-
3 fnrv toSfinal signing and sealing, will require about four
j weeks? and such wrkSwill not be undertaken until after payment

« °f thken°vouasendethe final fee you will also send, DISTINCTLY
§ AND PLAINLY WRITTEN, the name of the INVENTOR, TITLE OF INVEN-
” ^?oN AND SeK NUMBER AS ABOVE GIVEN, DATE OP ALLOWANCE
I (toioh^ the date of this circular), DATE OF FILING, and, if
S assigned? the NAMES OF THE ASSIGNEES Aq<5T(lNEES an

g If you desire to have the patent issue to ASSIGNEES, an

| assignment containing a REQUEST to that effect ' on
the FEE for recording the same, must be filed in this offioe on
K or- before the date of payment of final fee.

E After issue of the patent unoertifiedoopiesofthe draw-

H ings and specifications may be purchased at the pnoe of FITE
g CENTS EACH. The money should aooompany the order. Postage

h StamP|inal1fees will NOT be reoeived from other than the appli-
g cant, his assignee or attorney, or a party m interest as shown
Ih hv the reoords of the Patent Offioe.
e, Respeotfully,

Commissioner of Patents,

Dyer & Holden,

Edison Office Bldg.,

UNCERTIFIED CHECKS WILL NOT BE ACCEPTED.

% tyofuZX 4^<=j yo-z-<rv-J-* cr*.

*$'■ y'f

^ c| ^ 5V cluoc <Xo a WW) oJ&C&A '‘K

%t=xz ±±-^,

v 1 V -r> _ _ \ Q„^ ^ VV •

c\VlU^ u| c~*f *^~«| ^ S'v’j#

'[ - 5^C l|- ^iXt^A ln*-4

A *lLo C^a-ocvP jjcco-i-vv-^A.'A tys^ Lotttr i^A.

S Hu b^JLp c^-taArW-i. 'vv.o-oi ta^^(oc <rW

j \F L*jtt —

\ \ =- pUwrV u/V |aeJL*

'\-^\J3JL)Jy&' (XUS/ IV
j^<jCL<rr-^ Iaa- cV

l^Jt_ \vucJX^erJL

1 u*i*^-rdl co^CC

j J^S. IMA J U-QJi' <si>‘-0O» oO-t«

a^I\,

fcaoL

0» cArt-A U*.<X<£i,
3-C. IAA.C/ tfTT-

UJ (-6CuT

_lc£?rtu«. ^ Uw"

|^- OK- cL^><-i -uttc ^

V- U-^4- (s'cfcsJ ^CCCA/^L. /lCi"KF"‘

Udtr(U CAjb^-o-~rvv ■

huu<^'M-eU Jrj ^

ttCZTu-*- I'Ktf-M ,

'tioLco-ttA.^rv v iinf-eXc V -z •■ |

i/rt- c. «m Lo-«3x) .lr4fl- 4-f«sovvi( — t f

^4trJ-> Wi cn-v^=4/aA'=?9

<f !<*■ • „

*T u^unv jf0y**Jr*r^ unit

fo ]^uA» fjfft ^

^ Kticw-^s.

V aiv^-w aXLcry. \WtVW

1 1 = &,i ^ *«JE3WjJ ‘ £a ■ aWL !

|M^eW« ) 4Nu«
w. ut -. I

[*j- fk ZXZZJT ptujeoWc j QjdtfuSo
l Tk Lj) .,L*1 I'Ll. \ ^ Cffe,^ <^-

3cr

^iloCHp^-^- ^ ^

[ON BACK OF PREVIOUS DOCUMENT]

/>/ ^ 7s-

[ON BACK OF PREVIOUS DOCUMENT]

VMAqpiSOO STcIHT.'w 3511?

3UH3VA KT”n :

44-

oovers the process of applying to a mold a layer of surfacing
material, placing a hacking on said layer, exhausting the air
from between the hacking and layer, and pressing the layer and
hacking together with application of heat to cause them to ad¬
here firmly to each other. The apparatus employed is arranged
to prevent flow of the base and the surfaoe. layer. In compliance
with a requirement for .division, all the claims in the case are
limited to the prooess, original claims 13 to 20 on the apparatus
and on a new article of manufacture having been cancelled.

When this application was filed, you aBked me to let
it "soak" in the Patent Office. It has now been allowed and
I should like to have you advise me whether or not to permit the
same to become forfeited for failure to pay the final fee, or to

take out the patent. If the application iB forfeited,, we can
renew the same within two years by the payment of a new filing

fee of $15.00.

^advise me if

you wish divisional applications filed on the apparatus and
article. -s=r L ■

a cMZi jy.

*l£.l ^ C-v-JL I ,

CYLINDER RECORD MFG. DIVISION.

March 24, 1917.

Mr. Thomas A. Edison. -

Dear Sir:-

This refers to the Disc Record and is of no
value to the Cylinder Record.

Polio 90S
Thomas A. Edison ,

Formation of Sound ReoordB or the like

Ser. No. 632,410

Filed Hot. 20, 1912

Allowed Feh. 5, 191V

Final Fee Due August 6, 1917.

Mr. Holden:

Any foreign applications? '

. Any divisional applications?

This case has not teen assigned.
,to Hew Jersey Patent Co?

When do you wish final fee paid?

Should it he assigned

hi'1'1

Mr. Thomas A. Edison: -

October IX, 1918

FOLIO 906

The attached application was allowed February 5, 1917
and was forfeited in accordance with directions given by you.

The question arises as to whether we shall ren ew the application
or abandon the same. Will you kindly read the attached memor¬
andum dated March 21, 1917 addressed to you, and advise what
you wish done with the application.

WH-JS

Patent Application Files

Folio # 91 5 Means for Recording Sounds

U.S. Patent#: 1286259

Primary Applicant: Edison, Thomas A
Date Executed: 2/28/1913

M/i

Patent Series
Patent Application Files

Folio# 916 phonographs or Talking Machines

Serial#: 752276

Primary Applicant: Edison, Thomas A
Date Executed: 2/28/1 91 3

[PHOTOCOPY]

ACTIONS. ..

•w • i6 _

'^E^L^iiLeC _ 'Ofk^/S^Vl . .

.. Mey, Ms./.?// 18 _

i 4;(3s!y»vsi'v^ju^ , H l i 19 . .

- s

1>_i V =\.\Vo .. 21

,lj "^>^>-.0 , V\\ 1, 22 .

;^y .8.^/nysw fk-w ^~^VsM>rN^i3S y.Uur\ 23 . —

\>0$&s!& XU, - i_i 1 >3((t/724 .

> .?> 25 .

■ kmxm'-vk*--:

®n tlfe (Sommiaatoner of latenta:

lour petitioner thouac a. kdiuom
a ritizen of % llniteh &tatea, reaihing atth Ifauing a loot ©ffire aiihrcaa at

Llewellyn Park, V/eat Orange, Sbbox County, aew Jerooy

praya tljat lettera patent mag he granted to l;lm for % improoementa in

"^Wrvvo-N^»^Va o-u.

TALKI1TC MACHI11U3

art forth In % annexed aperifiration; anh Iff hwriuj appohtta Eyer & ijolheo,
(Segiatration No. 3244), a firm rompoaeh of Shrank E. Sper anil ieloa
IjoUten. mhoae abhreaa ia Ehiaon ©ffire luilhing. ©range, Nem Seraey, l)ia
attomeya aritlf full pouter of aubatitution anh rrnoration, to proaerute thia
appliration, to make alterationa anh amendments therein, to rereine % patent,
and to tranaart all buaineaa in the latent ©ffire ronnerted theremitl;.

(ptifi- ‘ Q' ■

SPECIFICATION

TO ALL HHOH IT MAN CONCERN:

BE IT KNOWN, that I, THOMAS A. EDISON, a oitizen j
of the Unitea States end a. resident of Llewellyn Part, •

Nest Orange, in the County of Essex ana State of Hew
Jersey, have invented certain new and useful improvements
Vn^TALKlko MACHINES, of which the following is a desorip-
tion:-

iix S'A ly

My invention relates to^talhing machines and moro
parti oulaJlyrto XaStingUmaohinos of the diso type in whioh
the reproduoer is fed aoross the reoora surfaoo by the oo-
aotion of the reproduoer stylus and the reoord groove.-

One of the objeots of my invention is to provide
an improved construction whereby reproducers adapted to.
operate upon sound records having reoora grooves of the
up and down or hill and dale type, ana especially repro¬
ducers provided with floating weights oarrying the stylus,
are adapted to be fed aoross the reoora surface in this
manner. Another object of my invention is to provide en

improved arrangement and oonstruotion of the parts ofVa
^talking^maohine and the oasing or oabinet therefor. A
further objeot of th,e invention resides in the provision
of improved means for controlling tho movement of the stylus
into ana out of operative position with respect to the reo¬
ora. A still further objeot of my invention is to provide^
an improved attaohment whioh may be readily applied to tkk-
j ing maohines designed for playing reoords having grooves of 1
the lateral type, to adapt these maohines for playing ire o-

.,.(1) •

orda having grooves of tho hill and dale type. Other ob-
joots of ray invention will appear more fully in the follow¬
ing description and appended claims. ....

More specifically desoribod, my invention com¬
prises a continuous amplifier, free from flexible joints,
from the small end of whiolv. is .preferably pivotally sup- ... ....
ported a sound oonvoyor for movement in a single plane, only;
tho sound oonvoyor being provided at its free end with a

1 reproducer, the sound box of whioh is rigidly connected
therewith. The reproducer is preferably provided with

the usual floating weight and in general is preferably

7m / osr,l,S>/, rA/sy

of the construction disolosod inx'my-p6n4-i-ng-app-lieatien
€oriar rTo° 'T-r IP, \ m ! and entitled

Beproduoors. In order to oontrol the movement of the
stylus into and out of engagement with the record, however,

I provide the reproducer with means whioh is preferably

I mounted on the sound box and. is movable to raise and lowor
the floating weight. In the' onolosed horn type of machine,
the major portion of the amplifier is preferably located
and fixed within the oaBing or oabinot, the interior of
whioh is in free oommunioation with the surrounding atmo-
! sphere, and the smaller portion of the amplifier is looated
above the oaBing, whereby the sound oonveyor with the repro¬
ducer is pivotally supported for horizontal movement aoross
the record support. The rooord support or table is driven

Iin a well known manner from a. motor preferably looated with¬
in the oasing. The large and small portions of the ampli¬
fier are seourod together and are preferably integrally

I It has heretofore been considered essential in

order to obtain best results in the enalosed horn type of

(3)

-<r

talking machines to make that part of the oabinot in which
the major portion of the amplifier is located a substantial
ly Bound -proof oompartment. X have found, however, that
better results are obtained by the open oasing for the. am¬
plifier, whioh X provide. When a olosed oompartment is pro
vided for the major portion ofc.tho amplifier , the wallb.-of
the oompartment throw baok the. vibrations set up in the air
surrounding the amplifier ana tend to vibrato the walls
of the amplifier in opposition to the vibrations set up
therein by the sound waves passing therethrough from the
reproducer. This results in the issuanoe of impure and
unpleasant tones from the mouth of the amplifier. I have
also found that the souna-proof oompartment forms a reson¬
ating ohambor whioh sots to augment the lower notes out
of all proportion to the augmentation of the higher notes,

thereby imparting to the reproduction of sound an effect
whioh may be termed "cabinet tone". By the employment of
the oompartment having free oommunioation with the surround¬
ing atmosphere, those .disadvantages are obviated ana at the
same time I am enabled to obtain an apparatus whioh is neat
and pleasing in appearanoe.

In order that my Invention may be more clearly
understood, attention is hereby directed to the aooompanying
drawings forming a part of this speoifioation, in whioh the
same referenoe oharaoters are used to designate correspond¬
ing parts throughout, and in whioh: vr_ SrS-IS

Figure 1 is a top plan view of a^talking maohine
of the enclosed horn type in aooordanoe with my invention;

Figure 2 is a front elevation of the, apparatus
of Figure 1;

[Figure 3 is a sectional view on line p — 3 o£.;
Figure 1, parts being Bhown in elevation; .

(3). ..

Figure 4 is an enlarged view of the reproducer
on line 4 — 4 of Figure 3 looking in the direotion of the
arrows ;

Figure 5 is an enlarged view in side elevation,
partly in seotion, of the reproducer;

Figure 6 is an enlarged seotional view on line
6 — 6 of Figure 1, showing the construction of the connection
between the sound oonveyor and the small end of the ampli¬
fier;

Figure 7 is a seotion on line 7—7 of Figure. 6;

Figure 8 is a fragmentary view similar to Figure
3 and showing a slightly modified form of amplifier; and.

Figure 9 is a view in side elevation, partly in
seotion, oV^talSin^maohine of the horn type in aooordanoe
with my invention. ,

Referring to Figures 1 to 7, reference oharaoier 1

S' S'

represents the oabinet or casing of my improved ^talking '

maohine whieh is provided with a top shelf or framework" 2.

The Bhelf 2 serves as a support for the bed plate 3 of the
frame of the ^talking maohine, in whioh bed plate is rotatablj 1
mounted the usual spindle 4 oarrying at its upper end iihe
record Bupport or turntable 5 for the reoord 6. Suitably
supported from the under side of the bed plate 3, as by means

of bracket 6’, is a suitable motor 7, whioh, by means of
ing

suitable gearing, preferably spiral gear/8, serves to drive
spindle 4 and the usual governor 9. Bracket 6 1 is prefer¬
ably provided at its lower end with a step bearing 4' for.
spindle 4. ...

Reference character 10 represents the bottom of,
or a horizontal partition in, the oabinet 1 between whioh and

(4)

the shelf 2 a compartment 11 is formed. In order to give
a neat and pleasing appearance to the apparatus, the oper-,
ating means of tlie^taiking maohine and the major portion of
the amplifier or horn are preferably looatod within com¬
partment 11. In order to- establish free communication •

between compartment 11. and the atmosphere surrounding the
oabinet , so as to obviate the disadvantages indicated above
resulting from the use of a substantially sound-proof cabi¬
net , I preferably provide the rear wall of the oompartment
with a large opening 18 and provide shelf 2, forming the toj
wall of the oompartment , with cutaway portions such as., slot.
12' and opening 13. Of oourse, tho walls of the compart¬
ment may be apertured in any othor desired manner. Refer¬
ence oharaoter 14 represents the amplifier whioh is provid¬
ed at its mouth with: a flange 16, this flange being suitably
secured, as by moans of sorows 16, about an opening 17. in
the front wall of oompartment 11. Tho amplifier or horn
14 extends rearwardly below the motor 7 from opening 17
substantially in a horizontal . direction and thenoo upwardly
through opening 13 in the shelf 2. Direotly above shelf 2
the horn is provided with a flange 18, preferably formed
integrally therowith. For the purpoBO of additionally
supporting the horn and giving a neat appearanoo to the
top of the oabinet, I provide a grill 19 of a size to fit
opening 13 and which is preferably provided with a slot 20
and openings 21. After the horn is soourod in the pos¬
ition shown in Figure 1. grill 19 is inserted through , ,
opening 12 in the rear of the oabinet and pushed into ;
plaoe in the opening 13, as shown in Figures 1 to 3, with
the top thereof in engagement with the bottom of flange 18.
In order to hold the grill, in the position shown, I provide

' ' '

suitable means, such as a supporting frame 'S^., preferably
formed from angle iron, whioh may be inserted through aper¬
ture 13 and seoured to the .oasing in the position shown in
Figure 3 by any suitable moans (not shovm) with the up.per.
face of its horizontal flange in oontaot with the lower sur-
faoo of the grill ,19. • (rho axis of the major portion of
the horn or amplifier- -is preferably in a single and substan-j
tially vertical plane. In the form of the invention shown
in Figure 1, the horn is continuous with the smaller pbr-
tionjthereof above shelf 3 formed integrally with the major
portion in oompartment 11. ] As shovm in this figure, the
horn extends vertically for a short distance above flange
18 and is: then bent to extend substantially at right angles
to the major portion thereof and transversely of the cabi¬
net substantially parallel to the front and rear thereof.
This smaller portion of the horn is bent on itself, where¬
by the two substantially straight Beotions 33 and 34 ,

5 formed. The axes of the straight sections 33 and, 34 f
are preferably looated in a single vertioal plane sub¬
stantially at right angles to the vertioal plane of tha, 1
axis of the major portion of the amplifier. In-order to
economize space and to properly locate the gmall end of the
horn, seotion 33 is inclined away from the horizontal and
seotion 34 is inclined, towards the horizontal, as clearly .
shown in Figure 3. Sootions 33 and 34 are preferably ■
Beoured together at,_gfi...jghere they most nearly jipprofioh oaohj
other, in any suitable manner, as by soldering, so ae\to
render" the amplifier Bore rigid- Seotion 34 of $he ampli¬
fier extends some distqnoe to the right of the mediahyverti.
cal plane from the front, to the rear of the cabinet and.^ia
bent adjaoent itB end to form the short forwardly 'project¬
ing portion 36. , '•?'

_ _ ( 6 ) V v,- ••• -

A preferably non-tapering sound oonveying tube
27, oarrying at one end the reproducer, is connected at its
other end to the forwardly projecting portion 26, forming
tho Bmall end of the horn or amplifier 14, by moans. of a
pivotal oonneotion 28. Sound, oonveying tube 27 is prefer¬
ably wholly supported from tho small end of the amplifier •' .
and for movement in substantially a horizontal plane otrly .

-he pivotal oonneotion 28 is preferably formed
as follows: On the end of portion 26 of the amplifier and

preferably formed integrally therewith is a hollow vertical
oylindrioal oasing 29 and on the adjacent end of tube 27,
also preferably formed integrally therewith, is a hollow
oylindrioal oasing 30. The oasing 29 is in oommunioation
with the bore of portion 26 and is provided with a out&way
portion 29'. The bore of tube 27 extends through oylin¬
drioal oasing 30 and is flared at the end, as at 27'. , The
oylindrioal casing 30 is preferably of Buoh size as to fit
snugly within oasing 29 and is held in place within the
latter by moans of sorews 31 whioh pass through the top and
bottom of oasing 29 and have tapered endB engaging in r.e-
oesses in the top and bottom of oasing 30. The sorSws 31
may be adjusted to any desired position and held in plaoe
by look nuts 31' . Oasing 30 is provided with suitable/
stops suoh as Borows 32 whioh ooaot with the walls 83, of the
outaway portion 29' of oasing 29 to limit the horizontal
swinging movement of tube 27. By providing tho bore Of
tube 27 with tho flaring end 27', the area of the passes
between tube 27 and portion 26, when tube 27 is at either ,
limit of its swinging movement, is but very little ftefjip- • ,
than the oross Beoti.onal area' of the bores in the malii' .ports
of members 27 and 26'.

Referenoe oharaoter 34 represents the reproducer
which is carried by the free end of sound conveying tube 27
and the construction of which, with the exooption of. the
moans for controlling the movement of the stylus into and
out of operative position, is praotioally the same as that
disolosed in my pending application referred to above.

The sound box 35 of the reproducer iB provided with the
usual diaphragm (not shown) and is Integral with or other¬
wise fixed to the sound oonveying tube 27 with the dia¬
phragm in a horizontal position. The extension 36 of, the j
sound box supports the floating weight 37 by a connection
including the loaf -spring 38. Floating weight 37 is pro- . _
vided with spaced bearings 39 between whioh the stylus; lover
40, provided with stylus 41, is pivotally mounted. The
tail of the stylus levor 40 is oonneoted by suitable means,
such as a oord 42, to the reproducer diaphragm.

I will now describe the means for controlling
the movement of the stylus into and out of operative
position. Referenoe oharaoter 43 represents a suitable
finger-pieoe , preferably consisting of a knurled or milled
oiroular member having a hub 44 pivotally mounted on a
suitable member, suoh as a pin or sorew 45, seoured to sound
box 35. Hub 44 is provided with an extension 46, preferably
formed integrally therewith, and this extension is formed
with a oaro surfaoe adapted to ooaot with a pin 47 seoured
to the floating weight 37. Extension 46 is also provided
with a reoesB 48, the end walls of whioh ooaot with a suit¬
able stop 49 seoured to sound box 35 to limit the pivotal
movement of member 43 on 45.. . It will be apparent that on
moving finger-pieoe 43 so as to turn extension 46 to the
right, from the position shown in Figure 4, the oam Burfaoe

(8)

of the extension will ooaot with pin 47 seourod to float¬
ing weight 37 to raise tho latter and thereby stylus
41 from operative position with rospeot to the sound
reoord. It will also be obvious that in order to provide

I for the return of the stylus to operative position, fingor-
pieoe 43 is simply turned to the loft until pin 49 abuts
or approaohes the Bhoulder at the right hand end of

I recess 48, as shown in Figure 4, whereupon gravity and
spring 38 will aot to move floating weight 37 and thereby
stylus 41 downwardly into operative position. Hub 44
preferably fitB tightly on the- shank of pin or sorev/ 45.

In orcler to insure, however, that member 43 will be held
in any position to whioh it is turned, I provide a spring
50 between the head of the Borew 45 and the bottom of a

IreaesB in member 43, provided' for the reoeption of the;
screw head, whereby the end of, hub 44 is held in tight,
friotional engagement with sound box 35, as will be appar¬
ent from an inspection of Figure 5.

Amplifier 14, sound oonveying tube 27 and the,
jlreproduoer 34 of the- apparatus shown in Figures 1 to 3 may
be made as an attachment oapablo of being readily substi- 1
ftuted for oertain parts^of^ta&ing machines of the enolosedO-
i type designed to play reoords of the lateral groove

type to adapt these maohines for playing reoords of the,
p and down or hill and dale type. In order to apply; the
ftaohment to suoh a machine, it may be neoessary to pro¬
ride the oasing of the same with openings in the baok and
;op corresponding to openings 12 and 13 in the oaBing, 1
ib shown in Figure 3. It will, of oourse, be understood
;hat sound oonveying tube 27 may be attaohed to the small
ind portion 26 of amplifier 14 after the latter is secured
rn plaoe in the oasing ,or oabinot 1.

(9) ' ■'

It ia some timeB desirable to make the major
portion of the amplifier and the smaller portion thereof
separately. For example, suoh a oonstruotion may render
the assembling of the machine more convenient. I have
shown suoh a oonstruotion in Figure 8 wherein the major
portion of the amplifier is Bhown within oasing 1 with its-,
smaller end extending through opening 13 in the shelf ,2.

.Just above shelf 2 the major portion 14-’ of the amplifier
is provided with flange 18 whioh rests on grill 19 sup¬
ported by frame 22, as shown in Figures 1 and 3. She.
major portion of the amplifier extends only a short dis¬
tance above flange 18 to form a guiding portion 60. She
smaller section 14" of the amplifier iB substantially the
same as shown in Figures 1 to 3, except that it is not.
integral with the major portion 14' . She larger end of
the smaller amplifier section 14" fits over guiding portion
60 and is provided with a horizontal flange 61 engaging
flange 18. She major and smaller portions of the ampli¬
fier are seoured together in any suitable manner, as by
sorews 62 joining flanges 61 and 18.

In adapting machines of the enolosed horn type
whioh are designed to play reoords of the lateral groove
type. for playing records: garxplaylngxTflnflrfta having grooves
of the up and down type, it may be unnecessary to remove,
the major portion of the amplifier within the oablnet.. In
such a oaBe, reference character 14' (Figure 8) would repre¬
sent the major portion of the amplifier of the original ma- ■
ohine and the attachment which it wo$ld be, neoessary to ap- .
ply would comprise only the smaller portion-14" of the
amplifier, sound oony.eying tube 27 and reproducer 34...

Referring to Figure 9, which illustrates my in-
ventiojn ;as. embodied in talking machines of, the horn type,
(10)

reference oharaoter 70 represents the cabinet of the .machine
above which the rotatable turntable or reoora support 5 is
suitably supported. Turntable 5 is driven in any suitable v
manner preferably by a motor (not shown) located within thh
cabinet or oasing 70. Referonoe oharaoter 72 represents
a braoket which is suitably scoured to oabinot 70 as by-, . -■

screws 73 ana whioh servos as a support for tho amplifier
and the sound conveying tube 27 ana tho reproducer 34 car¬
ried thereby. While the amplifier may, if desired, be
a one pieoo member, I, prefer in this type of machine to
form the larger ana smaller portions thereof separately.
Accordingly, the upper end of braoket 72 is provided with
a flanged ring 75 to which the large bell-like portion 14"'
is seourea in fixed position by a clamping member 76 suit¬
ably seoured to tho upper end of braolcot 72 as by a screw
77. The bell portion 14’" is preferably secured in place
with its axis located in a vertical^p-lan passing oentrally
of the oabinet from the front to the rear thereof. The
smaller portion of the amplifier, which is bent on itself,,
is generally of tho same oonstruotion as shown in Figures 1
to 3 exoept that the larger end thereof is preferably pro¬
vided with a socket portion 70 adapted to fit over ring 75.

The smaller portion of tho amplifier is scoured to ring 75
in any suitable way, SB by screws 79, with the largor sea-
tion 23' thereof above the smaller seotion 24'. The, axes .

of seotions 23' and 24’ $re preferably looated in a vertical j
plane at right angles to the plane in whioh the axis of. j

bell portion 14’ ' ' is looated. Sound oonveying tube . 27 j

oarrying reproducer 34 .is pivotally seoured to the small
end portion 26 of the amplifier at 28 as in the form shown
in Figures 1 to 3. Parts 14"\ 23’, 24’. 26, 27 and 34

(id

of Figure 9 may be made' as a separate attachment or attaoh-
ments capable of substitution for oortain parts^in^lSnB

maohinos-. of the- horn. type designed to play records of .the .

lateral Groove type to adapt these machines for ploying
records of tho hill and dale type. In certain oases where
the horn of tho original .machine may bo uBed, the attuchinentj
will oomprise only the smaller section of the amplifier
( comprising parts 23\ 24' and EG), conveyor 27. and repro
duoer 34.

While 1 have disclosed the nature of my invention
by the illustration and description of several preferred
forms, it is to be understood, of oourso, that my invention
may be embodied in many modifications without any departure
from the spirit and scope thereof.

Having now fully described my invention, what
II 1 claim and desire to protect by letters Patent of the
United States is as follows: , /'I

&**jta* ; ^ ‘ ' ' ' '•

In a talking\ maohine , a casing, a fixed , ||

1 continuous) amplifier partly within and partly above said ^
casing, a sound oonvoyor Vitally oonneoted with and •
wholly supported from tho\mall end of said amplifier ,and .
a reproducer rigidlj/^onneoy with said sound conveyor,

| substantially as described

In a talking machine \ a casing, on. amplifier

I partly within and partly above e\id casing, a sound oon-
veyor pivotally oonneoted with thksmall end of the ampli¬
fier /for horizontal movement only. Vd a reproducer rigidly
seoured to said sound oonveyor. substantially as described.

(IE)

In a talking machine, a 'casing, alfixedj oon-
1 tinuouB Jomplif ier Vartly within' ana partly above saia
oasing. a Bound oonVeyor pivotally oonnootea with the small
ena of the amplified for'norizontal movement only,’ and a
reproducer rigidly adourod to said sound conveyor, eub-
stnntially bb dosoglbba .

In a talking\maohine , a oasing, an amplifier

(partly within and partly above saia oasing, a sound con¬
veyor pivotally oonneotea'with the small end of the ampli¬
fier for horizontalgaovement only, said sound oonveyor
being wholly support oa by 'saia amplifier , and a reproducer
rigidly soour'ea to said. sound oonveyor, substantially,. as ,
aesoribea. \

In a talking raaohine, a pacing, a (fixed oon-

I tinuouB) amplifier partly within and partly above saia
oasing, a sound conveyor piyotklly oonnootea with the small
end of the amplifier for/liorizoWl movement only, said
sound oonveyor being ^wholly supported by said amplifier,
i reproducer rigidly seourea \o saia sound oonveyor1,
substantially ps described. \

6. In a talking machine ,/aT obntinuous ^amplifier
(without flexible joint1, a sound oonveyor pivotally oonneoted/
with and wholly supported jfrom the small end of said ampli-
txJr., and a reprodWer'Vigidly oonnsotod with the fro o end
of said aonveyolr, substantially aa described.

7. In a talking maohine, a g.ontiimous^ amplifier
(without flexiblo joint; a sound'oonveyor Vivotally oonhootod
with and wholly support ed^from the small end of said ampli¬
fier for movement in .a' single piano only, and a roproduoor
rigidly oonnootoa^with the free ena of said\ oonveyor , -sub-
I stontially tt^deeoribea. jlgj

18. In a talking machine , a continuous amplifier
(.without flexible joint'; a non-taporing sound oonveyor
pivotally oonnootod wfth and wholly supported . from the
small end of said’amplifi'er ,' aha a r'eproduoor rigidly o<

9. In a talking maohine, a oontinuoua amplifier
without flexible joint, a\non-tapering sound oonveyor
pivotally oonneoted with and wholly supported from the
small end of said ampiifiei\ for movement in a single plene
only, and a roproduoor rigidly oonneoted with the free end
of said oonveyor, substantially as desoribed.

10. In a talking machine, a easing, the interior

Iof which is in froe communication with' the surrounding
atmosphere, a re o ora support, k continuous amplifier
without flexible joint supported partly within and partly

Iabovo said oasing, a sound /3'onvi
the small end of the amplifier i
in a substantially horizontal p!

I port, end a reprodpoor rigidly,
saia oonveyor, substantially af

• entirely supported .from
for pivotal movement only

zontal plane above the ra
rigidly, oonneoted to the :

111. In a talking maohine, a baaing, the interior
of whioh is in free oommunioation^-Wiith tho surrounding .
atmosphere, a record support, a' oontinuoua amplifier j

without flexible joint supported partly within and partly
above said oaBing, a ^on-tapering' sounV oonveyor entirely
supported from tho Bmall ond of tho amplifier and for^ pivot¬
al movenont only in d substantially horizontal plane- above
the reoord support-; and a reproduoer rigidly oonnooteci; to
the free end of "said oonveyor, suhatantiaVly as dasoribpd.

(14)

12. In a talking maohine, a casing, the interior
j of whioh is in fre|e oommuniaation with the surrounding
atmosphere, a recoil support , /'(stationary! continuous
amplifier without flexible/Joint supported partly within
and partly above said casing, a Bound oonveyor entirely
supported from the sLll end of the amplifier and for,
pivotal movement only\in a substantially horizontal plane
above the reoordWippdrt , and a reproducer rigidly oonneot-
od to the free7 end of bald oonveyor, substantially as de¬
scribed. ^

13. In a talking \paohine , a casing, the interior r<
of whioh is in free communication with the surrotrading
atmosphere, a rooord suppbrt, a Stationary )oontinuous
amplifier without flexibld joint supported partly within
and partly above said oasiW,' a;\non-tapering sound oonvey¬
or entirely supported from Wo small end of the amplifier
and for pivotal movement only in a substantially horizontal
plane above the reoord support , and a reproducer rigidly
oonnooted to the free end ofWid oonveyor, substantially
as described. \

14. In a talking maohine , the combination with a
oasing having openings in theWdes and top thereof, a
reoord support above said,.basini, and operating means for
said reoord support , p/a oontinlouB amplifier supported
partly within and partly above said easing, a sound oon¬
veyor pivotally/oonneoted at one and with the small end
of the amplifier and' provided at itq, other end with a
roproduoer, substantially as described. \.

(16)

15. In a talking maohine, a oasing having free
oommunioation with tW surrounding atnosphere and provided
with an opening in the front thereof, a framework secured
to Baid easing at theVtop thereof, a record support mounted
on said framework above the' oasing, operating means for
Baid reoord support, a\oontinuous amplifier supported part¬
ly within and partly above said oasing, the mouth of said
amplifier being adjacent the opening in/ front of the easing
and a Bound oonveying tube pivoted at one end to the small
end of the amplifier ond\provided at its other end with a
sound box, substantially as described.

16. In a talking machine, the combination with a
oasing having openings in tWe sides-and top thereof, a p,
reoord support above said ohsing', and aperating moans for
said reoord support, of a oobtinuous amplifier supported
partly within and part^/abo4e Baid oasing, a (non -tape ring
sound conveyor pivotally oonneoted at one end with thp. email
end of the amplifier and provided at its other end with a
reproducer iiy operative relation to the reoord support ,
substantially as described. \

17. In a talking maohine the combination with a
oasing having openings in the si dps and/top thereof, a
reoord support above said oasing, \and/ operating means for
said reoord support, of a continuous amplifier supported
partly within and partly above ,saiA oasing, a sound oonvey-

ftfch the small <

or pivotally oonneoted at one — —
amplifier (Cor movement in/a substantially horizontal plane
only) and provided at its other end with a reproduoer in.
operative relation t/ the reoord support, substantially t
desoribed.

(16)

In a talking maahine, tha oombirfation with a
f having openings in the oiaeB an^top thereof, a
reoord eupport above bald aaaing, and operating meanB.for
said reoord eupport, o\c a continuous amplifier supported
partly within ana partly abovpsaid oasing, a (non -tapering )
sound oonvoyor pivotally oonneoted at one ond with the . • ••
small ena of the amplifier" for movement in a substantially
horizontal plane only/an'd provided at its other end with a
reproauoer in operative delation to the reoora support,
substantially as described.

In a talking machine, tho oombination with a
oasing having openings in the sides' and top thereof, a
reoord support above said oasing/ and operating means for
said rooord support, of a oantinuoua amplifier supported
partly within and partly e^bVe said oasing/ the mouth of
the amplifier being adjao4nt \to one of the openings in- the
sides of the oabinot,/,a/sound|oonveyor pivotally oonneoted
3 end with the si^all ond\f the amplifier and provided
at its other end with a reproducer in operative relation
to tho reoord support, substantially bb deBoribed.

20. In a talking maohine,\tho oombination with a
oaBing having openings in the Bides and top ^hereof, a
reoord support above said casing, Wnd operating means for
said rooord support, of a oontinuouB amplifier supported
partly within and partly above said\ oasing, a Bound conveyor
pivotally oonneoted at one end withAthe small end of the
amplifier and provided at itB other land with a reproduoer
rigidly oonneoted therewith and supported in operative re¬
lation to the reoord support ./substantially as described.

(17)

L 21. In a talking maohine , the combination with a

■ oasing having openings in the sides and top thereof, a .

reoord support above \said oapins. and operating moans for I
Laid reoord support. Af a|tationar^ oontinuous amplifier
I supported partly withiVan^artly above said oasing. a
j . sound conveyor pivotallV oonneoted at one end with the small

| 0nd of the amplifier an^-provided at its other end with a .

reproducer in operative Ration to the reoord support.

I sub st ant ially/as dasoribod.

22. In a talking machine . a oasing having free
I oommunioation with the surrounding atmosphere and provided <
'j with an opening in the frontrthereof. a framework seoured |

to said oasing at the top thereof/a reoord support mounted
J on said framework above the oasing, operating mea/iB for
A said reoord support, a continuous amplifier supported part-
J ly within and partly above said oasing. the mouth of said
amplifier being adjacent the opening in the front of the
. easing, and a aoun/oonveying tube pivoted at one end to

I the small end ofXho amplifier and provided at its other
end with a sound bom rigidly connected therewith, substan¬
tially as deeoribea. \ ;

23. In a talking machine, a oasing having free Or

oommunioation with the surrounding atmosphere and provided <;
with an opening in the front thereof A a framework seoured
to said oasing at the top thereof,/ rWd support mounted
on said framework above the oBBing, operating means for
said reoord support, a oontinuous amplifier supported part¬
ly within and partly above said easing, the mouth of said
amplifier boing adjaoent the opening in the front of the
[oasing. and a sound convening tube pivoted\at one end to the

(18)

small and of the amplifier for movement in a horizontal
plane only/ ana provided at its other end with a sound box,

I substantially as desoribed-

S4. In a talking maohino, a easing having free
oommunioation with the Wading atmosphere and provided
with an opening in the Wont thereof . a framework secured
to said easing at the/top thereof, a record support mounted .7
on said framework above W casing, operating means for said
: record support, a continuous amplifier supported partly

I within and partly above Bhidoasing. the mouth of said
amplifier being adjaoent me opening in the front of the
oaeing, and a sound oonv'eying tube pivoted at one end to
the small end of the/amplilier for movement 'in a horizontal
plane only )md provided at- 'its other end with a sound box
(rigidly/ oonneoted therewith! substantially as desoribed.

25. In a talking maohane, the oombinatiOn with a ^
easing having openings in theisides and t0J> /thereof, a ;

reoord support above said oasM;. and operating moans for
7 Baid reoord support, of a stationary ^o'ntinuoua amplifier
supported partly within and pa^ly^bove said casing , .a
■ sound oonvoyor pivotally. oonnooW at one end with the
small end of the amplifier and Aovided at itB other end
with a reproducer Rigidly oopAoAed therewith and supported
Kl. in operative relation to Ufa record support, substantially

26. In a talking maohine ^ yasing having free .....
oommunioation with thesurrouAing It mo sphere and provided
with an opening in the frpbt therebf\ a framework seourod
• t6 said casing at tho tp£ thereof . ^ Wo rd support mounted
on said framswork above tho oasing. operating means for salt.

reoord support, a ^siotionaryj continuous, amplifier supported

partly within and 'partly above said Rasing, the mouth of Q
said amplifier beingWd jaoent the/opening in the front of
the oasing, and a souhd conveying tube pivoted at one end.
to the small end of the amplifier and provided at its
other end with a sound! box;' substantially as described-.--

,27. In a talk!

g\ machine the oombination with a

casing, a reoord support (above the oasing, and^ operating ,
means for said reoord support, of a (stationary^ amplifier -
supported by the oasing *ith the larger portion thereof
within ^aid easing ana expending from^he front to the rear
thereof and with the smaller portion thereof above the. eas¬
ing- and extending transversely thereof substantially eit
right angles to said larger portion, a sound oonveyor piv¬
otally oonneoted to the small end of the amplifier, and^a
reproduoer rigidly /oonneoted to the free end (of (said oon-
veyo^t in operative relation \o the reoord support, substan¬
tially as described.

i talking maohi:

oasing,

means for said reoord support, W a Btationary^empiifier
supported by the oasing with' the larger; portion thereof
within said casing end extending from^the front W the rear
.thereof an^ with the smaller portion thereof above the cas¬
ing and extending transversely thbreof substantially^ at^ .
right angles to said larger portion, a sound conveyor piv¬
otally oonneoted to (and wholly supported from the small-; end
of the amplifier, indlT reproducer (bigidly)oonneoted to the
free end^oPsaid/oonveyor jin operative rolation to the, reo¬
ord support, substantially as desorieed.

,the oombination with a
reoord support (abovoVthe oasing J and operating

29. In a talking machine, the oombination with a
easing, a reoord airport iabove the easing), and operating
means for aaid reoond Bupport, of a/ .stationary amplifier
supported by the oasing with the larger, portion theroof
within said „oasing and. extending from/ the front to1 the
rear thereof) and withlthe smal-ler portion thereof above-
the easing and extending transversely thereof substantially
at right angles to said\ larger portion, a sound oonveyor
pivotally oonneotea^f or ^horizontal riiovement only( to the
small ena of the amplifier, and a reproducer rigidly oon-
neoted to the free end ol saia. oonveyor in operative rela¬
tion to the reoord support, substantially as deeoribea.

SO. In a talking maihine, the oombination with a
oasing, a reoord support above the oasing, and operating
means for saia reoora support, of a stationary amplifier .
supported by the oasing with! the larger portion thereof,
within said oasing and extending from the front to the roar
thereof ana with the smaller portion thoreof above the oas-
ing ana extending transvereelylthereof substantially at
right angles to said larger /portion, a sound oonveyor pivot¬
ally oonnooted (for horizontal movement only jto the small
ond of the amplifier (and/ wholly Support od thereby, and a
reproduoer rigidly oonnooted to the free end of said con¬
veyor in operative relation to the\ reoord Bupport, substan¬

tially i

i described.

ing, a reoord. support above tho/^oasii

talking maohine , th^ oombination with a' oas-
, and operating moans

for said reoord support, of a^Btation&ry amplifier (removably
supported by tho oasing with the larger portion thoreof with¬
in said oasing and extending from the front to the rear

(2i)

thereof and with tho\smallor portion thereof above the
oasing ana extending transversely thereof substantially at
right angles to said \larger portion, a sound aonveyor piv¬
otally oonnooted to this snuall ona of the amplifier, and a
reoroduoor rigidly oonAooted to the froo end of said qon-
veyor in operative relation to the rooord support, sub¬
stantially as do sari-bed .\

•3 © \

•32. In n talking machine, the( oombinstion with a
oasing, a reoora support (fcbove the oasihg,' ana operating
means for said reoora support, of a stationary amplifier F 1
supported by the oasing with' tho larger portion thereof
within said casing ana extending from^the front to^the
rear 'thereof and with the sLilior portion thereof above the
oasing ana extending transversely thereof substantially at
right anglos to saia larger Portion, said smaller portion
being bent on itsolf i a souna\ oonvoyor*" pivotally connected
-to the small ona of the amplifier, and, a, reproducer rigidly
oonneoted to tho free end, of tskid oonvoyor in operative
relation to the record support ,\ substantially as described.

, ggf In a talking machine A the combination with a
oasing, a rooord support (above tno cafeing,) end operating
means for said record support , of\a stationary amplifier
supported by tho oasing with the larger portion theroof
v/ithin saidr oasing and extending ffom^tho front to ' the rear
(there of ^and with the smaller portioh thereof above the oas¬
ing and extending transversely thereof substantially at
right angles to said larger portion,\ said smaller portion
boing bont on itsolf to form two (straight seotions inclined
to tho horizontal, a sound aonveyor. pivotally oonneoted to
the small end of the amplifier, ana a Veproauoer (rigidly)
oonneoted to the free end of said oonvoyor in operative
(28) \

a Support , substantially as described.

/ 34. In a talking \naohine . the combination with a oas-
j ing, a record support, ala operating means therefor support¬
ed by said casing, and ai amplifier also aupported by said
casing, of a sound oonveylr pivoted to and entirely supported
from the small end of sail amplifier, a reproducer compris¬
ing a sound box rigidly soWed to the free end of saxd
. amplifier and a floating wiight oarr£ng,a st^s. and meps .

Lunted on said sound box&r controlling 'the movement of
the floating weight 'towards! and from the sound box ana
thereby the movement of theUylus out of ana into operative
engagement with a record on laid record support, substantial
fly aa d escribed. \

In a talking machine, the combination with a
leasing, a record support and berating means therefor sup¬
ported by said casing, and a (sV at ionary continuous) amplifier
also supported by said casing. \of a sound .conveyor pivoted
to and entirely supported from We small end of said ampli¬
fier. a reproducer comprising a\ sound box rigidly secured to
the free end of said amplifier Id a floating weight carry¬
ing a stylus, and meanB mounted in said Bound box for con¬
trolling the movement of the floating weight towards and
Lorn the sound box and thereby thl movement of the stylus
out of and into operative engagement with a record on said
|reoord support, substantially as described.

5. in a talking maohine, trie oombination with a
leasing, a record support and operating means therefor support
L by said casing, and an amplifier \al so supported by said
: Lasing, of a Bound oonveyor pivoted to and entirely supported
n the small end of said/^mplifier^for movement in a single
. / { 23 )

plane substantially parallel to the reoora support].' a JpjK

reproduoer comprising a lound box rigidly seoured to the fi?
froe end of said amplified ana a floating weight carrying^ .
a stylus, and means mounted on said sound box ^f or controll¬
ing the movement of the floating' weight towards and from the
sound box and thereby the movement of the stylus out of and
into operative engagement lith a reoora on said reoora sup¬
port, substantially as described.

37. In a talking mao nine , the combination with a

Ioasing, a reoora support and operating means therefor sup¬
ported by saia casing, and i (stationary oontinuous ) amplifier
also supported by said casing, of a sound conveyor pivoted
to and entirely supported fr<L the small end of saia ampli¬
fier^ movement in a single! plane substantially parallel
to the reoora support; a reprbauoer ooraprislng a sound .box
[rigidly seoured to the free end of said amplifier and a
floating weight oarrying a st4.ua . ana means mounted on
saia sound box for controlling! the movement of the floating
wdight towards and from the BOilnd box and thereby the move¬
ment of the BtyluB out of ana into operative engagement with
||a reoora on saia record support! substantially as described.

too. In a talking maohinelthe combination with a ^
asing, a reoora support and operating means therefor sup-
ortea by saia casing, and an amplifier also supported by ^
aid oasing, of a sound oonv'eyorjplvotea to ana entirely
upported from the small end of" slid amplifier, a reproducer
omprising a sound box rigidly sectored to the free end of

paid amplifier and
is (comprising

a floating weight oarrying a styluB, and

m member ^nou

1 on said sound box for

tontrolling the movement of the floating weight towards ana

(84)

from the Bound box and Itheroby the movement of the stylus
out of and into operative engagement with a reoord on. said
rooord support, substantially as desoribea.

39. An attaohment l for talking machines oomprising

i oontinuous amplifier, <

oarrying a stylus and c
movement relative thereto , I

1 sound conveyor pivotally connected
\ i O'

with ana wholly supported! from the small end of the ampli-

fier, a reproducer oomprising a sound box rigidly oonnocted
to the free end of said conveyor, and a floating weight
looted with Baid sound box for
ind means mounted on said sound
box for controlling the movement of the floating weight ana
stylus towards and away from\ said sound box, substantially
as aesoribed.

40. An attaohment for talking maohines oomprising
a oontinuous amplifier, a souria oonyeyor pivotally connected
with and wholly supported from! the small ena of the ampli¬
fier, a roproduoer oomprising 1 sound box rigidly oonneotea
to the free end of saia conveyor, ana a floating weight
oonneotea with said Bound box fdr movement relative thereto
and oarrying a stylusfaaapted to\traok a reoora groove of
the hill ana aale/type), ana means mounted on said Bound box
for controlling the movement of t|

stylus towards ana away from said }eound box, substantially
as described-

41. An attachment for talking maohines oomprising
a oontinuous amplifior^without flexible joint} a sound .oon-
voyor pivotally oonneoted with ana Wholly supported from the
small ena of the amplifier, a reprodVioer oomprising a sound
box rigidly oonneotea to thefree end of said conveyor, ana

.tls

(25)

i floating weight aarrylng a stylus and oonneoted with said
! sound box for aovomont Relative thereto, and means mounted
1 said sound box for pohtroliing the movement of the float-

Iing weight and stylus towards and away from said sound box,
substantially a8 doBoribejd* '

An attachment for talking maohines comprising

I a oontinuous amplifier, a Bound conveyor pivotally connected
with and wholly supported from the small end of the ampli¬
fier (for movement in a single plane only,) a reproducer oom-
i sound box rigidly! oonneoted to the free end of

I said oonvoyor , and a float irig weight carrying a stylus and
oonneoted with said sound bok for movement relative thereto,
l means mounted on said sound box for controlling the

I movement of the floating weight and stylus towards and. away
from said sound box, substantially as described.

An attachment for talking maohineB comprising
| a oontinuous amplifier, a sound oonvoyor pivotally oonneoted
with and wholly supported fromlthe small end of the amplifier]
reproducer comprising a soun.dlbox rigidly oonneoted to the
|freo end of said oonvoyor, and 4 floating weight oarrying
stylus and oonneoted .with saidl sound box for movement rel¬
ative thereto, and moans ^comprising a oam member pivotally/*
mounted on said sound box for ooiltrolling the movoment of
the floating weight end' 'stylus tol/ards and away from; said;
Bound box, substantially as desorbed. \j

44. An attaohment for talking maohines comprising
oontinuouB amplifier(without flexible joint), a souiid ,■
onveyor pivotally oonneoted with olpd wholly supported from
;he small '.end of the amplifier(for Jpovement in a singl| plane

(26)

vV’

I only] a reproauoer oomprising a sound box rigidly oonneoted^
to the free ond of said 'conveyor , and a floating weight
oarrying a stylus: and ooUeoted with said sound box for . f,.

movement relative thoretd, and means mounted on said sound \t

I box for oontrolling the Movement of tho floating weight and.
stylus towards and away -flora -said sound box, substantially
as deBoribed- \

I4D. An attaohnont fir talking maohines oompriBing !
a oontinuous amplifior I without flexible joint), a sound a on- .
veyor pivotally oonnootod with ond wholly supported from the
small ond of the amplifier. \a reproducer oomprising a sound,,
box rigidly oonnootod to thd free end of said conveyor, and'
a floating weight oarrying a\ stylus and oonneoted with, said
sound box for movement rolative thereto, and means (oomprioin
a cam member pivotally) mounted on saia sound box for poii-
t rolling the movement of the floating weight ana stylus
towards ana away from said soiLa box. substantially as ae-

146. An attachment for taking maohineB oomprising ’ c,
oontinuous amplifier, a souna\ conveyor, pivotally oonneoted [
ith and wholly supported from the small end of tho amplifiex
or movement in a single plane oW/ a reproducer oomprising
, sound box rigidly oonneoted to Who free end of said oon-
ayor , and a flouting weight onrAring a stylus and oonneoted
rith said aound box for movement relative thereto, end means
lomprising a oam member pivbtallylrnountea on Baid pound box
ror oontrolling the movement of thl floating weight ana sty-
.us towards ana away-^rora said sould box, substantially as

uAd box, substantially as

47. An attachment for talking maohineB, oomprising
a oontinuous amplifiei^without flexible joint), a sound- ooi

voyor pivotally oonneotW with and wholly supported iron the
small end of the amplifier ^or movement in a single piano
onl/. a reproducer comprising a sound box rigidly connected
to the free end of said bonveyor. and a floating weight oar-|
rying a stylus and connected .with said sound box for move.
ment relative thereto, and .means (comprising a oara member
pivotallj^ mounted on said'tsound box for controlling the
movement of the floating weight and stylus towards and away
from said apund box,, substantially as desoribed.

x/ 4Q/ ' ^ attachment fol tailring maohines comprising
a oontinuousbsmpiifier, thelaxis of the larger portion of
said amplifier being located! substantially in a Bingle plane]
and the axis of tho smaller portion of the amplifier being
looated in substantially a single plane at right angles. t(o ;|
tho plane of the axis of the larger portion, a sound oonveyoa
pivotally oonneotsd with land4holly supported from' the. small]
end of the amplifier Z a /reprodjioaj ^(comprising a sound b
rigidly connected to the free Ld \$£> said oonvoyor), and
floating weight carrying a stylus and connected with se
sound box for movement . r^'|tivoVther«|o^j^id (
on said sound box for ' bontroilirig' the movement of the ..float-]
ing weight and stilus towardB and away from said sound box,
substantially as desoribed. \

\V‘

l attaohment for talking maoliineB comprising

a oontinuous^amplifl?er (without flexible Joint) (the — --

the larger portion of said amplifier being substantially in
a single plane and the smaller portion of the amplifier bein^
bent on itself with the. axis thereof in substantially a
single plane which is substantially \at right ^angles to .the
plane of the axis of the larger portion) a sound oonveyor

(28)

pivotally oonnootad \*ith (and wholly supportod from1 tho
small end of the ampldfio^. a reproauoer comprising a sound
box rigidly oonneotodlto the free endofr 'said oonveypr ,/ and
a floating weight oariying a stylus and oonnootea with said
sound box for movement) ro,l at ivo ^hereto , and moans mounted
on said sound box for iontrolling the movement of the (float¬
ing weight and stylus tl wards and away from said sound box.

50. An attaohmentl for talking maohines comprising ,-•?
an.* amplifier (bent on itself ) a sound conveyor pivotally oonc-
neoted with and wholly supported from the small end of the
amplifier £or movement ini a single piano only with respeot
to the amplifier', a reproducer comprising a sound box rigid¬
ly oonneoted to the free eW of said oonveyor, and a float¬
ing weight oarrying a. stylus and oonneoted with said sound
box for movement relative thereto, and meanB mounted on said
sound box for controlling tho movement of the floating, woigh ,
and stylus towards and awaylfrom said sound box, substan¬
tially as described. i;'y ■

I b • / • - ' i • \ y’ •> u'v 41

-5X1 An attachment for Walking machines oompriBing an^y
amplifier bent (on itself) to form two (straight) section^ the j !-j
axes £f whioh are jin the samelplano |and at an angle to eaoh"" ■

other,* a sound oonveyor pivotally oonnootod with (and wholly

J supported fromjthe smbll end of the amplifier for movement,,
in a b ingle( pl'aife1 ^only / with respeot to the amplifier) a re-
produoer Comprising a sound TjojJ rigidly joonneoted to the
free end of said oonveyor, and a floating weight oarrying a
stylus and oonneoted with said dound box ,for movemonVrela-^
tive thereto, and means mounted on said sound ^ox for son- .. ,

\ f My < 1 " »

trolling the movement of the floating weight /and stylus
towards and away frod said sound box, substantially as
desoribed. \

52. An attachment for talking maohines comprising
an amplifier (bent on itself ,j n. sound conveyor pivotally <| zy
oonnooted with and wholly supported from the small end of ' L'

the amplifier( f or movement in a single plane only with re -
speot to the amplifier) a reproducer oomprising a sound box
rigidly oonneoted to the Wreo end of said oonveyor, and a
floating weight oarrying.u stylus [adapted for traoking a
reoord groove of the hillWd dale type,] said floating,
weight being oonneoted with said Bound box for movement,
relative thereto, /and means mounted on said sound box for
controlling the movement of \ the floating weight and styluB
towards and away from said aound box, substantially os de-

53. An attachment for walking maohines oomprising
an amplifier (bont on 'vitsolf to. form, two (straight) sections,)
(theses of which are in the same plane and at an angle to
eaoh other), a sound oonveyor pivotally oonneoted with and
wholly supported from the snall\end of the amplifier Vf or
movement in a single plane only with rospeat to the ampli¬
fier), a reproducer oomprising a sound box rigidly oonneoted
to the free end of said oonveyor A and a floating weight
oarrying a stylus (adapted for tracking a reoord groove :of
the hill and dale type), said floating weight being oonneoted

I with said sound box for movement relative thereto, and.meanB
mounted on said sound box for oontrblling , the movement , of thej
floating weight and stylus towardB and away ifrom Baid- sound
box, substantially as desoribed.

(30)

L. An attaohmenli for talking maohines oomprising
,an amplifier \bont on itself ana free from flexible Joints
I a sound oonveyor pivotally oonneoted with and wholly sup¬
ported from tho small end\o^/tho amplifier for movement in
i b ingle plane only with riespeot to tho amplifier,', a repro-
I duoer oomprising a sound' -bbx rigidly oonneoted to the- free -
ena of eaid oonveyor ,/and d floating weight oarrying a '
stylus ana oonnooted^with saia sound box for movement , rela¬
tive thereto, and'’ means mounted on said so mid box for con¬
trolling tho movement of tho\ floating weight and stylus
towards and away from said sound box, substantially as
I described. / \

55. An attachment for talking maohines oomprising
I an amplifier jbent on itself to form two straight Beotions),
the axes of whioh ore in the same plane ana at an angle to
each otherV a sound oonveyor pivotally oonneoted with and
wholly supported from the small and .of the amplifier; for
movement in a single plane only vrilth rospeot to the ampli¬
fier,) a reproduoer oomprising a sound box rigidly oonneoted
to the free end of said oonveyor, ana a floating weight
oarrying a stylus (adapted for traoMng a reoora groove, of •
the hill and dale typ oj, said float ihg weight being oonneoted
with saia sound box for movement roDJativo thereto, and moans
Comprising a oam member mounted on said sound box for con¬
trolling the movement of the. floating^ weight and Btylus
towards and away from said .sound box, (substantially as.
lesoribed. \

56. An attachment for talking^ miJohineB oomprising
i amplifier [bent on itself and free frW flexible Join iej.

a sound oonveyor pivotally oonneotoa with and wholly sup- (
ported from the small o\d of the amplifier tfor movement in
a single plane only with respect to the amplifier] a repro-
duoer oomprising a sound b\x rigidly oonneoted to the free
end of said oonveyor, ana a-Afloating weight carrying a
stylus and oonneoted with' sai^ sound box for movement rela¬
tive thereto, and means/(oompri\ing a cam member jmountpd on
said sound box for controlling the movement of the floating
weight and stylus towards and awair from said sound box,
substantially as dosoribod*

3-^J-

/ ±t- /

. V
\ \

tEIjis: specification Signeb anti toitneSSeb tfjis 2-f^bay

©atb.

jg>tatc of i?eto 3 crSe? ) g ,

Count? of Cssex f

thouas a. 3DXS0U , tlje abobe nameb

petitioner, being bull) stamen, bepoSes nnb Says tfjat fje is a citijeu of tfje fHniteb
states, anb a reSibent of '/teat Orange, JIsoox County, Ksw Jersey

tfjat fje berily beliebes fjimself to be tfje original, first anb sole inbentor of tfje

improbements in

TAIKUIO HACHIHBB

beScribeb anb claimeb in tlje annexeb specification ; tfjat Ije boeS not fmoto anb
boes not beliebe tfjat tlje same bias eber fenotam or useb before Ijis inbention or
biscober? tfjereof; or patenteb or beScribeb in an? printeb publication in tlje
fHniteb states of America or an? foreign country before ijis inbention or
biscobery tfjereof, or more tfjan ttoo years prior lo tfjis application; or patenteb
in any country foreign to tlje ®niteb States on an application fileb more tljan
ttoelbe montljs prior to tfjis application; or in public use or on Sale in tlje
IHniteb states for more tljan ttoo years prior to tfjis* application; anb tfjat no
application for patent upon saib inbention fjas been fileb by fjim or Ijis; legal

repreSentatibeS or assigns in any foreign country. C / •

GXtr2- Lc. Co

g>bjorn to anb subscribeb

before me tf)is2-^May'o!^^^'t9l5

0 // Rotary public.

r No.2hR®J.?

DEPARTMENT OF THE INTERIOR
UNITED STATES PATENT OFFICE

Dyer * Holden, .... - . fl, g, PATENT OFFICE,

. ^>ps 1 0 1913

Orange , New Jersey . . M AILED.

Plms6 flnd below a, communication from live EXAMINER in charge of the application of

ThonRe...A.....Bdle.on,B.er.lali:nu!nbftr...7.53,2.7.6,filaiL.Maroli..6,l.ftl3,..iar. —

^Page 2, applicant should make raferonoe to the patent

number rather than the mdnt application number for his referenoe
to the disclosure of the reproducer.

tX'' 'Y

/ Page 6, line 1, "31" should be "22" .

t Page 11, line 17, "plan" should be "plane".

Claims 1 W 5 inclusive are rejected on Johnson, June 11, ,s
1907, #858,704, (1S1-3) I also on Bngllsh.Deo. a«,19U,#l,0lS,O08, •

(181-3), or Meddle, Eng. patent, Aug. 15, 1910, #19, 144, (181-3) ,
no invention being found in omitting the U-tube and its funotion
a8 ia oomrpon in the art as see for example, Babbitt, Ootob^r 22,1912,
#1,041^*71,(181-3); also on Dyar.hao. 31^3,912 ,#1,049,215, (181- B ) ,
or Sim(U,Bng. patent, July 5,1904, #15,080, (181-3) , figure 2, no
invention being found in omitting the horisontal pivots and their j^/’
funotion as is oommon in the art as see for example, Babbitt. /

Claims 6 to 13 indue lve areobjeotidnable owing to the
negative limitation "without flexible Joint".

Claims 6, and 7 are rejected on the above oltejl referenoe* and
reasons or Elate, Sng. patent, Sept. i,199*,#i|i;|*»* <1*X-*)"

#752*276-- . —2.

Ho invention i 8 found in making the amplifiar in^j^pieoa
in view of the diaolosuraa of Hall, Hay 31,»910,flj9!j9,B22,

(181-2), or Dyer, et al., Nov. 28, 1911, #1,010, 305, (181-2).

Clalma 8 and 9 are rejeoted on the last cited referenoea and
reasons. It is patentahly immaterial whether the oonreyor ia
tapering or not aa the non tapering conveyor ia quite aa well
known in thia art aa the tapering oonveyor.aeej^r cited,

Johnson oited or Johnson.Uaroh 21,1906, #786,382,(181-3).

Claima 10 to 13 lnolusive are rejected on 3imon for the
reasons fully set out above.

Claima 14, 16, 17,/ IB, 20, 21, 25 are rejected on Miller,

June 20,1505, #793,013,(161-3), Figure 6, provided with a sound
conduit above the partition as in Johnson, #858, 704. 'j t '

These last oited claims and a*B0 claims 15, 19 , 22 , 23, 24,
and 20, are rejected as no invention is found in leaving
the sidee of the cabinet in Johnson oited open, in view of

Simon. ^ C- f'- ' ^ ‘ fc> ^

' Claima 27 and 31 are rejected on Hoaohka.Feb. 8, 1910, #94 8, 327,
(181-3). lloto tho pivotal connection f. Nor ia invention found j
in providing for the horizontal movement of the sound box by j I
well known expedients as in Babbitt or Elate cited.

Claima 28, 29 and 30 aro rejeotod on HoBOhke for the reasons
given. No invention la found in leaving off the horizontal
pivots and their function, in view of the cited art; also on the
aeoond grounds of rejeotion of claim 27 •

Oladm 32 is rejeoted on Hosohka, in view of Keen, Aug. 3,1909,
#929,839,(181-2). Invention ie not found in extending HoeoMco’s
end of the amplifier so as to double on itself, in view of Keen's

disclosure. (

i Claima 33, 81, 83 and 55 are objectionable as inaoourately

descriptive in the reference to "two straight aeotiona".

Claims 34^5, 36, 37 and 38 are rejeoted on Johneon,
#856,704}*! ^Bngl lah, Reddie or Slate, in view of Macdonald,

#782,276-

Hot. 14, 1911,#1, 000,608, (181-B). Also no invention would lie
in substituting for' the naans disclosed by H^donald any suoh
means as in Macdonald, veb^/^S, 1913, #1,054,389, (181-2) i Scott,
October 1,1912, #1,040^032,(181-10);. Hart, Kay 1903, #727,387,

(181-10), or Frenoh patent, #320, 160, (181-10).

Claims 39, 40, 42, 43, 46, 80, 51, 52, 83 and 55 are redacted
on the last oited raforeneeSand reasons andjilso upon either
Combret, French patent. May 15, 1906, Jf37B, 523, (181-8) , or Comhret,
French patent, Feb. 19,1907, #370,758, (181-3), provided with
Macdonald' e tone arm movable in a single plane.

Claims 41, 44, 46, 47 and 49 are obj eotionablo ovring to the
negative limitation*, "without flexible joint". '

Claims 41, 44, 45, 47, -54 and 56 are rejected on the
references and reasons of rejeotlon of olairn 39 .

No invention is found in mating the amplifier in thooe
references where it is oomposed ofa number of parts in a
single pieco, in view of the disclosures of Hall, Dyer, and
either, Combret.

Claim 48 is rejected on HosoWce,for the reasons given in
view of Macdonald., for the reasons given.

The claims are many times too numerous in this application
for the scope of applicant's invention and are required to be
reduced in number by ono third .

1ST THE UNITED STATES PATENT OFFICE.

I THOMAS A. -EDISON, . ) .

TALKING MACHINES, ) „ „„„

Hoorn No. 379.

Filed March 6, 1913, )

| Serial Ho. 762,276. )

HONORABLE COMMISSIONER OF PATENTS,

SIB.:

In response to the Office action of
April 10, 1913, please amend the above entitled case as
follows :

Page 2, linos 12 and 13, cancel "my pending
application, Serial No. 627,962, filed May 18, 1911" and
substitute therefor - patent No. 1,056,621, granted to me
on Mar oh li, 1913 - •

Page 6, line 1, cancel "21" and insert - 22
Page 11, line 17, ohango "plan" to - plane ■
Cancel all the claims nnd insert in place
thereof the following claims:

1. '^^^tt&'k'irrg^ machine , the combination with a

oasing, a record support carried 'fcheroby , and operating
means for said record support, of U oontinuouoly --tapering
amplifier supported by the casing Vith the larger portion
thereof within said casing and oxtAding from adjacent the
front towardB the rear of the latteA and with the smaller
portion thereof above the casing and Wending transverse¬
ly of the latter substantially at rig\t angles to said
larger portion) and a sound convoyor pivotally

the' smaller end of t^e^fee^^ving|\'
reproducer connected to the o%eratiVe\ V'

relation to the record support, substantially aB aesoribod.

dug maohine, the combination with a

ipport carried thereby, ana operating

Is-s-ia'

)rt , of a oo nf inuouslyHiap&ring

?ted by the casing with the Xargejj

oaBlng ana extending from

the rear of the latter and with

t above the casing and extending

ibstantially at right angles
s-Sr'V

sound conveyor vUrectly and" /

small end of the amplifier for 1
an parallel to the record support
anneoted to the free end of
relation to the record support,

3^ra^tS.lckng macMne( the combination with, a
.oasing, a record support carried thereby, and operating
means for saia rooord support! of)' a continuously tapering
amplifier^ supported by the oaring with the larger portion
thereof within said casing and Wt ending from adjacent the
fronttowards the rear of tho latfter and) with the Bmaller
portion thereof (above the oasing Vi
ly_of (bho latter) substantially at right ..angles to (said

larger portion.^lai dr smaller portioV being bent on itself,
*>-i JC '■ x ^ i'-S'/JT, .

and a sound conveyor ( (tireetly an^-piVbtelly obnnoef on oe-

/ ,■}’ ]}.y W* O- CvW* VS OJrS). S - S' I i~

the) smaller end (of the amplifier^and^havfhg a reproducer
connected to the free end thereof in operative relation
to the record support ^ substantially asV described.

^ 4. // ^n°a^t^Ll^ng machine,^" the combination with a
oasing, a record suppff* carried thereby, W operating
means for said record support, of a statioiar^ lunplifier
[supported by the oasing with the larger portion thereof
within the latter and extending from adjaoen^ the front

< - v \\\ J

towards th\ rear of the same and wlthjthe smaller portion
thereof %oX the casing (and ' Ut endl^tr anevers ely^her eof !
substantiallAit right angles to (saiVlarger portion,, said
smaller portioning hint on

inclined to the Vrizontal ,) and'a sound oonveyor't pivotally
connected to them all end >f the amplifier and having a
reproducer oonneotX to the free end thereof in operative
relation to the recoV support), substantially as described.

An a tt achm en t^or^a^king machines comprising *w
\ %-Sr- ts~ _

kif ier, the axis of- tho ls-rge*1

dMnplif'ior^oing- laoat od ‘in hot nr tin 11, y in-*
i the axis o\ the smaller portion of the
amplifier being located in extant tally a single plane ^
at right angles to tho plo^oflTtte axis of the larger^

i'®m1i1e small end of fcWifierJm^i1'? ® s
reproducer connected to , substantially

j as described.

Cru

a at-^ohment fo ^talking i
» amplifier, v1

po-rt-iea- u f ■ ooi
single— pl-ane-end th^eiXdkof the smaller por\ion of the
amplifier being located in^BtanttaU.y a si^le plane ^
at right angles to the 'plS^oo^^w- axis of theVarger
porft^^offf conveyor di^ly and pivotably '

^^M^l'Sthe small end of the an^Her^for moment
only in a single direction with respeot\o the-^ampliVer .
d having a reproducer connected to the fKe end the\of ,
j substantially as described.

• Y, An attaohmoi

^ s-vir

i oontinnuusly taperim

oJJU^JL- \v\n

S^fo^talkiTig machines comprising
'amplifier, Ulic amis* olTW-ingcer ^

nrtril the/nxAof the smaller portion of the

amplifier being loofeted i\ substantially a single plane
at right, angles to7 the plX .X the axis of the iarger
porfti on^^tmy oonv ey or Areotly ana^pivotally oOr&fcStoed
(^i'V^e small ina of the amVlifier1 for movement only in a
^single direction (with reapeoAto the amplifier^ a reproduced
oomprising J sound box rigldlA connected to the free end ofj
said convenor and a floatir,gjjfcb,t oarrying a stylus ana
connected with said sound box f&r movement relative thereto]
and means mounted on saia pound \ox for controlling the
movement of the floating weight Ad stylus towards and
away from said sound box, substantially ob described.

'9C?

An attaohmei

CX/v^-

-port lon-<

\iaohines comprising

-ef^the-laxgoj^

s-inglo -p-l-ane-

the axis of the smaller portion of the
amplifier being located in Bubstantiall\ a single plane
at right angles .to Wns plans-e# the axis\of the larger
po rtVon", oo n v eyo r f ai r eo tly an^jpAotaHy ^^eeted
W s'Vhe small end of the amplifier/for judgement, only in a

reproduce^
the free end oj

(wi4h thl

single direction (with respeot to the amp 1 if
oomprising a sound hox rigidly connected t&
said conveyor and^a floating weight carryingy stylus and
connoted with saia sound hox for movement reWe thereto
and means mounted on saia sound hox^ana adapteV to ooaot
dir sot ly with the floating weight] for controlling the
movement of the latter and tho stylus towards an\l away
from said sound hox, substantially as described.

jtipbmcni; ^ta^bal’king machines compria ing

- q ft the anal lor post; Mm of tho amplifier being bent

single plane whioh is substantially at .right ,

tho^plmo'nf the axis of the Varger portion^anTa" sounfl AlA*
oonveyor pivotally th/small end of the

afe^fe^V^ its free^'‘

substantially as desoribed,

10. An attachment formalizing machines comprising
an amplifier (without firalble joint, the axis of the larger
portion of said araplifior\boing Axbstontially in a single
plane and) the Bmallar porti'on of\tUo amplifier being bant
on itself with the axis thereof \in\subs tan ti ally a
j single piano which is substantially at right angles to
r\p'ortion‘&nd a sound

‘V.

oonveyor pivotally ^cocneci
amplifier and provided with
as deeoribed.

si/ed with) tl* sni<
reprod'

tail end of the
: atv its free end,

| substantially

i^-Anat
1 -a-atwifrii

jnt for HalkiT

attachment; for^talkinB_mabhines_Q-ompriBing _

amplifier, thoracis of S tho lor gey-

| portio;

pKw^-aa# the scalier portion of the i er^boing^bont

on atoolf T/itliHfo

plane whioh ia substantially at right angkos

•e# the axis of j
ally i

substantially at rignu uuw.oo-w-^
the largoi\portion , (tTBouna cow^ei

email end of the a*plifier)fof

movement only in a single 3iredUon(with resVeot to the
amplifier), a reproducer compr is ing^ a_ sound ^ox rigidly
connected to the free end of said oonveyor

respect to the amplifier, a xm producer comprising a sound
■box rigidly connected to tho fWend of BaU conveyor and
a floating v/eight carrying a.etyl^ema connected with said
sound box for movement relative thereto, and moans mounted
on said Bound box for controlling the movement of the float-
ing weight and Btylus towards and away fro^'S aid sound box,
substantially as desoribod. \

/ V^. .4* W* ^ ^ W - 1 1*

gH 14- An attachment for. taO.kS.ng machines, comprising
n feffiar b'ent^form'two

seotionB^G^lSeft^toOTfedS^eMhlattierVa&" »Vlag their

longitudinal axes in tie some plane, a sound conveyor
pivotally oomVoo't^^wwfethe 'small end of the amplifier >J
for movement only in a ingle direction with respect to
the amplifier, and a reproducer connected to tho free end
•of said conveyor, dubstanYially as described.

T&? An at tachmenVfol^lkir. g \naohin® s c ompr is ing

longitudinal axes in the plan e^sound^conjreyor

pivotally ^^d^y^e Lall end of the amplifier^ '
for movement only in a jingle \irection(wlth respect to
the amplifier), a reproducer comprising a sound box rigidly
oonneoted to the free end of theUaid conveyor, and a
floating weight carrying a sty Inland oonneoted with said
sound-box for movement relative tLreto , and means mounted
on said sound-box for controlling \he movement of the
floating weight and stylus towards Ind away from said sound
box, substantially as described. \

-3^' An attaohment^^U^gU^^ja|^°J(Prl3iBS
• nnufinr^usiy torcrlnc amplifier ben^oiorm two

....A,

«•»« q#»« »* '*’*•« «■•“

longitudinal ««> » « fjVilano) » *"gS

IlvotalB aaas*» <»* 01 «• *«*>*>*')

», »w *» * *•■»<*■ *>

tto amplifl.n). » »»W»«B » ■•»* *“ '''I!1®

oonnoot.d to the W «a of. thV «.i» oootejor, « « »

floating -night owWloe » **4 “a oonn.otod.ith anil
aounr.bo* for movement neletiv. W««. ml -««• ■»»*«•

on said sound /box ana adapted to ’

1 act aireotly with the

floating weight for oontrolling movement of the latter
and stylus towards and away from s^ld sound box, sub¬
stantially as described.

An '^techment^foi^a^

eJd^ ■&&*** 360tiOBS

rod longitudinal^

axes in. the, same plan,,] a sound oonve&r pivotally WfFet^
&'^ersm'all end of the amplifier' fo I movement only in a
single direction (with respect to the amplifier.) a repro¬
ducer comprising a sound box rieidl^os^00-®1 •t0 the fTe
end of the said conveyor., and a floatingUight carrying
a stylus and connected with said sound boV for movement
relative thereto, end means comprising a to member
pivotally mounted on said sound box and adUed to ooact
directly with the floating weight for containing the
movement of the latter and stylus towards 4* away from
said sound box, substantially as described.

REMARKS

mxe Examiner is requested to kindly apply

,**«,. *«.. »' « 6 “a 9 to ile*l8"“*,,
out-onay portion of «. bylinbrlol — 1»« s9

comprises a part of the pivotal correction 28.

Ehe cancellation of the original claims is
not to be construed as an admission that these claims are
met hy the references cited thoreagaine t . *'ho new claims

submitted herewith , however, are thought to sufficiently
cover the invention and to more olearly define the same.

OlairaB 1 to 3 differentiate from the references
hy specifying, in .combination with tho casing, record
support and operating moans of & talking machine , a
continuously taporing amplifier supported hy the casing
with the larger portion thereof within tho casing and
extending from adjacent the front towards the rear of the
latter and with the smaller portion thereof above the casing
and extending transversely thereof substantially at
rigit angles to said larger portion. Claim 2 also
specifies that the Bound conveyor is dirootly and pivotally
connected to the small odd of the amplifier for movement

I only in a direction parallel to the record support,
while claim 3 specifics that the smaller portion of tho
amplifier ia hont on itself.

Claim 4 is substantially the acme as original
claim 33 which the Examiner apparently considered to bo
allowable.

Kef erring to claims 5 to 12, none of the refer¬
ences discloses on attachment for talking machines comprising
an amplifier or a continuously tapering amplifier, the
axis of the larger portion of which is located substantial¬
ly in a single plane and the axis of the smaller portion
of which is located in substantially a single plane
at right angles to the plane of the axiB of the larger
portion. Claims 9 to 12 also speoify that the smaller
portion of the amplifier is tent on itself while claims
I 10 and 12 specify an amplifier without flexible joint.

Claim 15 Is substantially tho some as original
claim 49 which woo apparently considered to he allowable.

It is submitted that the oh, lection to the
expression "without flexible joint" ae useS to describe the
amplifior in several of the claims is not well founded.

This expression has a definite and positive meaning in tho
connection used and it is not apparent what language
could he employed to more appropriately bring out the
fact that the amplifier is free from flexible joints. If
the Examiner^ suggest; any positive expression for this
purpose as suitable as the one uBed, applicant will be
pleased to adopt the same.

With reference to claims 14 to 17, r.ono of the
references diselosos an attachment for talking maohinoB
comprising a continuously tapering amplifier ber.t to form
two sections inolined towards oaoh other and having their
longitudinal axos in the same plane, and a sound conveyor
pivotally connected with the small end of tho amplifier for
movement only in a single direction with rospeot to the
amplifier.

for the above reasons, the claims presented
herewith are beliovea to clearly and patentably distinguish
from the references of record and accordingly careful
consideration and allowance of these claims are requested.

Respectfully submitted,

THOMAS A. EDISOH ,

By tS~ (

/ hiB Attorneys.

Orange, Hew Jorsey,

April 8, 1914.

; WAH-KGK •

TDlv. . . Hoorn -

DEPARTMENT OF THE INTERIOR
UNITED STATES PATENT OFFICE

In response to amendment of April 9, 1914.

Claims! and 5 are rojeoted on Honahhe, of rooord, no inven¬
tion being found in tapering E in view of the usual employment of taper¬
ing oonduits in this aft; also on

“7 ' Wieder, 1,013,247, Jan'. 2," 1912 , flSi-SO
no invention being found. in disposing the horn in the easing below the
record support, rather than above, in view of the very. Common; arrange¬
ment of , the horn .in^juoh position; also for similar reasons: on
Keen, 929,069, Aug., ;3<

" — ' ™ —*““»* M avL. - ,

>76, 26, 1908,

also no indention being found in rearranging the sound conduit of Dyer,

. " " « Aon. " £6. 1908. "

of reoord, or of

_ >1,041,071, Oot. 22, 1912, (181-3),

J0ataooi, V 1,077,973, Hot. 11, 1913, 181-6 ,
'//Herts, - ^ 1,063,821, June. 3*4 " (181-3), or

^Pleasanoe et al. , English patent, 11,567. Kay 16, 1912,
: (181-3) ,1 Sheet,

no invention being. eeeh; in Jhe, s^ .of ’'the mouth of the

horn below and the transverse portion abov*. the partition carrying the
record jBu.pport, as it is believed 'that the fonotion. end, operation, of the
oondnit Will be.- in no way varied? aleo^ae not patentoblyr.4letingui*ing

*** J^TOire, English "patent, "17,V65(, July M. 1909, (101-3^1^

V ■ ' * ' X" : " . ''XvW

• 762,276,-8

In such of the references as do not employ a tapered oondnit through¬
out Invention is not found in so tapering the oonduit throughout, in
view of its very oommon use in this art.

Claims 2 and 6 are rebooted on Wieder, Opel, Dyer, Rabbitt,
Hertz, or Pleasanoe, for. the reasons given, no invention being found
in using one old type of tope arm in plaoe of another. See

Johnson, ,/°814,786, Mar. 13, 1906, (181-3) , or
Maodonald, ^1,000,606, Nov. 14, 1911, (181-6).

Claims 3, 9 and 10 aro rejeoted on Kean, Opel, Rivoire, or

Dyer, for the reasons given.

Claims 6 to 13 inclusive are oh Jeotionable as inaoourately

desoriptive in lines 2 to 4, "the axis - - single plane", there

being an infinity of plaUM in whioh said axis lie*.

Claims 7, 8, 11, 12, 13, 16, 16 and 17 are rejected as ^ ‘
aggregations of the details of the oonnd oonduit system^ and the details
of tho sound box, /there being no patentable oombination between the
details of the two groupB of meohanism. In re MoHeil, 100 0. G,, 2178.

Claims 7 and 8 aro also rejected on the references and
reasons of rejeotlon of olaira 2, in view of the floating weight raising
means of Soott, Hart, jjp Prenoh patent, of record, or

Uestraud, ° 880, 320, Fob. 25, 1908, (181-10), or

Maodonald ,'*'835 , 544 , Dov. 13, 1906, " "

Claims 10 and 13 are ob jeotionable as including a negative
limitation, to wit: "without flexible Joint”. Moreover, suoh limitation
is held paten tably immaterial, as the omission of the Joint, together
with its funotion, is held to be no invention.

Claims 11, 12 and 13 are also rejected on the grounds of
rejeotion^f olaim 3, in view of the floating weight elevating means

oited. Clalm lB ro jQoted as not distinguishing patentably from
suoh structures as in Dyer, Pleasanoe, or Elate, of record, for the
reasons above given in oonneotion with the type of tone arm employed,
in referenoes of reoord. In a oer.tain sense the axis of tho transverse

768,876,— 8

eeotion of the oonauit of these references Involves two portions rela¬
tively Inclined.

Claims 16, 16 and 17 are repeated on the grounds of rejec¬
tion of olaim 14, in oonneotion with the floating weight elevating
means oited.

It is to he noted that the oomhinatlon of suoh floating
weight elevating means and a conduit involving a tone arm movable in
one plane only is disclosed in Macdonald, 1,008,606.

•TH3 UlilTE'-'J STATES PATBHC OFFICE,

THOMAS A. EDI 3011
I TATiKIBG MACHINES
Serial Bo. 752, 276
Fixed March 6, 1915.

Boom Ho. 379.

)N. COMMISSIONER OF PATENTS.

S I H !

In ronponoo to the Office action of May 16,

|j 1914, please amend the a’oove entitled case as follows i

Change tho title of the application to "Phonographs
j| or Talking Machines".

Page 1, lines 8 and 9, before "talking" insert

1- phonographs or •*; line 20, before "talking" Insert
- phonograph or line 25, after "to” insert - phonographs

or -.

Page 3, line 1, before "talking" insert
- phonographs or line 27, before "talking" insert
! - phonograph or -.

Pago 4, linos 14, 17 and 20 before "talking"
j| insert - phonograph or -.

Page 5, line 3, before "talking" insert
- phonograph or -.

Pago 9, line 22, before "talking" insert
jl - phonographs or -.

Page 10, line 32, before "talking" insert

Page 12, line 2, before "t&IMfig" insert
I phonographs or -.

Claims 1 to 4, line 1, before "talking” insert
- phonograph or -*

Claim 1. line 3, cancel "a continuously tapering"
and insert - an line 9, oanool "direotly and"; line 10,
cancel "connected to" and insert - supported by -; same line
afuer "amplifier" insert - to swing in a given plane only
Claim 2, line 3, oanool "continuously tapering";
lino 9, cancel "directly and"; line 10, cancel "connected
to" and insert - support od by

Claim 3, line 10, cancel "direotly and pivotally
connected to" and insert - pivotally supported by line
11, aftar"amplifier" insert - for movement in a given plane
only

Claims 5 to 9, 11, 12, and 14 to 17, lino 1,
aft or "for" insert - phonographs or

Claims 5 and 6, lines 1 ana 2, oanool "a contin¬
uously tapering" and insert - an -•

Claims 5, 6, 7, and e, lines 2, 3 ana 4, cancel
"the axis of tho larger portion cf said amplifier being
looatod substantially in a single plane and".

| CloimB 5 and 6, lino 6, cancel "plane of the"

and insert - longitudinal -; line 7, after "portion"
insert - of the amplifier -; lino 8, cancel "connected to"
and insert - supported by

I Claim 5, lisje 8, after "amplifier" insert - to

move in a given direction only with respeot to the
amplifier

Claims 7 and 8, line 2, cancel "a oontinuously
tapering" and insert - an -» line 6, cancel "the plane of;
line 7, after "portion" insert - of the amplifier -; lineB
7 and 8, oanool "connected with" and insert - supported by

-2-

Claims 9, 11 and 12, line 2, oaneel "a continuously
I tapering" ana insert - an -j linos 2, 3 and 4, cancel - the
1 axle of the largor portion of said amplifier hoing substan¬
tially in a single plane and"* lines 6 and 7, cancol "to
the plane of" and insart - to line 7, after "portion"
insert - thereof line 8, cancel "connected with" and
insert - supported by

i Claim 9, lino 9, after "amplifier" insert - for

I movement in only one direction with rospeot to the amplifier
Claims 14, 15 and 16, lino 2, oanoel "a oontin-
| uously tapering" and insert - an - j line 5, oanoel
I "connected with" and insert - supported by

Claim 17, lines 1 and 2, ocncol "a continuously
tapering" and incort - an - j linos 4 and 6, cancel
"connected with" and insert - supported by
j Cancel claims 10 and 13,

Renumber olaims 11, 12, 14, 16, 16 and 17 as 10
I to 16 rospootivoly,

REMARKS.

Che olaims as now presented aro believed to clearly
and patentably distinguish from all the references of record.
These references considered either singly or oombined fail to
disclose the combination deBoribed in any of the olaims. All

I of the olaims specify as a distinguishing feature that the
| pivotally

conveyor carrying the reproducer or sound box 1b. supported by

the small end of the amplifier to move In a given direction
1 only with respect to the amplifier. ;

1 For the above reasons furthor oonsidoration and

j allowance of the olaims are respeotfully requested,
jj THOMAS A. EDISOH ./ /

j _ _ _ - J

DEPARTMENT OF THE INTERIOR

UNITED STATES PATENT OFFICE

WASHINGTON _tJay~£Q-, -121-5*-

- ’il s; Mt:8? OFF! E, |

Dyer— and~Holdonr - Jt. ’

KtUaon--Oi£i.oe.-BuiaddaB,. - MA'' 201915

_ ..Orange.,— Hes—darsey* - - (-MAILE D .

Please find J clow a communication from the EXAMINER in olucrgc of the apportion of

np^rmn. flirt Mnrnh ft, 191V-

. rfl - -

3^tr-e -

In response to amendment of May 6, 1915. j

rijhoro is nothing novel in supporting a reproducing arm solely j
from the ‘horn to move in a single piano, as. see for . example , Elsto.
of rooord, or

French patent, 8. (181-3)* 1 Bhoot’

ijo invention idboen in using such a mounting to permit tho reproducer
to traverse the record in Ilosohko, of record, or in providing such a
mounting in connection with a horn below tho rooord support, as is
common in the art .in tho structures of record, particularly V/lcdor. ^
Hertz, Pleasanoo or Dyer. Claim 1 is rojeoted. yf}‘

Claim 2 is rejected on the above references and reasons .

- The omission of provision for vertical movement of tho sound box, L
~ together with the function of such provision, is held not a patentable^
limitation.

Claims 3 and 4 aro allowed.

Claims 5 and 6 are rejected on the grounds of rejection of

olaim 1.

Claim G. is also rejected as a substantial duplicate of claim
6* Claims 7. 8. 10, 11. W. 14 and 15 are rejected as aggrega¬

tions, for tho reasons of record.

rslooted on the grounds of rejection of

752,276,-- 2

claim 2, no invention maiding in substituting ono old reproducer, as
in references of rooord, for another.

Claim 9: is rebooted ns specifying no more than Plato's con-

struotion with hia
paper.

Claims 10, 11, 13, 14 and 15 aro rojectod on Elate, for
roasonB glvon.in view of the sound boxes of record.

Claim is is re looted on Blste; also on the other references
cited against this claim, in view of such a tone arm mounting as in
Klsto .

horn turned

u ;

arbitrarily at rignv

IK THE UNITED STATES PATENT OFFICE

I PHONOGRAPHS OR TALKING
MACHINES

Filed Maroh 6, 1913
Serial No. 752,276

HONORABLE COMMISSIONER OF PATENTS,

SIR:

I In response to the Office action of

May 20, 1915, please amend the above entitled case as fol-
! lows

Claim lTSSe 11, after "thereof" insert - in
fixed relation thereto and - .

I Claim {*,— Une, 9 , after "thereof" insert - in

fixed relation thereto - .

I| Canoel—elaim 6.

Claim 9,^-inB-6T-oanoel "with the axis" ana insert
- to form two sections one overlying the other and with the
axes - . »rin 7, oancel "thereof" and substitute - of the
amplifier - .

Claim io v~l-ine_ 5 , cancel "with the axis" and insert
. to fom two sections one overlying the other and with thd
axes - . Line 7, <fencei-ilthereof" ana insert - of the
amplifier - •

Claim llV^HninB, oancel "with the axis" ana in¬
sert - to form two seotions one ovorlying the other and
with the axes - . Line 7. canc«T"^ereof ” and insert -
of the amplifier - .

(Claim 12, lWTTTSJter "*ont" tnBert ' on it8elf ''
line st-STtSr "sections" insert - one overlying the other,
said seotione being - .

Claim lSVT.-iire-E, after "bent" insert - ^>n itself
Line 3, aftdr-“«ectionB" insert - one overlying the other,
said sections being - .

Claim 14, line 2 .^xfte^enf’ insert - on itself
Line 3, after «seotior^-4nae*t - one overlying the other,
Said seotione being - •

Claim IB, lirfe-&r-af-ter "bent” insert - on itself •
line 3. before ”inolinfea!Llim^ 0110 ovorlyin* th° °ther’

Baid sections being - . t _

Renumber claims vHTlB inclusive as 6 to 14

inclusive respectively.

Claims 1, 2 and 5 as now presented clearly, dis¬
tinguish from Elete and French patent >o. 440,337 by speci¬
fying a sound conveyor pivotally supported by the smaller
end of the amplifier for movement only in a given d^rec-
I tion, and a reproducer rigidly connected to the free end
I 0f 8aid conveyor or a reproducer connected to the free end
|| of the conveyor in fixed relation thereto and in operative
relation to the record support. If the device shown in
any of the patents to Elste, Gramophone Company limited,
Hosohhe , Wieder. Herts. Pleasanoe or Dyer were modified so
that the sound box or reproducer thereof could not move
vertically, ench device would ho incapable of operating
properly, as no means would be present for compensating
for vertical irregularities in the record.

It is submitted that claims 6, 7, 9, 10, 12, 13
and 14 are not aggregations , but cover true combinations,
as it is necessary to employ with the sound conduit system
described in theRe claims a sound box of the construction
set forth, in order to obtain an operative device. It is
not apparent that in re KoHell iB applicable, as lioNeil in
his application disclosed a sewing machine having a trimmer
oombined with a specific form of stitch forming mechanism,
which trimmer could be readily operatively combined with
other old forms of stitch forming meohanisms, whereas in
the present case, it is impossible to combine the sound
conduit system described with other forms of sound boxes
without rendering the resulting construction practically
inopcrativo.

Claims 6 and 7,' former oluims 7 and 8, are be¬
lieved U distinguish from the references' for reasons simi¬
lar to those indicated above in connection with claims 1,

2 and 5,

I Claims 8, 9 and 10, former claims 9, 10 and 11,

as now presented clearly distinguish from Elate by speci¬
fying that the Bmaller portion of the amplifier iB bent on
itself to form two sections one overlying the other, with
the axes thereof in substantially a single plane which is
substantially at right angleB to the axis of the larger
portion of the amplifier.

Claims 11, 12, 13 and 14, former olaims 12, IS,
14 and IB, distinguish from Elate in a manner similar to
that indicated in connection with claims B, 9 and 10.

In the rejootion of many of the claims in this
application, aspooially claims 1, 2, 5, 6, 7 and 11, the
Examiner found it neoossary to combine features disclosed
in several different references in order to moot the terms
of these claims. It is submitted that to take the several
features of those reforenoes and combine them in such a
manner as to produce the operative combination described
in the claims mentioned, would involve invention. In this
connection the Examiner’s attention is directed to the
deoision rendered in Ex parte McCollum, 204 0. 0. 1346,

in view of the above, further oonsideration and
allowance are requested.

Respectfully submitted,

THOMAS A. E BIS0II

His Attorneys

Ol'ttngo, U. J.

May A5 , 1916

V7H-JS

2-200

DEPARTMENT OF THE INTERIOR
UNITED STATES PATENT OFFICE

WASHINGTON May 2fL,~1916J..

.....Byor— and— Hhldnn,..

_ 2diflDn..-Q££i —

QX&XU3& iL*-~ *1-*- _

, v 10

tW-'-

:n c\iar£,

Please find below a communication from the EXAMINER i

Serial Uo^153l£1§jl -

Oommittioner of Patent*. (j

In response to amendment of Kay 15, 1916.

Claims 1, 2 and 5 are again rebooted on the references
and reasons of record. They are also rejected on French patent
440,337, in view of Macdonald, l7o08.605, both of record. There
would he no invention required to support the tone arm of the
Macdonald device directly from the amplifier if it can not al¬
ready be oonsidorod as so mounted. Whether the horn has one
kirik or another in it seems immaterial to^the^esoolatiqn of
olements-speci fied . To have the sound conduit bond back on it¬
self like a gooseneck is a mere expedient, or matter of selec¬
tion, but is old, anyway, as shown by my of example in P.oen
92V, 859, of rooord (see part G).

Upon reconsideration, claims 3 and 4 aro rejected on
French patent 440.337, in view of Macdonald, for the reasons
just given. If applicant considers that there is any invention
in the particular bend in the amplifier, it should be claimed
per se.

Previous action on claims 6, 7. 9, 10, and 12 to 14
is repeated.

Claims 6 to 12 are also rejected for the reasons
giyoa for claims 1 to 5 above.

IM THE UNITED STATES PATENT OFFICE

Thomas A. Edison

PHONOGRAPHS OR TALKING
MACH IRES

Piled March 6, 1913
Serial Ho. 762,276

Room Ho. 379.

HOHORABLE OOMMISSIOHER OP PATENTS,

SIR;

In response to the Office action of
May 20, 1916, please amend the shore entitled case as fol¬
lows

Cancel all the claims and substitute therefor the

following: -

1. In a phonograph or talking machine, a con¬
tinuously tapering amplifier having the smaller portion
thereof extending transversely of and substantially at
right angles to the larger portion thereof, said smaller
portion being bent on itself and being adapted to pivotally
support a sound conveyor at its smaller end for movement nin
a given plane only, substantially as described.

2. In a phonograph or talking machine, an am¬
plifier having the smaller portion thereof extending trans¬
versely of and substantially at right angles to the larger
portion thereof, said smaller portion being bent on itself
to form two sections inclined to the horizontal and towards
each other, and being adapted to pivotally support a sound
oonveyor at its smaller end, substantially as described.

3. In a phonograph or talking maohino, a sound
o onveyor pivotally supported at one end for movement only
in a single direction, a reproducer comprising a sound box
rigidly connected to the free end of said conveyor and a
floating weight carrying a stylus and connected with said
sound box for movement relative thereto, and means mounted
on said sound box and adapted to coact directly with the
floating weight for controlling the movement of the latter
and the stylus towards and away from said sound box, sub¬
stantially aB described.

4. An attachment for phonographs or talking
machines, comprising a continuously tapering amplifier,
the smaller portion of the amplifier being bent on itself
to form two sections, one overlying the other, and with the
axes thereof in substantially a single plane which is. sub¬
stantially at right angles to the axis of the larger portion
of the amplifier, ana a sound conveyor pivotally supported
hy the small end of the amplifier for movement in only one
direction with respect to the amplifier, said oonveyor bein .5
provided with a reproducer at its free ena, substantially

as described.

6. An attachment for phonographs or talking
machines, comprising a continuously tapering amplifier
bent on itself to form two sections, one overlying the
other, said sections being inclined towards each other and
having their longitudinal axeB in the same plane, a sound
oonveyor pivotally supported on the small end of the ampli¬
fier for movement only in a single direction with respect

to the amplifier, and a reproducer connected to the free
end of Bald oonveyor, substantially as described.

6. An attachment for phonographs or talking
machines, comprising a sound conveyor pivotally supported
at one ena for movement only in a single direction, a
reproducer comprising a sound bo* rigidly connected to the
free end of said conveyor, and a floating weight carrying
a stylus and connected with said sound bo* for movement
relative thereto, and means comprising a cum pivotally
mounted on said sound bo* and adapted to directly coact
with the floating weight for controlling the movement of
the latter and the stylus towards ana away from said sound,
box, substantially as described. - _

remarks

Each of the claims now presented is believed to
clearly and patentably distinguish from the references of
record.

Hone of the references discloses a continuously
tapering amplifier having the smaller portion thereof hent
on itself and extending transversely of and substantially
at right angles to the larger portion thereof, as specified
in claim 1. This construction is advantageous in that it
economizes space without sacrificing any of the volume of
the sound produced, and also in that it allows the small
end of the amplifier to he properly looated for supporting
the swinging sound conveyor carrying Ihe reproducer. See
lines 18 to 26, page 6 of the specification.

Claim 2 distinguishes from the references in a
manner similar to that indicated in conneotion with claim 1,
and also hy specifying that the smaller portion of the ampli
fier is bent on itself to form two sections inolinea to the
horizontal.

Claim 5 distinguishes from the references by
specifying a .sound oonveyor pivotally supported at one end
for movement only in a single direction, a reproducer com¬
prising a sound box rigidly oonneotea to the free end of
the conveyor, and a floating weipht oarryinsr a stylus ana
connected with the sound box for movement relative thereto,
and. means mounted on the sound box and adapted to directly
ooaot with the floating weight for controlling the movement
of the latter and the stylus towards and away from the sound
box. Hone of the references discloses means mounted on a
sound box end adapted to directly coact with a floating
weight for controlling the movement of the latter ana the
stylus towards and away from the sound box in a construc¬
tion wherein the sound box of the reproducer is rigidly
connected to the free end of a sound oonveyor pivotally
supported for movement only in a single direction.

Claim 4 di stinguishee from the references hy
specifying a continuously tapering amplifier, the smaller
portion of which is hent on itself to form two sections,
one overlying the other and with the axeB thereof in sub¬
stantially a single plane which is substantially at ricdit
angles to the axis of tho larger portion of the amplifier.
The advantages of thiB construction are pointed out in the
remarks made above in connection with claim 1.

Claim 5 diotinRUlshea from the referenoe in a
manner similar to that indicated in connection with claim
4, and also hy specifying that the two overlying sections
of the amplifier are inclined towards each other.

Claim 6 distinguishes from the reforonoos in a
manner similar to that indicated in connection' with claim
3, and also hy specifying that the me ms for controlling
the movement of fee floating weight and styluB towards and
away from the sound box comprises a oam.

In view of the above, further consideration and
allowance are requested.

Orange, H«* J •
May . 1917

Respectfully submittod,
THOMAS A. EDISON

His Attorneys

WH-JS

Dtv. ..22L. RaeWL.3.79

DEPARTMENT OF THE INTERIOR1
UNITED STATES PATENT OFFICE
F_E WASHINGTON _May_t3,-.1917-

...J)y.er._and..BDldfln,..

_ _ EiiaQn...Dfflae.„Bnildlng,..

Please find below a aommu
....TJtuoinaa_A^.-i:iilaan.,^-±Qr.-5

n, the EXAMINER in charge of the dpplicatzon-of-

Commiuioner of Patents, fl

In response to amendment of May 16, 1917,

Claims 3 to 6 aro rejected as having no patentable oombi-
nation between the details of the sound box and the details of the
sound oonduit system. The oombination of reproducers and sound a on-
duits is old in every talking machine. Improving either element of
the oombination does not ahange their relative ooaotion or make a
new or patentable oombination. See In re MoNeil, 100 0. 0., 2178.
These elements have long been recognized aB separate and independent
subjects of invention and patenting.

The claims are all rejected on the references and reasons
of reoord. Bending the oonduit in one way or another i.s mere expe¬
diency, and not invention, and, besides, the references show various
one

kinks in the conduits, aB for^ example, see Pig. 2 of Opel, 7928, of
reoord.

Inasmuch as a olear issue appears to have been reaohed and
slnoe no new references or reasons have been olted, this notion Is
made final.

j£l*llz

Attached hereto is your application Serial Ho. 752,276,
filed March 6, 1913, entitled Phonographs or Talking Machines .
This application relates to a Victor type of machine reorganized
so as to he adapted to play Edison records. All the claims now
in the application are under final rejection, these claims read¬
ing as follows :-

1. In a phonograph or talking machine, a continuous¬
ly tapering amplifier having the smaller portion thereof ex¬
tending transversely of and substantially at right angles to
the larger portion thereof, said smaller portion being bent

on itself and being adapted to pivotally support a sound con¬
veyor at its smaller end for movement in a given plane only,
substantially as described.

2. In a phonograph or talking machine, an ampli¬
fier having the smaller portion thereof extending trans¬
versely of and substantially at right angles to the larger
portion thereof, said smaller portion being bent on itself
to form two sections inclined to the horizontal and towards
each other, and being adapted to pivotally support a sound
conveyor at its smaller end, substantially as described.

3. In a phonograph or talking machine, a sound
conveyor pivotally supported at one end for movement only
in a single direction, a reproducer comprising a sound box
rigidly connected to the free end of said conveyor and a
floating weight carrying a stylus and connected with said
sound box for movement relative thereto, and means mounted
on said sound box and adapted to coact directly with the
floating weight for controlling the movement of the latter
and the stylus towards and away from said sound box, sub¬
stantially as described.

-2-

of the amplifier, and a sound conveyor pivotally supported
by the small end of the amplifier for movement in only one
direction with respect to the amplifier, said conveyor being
provided with a reproducer at its free end, substantially
as described.

5. An attachment for phonographs or talking
machines, comprising a continuously tapering amplifier
bent on itself to form two sections, one overlying the
other, said sections being inclined towards each other and
having their longitudinal axes in the same plane, a sound
conveyor pivotally supported on the small end of the ampli¬
fier for movement only in a single direction with respect
to the amplifier, and a reproducer connected to the free
end of said conveyor, substantially as described,

6. -An attachment for phonographs or talking
machines, comprising a sound conveyor pivotally supported
at one end for movement only in a single direction, a
reproducer comprising a sound box rigidly connected to the
free end of said conveyor, and a floating weight carrying
a stylus and connected with said sound box for movement
relative thereto, and means oomprising a cam pivotally
mounted on 3aid sound box and adapted to directly coact
with the floating weight for controlling the movement of
the latter and the stylus towards and away from said sound
box, substantially as described.

Numerous references have been cited by the Examiner in
this application, and I am of .the opinion that the application
discloses VH-Mn, *f anything^ which patentably distinguishes
from the disclosures in these references. Moreover, I do not
understand that the subject matter of this application is now
of interest to us. Accordingly, X recommend that no appeal be
taken in this application and that the same be dropped. Please
advise.

WH-JS

Patent Series
Patent Application Files

Folio # 917 Combined Sound Reproducing and Motion Picture
Projecting Apparatus

Serial #: 757502

Primary Applicant: Higham, Daniel
Date Executed: 3/27/1913

[PHOTOCOPY]

petition

8fa % Cnmmiaainnrr nf Jlatenta:

$nur flrtitiuner ^jej, higHAM,

a ritiHftt nf % HttUeii fctatea, reading anH Ijatrtng a fast ©Site aiflreaa at

#68 Eaton Plaoe, East Orange, Essex County, Hew Jersey

prajjfl tl|at lettera patent mag he granted tn him far % improttementa in

GOH3THED SOUND REPRODUCING AHD MOTION PICTURE PROJECTING
APPARATUS

Het forth in % annexed aperifiratinn; anh Ije hereby appnintB Sger $t Sjulbrn,
(Segiatratinn Nn. 3244), a firm rnmpnaeh nf Shrank I. Iger anil Selna
^nlhen, tnhnae abbreaa is Efiann ffiffire Suilhing, ©range, Netu 3eraeg, Ijia
attnrnega with full pntner nf aubatitutinn anil rennratinn, tn prnaemte tiya
appliratinn, tn make alteratinna aniJ antenitmenta therein, tn rereine % patent,
anh tn tranaart all bnaineaa in the patent (Mce romterteb therewith-

SJKOIIICAUIOH

TO All WHOM IT KAY CONCERN : -

BE IT KNOWN, that I, DANIE1 HIGHAK , a oitiaen of
tho United States ana a resident of East Orange , Essex
County, Hew Jersey, have invented oertain new and useful
improvements in COMBINED SOUND REPRODUCING A I'lD MOTION
PICTURE PROJECTING APPARATUS, of whioh the following is a
description: -

Ky invention relates to oombined apparatus by whioh
moving piotures may bo thrown on a screen and the sounds ap¬
propriate thereto oen be given forth simultaneously with
the production of the piotures, and more particularly to the
provision of improved indicating or signaling means for use
in oonjunotion with suoh oombined apparatus.

In combined apparatus of this oharaoter heretofore
employed muoh difficulty has been experienced by the operat¬
or of one of the machines in ascertaining when the operator
of the other is prepared to start. Also, when the records
of the sound reproducing and moving pioture machines aro
being reproduced, it frequently happens that, without one or
both of tho operators being aware of the faot, the maohineB
fail to exaotly ooinoide or depart from Bjmohronism. This
is especially true in 'the oase. of tho operator of the moving
pioture maohine, as ho is neoessarily close, to the maohine,
the operation of whioh is aooompanied with .considerable
noise, and also beoause the projecting maohine and its oper-

Iator are generally within a substantially sound-proof booth
or oabinet , with the result that the operator is unable' to
hear the sounds emitted by the sound reproducing maohine
or apparatus. (l) 1

The prinoipal object of tho present invention is l
to provide in oombined apparatus of this type improved moans
for obviating the above objections , and in aooordanoe with
this objeot I preferably provide moans whereby suitable in-
dioations, preferably of an audible oharaoter, may be trans-l
mitted to a position or positions ndjaoent one or both of
tho oombined maohinos from a relatively distant position or 1 ^
positions. In its preferred form, my invention ooraprisos
motion pioturo promoting apparatus, suitable sound repro¬
ducing apparatus, preferably a phonograph, means, preferably
suoh ao dieolOBod in my patent Ho. 1,054,203, dated Febru¬
ary 25, 1913, for' maintaining both apparatus in synchronism ,
and intercommunicating signaling or indicating means, suoh
ao a speaking tube, telephone or the like, between a position
adjacent tho sound reproducing apparatus and a position ad¬
jacent tho motion pioturo projecting apparatus, whereby the
operator of either apparatus may ooramunioate with the oporat -
or of the other, and also be apprised of the oonditions of j

operation of the latter. The sound reproducing apparatus '

is preferably looatod adjacent the Boreen on whioh the'
pictures are projected by the motion pioture projecting
apparatus.

Other objects and features of my invention will
appear more fully in the following description and appended
claims.

In order that ljriy invention may bo more clearly
understood, attention is hereby direoted to the accompanying
drawings, forming a part of this specification and in whioh-
i Figure 1 is a diagrammatio view showing- oombined

sound reproducing and motion pioture projecting apparatus
provided with one form of signaling or indicating means in
(2)

acaordanoe with my invention; ana I

Figures 2, 3 and 4 aro views similar to Figure 1
showing modified forms of signaling or indioating devioes
whioh may be employed.

In all of the figures, corresponding parts aro
designated by the same reference oharaotcrs.

The moving pioture apparatus shown generally at 1
may be operated by any suitable motive means, although it is
preferably manually operated by a hand oranfc (not shown) in
the usual manner, and is arranged to pro j eat piotures on a
| screen 8 looatod at a distance thorefrom. Preferably,

| closely adjaoent the screen 2 and in the rear thereof, I
| provide a phonograph 3 having the usual amplifier or horn |

Ij 4. it is to bo understood, of oourse, that my invention is
| not limited to the use of a phonograph, but that any suitable
sound reproducing apparatus adapted to reproduce the sounds
l| appropriate to the pictures thrown on the soreen by the pro-
I jeating oaohine 1 may be employed. In order to maintain
the phonographic and projecting apparatus in unison or eyn-
|j ohronism, I provide a synohronisor designated generally by
reference character 5 and preferably of the form disclosed
in my patent Ho. 1,054,203 above referred to. She Bynohron-
I izer 5 is directly connected to the projecting apparatus and
is connected to the phonograph by a belt or cord 6 passing
over idler pulleys 7, and comprises an adjusting or compen¬
sating device 8 whereby, if the phonographic and projecting
apparatus do not coincide or depart from synchronism, syn-
| ohronism may be quiofcly and readily established or restored.
For a more detailed description of the synchronising means,
reference is made to the above mentioned patent. It is to
be understood that my invention contemplates the utilization

(3)

o£ any other suitable means for maintaining the sound repro¬
ducing and pioture projecting apparatus in synchronism and
for restoring synchronism when there is a departure there¬
from. As is oustomary, the projecting maohine or apparatus
1 is preferably looatea in a substantially sound-proof cabi¬
net or booth 9 whioh is provided with a suitable aperture
10 through whioh the pictures may be projected on soroon 2,
and a preferably glazed opening 11, whereby the operator
within the oabinet may observe the pictures projected on
the soreon.

In giving exhibitions by the combined apparatus
above described, in theatres, halls and similar plaoes, it
is impraotioal for the operator of either maohine to shout
to the other operator aoross the intervening spaoe in order
to notify the latter when to start or for other reasons.

Also, during the operation of the oombined apparatus, due to
the noise resulting from the operation of the motion pioture
projecting maohine as well as the faot that he is within the
oabinet 9, it is impossible for the operator of the project¬
ing maohine to hoar the sounds given forth by the phonograph
and thereby ascertain whether the two machines are operating

I1 in unison or when there is a departure from synchronism.
Accordingly, I provide’ means for obviating this objection
and in the four figures of. the drawing have Bhown a corres¬
ponding number of forms of signaling or indicating devices
for this purpose.

In Figure 1 the indicating devioe is shown as a
telephone whioh preferably consists of a reoeiver 12 looated
at a position adjaoent the motion pioture maohine, a trans¬
mitter 13 looated adjaoent the .phonograph and preferably

(4)

sectored within the mouth of the horn or amplifier 4, and
the oonduotora 14 oonneoting the reoeiver and transmitter.
Current is supplied to the oonduotors from a suitable Bouroo
suoh as a battery 15. The reooiver 12 is preforably in
tho form of a head band provided with hearing tubes, whioh j
may be readily applied and adjusted to the head and oars,
whereby the operator of the motion pioture maohlne may hear
the Bounds from the phonograph- during tho exhibition and
thus be enabled to maintain the combined apparatus in syn- •
ohronism. A speaking tube 16 is also preferably provided,
extending into the mouth of the horn and preferably through
the wall thereof, and oommunioatos at one end with the trans¬
mitter 13, whereby the operator of tho phonograph may oom-
munioate direotly with the moving pioture machine operator ' ;
for tho purpose of notifying the latter when to start, or 1
for any other purpose.

In the modification shown in Figure 2, a speaking
tube 17 is employed us the signaling or indicating meanB.

One of the transmitters and reoeivers 18 of the speaking
tube is looatod at a position adjaoent the phonograph while
the other reooiver and transmitter is located near the, pro¬
jecting machine, whereby either operator may oommunioate l
direotly with the other. The transmitter and receiver 18 |

adjaoent tho phonograph is also preferably so looatod as to j
reoeive sounds emitted by the phonograph, whereby tho oper¬
ator of tho moving pioture machine may hear suoh sounds at
the other transmitter and reoeiver. In plaoe of the speak¬
ing tube 17, any other intercommunicating means may be em- !
ployed. \ '

In the modification shown in Figure 3-. the signal¬
ing devioe comprises a buzzer or bell 19 lo'pated adjaoent the

(5)

projecting maohine within oabinet 9, suitable controlling
means, auoh as a push button 20, located adjacent the phono¬
graph, and oonduotors 21 connecting the buzzer or bell 19'
and the push button 20. Current may be supplied to the
oonduotors 21 by means of a battery 15, as in the indicating ...
means disclosed in Figure 1. A suitable oode of signals
may be adopted, whereby the operator of the phonograph may
oommunioate desired information to the operator of the motion
pioture maohine by the use of this form of my invention.

In the modification Bhown in Figure 4, the signal¬
ing or indioating devioe comprises a reoeiver, preferably in
the form of hearing tubes 22, a oolleoting horn 23 preferably
supported from oabinet 9 with the mouth thereof looated out¬
side of the oabinet, and a sound oonveying tube 24 oonnooting
the small end of the oolleoting horn with the hearing tubes
22. During the operation of the oombined apparatus, the
operator of the motion pioture maohine having applied tubes
22 to his ears, the sounds emitted by the phonograph are
oolleoted by the horn 23 and transmitted to the operator by
means of the oonveying tube 24 and hearing tubes 22.

It will be obvious that the signaling or indioating
devices shown in Figures 3 and 4 may be used conjointly to
advantage in the oombined sound reproducing and motion pio-

Iture projecting apparatus disoloBed; that shown in Figure 3
for the purpose of notifying the operator of the motion pio¬
ture maohine when to start the Bame; and that of Figure 4
for the purpose of apprising the operator of the motion pio¬
ture maohine of the conditions of operation of the phonograph
and thereby enabling him to maintain the oombined apparatus
in synchronism during the operation thereof. My invention

(6)

also oompriaas the oonjoint use of any or all the signaling
or indicating devioes shovm in Figures 1 to 4 in oomblnaa
apparatus of tha type disolosed heroin.

Tffhile I have ahovm several different forms of my
invention, it is to bo understood that the same may be om-
j bodied in many modifications without any departure from the
j spirit and soope of my invention.

j Having now desoribed my invention, what I olsim

as new and desire to protect by letters Patent of the United
J- states is as follows

| i. In a devioe of the oharaoter desoribed, the oom- .

j hination with a motion pioture w'

«pparatu& in synohronism, of an. indicating devioe oomprising
means adapted to transmit indications to a position adjacent

| 0ne of said apparatus from a' rolaUvti-^di-sW posit ion
! ^ U -/b-/s !

' substantially as desoribed.

jj g. In a devioe of the oharaoter desoribed, the oom-

bination with a motion: picture projecting apparatus, a
-i| screen on which the pictures are projected by said apparatus
8omd‘^roa^ wen«A ’ *

j gM^aainteteing tho sn-M ■ apparatus^ in jgohronlam,^ of an ^
indioat^ng^deviV 3^a o'mprTa ine; 'means adapted to transmit in-
dioatiens to a position adjacent one of said apparatus' from
V-ifeitVaiu't^t substantially as desoribed. ^

i device of t&SvOharaoter desoribed, the '

bination with a motion pioture >ra^oting apparatus .^no-,

; 'IraphS ^™t™^dtt

(7)

atu8- in synchronism, of an indicating device comprising
means adapted to transmit indications to a position adjacent
one of said apparatus from aA relatively distant] position
substantially as described. \

4. In a devioe of the onaraoter described, the 001
bination with a motion pioture projecting' apparatus , a

which the piotures are projected by said apparatus j

phonoBraphio apparatus adjacent sa^d screen, and means or- K' •
saint aining— the—sai d-appar atus in synchronism, of an indi¬
cating devioe comprising means adapted, to transmit indi¬
cations to a position adjaoent one, of sbid apparatus from

O-' ^j , J ' 1 ! V Y

a (relatively distant' position, -substantiklly as described.

"5,. In a devioe of the oharaoter described, the com¬
bination with a motion pioture projecting apparatus . sound
reproducing apparatus, and means,-
s^paMttus in synchronism, of an indicating devioe comprising

means adapted to transmit indications to a position adjaoent
6- it'll'

said moving pioture apparatus from a salat-i-voly-di&tawfe- pos-
ition, substantially as .desoribod.

14.

'8,. In a devioe of the oharaoter described, the com¬
bination with a motion pioture projecting apparatus, a soreeij
on whioh the pictures are projected by said apparatus, sound

CurtA'. fii.ii . IjZ ti* .*( •.//.. {‘■‘ J .--1 . ‘ - 1,1 ^

reproducing apparatus adjaoent said screen, and means^f-or^

maintaining— the— said-apparatus in synchronism, of an in-
'wA.A-wJki^\ 0-AOcr"- <4. A-ttii. iw-d. t'll ' li

di eating device^ comprising means adapted to transmit: indl- t.

cations to a position adjaoent said moving pioture projecting!

apparatus from- a^H
as described. ]v \

(8) V

a of the oharaoter desoribod, the

bination with a mokon pioture projeoting apparatus. P*on°-vj ^
Jj '/graphio/ appkatua “ fca'i^an^fo-i^^ntaik^khe^ak-appai^^

-atue in synchronism Aof an indioating devioa oomprising roeanB j

adapted to transmit Adioationa |o ^ f?®1*10? ^4.3>??®nt Sai4
moving pioture apparatV fro^ a'feiativeljr distant position,

8. In a devioe of the oharaoter described, the oom-
1 bination with a motion picture projeoting apparatus, a soroei
| on which tho pictures are Projected ^by oaid^ apparatus . phong,

I 'fejhip' apparatiia td j&rit sMr^rfe^nd'ke^S^^a^

I * aining-aaid-apparetus in synchronism , of an indioating de- >'■

Ivioe oomprising means adapted Vo transmit indioat ions to a ^
position adjacent said^ po.vAng,p\oture pw jewing apparatus
from a (relatively distant^pWtiCk '’substantially as de- 1

| 9, In a devioe of the oharaoVer deaoribed, the oom- ,)

bination with a motion pioture projecting apparatus, a’soroent
! on whioh the pioturos are projeoted Bw said apparatus \-//f

^rap^o* "l^pMatus^^^C^o^^ ^and^mean^ far-aaia - H'

tainlng °iifl "rr^"*1"1 in synchronism, W an indioating de¬
vioe oomprising moans adapted to transmit indications from
, a position adjacent one of said apparetu^ to a position ad-
I jaoent the other of said apparatus, substantially as de-

10. In a devioe of the oharaoter desoribed, the com¬
bination with a motion jjWture projeoting apparatus , ^\soreei.
on whioh the pictures 'are projected by said apparatus phono..

(9)

4ra£h±o Tpp"^ub’ adjacent sa^jfsoreen. and meansAfo-rr«a4B-
tetefes^aM-af^efeea in synchronism, of an indicating de¬
vice comprising means, adapted toVranomit indications from aj
position adjaoent tho phonographi ^apparatus to a position
adjaoent the moving pioture projeot'ing apparatus, substan¬
tially as described.

In a dovioe of the oharaoter described, the com¬
bination with a motion pioture projecting apparatus, sound ^

-MtoUtotos -tke'sa**-

appaeatus in synchronism, of an indicating devioe comprising
means adopted to transmit audible indications to a position
adjacent one of said apparatus from a -relatively-distant
posifrion^, substantially as desoribed.

12^ jn a devioe of the oharaoter described, the com¬
bination with a motion pioture projecting apparatus, a sub¬
stantially sound proof eerapa^ment’ for the motion pioture _
pi&^eo&ng apparatus ," sound- reproducing apparatus, and means
f^r—maintaining-the-sai-d-apparatus in synchronism, of an
indicating devioe comprising means adapted to transmit,
indications to a position adjaoent said motion pioture pro¬
jecting apparatus and within said oabinet from a position
srithout said oabinet, siibstantially as desoribed.

devioe of the oharaoter desoribed, the ooi
motion pioture projecting apparatus, a
3 ore on on which, the pioturoB are projected by Baid apparatus,
sound' reproducing apparatus adjaoent said screen, and means^
tho said apparatus in synohroniBm, of- an
find looting devioe comprising means adapted to transmit aud-

(-10 )

iblo -indications to a position adjaoent one of said apparatus
from a b tan-t -p o e i-tdoft , substantially as de-

<o'/ t> ' 1 ^

S oharaoter dosoribod, the oom-
» promoting apparatus, phono-- (
rorrmaiat«firi.nt; the said appar--
Heating devioe comprising means
ldioations to a position ad-
Erorn a (relatively distant /pos-
Lbed.

In a device of the otiaraoter deeoribod, the com¬
bination with a motion pioture prbjeoting apparatus, a
soreen on which tho piotures are projected by said apparatus
phonographic apparatus adjaoent said screen, and means^for

i in synchronism, of an indicat¬
ing device comprising means adapted to transmit audible indi¬
cations to a position adjaoent,- oi^o o f ^aidN^pparatus from a

r'9.

Relatively distantjpos:

juk ft*' ‘J 0,1 ■nv*t'

liti-on, substantially t

v desoribed.

'l'fi.. In a devioe of the oharaoter desoribed, the com¬
bination with a motion pioturo projecting apparatus, Bound
reproducing apparatus, and meanB Afo-r-ttiainta-ia-ing-fche-eaid

•apparatus— in synchronism, of an indicating devioe comprising
means adapted to transmit audible indications to a position

C <w- jjC

adjaoent eaid moving pioturo apparatus from a -re-lat-tveiy V/

.(.-ffc-it,' cxd\a*J-^G ^ o-'XyO-, \,A\p)^

d-i-etant position, substantially 'as desoribed.

}S7. In a devioe of the oharaoter desoribed, the com¬
bination with a motion pioture projecting apparatus, a soreen
on whioh the piotures are projeoted by said apparatus, sound

(11)

reproducing apparatus adjaoent said soreen, and moans for
maint al-n-lng— the -a aid apparatus in synchronism, of an indiaat
ing device oompriBing Beans adapted to transmit audible indi
oations to a position adjaoent said moving pioture projeotin^
apparatus from a g&le-tlvel-y- d-iatan-t— poait-ion-, substantially
as desoribed.

18. In a» devioe of the oharaotor dosoribod, the aom-
bination with a potion pioture projecting apparatus, phono¬
graphic- apparatns\ and means Afor7-aainta-ikinE -the said appar-
atus- in synchronise^, of an indicating devioe comprising raean^
adapted to transmit audible indications to a position adjac¬
ent said moving pioture. apparatus from a (relatively distant )
position/ substantially ab described.

In a devioe of taie oharaoter desoribed, the com¬
bination with a motion piottfre projecting apparatus, a soroerj

tatefaig said— apparatus in synchronism, of an indicating de¬
vioe comprising means adapted to transmit audible indica¬
tions to a position adjaoent said moving pioture pro j epting^.
apparatus from a Relatively diatant/pbsition, Substantially
i desoribed.

20. In a devioe of the oharaoter described, the com¬
bination with a motion pioture projecting apparatus, a sqreenl
on which the pictures are projooted by said apparatus ,:Vphono-l
graphio (apparatus adjaoent said soreen, and mecns^fejjvmalnjr
terfariag said-apparatus in BynohroniBm, of an indloatiig de¬
vioe oomprising means .adapted to transmit audible\ indications I

(12)

from a position adjacent one of said apparatus to a position}
adjaoont the other of said apparatus, substantially as do-
Boribed.

21. In a devioe of tlie oharaoter desoribed, the oom-
bination with a motion pioture pro jeoting apparatus, a soreejn
on whioh the piotures are projected by said apparatus, phono-
|[raph|o/ apparatus*5 adjaoent “said^oreon-,' ^and" means^fw^asi®-^
ta-in-tng— a a-id— apparatus- in synchronism, of an indicating de¬
vice comprising moanB adapted to transmit audible indica¬
tions from a position adjacent the phonographic apparatus
to a position adjaoont the moving picture projecting appar¬
atus, substantially as desoribed.

in a devioe of the oharaoter described, the com¬
bination with a motion pioture projecting apparatus , a sub-
stantially sound proof aompa-i|4njervt for the motion pioture
pro jeoting ’ apparatus'', sorad ' reproducing-' apparatus , and means}
fo-r-ir,ain-te4»4ng--the--eerid. apparatus- in synchronism, -of an
indicating devioe comprising means adapted to transmit aud¬
ible indications to a position adjaoent said motion pioture
pro jeoting apparatus, and within said oabinet from a position|
without said oabinet, substantially as described.

H -

"2$. In a devioe of the oharaoter desoribed, the oom-
bination with a motion pioture pro jeoting^ apparatus , Bound^
reproducing apparatus, and means * for — Ruvint a i-ni ng ■ the — said
apparatus in synchronism, of intercommunicating meana betwse .
a position adjaoent said sound reproducing apparatus add
position adjaoont said moving pioture pro jeoting apparatus,
substantially as described.

67/f//y

24. In a devioe of the oharaoter desoribed, th?
oombination with a motion pioture pro jeoting apparatus'
(13)\

reproducing apparatus, and mechanical means for maintaining
said apparatus in synohrionipnw of an indicating devioo com¬
prising means adapted toHransmit indications to a position
adjacent one of said apparatus from a relatively distant
position, substantially as described.

85. In a devioe of The oharaoter described, the com¬
bination with a motion piottare- pro jeotin§ apparatus, sound
reproducing apparatus, and means [including a meohanioal con¬
nection betwoen said apparatus for maintaining the same in
synchronism, of an indiaating.dovioo comprising means adaptei
■to transmit indioat ionB to ,a position adjacent one of said
apparatus from a relatively distant position, substantially
as dosoribed.

86. In a devioe of the o'haraoter described, the com¬
bination with a motion picture projecting apparatus, a sub¬
stantially sound proof compartment for the motion pioture
projecting apparatus, sound repro'.duoing apparatus, and means
including a meohanioal oonneotion\ between said apparatus for
maintaining the same in synchronism, of an indicating devioe
comprising means adapted to transmit indications to a positi
adjaoent said motion pioture projecting apparatus and within
said cabinet from a position without said cabinet, substan¬
tially as described.

87. In a devioe of the oharaotbr described, the, com¬
bination with a motion pioture projecting apparatus, Bpund
reproducing apparatus, and medhanioal beans for maintaining
the said apparatus in synchronism , of intercommunicating
means betv/een s position^adjaoent said pound reproducing

(14)

(! /'

TEIjisS specification signet) anb toitnesseb tljis of r)Ua^c/.\^\3

©atb.

£j>tatc of itetu fersep 1
Count? of Cssex )

DANIEI UIGHAH • & a,Wte mWt *

petitioner, being bulu Slnorn, beposcs nub saps tijat lje tS a citizen of tfje Unitcb
states, anb a teSibent of Eaat Orange, Essex County, Hew JorBoy

tfjat fjc beriltj belicbes bimSelf to be tfje original, first anb Sole inbentor of tlje
improbements in

COMBINED S^UHD REPRODUCING AltD MO'S I OH PICTURE PROJECTING.

APPARATUS

bcscribcb anb claimeb in tljc annexcb specification ; tijat Ije boeS not knob) anb
boes not beliebe tijat tfje Same toas eber luiotun or useb before Ijis inbention or
biscoberp tljereof; or patenteb or bescribeb in anp printeb publication in tfje
fSniteb states of America or anp foreign countrp before Ijis inbention or
biscoberp tljereof, or more tljan ttoo pears prior lo tljis application; or patenteb
in anp countrp foreign to tlje fSniteb states on an application fileb more tljan
ttoelbe months prior to this application; or in public use or on sale in tlje
fSnitcb states for more than ttoo pears prior to tljis application; anb that no
application for patent upon saib inbention fjaS been fileb bp Ijim or Ijis legal
representatibes or assigns in anp foreign countrp.

M7yur///^'/:

yyzMVt/#/

„7.~. Room - 312

2 — 260

DEPARTMENT OF THE INTERIOR
UNITED STATES PATENT OFFICE

._4foy_21^-OaiS.

..Byor.&.Hoidcn,..-- . { MAY 211913 )

. Bdloon-off-lco -lltttld-lflB-,- .

. Oransn , How Jersey . -

fleas, find below a. communication, from the EXAMINER in charfie of the application of

fti m e>rnni( f-ilnil-ltarah.-gfl^-.191S-.---(h>mhined--SounA--Bepgoduo4-«g-
. andUQtlonl?lfl-turo-.P-roJaot.lng-App*rn,tuE,.Sorifa-#?&,?-v50p"-

Commissioner of Patents.

Cloino 1 to 10, 23 and 34 tiro rojeoted on eaoh of the pat-

HoDonnoll, ,-?945,976, Jan. 11, 1910 \y ii'V

(00—16.2)}

Dunkes, et al.MBrltl*), ^*23,276, of 1900;

Vollinann; (Germ**? , |n09°62ly May 7, 1909;

(88— 8yn. Dig.).

Claim 12 io rejected on McDonnell or Vollmann, In which the
indication!! might ho looated in the picture machine house with¬
out involving any invention. In fnot such an arrangement would
aoeia to ho present in McDonnell, at >. —r

Claims 11, 13 to 22, 20 to 31 are rejected in view of the
art ohowing the uoe of menno for transferring indications from
one machine to tho other and alno in view of the well known
use of thn r peaking tube between distant pointo. 'Thus it is
thought to involvo no invention whatever to employ this old
means of oonnunioot ion botwoon the two operators in appli- (
oarit,o device, <

i'Tho description of the synchronizing means as "mechanical
does not lend any patentability to tho claims, an there. is no
particular combination betwoori this moons and the oommunioating
means. Tho speaking tube would serve Just as well with other

^757, 502-

formo of synchronisers an with the moohantoal means. Likewise,
the moohnniaal synchronising means is not dependent on the
indioatingjnpons' for ita opfysatl on.but acts an an Independent
element. Thun olalma 24 to 27, 29, 30, 32, and 33 are rebooted
aa aggregations.

'(Claims 1 to 0, 11 to 19, 22, 24 to 26 are orltlolzed aB \
•being indefinite an to the point from which the indications are 'v
transmitted. This point ohould be designated an being located J
at tho phonograph. ,

lClaim 34 is not oloarly stated, beoause of the indefinite \
refercnoo to tho diotant point in lino 6. Thit» should be more 1
dofinitoly Btated ho an to agree with tho deuoription of the
looatlon of tho some point in lines- 7-8. Then too the indefin¬
ite langungo in linen 6-9 ohould not be usod, but the location
ohould bo referred to in tho seme manner as in lineB 5 and 6. j

'-'As to the location of tho tube no an to transmit the sounds
reproduced by tho phonograph to tho oars of the ploture maohine j
operator, attention is onlled to the familiar "diotophone" ,
by which a conversation has boon oommunioated ,to a third party
at a distance. The incorporation of ouch an expodl ent in the
old synchronising oombination is not soon to involve any In¬
vention.

J. R. U.

Examiner •

IB THE UHITKD STATES: PATENT OFFICE.

DANIEL HICHAM, )

COMBINED SOUND EEPRODUCINC )

AND MOTION PICTURE PROJECTING
1 APPARATUS , I

Filed March 29, 1913,
Serial No. 767,602.

j HONORABLE COMMISSIONER OF PATENTS,

SIR:

In response to the Office action of May 21,
1913, please amend the above entitled case as follows:

In lines 3 end 4, claims 1, 3, 5, 7, 11,

14, 16, 18, 23, 28 and 34, and lines 4 and 6, claims 2,

| 4, 6, i2, 13, 15, 17, 22 and 31, cancel the expression
"means for maintaining the said apparatus" : and insert in
[plaoe thereof - means operatively oonneoted to both of
said apparatus for maintaining the same--. In lines
4 and 6, olaiins 8, 9, 10, 19, 20 and 21, cancel "moans for
| maintaining said apparatus" and insert in plaoe thereof
. means operatively connected to both of said apparatus for
maintaining the same - .

Claims 32 end 33, lines 6 ana 6 , cancel
"comprising a mechanical oonneotion between " ana insert
_ operatively oonneotea.to both of - •

Claim #4, line 6, oanoel "relatively aistant'
[seme line after "position" insert - relatively aistant
from said first position - .

^Cancel claims 24 to 27 inclusive, and 29 ana

^ Renumber claims 28, 31, 32, E
27 and 28 respectively.

na 34 as

Ada the following ole. inis s

Vjq. xn R gevloe of the character aesorihea, the oom-
hination with a motion picture projecting apparatus, a
„jreen on whioh the piotures are projected hy said apparatus
phonographic apparatus adjacent said screen, and means
operatively connected to Doth of said apparatus for main¬
taining the same in synchronism, of means for transmitting
audible indications from the phonographic apparatus to a
I position adjacent the motion picture projecting apparatus
I comprising a transmitting member located in a position to
receive sounds emitted by the phonographic apparatus and a
receiver located adjacent the motion picture apparatus ,
substantially es described.

C <k l»-l •»

30. In a 'device of the character described, the com¬
bination with a motion picture projecting apparatus, a
screen on whioh thk pictures are projected by said apparatus
phonographic apparatus adjacent said screen, and means
operatively connected\o both of said apparatus for main¬
taining the same in syn^ronism, of means for transmitting
audible indications from the phonographic;: apparatus to a
position adjacent the mot iok picture projecting apparatus
comprising a transmitting member located adjacent the horn
of the phonographic apparatus \d a receiver located
adjacent the kotion picture projecting apparatus, substan¬
tially as described. \

3i. in a device of the character described, the com¬
bination with a motion picture projecting apparatus, a
sore cm on whioh the pictures are projected by said apparatus
phonographic apparatus adjacent said Bore^ and means '•>
operatively oonneotod to both of said apparatus for main¬
taining the seme/in synohrdnism, of means for transmitting

I audible indicatiopD from the phonographic Lappar£tusto. a ^
position adjacent 'the motion picture projecting apparatus
comprising a transmitting member looat ed(within) tho horn
of the phonographic Apparatus nnfl a receiving member located
adjacent the motion picture projecting apparatus
atsntially a a described

32' In a device of tho oheraoter described, the
bination with a motion picture projecting apparatus
screen on which the pictures 'are projected by said
apparatus , phonographlo apparatus adjacent said screen,
and means operatively oonnected\to both of Baid apparatus
for maintaining tho same in synchronism, of means for
transmitting audible indications f\om the phonographic apparatus
to a position adjacent the motion picture pro jeoting^ appar¬
atus comprising a transmitting manbeA locate d(withini the
| horn of the phonographlo apparatus an d\a receiving member
loo ate d adjacent tho motion pioture projecting apparatus,

|(and means connected with sal dl transmitting member and
extend ing exteriorly of said horn}wheroby dn operator at the
, phonographic' Apparatus iB enabled to imp a A instructions
to an operator at the motion picture projecting apparatus
substantially as described.

BSKiEKS

fhe claims as now presented all Bpeoify the com¬

bination with a motion pioture projecting apparatus * sound
reproducing apparatus and means operatively oonnected with
both of said apparatus for maintaining the same in synchron¬
ism, of an indicating devioe comprising me tins for trans- . \
mltting indications to a position adjacent one of Bald
apparatus either from a relatively distant position or from
a position adjacent the other of said apparatus. Sone of
3

the references discloses either this combination or means
for transmitting audible indications to either of the
apparatus from the other apparatus or from a relatively
distant position as oalled for in some of the olaims.

In view of the numerous advantages resulting from the
combination described in the claims, which advantages
aro clearly brought out in the specification, and also
in view of the faot that, in spite of these advantages,
heretofore no:, ono. has apprently devised or employed
this 'combination, it is submitted that the production of suoi_...„
combination involved invention and that the incorporation of
the indioating device in the synchronising combination was
not an obvious expedient as implied by the Examiner in the
last Offioe action*

' Eaoh of the references merely discloses a pair

or pairs of co-operating continuously, rotating pointers ,
one pointer of each pair being rotated by the phonographio
apparatus, and the other hy the moving picture apparatus, the
relative position of the pointers indioating whether or not
the phonograph and moving pioture apparatus are in synchron¬
ism* She indicating means disclosed in the references
are incapable of the functions of applicant's indioating
devioe and moreover, none of the references diBoloseB thev
indicating means, in the combination described in applicant's
olaims. Applicant's indicating means , in its preferred'
foim, enables the operator of the two apparatus to signal
eaoh othor or one of the operators to signal to the other
at any time, either before the apparatus are set into
operation or during operation thereof.

E la ins 12 and 22 and olaims 25, 26 and 27

(original claims SI, S3 and 33) farther distinguish from the
references hy specifying a substantially sauna proof compart,
meat for the motion picture projecting apparatus. She UBe
of the sound proof compartment is especially advantageous
in combined apparatus of the character disclosed heroin as
the sounds due to' the operation of the motion picture
apparatus are thereby confined to such compartment rod
accordingly ao not interfere with the proper appreciation
of the reproduction of the phono graphio apparatus hy an
audience-

She objection made in the first paragraph on page
2 of the last Office action to olaimo 1 to 8, 11 to 19 ana
22 as being indofinto as to tho point from which the
indications ere transmitted and the retirement that this
point should he designated as being looated at the phono¬
graph are believed to ho unwarranted end it is requested
that the same be withdrawn. Applicant's invention is not
limited to the eacaot construction disclosed in the drawings
which are morely Illustrative. 'J-’ha statement of invention
is broad enough to .include tho employment of indicating
or signaling means whereby indications or signals may he
transmitted to a position adjacent either the motion picture
projecting apparatus or the sound reproducing apparatus
from a relatively distant position, whether the latter
position is looated at one of said apparatus or at a distano >
from both of said apparatus; (see lines 1 to 0, page 2
of tho specification ). While it may be true that the
most praotical manner of carrying out the invention
is to employ an indicating system in which the indications
or signals are transmitted from the phonograph to a
position adjacent the motion picture apparatus, it might,
under some oiroumstanoea , be preferable to transmit the
5

fi. .

| indications or oignals from some other position.

It is thought that there Is no indefinite rofor-
enoe to the distant points or positions in claim 28
(original olaim 34) for the reasons above stated, and as,

I amended, this claim seems to be quite clearly dw

While it is not admitted that original olaims
I 24 to 27, 29 , SO, 32 and S3 oovered aggregations, all but
the last two of these olaims have been canceled as the
subject matter therein seems to be sufficiently covered
in other of the claims,, while original olaims 32 and 33
nave been amended to overcome any possibility of the seme
I being held to oover aggregations. I

Hew olaims 29 to 32 presented herewith are j

I believed to clearly and patentably differentiate from the
references of record and are thought necessary in order to
adequately protect applicant in his invention. Hone of
the references discloses the combinations set forth In these
claims comprising means operatively qonneotad to both the
phonographic and motion picture projecting apparatus for
maintaining the srane in synchronism and moans for trans¬
mitting audible indications from the phonographic apparatus
to a position adjacent the motion picture apparatus, which
Loans comprises a transmitting member located in a position
to receive sounds emitted by the phonographic apparatus
and a receiver located adjacent the motion picture projecting
Claim 30 also specifies that the transmitting

(member is located adjacent the hom of the phonographic
apparatus while claims 31 and 32 specify that the trans¬
mitting member is located within the horn of the phono¬
graphic apparatus. Claim 32 father distinguishes from
the references by specifying means connected with the
transmitting member and extending exteriorly of the horn

whereby an operator at tho phonographio apparatus is enabled
to Impart instructions to an operator nt the motion
picture projecting apparatus.

For the above reasons, -.further consideration end
allowance of the olaims as nov/ proaontsd are requested.

Reupeotfully sxibnritted,

JMBIEIi IilGHAM,

DEPARTMENT OF THE INTERIOR
UNITED STATES PATENT OFFICE

WASHINGTON . ffuna E6i4 l©14r-

. ■di«0»-4>f£i^e--Building>

. X>£unger-JI‘*-J. .

Please find below a communication from the EXAMINER in charge of the application of

— «aiaaouioti>iotu^eFar*JootlngtoP«rat\»ir-,-B*rttxl-#l,57i30a» .

Cans reoonsidored aa amended May 2.0 , 1914 .

All tho claims are rejected, aa presenting nothing patonta-
blo in view or the art of record and tho re aeons pruvlourO y
stated* The statement that the two mncMiu s are maintained in
synohroriiom by /no an a operatively connected to hoth '.a not re¬
garded aa a pa ten tab lo diotinotion in viow of the old art ehow--
ing tho pioturo aaohino and phonograph so connected. Bee for
instance $

Bluer et al.,

Onumont, *#702. .... -w , _ _

(80—16*2).

Wion to employ the indio/tlng means of Volbnan, Duskes, 8k
KoDonnell In s synchronising combination in which the two ma¬
chines are operatively connected ie thought not to amount to
invention* This applies to claims 1 to 10, 12, 23, and 28 «
fhe olaiaa involving a sound transmitting re one an a signal device
are likewise held not to distinguish patent* ly from the art by
the statement above referred to. The use of a speaking tube ...
is held to be very obvious in suoh a connection as described by
applloant, and would readily suggest Itself to t^e skilled op-
•rotor* The spooking Mbs and el eo trio bell are regarded as

^liustrlan), #38, 73^ Bep. 10, 1909) (1 sheet!'

#757,602- - 2

equivalents and are Doth old and well knwn expedients. The \
hranoh tube shown In Jig. 1 1b thought to involve only moohon-
loal skill and la held not to Da invontlon. ijlaim 32 1b further
rebooted ae relating to a form of invention (Jig. D that ie
different from the one originally elected Dy applicant, that is j

riu. 2. The opoaking tube wao originally olaimod, vhioh is
TTic. 2 whereas the branch tube 1613 found only in

specif io to/Wg. 1 in whioh a tolophonio circuit in employed.

Aa to the legation of the end of the tube near the horn bo ae^j
to be capable of transmitting Boundc either from the horn or \
from the lips of the operator* it in he ld_toJheaveryobvi oua
expedient to employ ouch a mem. to keep the operator informed
as to the behavior of the phonograph in o nee he cannot hear
the reproduotion with hie unaided ear. Then to so loo ate the
end of the tube no an to be convenient to the phonograph atten¬
dant and also within range of the horn io regarded as an ar¬
rangement of the old tube not involving any inventive thought.

/Tho objection stated on page 2, lineB 6-9, of the laot
Of floe lotter io repented.

"Claim 34' 1b oritioized on the aame ground. If the one end
Of the speaking tilbe is not bo looated aa to be accessible
to the Phonograph attendant, then the spirit of applicant. a
invention la Xoat. A di .tent point might be any point, regard-
loos of any connection or relation to the reproduction of pic¬
tures and sounds} and this surely ia not patentable.

JBH.

jfxamlner ,

XII the united states patent office

Daniel Higham

COMBINED SOUND REPRODUCING AND
MOTION PICTURE PROJECTING APPARATUS

Filed March 29, 1913
Serial No. 757,602

HONORABLE COMMISSIONER OF PATENTS,

SIR:

In response to the Office action of
June 26, 1914, please amend the above entitled case as
follows :-

Claim 1, line 6, oanoel "relatively distant",
and after "position" insert - adjaoent the other of sal a
apparatus - .

Claim 2, •Mnn 6, after "device" insert - independ¬
ent in its notion of eaia apparatus and - . Line 8, oan¬
oel "relatively distant position" and insert - position
adjacent the other of said apparatus - .

Oanoel claims 3 and 4.

Claim 6, line 6, oanoel "relatively distant".

Line 7, before the comma insert - adjaoent the sound repro¬
ducing apparatus - •

Claim 6, line 6, after "devioe" insert - indepond
ent in its aotion of said apparatus and - . Line 8, oan¬
oel "relatively distant position" and insert - position
adjacent the sound reproducing apparatus - .

Oansel olaims 7, 8, 9 and 10.

| Olaim 11, line 6. °anoel "relatively distant".

line 7, after "position" insert - adjaoent the other of
I said apparatus - .

jj Claims 12, 22, 26. 26 and 27, line 2; olaim 26,

ij line 8; and elates 26 and 27, line 10, oanoel "oompartment"

| and insert - cabinet - •

1 Claim 13, line 8, oanoel "relatively distant

position" and insert - position adjacent the other of said
apparatus - »

i Oanoel claims 14 and 16.

Claim 16, lines 6 and 7, oanoel "relatively dis-
( tant". line 7, after "position" insert - adjacent said
j sound reproducing apparatus - .

I| Claim 17, line 8, oanoel "relatively distant

|| position" and insert - position adjacent said sound repro-
' duoing apparatus - .

|| Cancel elates 18, 10, 20, 21, 28, 30, 31 and

j] Renumber elates 6, 6, 11, 12, 13» 16» 17 • 22’ 23’

j 24 26 26, 27 and 29 as 3 to 16 inclusive respectively.

R E H A R K S

mhe claims now contained in this application have
been amended so as to more clearly define applicant's in-
i vention. and also to obviate all objections set forth in
i the last two paragraphs of the last Office action. Several
of the olaims have been canceled, not because it is believec
that these elates are anticipated by the references or are
devoid of patentable subject matter, but because the remain-
ing elates are believed to sufficiently cover the invention,

(2)

The cancellation of former claim 32 obviates the objections
set forth in the first seven lines of page 2 of the last
Offioe action.

It is submitted that applicant has evolved a new
and patentable combination and that Buoh combination is
clearly described in the olaims as now presented. While
Gluer et al. and Oaxunont diBolose the combination of motion
pioture apparatus and phonographic apparatus connected by
means for maintaining the same in synchronism, neither of
these referonces disoloses indicating means suoh as described
herein in combination with such apparatus. Elio indicating
means of Vollman, Duskes and lucDonnel is not adapted for ubs
in devioes suoh as disclosed by Gluer and Gaumont or by the
present application, whore the motion picture apparatus and
phonographio apparatus aro operatively connected by means
for maintaining suoh apparatus in synchronism, hxxt aro
adapted only for use in devices where there is no operative
oonneotion between the motion pioture mechanism and the
phonographio mechanism. Moreover, as was indicated in the
remarks accompanying the previous amendment, applicant’s
indicating means, in its preferred form, enables the oper¬
ators of the two apparatus to signal to or communicate with
eaoh other, or one of the operators to signal to or communi¬
cate with the other operator at any time and with respect
to various matters, whioh is not true of the indicating
means of Vollman, Duskes and MoDonnel.

Olaims 2 and 4 further distinguish from the refer¬
ences by specifying that the indicating device is independent
in its aotion of the motion pioture apparatus and the sound

reproducing or phonographio apparatus.

Claims B, V, 8, 9, 10 and 16 also further dis¬
tinguish from the references hy specifying means adapted
to transmit audible indications from a position adjacent
one apparatus to a position adjacent the other apparatus.

With respect to claims 6 and 10, none of the
references discloses a sound proof cabinet for the motion
picture apparatus and an indicating device comprising means
adapted to transmit indications to a position adjacent the
motion picture apparatus and v.ithin said cabinet from a
position without the cabinet. These claims are broad enough
to cover the form of the invention disclosed in figure 4
where no part of the indicating means is disclosed adjacent
the sound reproducing apparatus, as well as the forms dis¬
closed in the other figures of the drawings. It is there¬
fore not believed to be necessary to limit these claims by
describing the transmitting moans as located adjacent the
sound reproducing apparatus.

in regard to claims 11 to 16 inclusive, none of
I the references discloses intorooimnunionting means or a
| speaking tube between a position adjacent one of the appar-
i atus and a position adjacent the other apparatus. By this
| arrangement, the operator at either apparatus is enablsd to
I communicate with the operator at the other. Claims 13 and
16 also specify a Bound proof cabinet for the motion pic-
ture apparatus and describe the speaking tube as extending
within such cabinet; while claim 14 describes a sound
proof cabinet for the motion picture apparatus and inter-
communicating means between a position adjacent the phono-
graphic apparatus and a position adjacent the motion pio-
ture apparatus and within said cabinet.

(4)

Y/hilo the invention described in the olalma of
this application is of a simple nature, it is both new and
useful. In fact, applicant's invention is essential for
the satisfactory operation of combined motion picture and
phonographic apparatus connected in the manner described
herein. Accordingly, it would seem that if it wore very
obvious to employ applicant's indicating means in the
manner described, as indicated by the Examiner in the last
Office action, thi3 would have been done or disclosed in
some publication prior to the date of this application.

So applicant's knowledge, howevei*, this is not the case.

In view of the above, further consideration and
allowanoe are requested.

Respectfully submitted,

' DANIEL HIGHAII
By

His Attorneys

Orange, Bow Jersey
June /C, , 1916

V/H-JS

DEPARTMENT OF THE INTERIOR
UNITED STATES PATENT OFFICE

WASHINGTON _ J.uly~ar--1MA'

...By.er...&-JKnldx5iu. -

_ Edicion..olflo.a_?wUdlag< - - -

_ -

Pleas6 flna below a communication from the EXAMINER in oJnrjfe of the application of
ivnirt Hicham- mod ,anfl

TjrnMnn Pi otur e gMjlfi.aAlng-Apparatuat..-Sej±al..HoJ-gA7,A0g. -

Case reconsidered a8 amended June 17, 1915«

The claims are rejected on the references and for the reanorte
of record. It lo an old practice for the operator at the picture
machine, to listen to the sound reproduction to see whether the
two mchines are in synchronism} and It is also considered on
old practice for the operator at the one machine to call to the
other operator in regard to the operation or the machines. Then
all that applicant hao done is to employ an old form or sound
transmitting means to aid the pio ture 'machine operator in hearing
the phonograph and the signals from the other operator. There is
clearly thought to be no invention Involved in . this. Applicant
refers to the picture machine booth as being sound-proof, but
Judging from the drawing this lo hardly true because of the sev¬
eral openings in the walls of this housing. Applicant's housing
wpuld appear to be substantially the same as that ordinarily found
In the moving pioture theatre} and thus no patentability is rec¬
ognized In this, part or applioantts devioe. The desirability of
preventing the noise of the pioture ra chine from'bsing heard by the
audienoe is very obvious, and there is thought to be no Invention
Involved In making this housing sound-proof if the noise of the
pioture machine should be found to be annoying.

- «*•!. . ... — - . . . . - - - - . ■

Mr. Edison:- '

I send ya4 herewith our copies of the papers ]

oation^Eolio 91?lerial Ho. 767,562, filed March 29, 1913,
inE an inventi/of Eaniel Hi<*em relating to the Kinetophone. ,he
invention oo/ists in the employment of signaling means, such as a
spe aking ti, telephone, hell or husser, in combination with the
Kinetophone, whereby the operator at one machine is enabled o
oommunic/te with the operator at the other machine.

/ Che application is now up for amendment, and the guestx
arises L to whether you are still interested in the invention and
*iSh I prosecution of the application continued or wish to aban¬
don J same. The Examiner in each of his actions in the applicatxon
has rioted all the claims, and the chances of obtaining . allow¬
ance <f any of the claims from the Examiner seem to be slig .

If you wish this case to be abandoned, will you kindly
notation to that effect on the file wrapper.

Mmr-

\.r,, V

t4wj

May 26 , 1916 .

Mr. C. ^Wilson:

Referring to the annexed memorandum. The chanoe of
obtaining an allowance of this ease is very slight no matter Aether
we appeal it or not. We can carry it along for another year without
an appeal, hut it will then doubtless be necessary to appeal to the
Board. This would cost us about *80. including the cost of the trip
to Washington. If unsuccessful, an appeal to the Commissioner of
Patents could be taken during the following year at an expense of
about $40. If unsuccessful there, it would hardly be worth while
to appeal any further*

" ^ )ac,

/ * L--‘-

yvyfaff-yr- w

Mr. Daniel Higham,

316 West 46th Street,

Mew York, H. Y.

.Dear Mr. Higham

On June End I wrote you aeking you to atop in and
see me, hut as I have not heard from you nor seen you, it oc¬
curred to me that my letter may have mieoarried. What I want
to see you about is an application of yours entitled Combined
Sound Reproducing and Motion Picture Projecting Apparatus,
Serial No. 767, 60S, filed March E9, 1913. This case is due
for amendment before July 8th, and I should aooordingly like to
see you at your earliest convenience. We are of the opinion
that this case should be dropped, and if it iB not convenient
for you to oome over 'here, X shall be glad to send you prints
of the drawings and a copy of the last Office action so that
you may advise us whether or not you wish to have the appli¬
cation dropped.

: fa.

#- jfafxf &'■'*'

■ • £U-r G/try-j h-J>.

fa. cmJ— '^T' T7., ,

i -jL tA J-ffay

r^r/7 JUJf^-
l'ff fa Ji~~

1 SA^'-tfiyir

•at ^ "*2 *A ^

[ / a// bP^-'M - /

^vv ^ /- ^ 4^

/7~f- si't''&'1™-

Tifa’P-jfaJk

r# ^fafafafa

Patent Series

Patent Application Files

Folio# 918 Molds

Serial #: 760624

Primary Applicant: Edison, Thomas A

Date Executed: 4/10/1913

[PHOTOCOPY]

petition

So tljr (EommtBBionrr of Patents:

Pmur Petitioner bhomas a. EDI301I

a citizen of tlje United g>tatra, residing anil patting a Poat ©ffire aiiiireaa at

Llewellyn Park, Went Orange, K3sox County, How Jorooy,

praps tljat letters patent mag be granted to Ijlm for tlje improuemrnts in

art forth in tlje annexed aprrifitation; and Ije Ijrrrbg appoints Sgrr Sc golden,
(Registration No. 3244), a firm rompoaed of 3Frank C. Iger and ielos
golden, mljoae addreaa ia Edison ©ffire Suilding, ©range. Neat 3erseg, Ijia
attomega mitlj full pomrr of aubatitution and renoration, to proaerute tljia
appliration, to make alterations and amendments tljerein, to rrreioe tlje patent,
and to transact all business in tlje Patent ©ffice connected tljerrmitlj.

SPECIFICATION.

TO ALL WHOM IT MAY COIICBHU:

BE IT KNOWN, thut I, THOMAS A. EDISOII , a oitir.cm
of the Unites Statoe and a resident of Llewellyn Park,

West Orange, in the County of Essox and State of Ilow JorBoy,
have invented certain new and useful iraprovomonts in MOLDS,
of which tho following is a desorption:

My invention rolatos to molds, and moro particular¬
ly to molds for uso in tho mamifacturo of sound rooords of
tho disc typo. In forming those rocorde, it iB common to
make a coppor matrix hy oloctroplating on a master rocord
previously rendorod electroconductivo hy a coating of
graphite or other suitable moans,, and to strongthon thiB
matrix with a hacking, of stool or othor suitable material
to give tho same sufficient rigidity for use as a stamp or
dio to impross the record into the reoord material. Various
means have boon suggosted for scouring the matrix to tho
backing, tho molds of ono type horotofore proposed comprising
a ring or clamping monbor socurod to tho backing and having
a projecting portion or flange overlying tho periphery of
the matrix. The molds of this typo, as horotoforo con¬
structed, ore dofoctivo by reason of tho failuro to provide
a perfectly tight joint betwoen tho ring nr.d matrix, the
ring engaging tho matrix only in spots, with tho result
that a small amount of tho fluid with which tho molds
are cleaned and also of the plastic composition from which

I I the rooordB ajjp formed finds its way to and bocomes locatod
between the adjaoont or contacting surfaoos of the matrix
and backing. By roason of this dofoot, even if these
surfaces are truod bo as to normally lie in substantially
perfect contact with oach othor, as described in my

oopending application. Serial Ho. 632,366, filed June 10,
1911, an unevon surface is produced in the matrix and the
rocord formed therefrom when said parts aro subjected to
the high pressure nocosaary to irapross a rooord into the
plastic material from which the duplicate sound records
are formed. Tho unevonnoeB of tho rocord made in this
way produces objectionable sounds, suoh os tho rough
eurfaco noiBos frequently heard in sound rooords, when the
records are reproduced.

The principal object of my invention is to
eliminate tho abovo defect. This is accomplished by
forming a seal to provont tho passago of cloaning fluid,
rocord composition, or othor matorial botwoen the matrix
and backing, tho proforrod onbodimont of my invention
comprising a gasket of soft motal, suoh as load, com¬
pressed botwoen the matrix and tho ring, or othor suitable
clomping member, secured to tho backing. Othor objects
of my invention will appear more fully in tho following
specification and appended claims:

In order that my invention may bo more clearly
understood, attention is hereby diroctod to tho accompany¬
ing drawing forming a part of this specification and in
which -

1’ig. 1 represents a central vortical sectional
view showing a mold ombodying my invention;

Pig. 2 roprosents a plan view thereof; and

Pig. 3 reprosonts a fragmentary view similar
to that of Pig. 1 but drawn on an enlarged scale.

In all of tho views liko parts aro designated
by tho samo roforonco numerals.

Referring to tho drawings, the matrix 1 boars
against the backing plate 2. A clamping ring 3 is
2

bo our oil to tho tacking plate 2 by a plurality of screws or
other Quit able fastening raemborB 4, tho ring 3 boing pro¬
ves with a lip or flange 5 overlying tho periphery of
tho matrix. The sorewB 4 are located only a short dis¬
tance apart and extend entirely around tho ring 3 so
that tho lattor can bo vary effectively hold in clamping
position. i'or a mold 10 inches in diamotor, tho screws
4 aro placed about 1 inch apart. Tho ring 3, as shown,
is proforably providod with tapered roccssoB 6 in which
the heads of tho Borows aro locatod, tho screws lying
entirely below the upper uurfaco of tho ring. Tho
portion of the ring through which tho screws oxtond is
preferably providod with an annular downwardly ext on ding
flange-like portion 7 which fits within a correspondingly
shaped roce83 8 in tho top of backing plate 2. Tho
| gaBkot 0 forms tho dosirod soul between tho flango 5 of
tho ring 3 and the matrix 1. This gaakot, aa horoinboforo
statod, should bo made of yielding compressible material
and is preferably formed of load, suitable load wiro for
forming tho 3ame boing oasily obtainable in tho marmot.

In assembling tho mold and matrix, a pioco of
lead wiro is placed botwoen the flange S and tho poriphory
of tho matrix 1, after which tho mold is placed in a press
II and subjected to a pressjuro sufficient to cause the load
wire to shape itself to any irrogularitios wliioh may occur
in the portions of the flango and matrix contacted by it.

A suitable presouro for this purpose, whon the gasket is
formed of lead, is about 600 lbs. por square inch. After
tho lead has boon thus comprossod, the mold is removed
from tho pross and tho Bcrews 4 are drawn up so as to
compress tho gasket 9 firmly between tho flango 5 and the
periphery of tho matrix, a perfect seal boing thus pro-

duoed at tho periphery of the matrix to prevent the passage
of record composition or othor material to two on tho matrix
and hacking. In order to secure an oven finish around
tho inner edge of tho flange 5, the portion of tho load
wire which is forced within the aaid edge during tho
pressing operation is preferably cut away by any suitable
cutting tool.

Tho center of tho matrix may, if deoirod, ho
secured to tho hacking plate by means of sloovo 10 having
a flange 11 seated in a depression in tho top of tho matrix
tho sleeve 10 hoing preforahly threadod into tho backing
plate as shown.

Many modifications nay obviously bo made in
tho specific Btructuro heroin disclosed without departing
from tho spirit of my invention, and I wish, thorof ore ,
not to be limited to the said specific structure. What
I claim as now and dosiro to protect by Lottors Patent
is os follows :

1. In a device of tho class dosorihod, tho com¬
bination of Tnutr gf a^ backing therefor^, and jeun^ao-^
tachably securing said matrix to sui'd" backing, said means^
forming a seal for preventing the passage of material
between said matrix and hacking, substantially mb
described.

12. In a device of tho olass doBcrihod, the com¬
bination of "^TOtrix'f’a 'booking therefor, and mouns do-
tachably securing said matrix to said hacking, said moans
comprising a clamping member secured to said hacking,
and a gasket of yieldablo material forming a seal botweon
said clamping member and matrix, substantially as

described.

3. In a dovice of the class dosoribod, the com¬
bination of "n/inatriTf^a baching thorefor, and means de¬
tachably so curing said matrix to said backing, said means
comprising a clomping member secured to said backing,
and n gasket of soft motal forming a soul botwoon said
clamping raorabor and matrix, substantially ns described.

4> xn a dovico of the class described, the com¬
bination of Tm^tri^rV backing therefor, and moans de¬
tachably securing said matrix to said backing, said moans
comprising a clamping mombor secured to said backing and
a gaskot of load forming a soul between said clamping
member and matrix, substantially as described.

- <*c. A- V/c-

5. "in a dovice \>f tho class doscribod, the com¬
bination of a matrix, aNbaeking therefor, and moans detach
ably socuring the periphery of. said matrix to said backing
said moans', forming a seal f^r preventing tho paiumgo of
material botwoon said matrixVnd said backing, substantial
ly as described.

6, In a device of the class doscribod, tho com¬
bination tr^maTrix fa baling thorefor, and moans socur¬
ing said matrix to said backing, said moans comprising a
clamping ring surrounding said matrix and scoured to said
backing, and a gasket of yielding material forming a seal
between said ring and matrix, substantially an. doBoribod.

^ 7. in a device of the clauu described, the com¬
bination a backing thorefor. and moans se¬

curing said matrix to said backing, said means comprising
a clamping ring surrounding said matrix and scoured to
said backing, and a gasket of soft metal forming a seal
between said ring and matrix, substantially as doscribod.

8. In a dovioe of tho claoo described, tho com-
Dlwtion of a'^a^Sfa'tockine thorofor. and moans scour¬
ing said matrix to said tacking, said moans comprising a
ring surrounding said matrix and soourod to said backing,
and a gnBlcet of loa.d comproBood between said ring and
matrix, substantially as described.

9. In a device of tho oIueo dosoribod, the com¬
bination of" r‘mat r ix f a" backing therefor, and moans secur¬
ing Baid matrix to said backing and forming a seal for
preventing the passage of matorial between said matrix
and backing, said moanc. comprising a ring secured to said
backing at a plurality of opacod points^ locator entirely ^
around said ring tho adjacent points' being' sfaco^esly

_ -I1-rt flimtnrirr n'prrii substantially as doscribod.

10. In a device of tho class dosoribod, the com¬
bination tf'a'ii&r&f'a backing therefor and moans so-

A -t* .-/a l' et 'Ly< 1-CcL '/ T /

curing said matrix to said backing uniforming a seal
for preventing tho paosago of matorial botwoon said
matrix and backing, said means comprising a ring secured
to said backing by a plurality of fastening members lo¬
cated short distances apart entirely around said ring,
substantially as described.

tEljiS specification signeb anb toitneSSeb tfjis / 0 bap of ^jjUuL
. ■ $ ‘ £&Cl****TI

Sffilitnessetfj:

\...cJ^.rX.(i.cLo‘uuC-^L. .

". ..

©atb.

g>tate of i5etn 3fcrsep j ^

Coutitp of €SSex j

snotlAii a. SDiaoii , tfje abobe namtb
petitioner, being buly Stuorn, bcpoSeS nub saps tfjat fjc IS a citizen of tlje tHniteb

fetateS, anb a rcSibent of Llewellyn PurJc, West Orange , Knuox County,
How Jersey

tfjat fje berily beliebes fjintSelf to be tfje original, first anb Sole inbentor of tlje
improbements in moll:j

bescribeb anb claimeb in tlje annexeb specification ; tfjat Ijc boes not fsnoto anb
boes not beliebe tfjat tfje same tuns cber Unolun or useb before fjis inbention or
biscobcrp tfjereof; or patenteb or bescribeb in anp printeb publication in tfje
©nitcb States of America or anp foreign countrp before fjis inbention or
biscoberp tfjereof, or more tfjan tluo pears prior to tfjis application; or patenteb
in anp countrp foreign to tfje fHniteb fetateS on an application filcb more tfjan
ttncfbe montfjs prior to tfjis application; or in public use or on Sale in tfje
®niteb States for more tfjan lino pears prior to tfjis application; anb tfjat no
application for patent upon Saib inbention fjas been fileb bp fjim or fjis legal
repreSentatibeS or assips in anp foreip countrp.

g>loorn to anb subscribeb before me tfjis /o^bap of £o/it-C 191*3

Boom .-308-

Paper Bo.....

DEPARTMENT OF THE INTERIOR
UNITED STATES PATENT OFFICE

WASHINGTON . Q«t. _lfi . 1913a. — .....

i ’u. S. PATENT ‘OFFICE. ‘

. EdoonOffiae~Biu.lding, .

. Orange, Hew -Jersey.

Pleaee find, below a communication from the EX AH! HER in citato of the application of

-..-Thomaa-A..Edi*on.<--Oor.itil--.lIo...5G&,624,-.Cilo.d--Apr-*--T-‘i>-T-aT^*y^0T---

OX aims l, 0, 9 and X0 are rejected on the patent to

Wiokoa, 941.2W, Hov. 23, 1909, (18-5.3), Fig- 2, which
ahowa a matrix, a hacking, and a ring for securing the matrix to
the haoking. Overhanging shoulder 21 forma a aonl for preventing
the creeping of material.

Claim 2 iarejeotod on the Bane reference, ainoo the uao
of a separate gasket, if deaired, would not require invention, being
an expected expedient wherever a tight juncture ie deaired. Hote
may he made, for instance, of

Petit, 692?337, Feb. 4, 1902, (18-5.6), Fig. 2, gasket

5, and

Simpson. 459,313. Sept. 8, 1891, (25-122), Fig. 3 and
line 73, specif ioally load.

Claims 3, 4 and 6 to 8, inclusive, are rejeotod on moke a
reason noted in connection with olaim 2.

for the

IN THE UNITED STATES PATENT OFFICE.

THOMAS A. EDISON, )

MOLDS, ) Boom No. 308.

Filed April 12, 1913, )

Serial No. 760,624. )

HONORABLE COMMISSIONER OF PATENTS,

SIR:

In response to the Offioe action of
October 16, 1913, pleeBe amend the above entitled oase aa
follows :

In line 2, claim 1, after "of a" insert

- sound record -, and in line 3, same claim, after "means"
insert -‘comprising yieldable material - •

^ in line 2, claim 2, after "of a " insert

- sound record -.

^ In line 2, claim 3, after "of a" insert

- sound record -.

^ In line 2, claim 4, after "of a " insert

- sound record - •

Rewrite claim 6 as follows:

_ 6. In a device of the olass described, the com¬
bination of a matrix, a baofcing therefor, and means
seouring said matrix to said backing, said means comprising
a member surrounding said matrix and secured to said backing
and a gasket of yieldable material compressed between said
member and said matrix whereby said material is caused to
oonfoim to the portions of said member and said matrix
oontaoted by it, substantially as described.

In line 2, claim 6, after "of a" insert

- sound record -•

In lire 2, claim 7, after "of a" Insert

_ sound record - .

In line 2, claim 8, after "of a" Insert - Bound

reoord

u In line 2, claim 9, after "of a" insert
y sound record and in lines 7 and 8, same claim, ohange
"only a short distance" to approximately one inch - .

In line 2, olalm 10, after "of a" insert
/sound record and in line 3, same claim, after "and"
insert - comprising yieldable material - .

After a careful consideration of the references,
it is thought .that the claims as now presented are clearly
pater, table. Applicant's devioe is primarily, though not

exclusively, designed for molding at a higher pressure than
that heretofore employed in the molding of sound reootds of
shellac composition, applicant's devioe being adapted,
for example, to mold sound reoords of hard composition such
as that disclosed: IAlU. S. patent to Aylsworth Mo. 1,046,13'
dated December 3, 1912. With such high pressures bb appli¬
cant had in mind, applicant has found that the shoulder 81
in the devioe disclosed in the Wickes patent does not pre¬
vent the creeping of the record material between the matrix
and the backing. 1'he patent to Petit does not show pack¬

ing material arranged' in the manner Bet forth in the claims
and the relevancy of the SirapBon patent is/understood.

All of ths olaims are thought to dearly point
DUt the patentable features of applicant's invention.

Claims 1 to 8 inclusive and olaim 10 speoify yieldable
material forming a seal, a feature not shown by Wiokes.
Claim 9 specifies that the points at whioh the ring is

secured to the hacking are spaced approximately one Inch
apart. In the patent to Wiokes, the members 19' are
spaced so far apart that thV are unable to secure the ring
6 against the matrix with sufficient firmness to prevent
creeping of the record material between the matrix and
baoklng even when very moderate pressures are used in
molding. the patents to Petit and Simpson are so irrele-
vart that further discussion of the some is thought un¬
necessary.

Per the reasons set forth above, it is thought fchtt
all the claims are patentable; and reconsideration and
allowance are accordingly respeotfully requested.

Respectfully submitted,

THOMAS A. EDI SOH,

Bv &U01/* ■ -

Orange, Hew Jersey, 'his Attorneys.

September S'/ 1914.

FB-KGK

DEPARTMENT OF THE INTERIOR
UNITED STATES PATENT OFFICE

WASHINGTON . 0ttt. .4T. -1-91A..

Hmhc •&. .Uold«Rr .

. Jftli*oa.0«ia9..3uiliUnar....

. Or«ngoT.-H«w.. Jaewy *-

Please find below a communication from the EXAMINER in charge of the application of

In rosponaa to this tunondnont filad Btipt. 9, 1914:

Glaina l, 2, B, 6, 9 and 10 are rojeotod on tho roforonoeB

of rsoord. Tho differanoo ia trifling*

EJ THE UNITED STATES PATENT OFFICE

TDtanas A. Edison

U0EDS Boom No. 208.

Filed April 12, 1912
Serial No. 760,624

HONORABLE COMMISSIONER OF PATENTS,

SIR:

In response to the Offioe aotion of

Ootoher 6, 1914.

The invention waB clearly differentiated from
the references in the last Offioe action, and the Examiner
apparently admits that the construction specified in the
claims is not shown in the references. As pointed out
in the last amendment, the invention claimed is superior
to the prior art, especially when hi* pressures are used
in the molding operation, in that it prevents the creeping
of material hetwoon the matrix and hacking and thereby in¬
sures a hotter record. See the second paragraph on page 1
of the specification.

•'A new combination of old eloments by whioh a new
and useful result is produced, or an old result is obtained
in a more facile, economical and efficient way, maybe pro¬
tected by patent as securely as a new machine or composition
of matter." National Hollow Brake Beam Oo. v. Interchange¬
able Brake Beam Oo., 106 F. 692; 42 O.O.A. 644 (8th Oir.)}
Einlooh Tel. Co. et al. v. Western Electric Oo., 112 F. 659;
61 0. 0. A. 269 (8th Oir.)} lie ot al. v. Trorlioht, \
Dunoker & Renara Carpet Oo. et al., 116 F. 127} 62 O.O.A.

241 (8th Oir.)} Anderson v. Oollins, 1SE E. 451* 58 O.O.A.
669 (8th Oir.).

,0r the above reasons, all the claims are thought
to he patentable, and reconsideration and allowance are
respectfully revested.

Respectfully submitted,

THOMAS A, EDISOH

By.

Orange, H. J.
August > 1915

EB-JS

DEPARTMENT OF THE INTERIOR
UNITED STATES PATENT OFFICE

WASHINGTON ...AuSUB.t-31^-191.5^-

„Ej®X_&..KalA0IU- - - - 1 AUG31 1315

_ J&iSfltt- om.ce_.BuiaMnH» - j MAILED

_ Orange. Hew Jersey,. _ _ _

Please find below a communication from the EXAMINER in charge of the application of
Thrnna* A. Ed i a on. Sej-^_M.o.>_.?-e.Q-6aL-i:U-6A..AT:x.ll-l.P.>-a913,.-l-.or_ —
Molds. _

Commissioner of Patents. u

In reply to the letter filed August 25, 1915:

Claims 1, 2, 5, 6, 9, and 10 are finally rejected on tho
referenoea and for the reasons of reoord.

Patent Application Files

Folio # 939 Alternating Current Rectifier and Rectifying System

U.S. Patent#: 1182894

Primary Applicant: Chesler, Jerry
Date Executed: 7/22/1913

Patent Application Files

Folio # 943 Toy Guns

U.S. Patent#: 1086727

Primary Applicant: Palmer, Harry B
Date Executed: 9/3/1913

u^-ct, -w^ i^nict ■

Co.

/VO cU

I -J vx>^»-j-^*-

S-OVV-CJ - sj2^ '

Patent Series
Patent Application Files

Folio # 952 Friction-Speed Governor

U.S. Patent#: 1290138

Primary Applicant: Edison, Thomas A
Date Executed: 11/21/1913

^ // Ci ^f-^on.j J ^u^-jiAx.

^ v /) ' A. :.. ^ .

aJr.. -<rr &*£*&£■ **£*■-' <^Jt^. -

JkiLj^Lr^

. J«UArz ^***--~£f- -■ <^r7rl:^<^^ iA^aJ>..

' -

_. &&ij{^r3/L*^ aU-^A-^ ~t*r;

&SVL0^ "Mx .--^^-t^'

^n _lJtt_v ' T_t _Jj~e^cL^~^-- od^d^-

... -

_ P^r..<iSrr^1^r^P^’. .

_ ( yVLj. H+^aJJI^

Patent Series

Patent Application Files

Folio# 964 Methods and Means for Treating Ores

Serial#: 817976

Primary Applicant: Edison, Thomas A
Date Executed: 1/28/1914

Applicant.

. ^aC^ia rt*?=-_._.

Rled Jh&uuu£U&^ AL ty......

. .

Examiner’s Room No.

Patent Issued

1 /'P/'l-'U..^ t &0&SU. J'lliU.cJyJ-t.r.i.ltd 16 .

■ ' • "> 6L^i^^alt-dL _ 2Met!ue^JL6^ff/^Yl

.Qm^A»>5 18 _

?: . -

•!; ' iA^VJ«2 ....

;v ' SWt^ 'o^-sa AO^aiTj 23

; ^y^cfcuA, 24 ....

25..

petition

©o J^r (flommlsaionrr of Patenta : .

Pour Prtitionrr thomas a. eeisou,

a ritizrn of the Initefc Stales, rraihing anil Ijatrtng a poat ®ffire aiflreaa at

Llewellyn Pork, West Orange , Essex County, Hew Jersey,

prays tljat tetters patent may hr yranteii to him for the tmproormenta in

_ METHODS ADD ME Alia FOR TREAT 11 0 ORES -

art forth in % amtrxrii apfrifiration; anil l;r hereby appoints Syer $t politen,
(fieyiatration No. 3244). a firm rompoarh of 3teank *. Syer anil Beloa
^olhrn. mijoBE ahhrraa is Oiann ©ffire Suilhiny, Grange, Nets Jersey, I?ia
attorneys rnith full porner of anhatitution anil rrnoration, to proaerute tlfia
appliration, to make alterations anil amenimtenta therein, to rrrrioe the patent,
anh to tranaart all business in tiff Patent Gffirr ronnerteii therewith.

(2. -

SfECXPIOAIIOI
TO ADD WHOM IT MAY CONCERN:

BE IT KNOWN .that I, THOMAS A. EDISON, a oltizen
of the United States and a resident of Llewellyn Bark,

West Orange, Essex County, New Jersey, have invented
oertain new and useful improvements in METHODS AND MEANS
EOF. TREATING ORBS, of whioh the following iB a description:

My invention relates to the treatment of ores and
more especially to improved methods and means for treat ing
ores hydraulically. While equally adaptable to the treat¬
ment of ores rioh in metals, my invention iB especially
adapted for the eoonomioel and profitable treatment of
ores containing suoh a low percentage of metals as would
render their treatment by methods heretofore employed
oommeroially unsuccessful. By my invention, the material
or tailings forming the dumps of mineB may be profitably ..
worked and this. is one of the principal ubss to whioh I
intend to apply my invention.

The principal objeot of my invention is the pro¬
vision of an improved, efficient and economical method of
treating ores including several novel stepB, whereby a
greater percentage of’ the metals or valuable materials may
be obtained and separated from the ganguo or worthless ma¬
terial thereof than haB heretofore been possible.

; Anothor objeot of my invention is the provision

’ /of improved apparatus for carrying out my improved method
\ana the farious steps involved therein. A Btill further
objeot of my invention is to provide on improved method; and
means for treating ores.hydraulioally and whioh will be l
economical in the use of water. .

(1)

I will now aesoribe in general, the steps oom-
I prising my preferred method, although it is to.be under-
| stood that oertain of these steps may either be omitted ....
or replaoed by other steps without any departure froto my
invention, as will hereinafter appear. . 1

The crude or other ore to be treated is first
orushed, preferably by a set of ooarse rolls, the material l
fine enough to pass through these rolls without being ^ \ {. j

orushed. however, being preferably first separated frojn We
rest of the ore. The material so separated ana the oruq'hei,

9 are then subjeoted to the effects of a substantially \
horizontal ana uniform flow of liquid, being preferably
introduced into suoh flow from above at the Bame plaoe, Iwhejjo-
by the fine ana light ore constituents will be washed fA.m
the heavier ore oonstituents. The fine material thus Woh<jd
away will be partly heia in suspension in the liquid'. as ^

slimes and partly oarriea on the surfaoe thereof as i

II the remainder or heavier of the ore constituents will, un^
the combined action of gravity and the transporting effe^
of the flow of liquid, be separated ana deposited in suohj^
flow in accordance with their sizes, shapes and densities. *4
similar to that doooiriboa in my ooponding
Ilftlea-Sermi Ho. 600,10°, filed May S^-4»l!^nd ontit^i

duoed into this flow of liquid is preferably retarded "in its|
descent therein, in any suitable manner, so as to increase
the length of time the same will be subjeot/to the w4|ing^
and transporting effects of the flow of liqiid, Oejrtaiji
large pieoes of ore, owing to their shape, will pass throu
• the ooarse rolls without being ; crushed. These pieces <o£
ore, together with other smaller ana heavier pieoes, wil&j
' " .. ,1

(8)

be deposited in the flow of liquid near the plaoe of intro¬
duction of the ore into said flow, and all suoh pieoes/of
ore are preferably removed from the liquid and the finer
of these pieoea are then preferably separated from the
aoarser pieoea in any suitable manner. The ooarser pieoea
are then reorushed by the ooarse rolls and the finer
pieoea are preferably reorushed by a set of fine rolls to
a finer size. The reorushed material iB preferably Intro¬
duced from above into a seoona substantially horizontal and
uniform flow of liquid, preferably moving at a oonsiderably
slower rate than the first flow. Liquid carrying the fine
material washed away from the ore introduced into the first
flow of liquid as soum and slimes, is preferably continuous¬
ly fea from suoh flow of liquid into the second flow. All
the ore oonstituents deposited in the first flow of liquid
other than those oonveyea to ana reoruBhea by the ooarse ana
fine rolls as above aesoribea, are also preferably removed
and introduoed into the seoona flow of liquid, preferably
at the same plaoe as the material orushea by the fine rolls.
The desoent of the ore Introduoed into the seoona flow of
liquid is also preferably retarded in any suitable manner
so as to increase the length of time it will be subjected to
the effeots of this flow. The Beoond flow of liquid will
aot on the ore introduoed therein in a manner similar to
that desoribed above .with respeot to the material introduced
into the first flow of liquid; that is, the fine and light
ore oonstituents will be washed away from the heavier or.
denser oonstituents and will be partly oarried on the sur-
faoe of the liquid as soum, and partly oarried in suspension
therein as Blimes, while the denser oonstituents will be
separated and deposited at different plaoes in suoh flow of -
liquid in aooordanoe with their densities, sizes, and Bhapes.
(3.1

The denser of the ore constituents deposited in this flow
of liquid, that' is, those deposited adjacent the plaoe of
introduction of the ore therein, are preferably removed and
jj separated into two portions according to Bize, whioh portioi s
I are respectively conveyed to ana reorushea by the sets of
J coarse ana fine rolls. The remainder of the ore oonstitu-
H ents separated ana deposited in the second flow of liquid
' may be further separated ana concentrated in any suitable
manner, as by respectively jigging or tabling the different
deposits of ore constituents of substantially equal densi¬
ties, although 1 preferably carry out the further separa¬
tion and concentration of these concentrates in a manner
about to be described. Each of the flows of liquid above
described is preferably maintained in an endless path and
the volume of each flow is maintained substantially con¬
stant.

I preferably continuously separate a portion of
■ the liquid from the flow of liquid moving at the slower rate
at a point beyond the introduction of the ore therein. The
liquid so separated will contain ore constituents in sus-
H pension whioh have been washed from the ore introduced into
both flows of. liquid. AS but a comparatively small part of \
the liquid is so separated from the second flow of liquid, j
’ this flow, after the operations above described have been
started, will soon become rich in slimes. This separated

A U*U m, M 1. m, «-*•»•

' ore constituents- held in suspension therein from^liquid. I
preferably accomplish this, however, by causing suoh liquid
: ' to rise slowly upward against the action of gravity to form
.• 0ne or more oolumns of liquid, as by feeding the same into

(4)

one or more dewatering towers adjaoent the lower ends there-,
of. The ore constituents will oolleot and settle more or
less in suoh column or oolumns, in aoooraanoe with their
densities. The overflow from the dewatering tower or
towers is preferably fed baok into the second flow of
liquid. Material is drawn from eaoh suoh tower at points
of different height and treated in any desired manner to
obtain the valuable material therein. I preferably dis¬
charge suoh material into the tops of oolumns of liquid of
different height, whioh may properly be designated "sett ling
oolumns" . The material drawn from the dewatering tower at
the lowest point is introduced into the top of the "settling
oolumn" of greatest height, the material drawn from the
dewatering tower at a point next above the former point is
introduced into the top of the "settling oolumn" next in
height, and so on; the material drawn from the dewatering
tower at the point of greatest height being introduced into

I the "settling oolumn" of least height. The "settling
oolumns" are preferably of such height that the ore constit¬
uents contained in the material so introduced therein will
settle in all the oolumns in substantially equal intervals
of time. The settlings in these "settling oolumns" may be
removed therefrom and further oonoentrated, or may be treat¬
ed in any other desired manner, for example, by the well
known oyaniding process or by smelting, to obtain the valu¬
able metals oontained therein.

All the ore constituents deposited in the flow of
liquid flowing at the slower rate, other than that portion
of suoh constituents deposited nearest the place of intro-

(B)

auction of the ore, are preferably removed from such flow
end further separated or classified into different portions
in accordance with their sizes, preferably by screening.

The screening operation is preferably oarriea out
by slowly conveying such constituents successively over a
plurality of screens of- successively coarser mesh by flow-
ing liquid. The different portions of ore constituents
passing through the respective screens are preferably res¬
pectively separated ana collected from the liquid by sett¬
ling. All the ore oonstituents whioh do not pass through
any of the screens are preferably conveyed to ana reorushed
to finer size by the set of fine rolls and again subjected
to the steps above described. The greater portion of the
liquid from the last of the screens iB preferably returned
to the first sareen and again used in oonveying the ore
over and through the successive soreens. The Boreening
operation is so carried out that the ore constituents of
the various portions of ore separated ana oolleotea from
the liquid aB settlings vary in size from very fine to
relatively coarse. While I may farther separate ana con¬
centrate these screenings or settlings in any suitable man¬
ner, as by jigging or tabling, X preferably accomplish such

I concentration in the following manner:- The.. settlings of ;■

finest size are preferably subjected to a substantially uni.,
form flow of liquid of little depth, the nert coarser sett- P
lings to a substantially uniform flow of liquid of greater j ,
depth, and so on, the settlings of greatest size preferably ;
being subjected to a substantially uniform flow of liquid j j
which is deeper than the flow of liquid for any of the other U
settlings. By the combined effects of these flows of \

liquid and gravity the respective settlings are separated
and deposited as oonoentrates, middlings, and tailings,|-fc»-
Bimiiai to that-described in my oopondlng app34-

a at ion-;

god to nhciy nj She depths and rates of flow

of the different flows of liquid to which the respective
screenings or settlings are subjected are preferably such
that the times in which all the settlings, from the finest
to the coarsest inclusive, are separated and deposited, wil
be substantially equal. She oonoentrates and middlings so
deposited may be treated in any well known manner to separ¬
ate the valuable metals oontained therein from the gangue
or worthlesa material.

Under some circumstances, aB for example, in
small plants, I find it to be more eoonomioal to use but
a single set of arushing rolls, in whioh event the step
of subjeoting the orushed ore to the firBt flow of liquid
Bb above described is omitted and all material to be
reorushed is, of course, returned to the Bingle Bet of.
rolls .

There are always certain ore particles which,
owing to their shape and other characteristics, will not
sink in the liquid but will be carried on the surfsoe
thereof as scum. Accordingly, I preferably subject the
liquid used in carrying out any of the above described
steps to a skimming operation to collect such soum and
then treat the latter in any suitable manner to obtain the
valuable material oontained therein. It 1b preferable,
however, to subjeot the second flow of liquid to this
operation. In this manner, I find that a great deal- of
the valuable material heretofore lost may be recovered.

appear more fully in the following aesoription and appended
olain a .

In order that my invention may be more dearly
understood, attention is hereby aireotea to the drawings
aooompanying and forming a part of this speoifioation, whiol
show the preferred apparatus for oarrying out the preferred
method in aooordanoe with my invention, and in whioh -

figure 1 is a somewhat diagrainmatio view in side
elevation of the complete apparatus;

Figure 2 is a plan view of the apparatus as shown
in Figure 1, with parts omitted;

Figure 3 iB an enlarged Beotlonal view through
the feed hopper for the crude ore, parts being shown in
elevation;

Figure 4 is an enlarged seotional view on line
4-4 of Figure 1;

Figure 5 iB an enlarged Beotional view, partly
in elevation, through the ooarse rolls;

Figure 6 is a similar view through the fine rolls,
the seotion being taken on line 6-6 of Figure 2;

Figure 7 iB an enlarged plan view, partly broken
away, of the orushing rolls, and the parts associated therer
with;

(8)

I Figure 8 is a view in front elevation of the struotur

shorn in Figure 7,. parte being broken away;

Figure 9 is a view in aide elevation, partly
broken away, looking from the left in Figure 7;

Figure 10 ie a similar view looking from the
right in Figure 7;

Figure 11 ie an enlarged plan view of the appar¬
atus for washing and olaesifying the material crushed by
the fine and ooaree rolls;

Figure 12 is a front elevational view thereof;

Figure 13 1b a seotional view on line 13-13 of

Figure 11; ,

Figure 14 is a seotional view on line 14-14 of

Figure 11;

Figure 15 iB a seotional view on lihe 15-15. of

Figure 11{

Figure 16 is a seotional view on line 16-16 of

Figure 11}

Figure 17 is a diagrammatio view, partly in seo-
tion, illustrating the operation of the dewatering and
settling towers;

Figure 18 is a plan view of the screening device
and the settling tanks associated therewith, parts being
broken away;

Figure 19 1b a seotional view on the broken line
19-19 of Figure 18;

Figure 20 is a seotional view on the broken line
• 20-20 of Figure 18;

| Figure 21 is a central longitudinal vertical

seotional view through the soreening devioe;

(9)

Figure 22 is a diagrammatic view in perspective
of the Battling tante of the Boroening device, illustrating j
the relative positions of these tarikB;

Figure 23 is a oentral vertical longitudinal
aeotional view through the oonoentrator ;

Figure 24 1b a transverse aeotional view through
the oonoentrator on line 24-24 of Figure 25;

• Figure 25 is a plan view of the oonoentrator;
Figure 26 is a longitudinal seotional view througji
one of the feed hoppers of the oonoentrator aria the dis¬
tributing member associated therewith; ana

Figure 27 is a plan view of the distributing
member for one of the feed hoppers of the oonoentrator.

In all the views of the drawings, corresponding
parts are designated by the same reforenoo oharaoters.

Referring to Figures 1 and 2, my improved appar¬
atus in the preferred form comprises in general an ore
feeding devioe A, a set of ooarse crushing rolls B, a
of fine orushing rolls 0, washing tank D, washing ana olasj
Ifylng tank E, a sot or bonk of dewatering towers F, sets
. banks of settling towers 0, H and 1, a screening device
a oonoentrator K.

Referring especially to Figure 3, the feeding
device A comprises a feed hopper 1 mounted in a suitable
support or framework 2 ana into whioh the ore to he treat
od may be continuously fed in any suitable manner, as by
moano of an enaioss buokot oonveyor 3. Trie conveyor 3
may be driven in any aesirea manner as by the shaft 4 of
a motor 5. The hopper 1. is. •provided with an inclined
(10)

p.rfor.tod bottom 6 throngh tb. perforation. of .Mob *»•
emallor of tb. or. pie... fall ~ inolined «t.-,.

Monnted In on opening 8 «» tb. lower o»a of lopp.f » W •
oorragated fo.a roller 5, adaptoa to bo oontinnon.ly arly-
„ in tb. direction of tbo arro. fro. abaft 4. «. by ».».»
of pnll.y. 10 ana ».» 11. to >»>“
adapted to r.oelre tba pro ai.ohargea by tbo fo.a rollsr
9 ana leaaa to tbo boppor 18 of tb. ooaro. roll. B. Ibo
' "Bristly" 18 may bo enlt.bly aupport.a fro. tbo fr»»norb .
8 of tbo feeding aorioo, aa by a obain 14. fbe finer of
tb. material ai.obore.a onto tbo fal.o bottom 15 of tb.

" gristly" i. adopt oa to poo. th.rethrohgh ana fall on tbo
bottom 16. onto .blob tb. obbt. 7 ia arranged to aiaoborgo.

■ Ibo loner end of tbo bottom 16 of tbo "Bristly" iB oonneot-

I .a nitb . .but. 17 nhiob oonnoota nitb tbo ai.oh.rg. apont
16 of tb. ooM.o a.t of roll. » ao =b°™ “ Plir“™ 6‘

Beferring to Mgnre. « to 10. tbo a.t. of oo.r.o

and fin. orn.bi.6 roll. B -« «• ■»»«« » * “™”'* “
fram. 19. profor.bly po.ition.a at . loner, l.r.l tb.n tbo
feeding aorioo A. nb.r.by tbo or. oil! b. oonroyod fro. tb,
Lttor to tb. oo.rao e.t of roll. B by Br.rity- Ibo roll,
20 of tb. oo.ro. ..t of roll. B .re preferably ariron fro.

eleotrio motor 21 by of g»ri-B 82. nbil. tb. roll

22 of tb. fin. oruobing roll. 0 .» ariron fro. mother
eleotrio motor 24 by mom. of gearing 85. Bofronoo obor-
..tor 26 roproeont. a. inolined eor.an mitably =bPP°rtea
from the frame 19 ana arranged to discharge ot ite lower
end into tbo boppor 12 of tbo ooar.a aot of roll. B. Bo-
...tb tbi. aoroon i. a o»nt. or trongb 87 to r.ooiro tb.

' material wbi.b p.a... tbr.ugb tbo B.ro.n md tb. l.n.r o»a
of tbi. obnt. ais.h.rgoa into a eeoo»d l”»l“'a “

(11)

dilute 28 extending transversely therefrom and discharging
into the hopper 29 of the set of fine orushing rolls C.

The lower end of ohute 28 is preferably provided with an
adjustable gate 30 for controlling the discharge of the ore
material therefrom to the rolls 23. Reference character
31 represents an inclined trough disposed at the upper end
of soreen 26, extending transversely thereto and adapted
to discharge thereon. An endless bucket oonveyor 32,
preferably enclosed, as by a easing 33, is arranged to dis¬
charge material from its upper end into ohute 31, the low¬
er end of the oonveyor being looated below the support 19
where it receives material to be oonveyed to the soreen 26
as hereinafter described. Reference oharaoter 126 repre¬
sents a pipe leading from the screening devioe and adapted
to discharge into the hopper 29, the purpose of which will
be hereinafter set forth. A discharge spout 35 is provid¬
ed below the fine orushing rolls 23 and both this spout and
fj the di soharge^ 1-g for the ooarse rolls 20 extend throujh
the support 19. Reference oharaoter 36 represents a main
shaft driven from a motor 38 by gearing 37. Countershafts
39 and 40 are driven from the main shaft 36 by means of
pulleys 41 and belt 42 and pulleys 43 and belt 44 respect¬
ively. Motor 38 and shafts 36, 39 and 40 are all prefer¬
ably mounted on the support 19. The endless oonveyor 32
is driven from the oounterBhaft 39 by means of pulleys 45
and belt 46.

A washing tank D and a washing and olassifying
tank E are arranged below the support or frame 19 and', .'are
preferably formed by providing a single long horizontal
tank with a transverse partition 47, as shown in Pigs. 11

(12)

| ana 13. The inner ends of the tanka D ana E are respeot
ively looated beneath the aiaoharge apouta 18 ana 35 of the
crushing rolla B ana C to reoeive the material discharged
therefrom. Referring especially to Figures 11 to 16,eaoh
of the tanka D and E ia provided with a longitudinally ex¬
tending partition 48. the ends of whioh are apaoed from the
enda of the tank, whereby two elongated ana parallel straight
tank portiona 49 and 50 connected at their enda are formed.
Partition 48 are preferably located nearer to one aide of
the tanka D and E than to the other aide, whereby tank por-
tiona 49 are wider than the tank portiona 50. A flow of
liquid, auoh aa water, ia maintained in an enaieas path
around the partition 48 of eaoh tank by any auitable meana.

I preferably provide the water wheels 51 for this purpose,
the shafts of whioh are suitably journaled in one side of
the tanka and the partitions .48. The water Wheels 51 are
respectively driven to produoe substantially uniform flowB
of liquid in the tanks D and E in the directions indicated
by the arrows in Fig. 11 by any suitable means such as pull-)
2 and 53 whioh in turn are driven from oounter-shafts
3 and 40 by pulley 55 and belt 64 and pulley 56 and belt
II 57 respectively. At each end of the partition 48 in eaoh
of the tanka D and E, are arranged vertical baffles 58 ex¬
tending transversely across the tank portion 49, whioh baf¬
fles act to break up the eddies and whirls in the flows of
liquid and render the. same substantially uniform throughout
its depth. Beneath eaoh of the diBOharge apouta 18 and 35
in the tank portions 49 is arranged a vertioal series of
' baffle boards 59 suooessively inolined in opposite direct¬
ions. Theae baffle boards apt to retard the aotion of
gravity on the material disoharged from the apouta and there

I by increase the length of time auoh material, will be sub

<13)

j gated to the washing and transporting effects of the flows
of liquid in tank portions 49 . As olearly shown in Figure j
14 to 16, the bottom of the portion 49 of eaoh of the tanks
D and E is formed by inclined side pieoes 60 and 61 while
the bottom of eaoh tank portion 50 is horizontal. Beneath
the baffles 59 in eaoh tank- portion 49 and to the bottom of
the latter is seoured a large blook 62, preferably of the
shape shown in Pigs. 11 and 15, whereby a large pooket 63
is formed at the inner end of eaoh tank between the blook
and the partition 47. A series of substantially equally
spaoed smaller blooks 64 is. seoured to the bottom of eaoh
tank portion 49 between the blook 62 and the outer end of
the tank portion to form a aeries of smaller pooketB 65.

A stationary transverse perforated partition 66 is provided
in tank E between the outer end thereof and baffles 58 and
adjaoent this partition is a vertioally adjustable gate 67
having perforations corresponding in number and Bize with
those in partition 66. Any suitable means is provided for
adjusting gate 67 whereby the effeotive area of the perfor¬
ations in gate 66 may be regulated. Preferably, however,

X provide the upper end of gate 67 with raoks 68, one at
eaoh side of the gate, whioh raoks are engaged by pinions
69 on a shaft 70 mounted in bearings 71 on the sides of
tank E. One end of shaft 70 is provided with a orank 72
vSiereby the shaft may be readily operated to adjust gate 68.
Referenoe oharaoter 73 represents a Y-tube or pipe, the
branohes of whioh respectively oommunioate with the large
pookets 63 at the inner ends of tanks D and E. The Y-pipe
is adapted to remove the material deposited in pookets 63
and to discharge the same onto., the buoket oonveyor 32 to be
returned to the orushing rolls. Referring to Figure 4,

74 indioat es the end of the main branoh of the Y-pipe whioh

(14)

Iisoharges into a pocket 75 carried by the easing- 33 of the
uohet oonveyor 32. The lower end of pocket 75 discharges
hrough an opening 76 in the easing 33 onto the buckets of
lonveyor 32. Any suitable means such as a pump (not
,hown) may be provided in the Y-pipe 73 for withdrawing the
aat erial from the pockets 63. Reference character 77
represents a main pipe having a plurality of branches 78,
each communicating with one of the pockets 65 in tank D,

Phe upper end of pips 77 extends into the discharge spout .
36 beneath the fine crushing rolls 0. A pump 79 is prefer -
ably provided in pipe 77 to draw the material from the
pockets 65 through pipe 77 and discharge the same into the
spout 35. A pipe 80 is provided with a plurality of
branches 81 each communicating with one of the pockets 65
of tank B, and this pipe is adapted to discharge onto a
long inclined trough 82 leading to the screening device J.

A pipe 83 extends through the bottom of tank E
between the partition 66 and the outer end of the tank.

The material at the right of partition 66 is conveyed
through this pipe 83 to a header or main pipe 84 surround-
tog the bank of dewatering towers E and located adjacent
the lower ends thereof. The header 84 is provided with a
plurality of branch pipes 85 corresponding in number to
the dewatering towers, each of said branch pipes leading
into one of the dewatering towers at its lower end and ar¬
ranged to discharge upwardly therein as shown in Eig. 17.
The dewatering towers E, as well as the settling towers B.
H and 1, are preferably supported at a lower level than
tanks D and E on a support 86, whereby the material will

(18);

flow from tank B through pipes 83, 84 ana 85 by gravity.

The tops of towers P are at substantially the same level
and the overflow therefrom is reoeived in an open
box-like struoture or reoeptaole 87 through whioh
the upper ends of the towerB F. extend in water tight
engagement therewith. The overflow is oonduoted from
reoeptaole 87 baok into the tank K through a pipe 88
provided with a suitably operated pump 89. Referenda
oharaoters 90, 91 and 98 represent pipes extending from
towers F at different levels and through whioh material
is adapted to be drawn to headers 93, 94 and 95 re¬
spectively. Headers 93, 94 and 95 are respectively
oonneoted by pipes 96, 97 and 98 to headers 99, 100 and.

101 looated above the settling towers 0, H and I respect¬
ively. Eaoh of the headers 99, 100 and 101 is provided
with a plurality of pipes 102 corresponding in number to
the number of the towers in the respeotive banks of
settling towers, and eaoh of theBe pipes iB arranged to
discharge into the upper end of one of the settling
towers. The tops of settling towers G and H are above the
levels of the respeotive points in towerB X from whioh the
pipes 90 and 91 lead, and consequently I provide eaoh of
the pipes 96' and 97 with a suitably operated pump 103 to
draw the material from the towers X and discharge the same
into the towers G and H. The tops of towers I are pref¬
erably lower than the points in towers F from whioh pipeB
92 dead, and consequently it is not neoessary to provide
pipe 98 with a pump, aB the material will flow therethrough

(16)

I into the towers I by gravity. mile X have shown three
banlcs of settling towers G, H and X, X may use more or less
than this number depending on the number of points at whioh
I desire to draw the material from the dewatering towers F.
Also, if desired, the tops of all the settling towers may
be looated below the respective joints in towers F from
whioh material is oonveyed thereto. Eaoh pipe 102 is pro¬
vided with a suitable out -off valve 103 and each of the
settling towers with a similar valve or gate 104, suitable
mechanism 105 being provided oonneoting the respeotive pairi
of valves 103 and 104, whereby’ when one of these valves is
olosed the other will be opened and vioe versa. the valvei
104 divide eaoh of the settling towers into two seotions,
and the seotion below the valve may be desoribed as "sett¬
ling seotions", and the water in these seotions "settling
oolumns". As shown in Figure, 17, valves 104 are bo looatei
that the "settling seotions" of the bank G are longer than
those of the bank H, and the "settling Beotions" of the
latter are longer than those of bank I. likewise, the
seotions Of the towers above the valves 104 in bank G are
longer than those in bank H, and the seotions of the towers
above the valves in bank H are longer than those in bank X.
The operation of the devioe is preferably carried out in
such a way that the "settling seotions" of all the towers
will be substantially full at all timeB. The valves 104
are opened and thereupon valveB 103 oloBed men the seotiont
of the towers above the valves 104 have been substantially
filled with the material drawn from the dewatering towers F.
Ab shown in Fig. 17, oonditions are substantially at a point
where valves 104 of eaoh settling tower should be opened anc
the corresponding valve 103 olosed. The Bolid .material

( 17 )

contained In the liquid discharged into the tops of towers
G is denser than that in the liquid disoharged into the
tops of towers H, and. the latter denser than that contained
in the liquid discharged into the tops of towers I. Ac¬
cordingly, the "settling sections" of the towers of each
bank are made of suoh length that the solid material dis¬
charged therein with the liquid from the dewatering towers
E1 will settle therein in substantially equal intervals of
time, whereby in eaoh of the banks of towers like operations
may be performed substantially simultaneously^ and the oper¬
ations bf the entire dewatering and settling apparatus,
comprising the banks of towers Jf , G, H and I and the partB
associated therewith, may be oarried. out uniformly end suc¬
cessively. Eaoh of th6 settling towers is preferably pro¬
vided adjaoent its lower end with one or more pipes 106
having a valve (not shown) through whioh the settlings may
be withdrawn and further oonoentrated or treated in any
other desired manner.. A considerable distance above the
pipes 106 eaoh settling tower is preferably provided with
another discharge pipe 107 alBO provided with a valve (not
shown) and through whioh the liquid containing material, of
substantially no value, or whioh it would be impracticable
to treat further, may be withdrawn. The material 1b with¬
drawn through pipes 106 and 107 only immediately after
valves 104 are opened and the amount withdrawn through these
pipes at any time does not exoeed the amount above the re¬
spective valves 104 just before the latter are opened. Ao-
oordingly, the level of the liquid in the settling towerB
never falls below the valves 104.

The screening devioe J comprises a suitable’ frame
108 in whioh is supported a plurality of inclined screens

• (18),

109, preferably eight in number, arranged one above the
other. Eaoh soreen is supported in a trough -like member
110 above the bottom 111 thereof so as to form a channel
or trough 112 below the soreen. Eaoh soreen is inolined
in an opposite direction to the one above and below it
and the upper ond of eaoh soreen is preferably vertioally
above the lower end of the soreen below it, bb olearly
shown in Figure 21. The soreons are successively ooarser
in mesh, the top or the first soreen preferably being
100 mesh, the seoond 80 mesh, the third 60 mesh, the
fourth 40 mesh, the fifth 30 mesh, the sixth 20 moBh, the
seventh 16 mesh, ana the last or eighth screen 8 mesh.

Of oourse, the number and mesh of the screens may be
varied to suit varying conditions, suoh as the size of
the mill, the nature of the material being treated,
eto. The inoline of the soreenB should be slight, ona
I have found that best results are obtained by arranging,
the soreens with a drop of a little less than one inoh to
the foot.

The lower ena of trough 82 diBoharges onto a
flaring trough or distributor board 113 arranged above the
uppermost soreen 109 and inolined oppositely thereto. ThiB
distributor board flares towards its lower end, where it
is of substantially the same width as the first soreen
109 as olearly shown in Fig. 18. Adjacent itB lower end
the distributor board is provided with a plurality of
rows of spaced blooks 114 adjustably mounted thereon, as
by means of pins 115- secured to the board 113 and on which
the blooks are mounted in tight friotional engagement

(19)

therewith. The blooks in eaoh row are staggered with re-

. ,

speat to those in any adjaoent row as shown in Rig. 18.

The lower ena of the distributor 113 discharges into a
horizontal transversely extending trough 116 of sub¬

...

stantially the same width as the uppermost Boreen 109.

The trough 116 is provided with closed ends and an im¬
perforate front wall, the bottom of the trough being sub¬

stantially flush with the upper end of the first screen

109. By suitably adjusting blooks 114 on their pivots

115 the material will be discharged from the lower end of

the flaring trough 113 throughout its width into the trough

116 in a plurality of fine and substantially equal streams,

or, in effeot, a thin uniform sheet. The rear wall of

trough 116 is provided with a plurality of vertioal openings

• 4t\

or slots 117 staggered with respeot to the last row of

.;•<%

• blooks 114 as shown in Rig. 19, and in eaoh of the slots

117 is friotionally mounted a vertically adjustable gate

118. By properly adjusting gates 118 ana blooks 114

:|l

the material will be discharged on the uppermost soreen

109 in a substantially uniform sheet throughout the width

thereof.

Referring eBpeoially to Rig. 81, the troughs 118

/,'f

below the screens 109 discharge into horizontal transverse¬

’ !: /;•

ly extending troughs 119 arranged under the lower end por¬

tion of the screens, and the soreens 109 discharge into

horizontal transversely extending troughs 180 looated

just beyond the lower end thereof.

The troughB 119 eaoh leads to a settling tank or

I . ... j!

chamber and serves todisoharge the ore material and the

( 20 )

and 119 oommunioate with the settling tanks at opposite
ends thereof, as shown in Figs. 18 and 22. As troughs 119
and 120 are substantially horizontal and the settling t anke
a, b, o. eta. are of substantially the Bame size, it will be
apparent that tank a will be looated at a higher level than
tank b, tank b at a higher level than tank o,, and so on,
tank h being at a lower level than any of the others. For
purposes of oonveniehoe, I have arranged the first two tanks
a and b. at the left side of the screening devioe, the next
two a. and d at the opposite or right side, the next two e
and f at the left side, and the last two g and h at the
right aide. This arrangement of the settling tanks and
the oonneotions of the respeotive troughs 119 and 120 there¬
with are olearly shown in Figs. 18, 19, 20 and 22. A pipe
126 leads from the tank 123 adjaoent the lower end thereof
to the fine orushing rolls C, and the settlings in this
tank, oomprising ore material'.whioh haB not passed through
any of the soreens 109, is pumped through pipe 126 to the
fine rolls for reorushing by means of a pump 127 operated
by a suitable motor 128. A pipe 129 leads from the tank
123 adjacent the top thereof and is arranged to discharge
onto the trough 82, this pipe also being provided with a
pump 130 preferably driven from motor 128, whereby the
water from the upper portion of tank 123 will be discharged
into trough 82 to be again utilized in oonveying the. ore
material through the screening devioe.

A pipe 131 is oonneoted to eaoh of the settling

tanks or ohambers a, Jb, o, - h adjaoent the lower ends

thereof, and is adapted to oonvey the settlings therefrom
to be further treated. These pipes preferably lead tp: a
concentrating devioe about to be described, where the' sett -

(22)

lings are further separated end oonoentrated.

The oonoentrating devioe preferably comprises a
plurality of tank portions, one at least for the settlings
from eaoh of the settling tanks of the soreening device.

A substantially uniform flow of liquid is preferably main¬
tained in eaoh tank portion and the depths and rates of t
flow thereof are suoh that the settlings introduosd therein
from the respeotive settling tanks a, b, o., d, e, f , £ and
h will be separated and dope sit od theroin in substantially
aoual intervals of time. Several of such tank portions
are preferably provided in an endless substantially hori¬
zontal tank for eaoh of the settling tanks a, b, - - h '

of the soreening devioe.

Referring to Figures 23 to 25, referenoe oharaotei

1132 represents a plurality of endless and substantially
horizontal tanks arranged adjaoent eaoh other in a frame
133 and so that eaoh tank except one surrounds an adjacent
tank. The tanks 132 correspond in number to the settling
tanks £, b, o. - h, ana the Boreens of the soreening de¬

vioe. These tankB 132 are of progreBaively inoreasing
depth from the innermost to the outermost tanks and this is
preferably accomplished by providing all the tankB with a
oommon bottom 134 inolined at an angle of substantially
45°, as shown in. Figs. 23 and 24. Eaoh pair of adjacent
tanks is provided with a Oommon wall 135* A substantially
uniform flow of liquid is maintained in each tank 152 in
the direotion indicated by the. arrows in Pig. 25, by any
suitable means, suoh as the water wheels 136 mounted on a
shaft 137 supported in the frame 153. These' water wheels
may be driven from a motor 138 by suitable oonneotions oom-

(23)

priBing belts ana pulleys 139. The liquid in the respect¬
ive tankB from the innermost to the outermost is driven at
pr o gr e a slvely_i nqreaei ng_jrat e s ana this is aooomplished by
using water wheels 136 of progressively inqreaslng diameters,
as shown in Figs. 23 and 25.

The finest screenings or settlings from the screen-,

- - a

ing device, or those in the. settling tank/ are introduced
into the innermost tank 132, the next in sir.e Into the
tank 132 adjacent the innermost tank and so on, the ooarsesl
ore constituents which pass through the screens, or the ,
settlings in tank h, being introduced into the outermost
tank 132. The finer ore constituents will, of oourse,
sink more slowly in the liquid than those of greater size
and, as stated above, the depths and rates of flow of the
liquid for the ore constituents from the respective sett¬
ling tanks a, b,, o,. - h are suoh that the constituents

will be separated and deposited as concentrates, middlings f
and tailings, in the ^manner A set forthTin my applioat-ion |
above referred to, in substantially equal intervals of time.!
The ore constituents ore preferably introduced into the
flow of liquid in each tank 132 at a plurality of pla,oes '
by providing each pipe 131 with branches 140 extending
above the long sections of the corresponding tank 132 and
discharging the material into these seotions from one or
more points in eaoh of these branohes, as Bhown in Fig. 25.
The material is preferably discharged from tbe branches 140
into hoppers 141, looated above the respective tanks and
from which it is fed by grooved or oorrugated rollers 142
extending partially within the hoppers. The rollers 142
are preferably continuously rotated from the motor 138 by
suitable means comprising the pulleys and belts 143. Eaoh

(24)

of the hoppers is preferably provided with a vertically ad¬
justable gate 144 looated above the roller 142, for con¬
trolling the extent of the opening between its lower edge
and the roller, to thereby regulate the feed of the ore

istituents from the hopper.

Several of these hoppej

for as many different' tanks 132 may bo arranged in align¬
ment and provided with discharge or feed rollers mounted
on a single shaft, as shoim in fig. 25. The material from
each hopper 141 is discharged by the roller 142 onto an
inolined trough 146 of substantially the same width as the
corresponding tank 132. The troughs 145 are provided with
longitudinally grooved or fluted bottoms 146 and serve to
introduoe the material into the flows of liquid in substan¬
tially uniform sheets aoross substantially the entire width
thereof. The aotlon of the flowing liquid on the material

3fl \> 1 1 5~ - 'tyuviAstZ ZCAx* sits ^*u€Z

introattoefl^tharfrlrt ia tha flPma nn rcy prri-)00-

- - 7T-r.-- - - ... - .....entrates, middlings and

2W'S /!"/ /t-% 13 ’//*■//

tailings, are preferably oolleoted in pookets •( not shown--)- 1

•4

below and b,eyond eaoh point of introduction of the ore as

H*' . _ -

doooribcd.in said application. If desired, I may remove
the middlings and again introduoe them into the flow of
liquid^ in the monnor -cot forth in my application— referred-- .

to-. I preferably, however, remove the oono'entrates , niidd-

m SA/V

> lings and tailings, from the tanksA-by pipes 146 , 147 and. 148
respectively. The tbilingb arb discarded, 'the middlings
are either further treated in any desired manner or dis-
oarded aooording to the percentage of valuable material-
or motals:: therein, while the oonoentrates are oolleoted.

and further treated in any suitable manner to extract the

. V/z/b '

■ valuable materials therefrom. The pipes 146 are all

'oonneoted to a aommon pipe 149 whereby the oonoentrates
may bo readily oollooted.

In the operation of .the apparatus desoribed, the
oru'de ore material to be. treated is fed into the feed hopper
1 from a storehouse, dump, or other suitable source of sup¬
ply. by the endless buoket oonveyor 3. The feed roller 9
disoharge8 the material from -hopper 1 into hopper 13 for
the ooarse rolls 20 over the"grizzly" 12. The finer
material whioh passes through the perforated bottom 6 of
hopper 1 and the false bottom 15 of the"grizzly" is by¬
passed around the ooarse rolls by ohute 17 to the dis¬
charge spout 18 to join the material crushed by the rolls
20, and falls with the latter material into the inner end
of the tank portion 49 of the washing tank or "first olassi-
fier" D and onto the baffle plates 59. Baffles 59 act
to retard the deBoent of the material in the tank D, and
thus inorease the time during whioh the same is subjected
to the washing and the transporting effeotB of the flow of
liquid therein. Under the oombined action of the flow of.
liquid and gravity, the heavier of the ore constituents will
be separated and deposited in the pooketB 63 and 65 in- ac¬
cordance ith their shapes, sizes, and densities, while the
lighter ore material will be oarried away as scum on the sur¬
face of the liquid and as slimeB suspended in the liquid. The

ore constituents deposited in the pooketB 65 of the tank D,

.oax/ */"•/'*

together with a considerable amount of water , ,4s- removed
through pipes 78 and 77 and conveyed to spout 35 leading
from the fine orushing rollB 23 and, together with the ma¬
terial orushed by thd iatter rolls, is discharged into the
inner end of the washing and classifying tank or "seoond
classifier" E. As in the tank D, the aesoent of the ore

(26)

material is retarded in tank £ by the baffle plates 59 and
the flow of liquid therein and gravity operate to separate
and deposit the heavier ore constituents in accordance with
their shapes, sizes, and densities in the pookets 63 and 65.

The lighter ore constituents will also be separated from
the heavier constituents in tank E and oarried away by the
flow of liquid, partly as scum on the surface thereof and
partly as slimes suspended therein. As a considerable por¬
tion of the flow of liquid in tank D is oonveyed to the flovj
of licpid in tank E, and as only a relatively small portion
of the latter flow passes through the perforated gates 66
and 67, this latter flow of liquid and also the liquid sep-,
arated therefrom beyond gates 66 and 67 will, after the
operation of the apparatus is commenced, soon become rioh [

I in slimes. The surfaoe of the flow of liquid in tank E 1b
preferably subjected to a skimming operation to secure the

I of Honry B. Oli-f-ford, horoinbofore referred to-; The— H.

my other part of the apparatus may, however, be subjeot-j
1 ed to this skimming operation and on oh operation -ma^i bs~

E-othor oui-tablo t

?ntua-than the one-ref errsa-

The amount of liquid separated from the endless flow
I in tank E may be regulated asXclesired by adjusting the per¬
forated gate 67 with respeot to the stationary gate 66, as
above described. The heaviest ore constituents deposited
in tanks D and E, or those in pockets 63, are withdrawn
through the Y-pipe 73 and discharged onto the landless buoket
conveyor 32, by whioh they ar.e- oarried to ohute 31 and theno^
I onto the Boreen 26. The material whioh passes over screen

-(27 V .. •

26 is disohargea into hopper IS ana reorushea by the coarse
rolls 20, while the finer material whioh passes through
screen 26 is oonveyea by. the. trough 28 to the fine rolls
23 and reorushea thereby. The material deposited in
the pookets 65 of tank E is conveyed through pipes 81
and 80, and discharged from- the latter onto the trough
82 leading to the soreening device J. The liquid ri oh )
in slimes beyona gates 66 and 67 is removed from tank E j
through the pipe 83 apa oonveyea to the header 84, from i
whioh it is fed, by branoh pipes 85, upwardly against
gravity in the dewatering towers P to form oolumns of liqui l
therein. The oombinea aotion of gravity ana the rising'
liquid in the dewatering towers aots to separate the slimes
more or less from the liquid, ana the heavier slimes will
settle ana oolleot adjacent the lower ena of the towers,
those of medium weight will settle and oolleot above the
heaviest slimes, while the lightest Blimes will oolleot- ■
above those of medium weight, as indicated in Pig. 17.

The liquid overflows from the tops of towerB P into the
reoeptaale 87 ana is oonveyea from the latter, by the pipe
88, into the tank E, or, if aesirea, into any other part ...
of the apparatus.

As above afesoribea, liquid oontaining ore parti¬
cles therein 1b drawn from the towers P ana aisoharged into
the settling towers G," H ana X- wherein the ore partioles
settle in BubBtantially.p.qu^__intervals of time. The

liquid in the towers G, H ana I oontaining valuable sett.-,
lings is oonveyea therefrom through pipes 106 for suoh
further treatment as is neoessary or desirable, while the
liquid above that oontaining valuable settlings ip with-

(28)

drawn, at suitable intervals, through the pipes 107 and
may be disoharged into another part of the apparatus suoh

3 the tank D or E and used again.

The trough 82 dis-

oharges onto the inclined flaring distributor board 113
and the ore material is disoharged from the lower end of
the latter in a series of-. small- equal streams and onto the -
first soreen 109 in a substantially uniform sheet by reas¬
on of the proper adjustment of blocks 114 and gates 118,
as desoribed above. The material is then conveyed sue-,
oessively over the soreens 109 of progressively in or easing
mesh, the ore- constituents. passing through the soreens
being oonveyed through troughs 119 to the respective sett¬
ling tanks a, b., o.- - h. The overflows from the settling

tanks a, b, o, - h. are respectively rethrned to the suooeet -

ing soreens through the troughs 120. The gates 121 are bc
adjusted and the flow of liquid through the entire screen¬
ing device so regulated that the liquid will fill the ■
troughs 112 below the soreens 109 and just oover the Boreei s ,
and thereby cause the ore material to be slowly rolled over
the soreens and thus cuuse as great a -number aB possible o:1

■ the ore constituents to pass therethrough. It will be ap- ■,

parent that the soreening devioe will operate to separate
and collect the ore material in different portions accord¬
ing to size as settlings in the respective tanks a, b, o,— h;
the finest settlings or the ore particles whioh pasB through
the 100 mesh soreen 1'09 being oolleoted in tank a, and the
ooarsest settlings or the ore particles whioh pass through
the last or 8 mesh soreen 109 being oolleoted in tank; h*

■ The ore material whioh is too ooarse to pass through any ■

; of the soreens will be. disoharged from the last soreen,; ,109
into the lowest trough 120, and together with the liquid

overflowing from the last tank h will be oonveyed through
pipo 124 into the settling tank or ohamber 123. She ore
constituents ijuiokly settle to the bottom of tank 123, ana
are oonveyed through pipe 126 to the hopper 29 of the
fino rolls 23 for reorushing. The liquid from the upper
portion of tank 123 is oonveyed through pipe 129 to the
trough 82 and again used - in oonveying the ore material
through the soreening devioo 3.

The settlings in tanks a, b, o — -h are respect¬
ively oonveyea through pipes 131 and aisohargea into the
flows of liquia. in the respective tanks 132 of the concen¬
trator K. As above desoribea, the settlings from tank a
are discharged into the innermost tank 132 at a plurality
of plaoes through the hoppers 141 and over the fluted. boarajB
146; the settlings next in size are discharged into the
next tenk 132 at a plurality of points, while the settlingsj
of largest size, or those from the tarik h.are discharged at
i plurality of places into the outermost tank 132 contain¬
ing the deepest .flov/ of liquid. As above stated, the ore
constituents discharged into the tanks 132 will, under the

combined aotion of gravity and the transporting effeot of

1ST- /'i//y

the flows of liquid , be separated and deposited^aB concen¬
trates, middlings, and tailings; the rates of flow and
depths of the liquid in the different tanks being suoh thatj |j
the ore constituents will be deposited in all the tanks in

substantially equal intervals

middlings and tailings^arTnlw' “drawn off v through the pipes
^146' X47 and 148 respectively for further treatment in any
; desired manner or to be discarded as waste, as the oase
may be.

of time. The oonoentrpfes ,

I By my invention, the operations described heroin

may be oarried on continuously and with a very eoonomioal
use of water, this being of great importanoe in many mining
districts. furthermore, the proper adjustment and .arrange¬
ment of the different gates, valves, motors, pumps and
other devioes in my apparatus renders it possible to
obtain regularity and uniformity of the operations through¬
out- the entire apparatus and to thus secure the best possible
working conditions. By treating ore material in accord¬
ance with my invention, it is possible to separate a much
greater percentage of, the valuable constituents from the
gangue than has heretofore been possible, and i have
fo^nd that the ore material constituting the waste heapB
or dumps of many existing mineB, as well as other ore
material whicih it has heretofore been considered impracti¬
cable to work from a commercial standpoint, may be commer¬
cially and profitably worked by my invention.

It is to be understood, of oourse, that the spec¬
ific apparatus and method sot forth herein and constituting
the preferred embodiment of my invention are subjeot to
many ohanges and modifications without any departure from
the spirit of my invention and the scope of the appended
olairas.

Having now described .my invention, what I olaim
as new therein and deBire to protect by letters Patent iB
as follows: -

(31)

separating the latter constituents into a plurality of por-
K'tions. aeoording to size, ana respectively intro duoing*su£&i*'

/portions into a plurality of flows of liquid, the 3opths
and rates of which flows vary direo-tly—in proportion to the
Bizes of the ore. constituents of the respective portions
introduced therein, whorehy the ore constituents of oaoh of
suoh portions will be separated and deposited according to
their densities in substantially equal intervals of time, j
substantially as described

V. ' The method kf treating ore.^which consists in wash¬
ing the lighter ore constituents from the denser ore con¬
stituents, scre'ening Ahb lattor constituents by oonveyirig
' the same . over a plurnli'ow of’ screens— of -oucceseively -coars¬
er mesh.by.a flow -of- liquid, respectively separating /the.
ore -por.ti.pns passed "through the screens from the liquid ^

by settlingyland concentrating the lattor portions by /

respectively subjecting thex-same to the 'effects of a
plurality of substantially qniform^f lowr- of liquid, whereby /
the, ore constituents of suoh\portionB will be separated
and deposited in such flows of liquid in accordance with
their densities!, substantially as described.

;V The method of treating ore, which coBoists inl/was] J

inglthe lighter opp oonstituente\from the denser ore ofl- , \ Xv

\ t ■>>Jp ^ 1 i ’

stituents, yscr'eeninglthe latter constituents ^y conveying'
the same over a plurality of screens of successively coarB-
er mesh hy a flow of liquid), respectively separating the^Y1"
ore portions^ passed through the Boraonsjfrom the liquid

PvywA- \

by settling^ concentrating the latter portions hy reBpeot-

1 proportion to the

l,»ly

of subBtantially^nifOCTmlowBor'Xiquia, whereby the oro
oonstituentB of ouch portions will be separated and deposit
ed in suoh flows of liquid in aooordar.oe with their densi¬
ties.) orushing the ore constituents , which fail to pass
through any of the screens A to finer size, and then sub¬
jecting the latter constituents to the washing, screening,
settling and concentrating s\eps hereinbefore described, sulj
stantially as described.

V. The method of troatiVg ore, which oonsists in
introducing ore into a flow of\liquid, (whereby the lighter
ore constituents will bo washedlaway and held in suspen¬
sion by the liquid and the der.SeL ore constituents will be
deposited in the liquid^ separating the suspended ore
constituents from the liquid by ^watering and settling ope
ations), separating the deposited constituents into a
plurality of portions no cording to\sizo Ihy screening, ^nnd
respeotl.ely

of a plurality of substantially uniiorm^flowB of liquid,
whereby the ore constituents of different densities of such
portions will be separated and deposited at different place
substantially as 'described.

'8^ The method of treating ore, \hich consists in
introducing ore into, a substantially unVform flow of
liquid, whoreby Borne of the ore constituents will be
carried away on the surface of the liquil and some of the
ore constituents will be depoBitod in; the\ liquid, skimiing
the- material on/the surface of the liquid Worn the liquid,
separating t^deposlted ore constituents into a plurality
of portions according to size by screening ,Vand separate-

ly concentrating the latu<
jeoting the name to the;

r portions hy respootivoly sub-

ots of a plurality of sub-

Btar-t tally unifo^f^^Xl©Cwh«>rebf ore constituent^
of different densities of each of such portions will he
separated. and/^eposited at different places\ substantially
as desorihed.

ln apparatus of the class described, a tank,
means for producing a substantially uniform flow of liquid
in said tank, means for introducing ore into such-flow of
liquid, whereby the lighter ore constituents will be
washed away and held in suspension by the liquid and the
denser ore constituents will be deposited in the tank,
^means'^f'or separating tho suspended ore constituents —
from the liquid, said last means comprising a tower and
mean b for conveying liquid, with ore constituents suspended
therein from said tank and introducing the same into the

of successively coarser mesh, jaeans for conveying™ e de¬
posited ore constituents from tho^Jiank^othe screening
device, and means for^©ap€otiWly concentrating the por¬
tions of oi^t»*Soedthrough the screens of the screening
substantially as described.

i tank,

IS.

In apparatus of the class described,
means for producing a substantially uniform flow of liquid
ir. said tank.means for introducing ore into such flow of
liquid, whereby the lighter ore constituents will be
washed away and held in suspension by the liquid and the
denser ore constituents will be deposited in the tank,
^means^for separating the suspended ore constituents from

the' liquid, fsaid last means comprising a tower ani moans
for conveying liquid with ore constituents suspended
therein from said tank and introducing the same into

of screens of successively coarser mooh,
veying the deposited ore oonstituents^ffom the tank to tho
screening device1, means for sejjar^ly collecting the ore
portions passed ttoough^vfdsoroens , and means for
respectively oonc^pitfoting such collected ore portions,
said last m^lcmprising a plurality of tanks, one for
each id ore portions, and moans for producing a sub-
tilforn flow of liquid In eaoh of ^nia tanks-,

s described.

'si

substantially

H. In apparatus of the class described, a tank
means for producing a substantially uniform flow of liquidj
in said tank, meonB for introducing ore into such flow of
liquid, whereby, the lighter ore constituents will be washed,
away and held .in suspension by the liquid andjhe^user
!, ore constituents will be deposited in the tank .^moans for
separating the Busponded ore constituents from the liquid
Bai? last moans comprising a plurality of towers and moansj
for. conveying liquid with ore constituents suspended
therein, from tho tank and introducing the Bame into Bald
| towers adjacent the. lower ends thereof \

ooraprising a plurality of screens of auooeBsi»a3^ooarsor

mesh, means for convoying theJepoei^Twe constituents
from the tank totho ^er@eniEB device, lard mear.B for re¬
ap eotive^rfi^^^ the portions of ore passed, throu,

J IB. In apparatus of the class described, a tank>
means for producing a substantially uniform flow of IJquijl

■A

in said tar.k, moans for introducing ore into auch flow of
liquid, whereby the lighter ore constituents will ho wusftod I
away and held in suspension by the liquid and the denser ore
constituents will be deposited in the tar.k, means for separ^t
ing the suspended ore constituents from tho liquid, said
last means comprising a plurality of towers and means for
conveying liquid with ore constituents- suspended therein
from the tank and introducing the same into said towers
adjacent tho lower ends thereof, -jo ucrcoring doTiot
prising a plurality of screens of sticceasiveTycoarHer mesh
means for conveying thedgpofrfted ore constituents from the
tank to thejywweffSng device, means for respectively con-

?— port

: passe;

trough

ar.d means for convoying the ovorflow from said towers to
said, tank; substantially as described.

o4*iU.

Is. In apparatus of the olass described, a tank,
means for producing a substantially uniform flow of liquid
in said tank, means for introducing ore into said flow of
liouid, whereby the lighter ore constituents will be washo:

away and held in suspension by the liquid and the denser

cw^\u\yt \

ore constituents will he deposited in the tank, means for '
separating the suspended ore constituents from the liquid, V.
said last means comprising a dewatering tower, mennB for

I conveying, liquid with ore constituents suspended therein,
from said tank and introducing the same into said tower
adjacent the lower end thereof, a .plurality of Bottlingtow «
containing columns of liquid of different height, and a
plurality of devloes for oonveying the material from said
dewatering tower at a plurality of. points of different
height therein, into the tops of t.he columns of liquid
in said settling towerB respectively,, n screening flevip*

oomp rising a plurality of screens of success ivolyjjoa:
mesh means for conveying the aoposite3^M>«^onstituentB
from said tank to thescr^flnfng^aevice/ ana moans for
respeotively-^oiroentrating the ore portions passea through
)' substantially as described.

In apparatus of the class described, a tank, moans
for producing a substantially \inlfoim flow of liquid in
said tank, raoanB for introducing ore into said flow of liq¬
uid, whereby the lighter ora constituents will be washed
away and held in sxisponaion by 3aid liquid tlr'^J_h°^'nBor
ore constituents will be deposited in the tar.k.^moann for
soparntirg the suspended ore constituents from the liquid,
said last means comprising a dewatering tower, moans for
conveying liquid with ore constituents suspended therein,
from said tank and introducing the same into said tower
adjacent the lower end thereof, a plurality of settling
towers containing, columns of liquid of different height,
and a plurality of dovices for conveying the material from
Bald dewatering tower, at a plurality of points of differed
height theroin, into the tops of the columns of licniid
in- said settling towerB respectively, the heights of sal
columns of liquid varying inversely in proportion to the
heights of the respective points in said dewatering tower
from which the material iB oonveyedr
comprising a plurality of Boreens of
mesh, y means for conveying
from said tank to
speotiv

oniniH

j oonrsor

«fsited ore constituents
; devioej and meanB for res
-Concentrating the ore portions passed through
i substantially as described.

The method ofS^reating ore, which oonsists in
introducing ore into a sut^ntially uniform flow of liquidj

whereby the lighter ore odnatituentB will De
h.U in .uBpsn.doubyth. M«V »* th“ a“"r

„,„t» -ill b. a.positsa to tb\flo» of ««■

separating th. ou.p.na.a «» oo\.tiWM» »°» *“

substantially aB isssrlbsi. ...... Wi

Isubstauttonyosj^oo. ^vWX h

totr.auolng o^l^%SrS?ltoaia“»h.roby ths llphtar
or. oon.titnsut. -ill bs\...bai o.ay\..i boll to spaporsiop
by tho Itouli.apa ^toraW «» 1"

' srs IntroanooTtotS^lV °'t Itoui^,

„f tto. th, oro -ill b. Bub jeotoa t. ths ...htoe,, ste-BW

ths flow of liqhii -111 b« «Ve“eS ' Bubstantially as 3s-

ll- ib. mstboi of trsattoU-s. * '

,, totro basing o^PtiTS^Sr£fetoA. whorsby 1. Ito-tor
,r. oou.tltu.nto -ill bs -a.hsa a.V an3 h.13 to J~l— «»

. fly ths liquU.tstaraiuo ths «t foot V ™ “Lfl -|W|

: 5Lrs «ttoi«osa^-^fS3rtt'itouS,j».r.b^Wh.^

of tins ths or. -ill bs suljootsa to ths pashtoST - of
ths flo- of liquli -ill bo inorsassa^sVl s.porating th.
suspsuisa or. const ituou to fro. th. li,«V} substantially
aB described.

,•/ 2he method of treating ore, which consists in

Jf maintaining a Ubstantially ur.iform)flow of liquid in an
/V endless path, introducing- °^t^h f^of^quid, ^

• the^^heTigt^ore constituents will be waahed.away
and held in suspension in the flow of liquid as slimea^,

vjg;. The-method of treating ore, which consists in
maintaining a substantially uniform flow of liquid in an
endless path, introducing ore into such flow of liquid,

Y whereby^the lighter ore constituents will be washed away

and held in suspension in the flow of liquid as slimes, ,, j-at
retarding tho effect of gravity on the ore introduced into
the flow of liquid, whoroby the length of time the ore will
be subjected to the washing offoot of the flow of liquid
will bo increased, maintaining the volume of such flow of '7$.

Ismail portion of tho liquid from au chflos^at-'a pie. 0 e
yond the place of introducjii^r^the ore, whereby the flow |'
•f of liquid wjJLA-bScome rich in slimes, substantially e

The method of treating ore, which consists in
maintaining a substantially uniform flow of liquid in an

endless path, introducing c

i into such flow of liquid,

, hSu*. maS&V- ■» — ■*-

-Vj whereby ^the lighter ore constituents will he waBhod away

1 and held in suspension in the flow of liquid ns slimes , t\

liquid from such flow 1

TTeyondtlio place of intro-

J//jl / -ri-ch— in , and separating the suspended ore material

from such separated portion of liquid, substantially as
desotibed.

-121. The method of treating ore, which consists in.,
maintaining a substantially uniform flow of liquid in an

endless path, intr^olng^oi^^to ^^suchj^ ^
^rtby^e^Eht^^rMr.etitTieiitn will bo washed away
ana held in suspension in the flow of liquid as slimos ,
retarding the effect of Gravity on the ore introduce 3 ir.to
the flow of liquid, whereby the length of time the ore will
bp axib jeotcd to the washing effect of tho flow of liquid
will be increased, maintaining the ve W of js noh _J1 o« ° ^
liquid substantially constant, seiiur^tW ^ lvezy nnoir

5, an3 separating tho axis-
e material from ouch separated portion of liquid.

pended '

substantially as described.

<^22^ She method of ^treating ore, which consists in
introducing ore into a Substantially .uniform flow of
liquid, whereby a portionXof the ore constituents will be
deposited in the liquid an\ another portion of the ore
constituents will be oarri<\ on the surface of the liquid,

I and Bkimming the latter ore ^constituents from the surface
of the liquid, substantially Vs described.

She method of treatlta ore, which consists in
introducing ore into a substantially uniform flow of
liquid, whereby a portion of theXore constituents will bo
deposited in the liquid, a port io\ will be carried on
the surface of the liquid, and anoXher portion will bo held
in suspension in the liquid , skimmiYg the ore constituents
carried on the surface of the liquid from the liquid, (and
separating the suspended ore constitute from the liquid, ||
substantially as described. \ x v

In apparatus of\the„class described, a subBtan-
tially horizontal, ol^gertod tank, means for producing 'a

ly uniform flow of liquid in sal a tank, moons,
icing ore intd said flow of liquid, whereby the
• constituents! will" ho washed away and hold in

auspersion by the liquid r

teia4 Buhltontlally «

£&. In apparatus of the class described, a substan¬
tially horizontal, elongated tank, means for producing a
substantially uniform f low W liquid in salt! tank, means
for introducing ore into said flow of liquid, whereby the
lighter ore constituents will be washed away and hold in
susponsionby the liquid , an \ moans comprising a plurality

' auction oif the ore^fofretandlng the crescent 6f the ore
in the liquid, adjader.t haffleb being inclined in opposite
directions, substantially as described. ^ 1

In apparatus J>f the class deaci-ibed , a tank,
means for producing a substantially uniform flow of liquid
Ar introducing ore into ouch flow

means for producing a £

in said tank, and moans f\r introducing ore int

-ti of liquid, 7/hc-reby ;the lighter (

washed away and held in susYersioirby the liquid, siVid 1
tank comprising means for ^s Aai-ating of the

Uqu^f^f^^^^^t a%W Heyobd the place
t of introduction of the ore, s^tantially aS described.

^ ' ft ' In apparatus of the class deBciibod , a substan¬
tially horizontal, elongated tank, means dividing said tank
into twomportions and adjustably ^^^r‘s^™UniCati°n

between such portions, meanaff or feduaS^ a substantially ■

|W,mSan^^o" r^^t^^^n^o'rei^^orthe*>flow^fV,liqui d at a' Vfc-

place remote from tho other of sail tank portior.s, sub¬
stantially as described.

In apparatus of the class described, a substan¬
tially horizontal, elongated tank, a perforated partition
dividing said tank into two portions, means £orx producing

portioneTt ^bans^for 'introducing ore into the flow of lir
at a place remote from the other of said tank portions,
adjustable means for controlling the extent of the opor.ingsl
afforded by the perforations in said pantition.substar.t inlly
as described.

In apparatus of tho class described, a substan¬
tially horizdntal, elongated tank, a partition extending
lengthwise of said tank and with its ends spaced from the
ends of the tank, moans for producing u substantially uni¬
form flow of liquid in said tank in an endless path around
said partition, means for introducing ore info euoh flow
of liquid adjacent one end of said partition, a perforated
partition between the other end of said first partition ard|
the adjacent ond of the tank, adjustable means for con¬
trolling the extent of the ope»jbga- afforded by tho perforj
ations in said- perforated partition, and m cans for convey¬
ing the material from tho portion of the tank betwocr. Baid
last named partition and tho adjacent end of the tank, sub¬
stantially as described. \ \ .

vH. . S\\o\\^

'5Q. In apparatus of \^e class 0 '

[^substantially hor i zontal /^olo^at e dA tan kg', ®fea71B for Pr°~
duoing a substar.tially/uniform Xpw of liquid in <qach of)
said tanked, moans fo/ introducing^ into^each o^ 3aid
flows' of liquid, whereby the lighter\ro constituents will
be washed away and hold in suspension dV the liquid in

-each' tank and the denser \e constituent a will to ^posited
in the tanka , and/ir.a for\eeding liquid with ore con-
! atituentB suspe/ed therein ai*d deposited ore oonstituonts

I from one of /id tanks into theVow of liquid in the ether]
of aaid WJks.^Baid last named tarik comprising mear.B for
separating liquid,

W iu

^ f^k^he^f^oT liquid theroin, 'Substantially as

described*

•

■'3-X. In apparatus of the class deocrlhed,-^ S\X^

substantially horizontal, elo^e^tankv, mcaf^Vo^-

ing a substantially uniform flow of liquid in
,,tank\. means for introducing ore into — ^ ■«* tl*\
of liquid, whereby the lighter ore constituents willj*^
washed away and held in suspension by the liquid in -each
tank and the denser ore constituents will be separated and
deposited in accordance with their densities in the tank*.

rn. f-dlnw nnim-ur* ^tmuento__ana Xim**,

... . ttrereinTfrom one of said

with ore const ituonts_3SE£tie*-uirereir. ,

' tanks said 3*** bank com¬

prising means for separating

£lo» .1 1H»« *“"'>«’*• “3

| means f.r e.p«.t.l7 ooll..«i«S »J r-”1™ oon.utueits
U or different den.ltte. l.poelt.S In ■»« >"•» tnr>" H1'

star.tially as deBorihod.

'38. The method of treating liquid containing ore
constituents in suspension, which conBiBts in slowly feed¬
ing said liquid upwardly against the action of gravity to

form

i column of liquid, whereby the^ ore constituents

f/ir- 1

- - - y/e-//b

will settle in the liquid more ^ less according to their
| densities, substantially aB desoribed^ &.6J

'j J -3

'5$. The method of treating liquid containing ore
constituents in suspension, whioh oonoists in slowly feed¬
ing Bald liquid upwardly agair.st the action of gravity
to form a column of liquid, wheroby the ore constituents
will settle in the liquid more or Icbs according to their
densities, and separately collecting portions of liquid
with ore constituents of different densities from 3uch
column at points of different height , substantially as

aesoribed.

-vl.

The methoa of treating liquid containing ore
constituents in suspension, which consists in slowly
feeding said liquid upwardly against tho action of gravity
to form a column of liquid, whereby the ore constituents
will Bettle in the liquid more or less according to their
densities, separately collecting portions of liquid
with ore constituents of different densities from Buch
column at pdifits-of different height, and respectively
introducing such collected portions of liq\iid and ore
constituents into the tops of columns of liquid of
different height, whoreby the ore constituents will settl
in all such columns of liquid in substantially equal inter
vals of time, substantially as described.

■3&T The method of treating liquid containing ore
constituents in suspension, whioh consists in slowly feed
ing said liquid upwardly agair.Bt the action of gravity
to form a oolumn of liquid, whereby the ore constituents
will settle in the liquid more or lesB according to
their densities, separately collecting portions of liquid
with ore constituents of different denBitioB from such
column at points of different height, respectively intro¬
ducing suoh collected portions of liquid and ore con¬
stituents into the tops of columns of liquid of diffor-

out height, whereby the ore constituents will settle in
all suoh oolumns of liquid in substantially equal inter-
vals of time, and respectively removing the i settlings
from such oolumns of liquid and concentrating the same,
substantially as described.

?'3>

"fcG.. The method of treating liquid containing ore
constituents in suspension, which consists in slowly feed¬
ing said liquid upwardly against the action of gravity to
form a column of liquid, whereby the ore constituents will
settle in the liquid more or less according to their
densities, removing the settlings from such column of
liquid, and then concentrating the same, substantially
as described.

S7. The method of treating liquid containing ore
constituents in suspension, which consists in slowly feed¬
ing said liquid upwardly against the action of gravity
to form a column of liquid, whereby the oro constituents
will settle in the liquid more 6r less according to
their densities, and separately removing settlings of
substantially different densities from such column of
liquid, and oonoer.trating the same, substantially as
described. \ v

38. In apparatus oAtho class described, a tower,
means for feeding liquid containing ore constituents
in suspension into the toweXad jaoent the lower end there¬
of, a Boeond tower containing'a column of liquid, end
means for convoying the material from said first tower, at|
a point below the top thereof 6nY discharging the same
into the top of the column of 'liqi^d in the second totrer,
substantially bb described.

39. In apparatus of the class described, a tower,
moans for f cedingXliquid containing ore constituents in
suspension into thd tower adjacent the lower end thereof,
a second tower containing a column of liquid, and moans fo
conveying the material from said first tower, at a point
adjacent the lower end thereof and discharging the same g
into the top of the eo\umn of liquid in the second towor
substantially as described.

40. In apparatus oA the olass described, b. towor,
means for feeding liquid Containing ore constituents
in suspension into the tower adjacent the lower ond thereof
a second tower containing a\eolumn of liquid, means for oorj.
veying the material from sai\ first towor, at a point
below the top thereof, and discharging the same into the
second towor above tho top of \ho column of liquid therein
a valve in said second tower intermediate the top of said
oolumn of liquid and the point wfc which' the material con¬
veyed from the first towor is discharged, a valve in y,
said conveying means, and moans fw opening and closing
one of said valves and for simultaneously .'closing and
opening the other of said valves, substantially as
described.

41. In apparatus of the class described, a tower,
means for feeding liquid containing or A constituents in
suspension into the tower adjacent the Aower ena thereof,
a plurality of settling towers .containing columns of
liquid of different height, and a plurality of devices
for respectively conveying the material frmn said first
tower at pointB of different height therein! and dis¬
charging the same into the topB of said oolu\rs of liquid
in the settling towers, substantially

42. In apparatus of the olass described, a tower,
means for feeding libuid containing ore constituents in
suspension into the tower adjacent the lower end thereof, a
seoond towor containing a column of liquid, means for con¬
veying the material froln said : first towor, at a point bolov,
the top thereof and discharging the same into the column

of liquid in the second tower, and means for returning the
overflow from said firBt tower to said feeding moans,
substantially as doscribodA

43. In apparatus of the class described, a tower,
means for feeding liquid containing or© constituents in sus.
pension into the tower adjacent the lower end thereof, a
seoond tower containing a column of liquid, means for con¬
voying the material from said fiVst tower, at a point below
tho top thereof, and discharging mhe same into the seoond
tower above the column of liquid therein, and moans for
opening and closing the second named tower above the column
of liquid therein and for simultaneously closing ar.d open¬
ing said conveying means, substantially as described.

44. In apparatus of the olass described, a tank con¬

taining liquid having ore constituents Vr. suspension, a t v;
tower, meanB for feeding said liquid from said tank into
said tower adjacent the lower end thereofA and means for
feeding the ovorflowfrom said towor back Unto said tank,
substantially as described. \

45. In apparatus of the olass described, a dewater¬
ing tower, meanB for feeding liquid containing ore con¬
stituents in suspension iipfco said tower adja-PgVt 1:116 lower
end thereof, a pair of settling towers containing columns
of liquid of difforont heights, meanB for convoying tho
material from said first tower at a point intermediate tho

ends thereof and discharging the same into tho settling
tower having the column of lieuid of looser height and
above oaid column, and means for convoying tho material fromj
Said first tower at a poirtt helow said first point and

I discharging, the some intoVbhe other settling tower above tl
oolumn of liquid therein, substantially

46. In apparatus of thV class desctibod, a dewater-
I ing tower, means for feeding YLiquid containing ore constit¬
uents in Busponsion into said vtower adjacent tho lower end
thereof, a pair of settling to'Vors containing columns of
liquid of different heights, meVr.s for convoying the raa-
1 terial from Baid first tower at to point intermediate the
ends thereof and discharging theWme into the settling
I tower having the column of liquid\of lesser height and
above said column, means for conveying the material from
I said first tower- at a point below said first point and
I discharging the some into the othorl settling tower above
I the oolumn of liquid therein, and mL.o for opening and
closing oaoh of said settling toworal above the oolumn
I of liquid therein, and for simultaneously closing and
I opening the respective conveying moans, subs tarTt tally as
I described. \

47. In apparatus of the claeB described, a dewater¬
ing tower, moans for feeding liquid containing oro con¬
stituents in suspension itnto said tower Adjacent the lower
end thereof, a plurality of settling toweAs containing
columns of liquid of different height, a plurality of
devices for respectively conveying the material .from said
dewatering tower at a plurality of points oi different
I height and discharging the same into the settling towers

I above the columns Inf liquid therein , the heights of the
pointB in tho dewatering tower from which the material is
conveyed varying inversely in proportion to the heights
of tho columns of liquid in tho respeotive Battling towers,

"'48. In apparatus Vf tho class described, a dovioe
adapted to feed ore to aUoroon in a substantially uniform
sheet, said device comprising a substantially flat feeding
member having a pluralityVf spaced blocks adjustably
mounted on its upper surfa\e and adjacent one end thereof,
substantially as described. \

49, In apparatus of thA class described, a device
for feeding ore to a screen iA a substantially uniform
sheet, said device comprising an inclined substantially
flat feeding member having a plurality of spaced blocks ^
pivotally mounted on its upper surface 11153 adjacent the
lower end thereof, the pivotal meetings of the blocks
I boing adapted to friotionally holdVbhe blooks in any
adjusted position, substantially as\ described.

50. In apparatus of the class described, a device
for feeding ore to a Bcreen in a substantially uniform
sheet, said device comprising an inclined substantially
flat' feeding member having a plurality \t spaced triangu¬
lar shaped blocks adjustably mounted on Yba u™er Burfaoe
and adjacent its lower end, substantial! Abb described.

51. in apparatus of the class descriW, a device
for feeding ore to a screen in a uubBtantinUy uniform
sheet, said device comprising an inolined, substantially
flat feeding member having a series or rows oV spaced
blocks adjustably mounted on its upper surfaco\and adjacent

its lower er.d, the hlodfco In adjacent rows being arranged
in staggered relation, '{substantially as described.

52. In apparatus of the class described, a dovico
for feeding ore to a sorLn in a substantially uniform
shoot , said device comprising an inclined, substantially
flat feeding member provided with a serins of rows oi
blocks pivotally mounted oA its upper surface and adjacent
its lower end, the blocks iA adjacent rows being arranged
in staggered relation and tlA pivotal mountings of the
blocks being adapted to fi-icAior.ally hold the blocks in any
adjusted position, substantially as describod.

53. In apparatus of the Alans described, a device
for feeding ore to a screen in V substantially uniform
sheet, said means comprising anjinclined, substantially
flat feeding member flaring towaVd its lower end, and
a plurality of rows of blocks mooted on the upper surface
. of said feeding member ar.d adjacent its lower end, the
blocks in adjacent rows being arranged in staggered
rolation, substantially as describes.

54. In apparatus of the olass Wsoribod, ar. inclined
screen, and moans for discharging material onto the screen
at the upper end thoreof in a substantially uniform sheet
across the width of the screen, said Anns comprising an
upstanding member extending across thoWoen at its upper
end ar.d provided with a plurality of adjustable gates,
substantially as described. \

55. In apparatus of the class described, an inclined
screen, and a trough extending transversely of the screen
at the upper end thereof, one wall of saidj trough boipg
provided with a plurality of substantially Vertioally
adjustable gates for controlling communication between

from the settling \anka to the succeeding eoroens, sub¬

stantially as described.

.59. In apparatus of the clasB described, a plurality
| of screens over whiohVhe material to be screened is
I adapted to be successively fed, a plurality of settling
|| tanks adapted to respectively receive the material passed
through the screens, motX for convoying' material passed
through the screens to thA respective settling tanks,
moans for adjustably centreing the flow of material through
said conveying means, and mkns for respectively conveying
the overflows from the settling tanks to the succeeding
screens, substantially as desdpibed.

50. In apparatus of the class described, a plurality
of inclined screens of successively coarser mesh over
which the material to bo screened\is adapted to be success
1 ively fed, a plurality of settlingV banks , means for respect.

ively convoying the material pas sed\ through the screens
| to the settling tanks, and means fo A respectively convey¬
ing the overflows from the settling tVrks to the upper
ends of the succeeding screens. substantially as described

61. In apparatus of the class described, a plurality
of screens over which the material to beUroened is
adapted to be successively fed, a plurality of settling
tanks adapted to respectively receive the Werial passed
through the screens, means for conveying maWinl passed
through the screens to the respective settling tankd, means
for respectively conveying the overflows from\the settling
tanks to the succeeding screens, and means fc A convening
the overflow from 'the last settling tank to th\first,
screen, substantially as described.

62- In apparatus of the class described, a plurality
of soreenB over whioh the\material to he screen o& is
adapted to he successively fod , a plurality of settling
tanka adapted to respectively receive the matorial passed
through the screens, means for conveying the material passetj
through tthe screens to the respective settling tanks,
means for respectively conveying the overflows from tho
settling tanka to tho succeeding Boreens,/a Bottling cham¬
ber, means for conveying the material passed over the last
of said screens into said chamber ,^moans for conveying
liquid from said chamber to the Hirst of said screens,'
crushing means, means for conveying the settlings in said
chamber to said crushing means, a^d means for conveying
material crushed hy said crushing means to the first of
said soreens, substantially as described. /

t,, Gf>. In apparatus of the olassMesoribod, a plurality
of soreens over which the material to bo screened is adapted
to he successively fed, a plurality of settling tanks adapt¬
ed to respectively receive the material passed through the
soreens, means for conveying the material passed through
the soreens to the respective settling tanks, means for
respectively conveying the overflows from the Bottling
tanks to tho succeeding screens, a settling chamber, moans
for oonveying the overflow from the last of said settling
tanks to the settling chamber, meanB for obrveying tho
material passed over the last of said screens into Bald
chamber, means for cobveying liquid from saM chamber to
the firBt of said soreens, crushing means, means for oon¬
veying the settlings in said chamber to said crushing
means, and moans for oonveying matorial crushed hy said
crushing means to the firBt of said screens., substantially
as desorihed.

— — — Y'"-' - ^ \ ~

•64. In apparatus fot treating orea, a aeries of

-H

elongated and substantially horizontal tanka, meanB for
producing uniform flows of\ liquid in each of aaid tanka,
and moans for respectively Vntroducing ore oonatituenta of
varying sizes into the flow A of linuid in the tanks, the
depths and rates of flow of the liquid in the respective
tanks being auoh that the ore\ constituents respectively
introduced in the different flows of liquid will he
separated and deposited in all\the tanks in substantially
equal intervals of time, suba tart tally sb described.

65. In apparatus for treating ore, a plurality of
elongated and substantially horizontal, ondless tanks, said
tanks being arranged adjacent to feaoh other and so that
each tank except one surrounds an hdjaoent tank, said
tanks being of successively increasing depths, and means
for producing a substantially unifoW flow of liquid in
each of said tanka, stibstantially as\ described.

66. In apparatus for troating wre, a plurality of
elongated and substantially horizontal endless tanks, said
tanks being arranged adjacent to each Vther and so that
each tank except one surrounds an adjactont tank, said
tanks being of successively increasing depths, means for
producing a substantially uniform flow o\ liquid in each
of said tanks, and means for introducing Ire constituents
of successively greater size into said ta^jks respectively,
the ore constituents of least size being introduced into
the tank' of loast depth, substantially as described.

67. In apparatus , for treating oreB , a Series of
adjacent substantially horizontal tank portiorL the bottoms
of said tank portions being located in a single plane in-

olinea to the horizontal, an3 means for producing e

t!Uh8tantially uniforj^ flow of liquid in each of saia tank
portions, substantially as described.

SB. In apparatus, for treating ore, a series of
adjaoent subBtantially\horizontal tank portions, the bottoms
of saia tank portions h\ing loeatea in a single plane ^

inolinea toothe horizontal, whereby the tank portions will
be of successively increasing 3epths, means for proaucing
a substantially uniform flow of liquid in each of said
tank portions, ar.d means fdr introducing ore constituents
of successively increasing Vizo into the tank portions
resppotively, the ore constituents of least size being
introduced into the tank portion of least depth, sub¬
stantially as described. \

69. In apparatus for troatting ores, an elongated,
substantially horizontal tank, means for producing a sub¬
stantially upiform flow of liquid in said tank, ar.d means,
comprising a hopper having an adjustable gate and a feed
roller co-operating with said gate\and extending partially
within said hopper, for introducing ore in a substantially
uniform sheet into said flow of liquid, substantially as

70. In apparatus for treating orie, moar.B for feed¬
ing ore in a substantially uniform sheirt; intp a flow of
liquid, said means comprising a hopper ,\a feed roller
located partially within said hopper, thV hopper being
provided with a gate above the roller and\ad Justable towajfd 3
and away from the roller for controlling the amount of
material removed from the hopper by the roller, and a
fluted aistrllmtor board tor' alraotli® ta. Worlal

dLobarsad by tb. roll.* »» «» sAbbt.utl.lly .«

?V. The method of treating ore, -which consists in
proauoing a plurality of substantially uniform flows of
liquid of suooessively greater depths, and introducing
ore constituents of suooessively greater sizes into such
flows of liquid respeotively, the ore constituents of
smallest Bias being introduced into the flow of liquid <3- ^
of least depth, whereby all the ore constituents will be ^
separated and deposited in the different flows of liquid
in substantially equal intervals of time, substantially
as described. j j

‘ ^ ^ 33 v ^ i '1-

:zX

v . .

101^

©atb*

State of iieto 3ferSep
Count? of CSSex

THOMAS A. KDISOl! • tfe ■«"** mmth
petitioner, being bulij stoorn, beposeb anb Saps tijat Ije is a citizen of tlje fHniteb
states, anb a reSibent of Llewellyn Park, V/est Ornr.ce, Eaaox County,
i<ow Jersey,

t^at ije berilg beliebes fjimself to be tije original, first anb sole inbentor of tlje
improbements in methods at 35 liKATis fo?. treat k:g ores

bescribeb anb claitneb in tlje annexeb specification ; tfjat Ije boes not bnoto anb
boes not beliebe tijat tlje Same Urns eber Unobm or useb before IjiS inbention or
biscoberp tljereof; or patenteb or bescribeb in anp printeb publication in tlje
Uniteb States of America or anp foreign eountrp before IjiS inbention or
biscoberp tljereof, or more tfjan ttoo pears prior to tfjis application; or patenteb
in anp eountrp foreign to tlje Uniteb States on an application fileb more tljan
ttoclbe tnontljs prior to tljis application; or in public use or on sale in tlje
fHniteb States for more tljan ttoo pears prior to tfjis application; anb tijat no
application for patent upon saib inbention IjaS been fileb bp Ijitn or pis legal

repreSentatibeS or aSSipS in anp foreip eountrp.

— - —

g>toorn to anb SubScribeb before me tfjis jap of i<**«~*v 191 *r
(»«»« \ .

Commission Expires Bept. 0, 1 91 7

witnesses

INVENTOR

ATTORNEYS

TTORNEY S

F*g.J6.

W/TNESSE S INVENTOR

-4^- ATTORNEYS

Div . 3.8l Room ...310.

fed/w*

EBU

DEPARTMENT OF THE INTERIOR

UNITED STATES PATENT OFFICE

WASHINGTON . Jlarch-WT-1914..

.. Dyer.-fic. Holden,. . . . .

. Sdieon -Off ice..Bldg ., -

. . jQrange,- -Hen.. Jersey-* .

Plcase find below a communication from the EXAMINER in charge of the application of

Tv - .. A. miBQn^Br^.--BX7.«9.7.6t-.fllflA..2ah..Jllr.-191At..j:nx- - —

...JfathoA..and...MaanB..-foE..Treuktlng— Omo.. - -

Commissioner of Paitnll. (J

4he reference to oo-pendlng application 699,109, should
indicate in a general way what 1b described and claimed in aaid
' ' application that i. described but not claimed in this application.

, A reference merely for .further information. or. for the... purpose -of
- ■ "" /supplementing the disclosure in this application is not proper.

• : file reference to the application of another applicant in lines

; .3 to 8, page B, is for the purpose of further information and as
~ > auoh is not permissible. Wther, it does not appear that the

reference thereto is authorized. ,

• It is suggested that section lines 19-19 and 20-20 be more
•• definitely indicated in Pig. 19, in which the numerals 19 and 20
have the appearance bf being applied to elements of the structure.
"•’Potted lines should replace what have the appearance of lead lines

V in said figures. In lino 18, page 12, -17- should be -1B-. It
i'lis: thought that 84 should be applied in Fig. 1- -The references in
J'. lines 18,19, page-24^ and lines 16, 17, 22, page. 28, to another
;••• application are for. further information and as such are not per-

V missible. JU.1 necessary information must be supplied in this

• ■ application, frhe pockets (line 18, page 26) should be shown.,’

' \ "1 Pipes 146 and 149, are ehowh as above pipes 147 and 148, and ex-.,

• ilanation is requeeted as to how flpnqen.trataa reach pipes 146 and

Ser. Ho. 817,976 - 2.

149. fn lino 26, page 26, "is" should be -are". The reference
to the Clifford application In linee 18, 19, page 27, ie objected
to. i?he apparatus referred to, must be dieoloaed In this applica¬
tion if referenoo thereto be retained. 'y
Claim 1 to 14 inoluaive, are for the assemblage of oepara-^
f tora or the aeries of steps performed thereby , olaaaif iable In ^

J 83-89. • y \JX'

j 0iaini8 is to 17 inoluaive, 24,28,27,30 and 31 are gonerio tof

j the. separators D and E, classifiable in Glass 83-82. - V

J'i claims 18 to 23 Inclusive, 26, 28 and 29 are speoifio to ^

' V^separator E or the prooeos thereof, olaaaiflable in 83-82. ^

■ ■■■ ■ Claims 32 <to 47 are for the separator H,I, olaaaiflable ln^'

83-82. , i fa

• Claims -48 to S3 are for a feeder.. £££-30- olaaaiflable .1^.83-^/^

Feed Regulators.

Claims 84 to 61 inoluaive, are' for a. screening oombinatlon
(separator J) classifiable in 83-86.

■ QlainiB 62 and 63 are for a

v J

oombinatlon of a ooroening and V
S -12.X It i

j crushing means olaaaiflable in either 83-82 or 83-12. tit may be
noted, however, that these claims appear to be plainly for aggregel-/

V . fK-W

tions) . : y>

Claims 64 to 71 inoluaive, are for the separator K, olasoifisDW

in 83-82.

Only one of the three separators, classifiable in 83-82 may be
claimed in this application; \he feed regulator is an independent
invention claimable by itself in one application and nay not be
joined with the other inventions) 'and the screen combination -is
also an independent invention which should be claimed separately
from the other inventions j,<

Applicant is required to restrict the claims in this applica¬
tion to one of the Inventions indicated in advance of other action

8er. No. 817,976—3.

upon the merits.

It is possible that olaims 1 to 31 inoluBlve, oould he prose¬
cuted in the same application.

Po^. partial view of the prior art see Bilhara, Peb. 16, 1892,
469 ,*037 , 83-69; Morley, Apr. 19, 1664, 42^592; Bhedlook, Apr., 14,
1896, 558,213^,-Allen, June 24, 1904, 762,870; KoKeone, 8ept. 3,
1907, 866*093; langerfeld, Deo. 17, 1907, 873,951; Ubp|#ty, Jan^
14, 1913, 1,060,483, 83-82; Parker etal., Jan. 26, 1892, 467,569,

83-89; Stanley, Deo. 26, 1905, B0B°,4B8, 83-12 D; Collom, Jan. 6,
1874, 146*168; Stutz , Aug. 23^1881, 246°, 046, 83-56 B; Barlow,

Maasioks ,, Aug . 4, 1896, 565,151, 83-56 A, and Durst, Mar. 22, 1910,

952,562, 83-44 B.

The above oitationa are the result of a, merely oursory searoh.

flee ex. parte. Rantsey, .146 0.0. 721.

•njxaminer, Div. 25.

IH THE UNITED STATES PATENT OPPICE

Thomas A, Edison

I METHODS AND MEANS POH
I TREATING- OSES

Pllod Pehruary 11, 1914
Serial No. 817,976

Photolithographic Division 1

HQNORABBE COMMISSIONER OP PATENTS,

SIR:

v-infiiy send ns one print of each of the
sheets of drawings in tho above entitled case containing
| Figures 1, 18 ana 25 respectively -when the same have been
ohanged in aocordanoe with directions given to the Drafts¬
man on even date herewith. Charge the cost thereof to
the so count of Thomas A. Edison, Incorporated.

Re sp oo t fully,

THOMAS A. EDISON
By e&v/jpT' -*****4,

^Eis Attorneys

Orange, Haw Jersey
| Maroh / ^ , 1916

IH THE UNITED STATES PATENT OFFICE

Thomas A. Edison
METHODS AND MEANS FOR

TREATING ORES Drafting Division

Filed February 11, 1914
Serial Mo: 817,976

honorable commissioner of patents,

SIR:

The Offioial Draftsman is hereby author¬
ised and requested to change the drawings in the above
entitled ease as indioated in red ink on the accompanying
prints. These changes are as follows :-

Figure 1: Applying reference characters 106
and 107 to the horizontal pipes adjacent the lower end of
towers I.

Figure 18: Indicating section linos 19—19 and
20—20 more clearly.

Figure 26: Changing 146 to 146'. Showing a
set of pockets 160, 161 and 162 in one of the tanks 132
and the connections of pipes 146', 147 and 148 with these
pockets.

Charge the cost of these changes to the account
of Thomas A. Edison, Incorporated.

Reepeotfully,

THOMAS A, EDISON

A £> — ^

^His Attorneys

Orange, Hew Jersey
Maroh , 1916

3 UNITED STATES PATENT OFFICE

Room Ho. 316.

Thomas A. Edison

METHODS AHD MEAHS FOR TREATING ORES
Filed February 11, 1914
Serial Ho. 817,976

HONORABLE COMMISSIONER OF PATEHTS,

In response to the Office action of Maroh
j 19, 1914, please amend the above entitled case ae follows

^ ^ ^ ' S'

Page 2, linos 21, 22 and 23, oanoel "in a manner
similar to that described in my oopending application
Serial Ho. 699,109, filed May 23, 1912 and entitled Method
and Means for Concentrating Ores." ^

‘'''page 4, linn 27, before "liquid" insert - the - .
"Cancel the first sentence on page 8 and Bubstitue
i therefor the following: -""This Btep of my method may be

I carried out in any suitable manner and by any suitable
apparatus. - • ^

‘/page 12, line 18, oanoel "chute 17" and insert -
I ppput 18 - . ^ ^ ^

^ Page 24, line 18, after "manner" insert - herein-

I before - . Lines 18 and 19, oanoel "in my application
above referred to". ^

/page 26, lines 16 and 17, oanoel "is the same as

I described in my application referred to above, and the"
and insert in plaoe thereof -and gravity separates the ore

constituents into - ■

Line 18, after "tailings" insert

(1)

- ^whioh - . Same line, oanoel "(not Bhown)" and insert
in plaoe thereof - ‘suoh as shown at 160^151 and 162 in
| Figure 23 - . Lines 19 and^O, canoe* "as described in
said application". Linos ^2 and 23, oanoel "in the marnej
set forth in my application referred to" ana insert in
plaoe thereof -yfor further^ operation in anyjlesired man¬
ner - . line '24., oanoel "by^ and insert - through - .

‘'line 26, after

_ a line, change ^"146" to - 146’ - .

P"respeotively" insert -‘'either under tho action of gravity
line 30, change

v„

or by suitable pumps (not shown) - .

'"146" to -yi46» -,y y y

\J page 26, line 26,’ oanoel "is" and insert - are -
l/page 27, oanoel lines 18 and 19 ana insort in
plaoe thereof - ‘employ any suitable skimming apparatus.'

The liquid - . linos 21, "22 and 23, oanoel "and suoh
operation may bo performed by any other suitable apparatus
| than the one referred to ". . ^

J Sage 30, linens, after "deposited" insert - in
pookets 160, 161 and 162 - . line 27, after "off" insert
-“from pookets 160, 161 and 162 - . ’line 28, change "146"
\S

to - 146' - .

Claim 32, line 6, ohange "of" to - or - .
REMARKS

Instructions have been given to the Official
Draftsman to clearly indicate section lines 19—19 and
20—20 in Figure 18 of the drawings, and to show in Figure
26 a set of the pookets (160, 161, and 162) with which the
tanks 132 are provided. Pipe 04 does not show in Figure

X, it being ’behind one of the pipes 106, and it is accord¬
ingly requested that the requirement that the numeral 04
bo applied to this figure be withdrawn.

The specification has been amended to free the
seme from the various objections sot forth in paragraphs
1 and 2 of the Office action, and also to make it clear
how the material is withdrawn from pockets 150, 151 and
162 of tanks 132 through the pipes 146', 147, 148 and 149.

The requirement for division between the several
sets of claims is believed to be unwarranted, and it is
rospootfully requested that the same be withdrawn and an
aotion on the merits be given. It is submitted that
claims 16 to 71 are properly drawn to sub-combinations of
the principal combination, as described, for example, in
claims 7 and 10, that none of the claims is directed to a
construction or method inconsistent with the construction
or method described in the principal or general combination
olaims 1 to 14 inclusive, and that all the claims are ao-
oordingly properly included in this application. In order
to obtain the most economical and profitable working of the
ore material, it 1b necessary to employ all parts or all
steps of the apparatus or method disclosed horein, all of

I which parts or stops oo-oporate to aooompllsh a Bingle and
improved result. Examiner is, of course, aware of the

fact that general combination olaims and olaims for eaoh
of the elements and sub-combinations of the general com¬
bination may he properly joined in a single application.

In this connection, the Examiner's attention is directed
to page 143, Yol. 2, of Robinson on Patents, Section 628,
and also to the decision in the oase of Rational Malleable

(3)

Casting Company va, Anerioan Stael Foundries , 182 feel.
620, 639, In whloh the Court says

"An inventor of a new and useful combination is
not confined to his oombination olaimB unless all of the
elements aro oldj hut if any of the elements are new ana
useful ana show invention they may he claimed and patented
either in a separate patent or by separate and distinct
olaimB in 'the patent covering "the oombination, even though
such parts are without utility save Tn oombination with the
other parts of the device."

Attention is farther directed to the decision
in the case of Sill vb. WellB, 28 Wall 1, in which it
is stated that "a combination oompoBed of oub-oombinations

* * * * oontains throe forme of patentable matter,

* * * the prinoipal combination, the sub-oombinations,

and the elements entering into each sub-oombinatlon; and
all of these aro within the soope of the patent for the
prinoipal oombination. "

It is not clear on that grounds the Examiner
considers claims 62 and 63 to bo drawn to aggregations,
and if the Examiner persists in this view, he is respect¬
fully requested to state his reasons therefor. It is
thought that these claims oover truo combinations and that
they very clearly set forth the co-operation and relative
arrangement of the soreens, settling tanks, settling'
chamber and crushing means. Thereby material from the
crushing means may be effectively separated and oolleoted
aooording to size, and whereby snob of the material as is-
too large to pass through the soreens may be reorushed
and then again subjected to the screening operation* all
with an economical use of water.

(4)

I'or the above raasonn, further and favorable

consideration of thin application i8 requested.

Heopootfully submitted,
THOMAS A. EDISON

Orange, New Jersey
Maroh /£ , 1915

WH-JS

v...£5... Room — -316

FFD/TFM

. DEPARTMENT OF THE INTERIOR

UNITED STATES PATENT OFFICE

Prtl non ...Qf.fljQfl„aiXlg.«.r--

_ -

Please find below a communication, from the EXAM HER in charge of the application of

-TVinmnn A. TMlBOR^fiBr.i— .KO.n.— CA-lCA-lf-fifet— 3^-t-- -1-93A|~ T.S.T.... .

Commissioner of Patents, (f

Responding to amendnient filed March 17, 1915:

The requirement of division is repented and made final.

Whore an applicant preaente an assemblage of devices each of
which has apauired_the status of an independent subject matter.o.f. —
invention he 1s not entitled to claim them all in a single appli¬
cation, but ie entitled to proseaute only one of them in such
application. In some caacs claims for one of such devices and
olaims including combinations of such and the other devices may be
considered where the combinations themselves have not acquired the
status of independent subject matters of invention; such distinct
status appears to exist in this oase.

The question presented by this application is very similar
to that whioh was deoided in ex parte Ramsey, cited in the first
Office letter.

Examiner, Div. 25.

IH THE TOUTED STATES PATENT OFFICE

Thomas A. EdiBon

METHODS AND MEANS FOR T HEATING

OHES Hoorn Ho. 315.

Piled February 11, 1914
Serial Ho. 817,976

HONORABLE COMMISSI ONER OP PATENTS,

SIR:

In response to the Office aotion of April
8, 1916, please amend the above entitled ease as follows

Cancel olaims 38 to 70 inclusive.

Renumber claim 71 as 38.

REMARKS

In view of the first paragraph on page 3 of the
Office action of March 19. 1914 .claims 1 to 31 inclusive
have been retained in this application.

The requirement for division haB been complied
jj with for the most part by canceling original olaims 38 to
| VO inclusive. The right is reserved to file a divisional

| application or divisional applications on the subject mat-

I1 ter of these olaims.

| Original claims 38 to 37 inclusive and 71 have,

I however, also been retained in the application. It is
jj earnestly submitted that the methods or steps recited in

jj these olaims are in the nature of sub-combinations of the

j methods described in claims 1 to 8, 16. 17. 80, 81 and 83,

and that no proper lino of division oould ho drawn between
thoee two oeta of method claims. If olaime 32 to 37 and
ordinal claim 71 are allowable, at all. it would seem that
they are allowable in the same ease with claims 1 to. 8. 16.

17. 20. 21 and 23. In this connection, attention is direct-
ed’to claim 7 in considering claims 32 to 37 inclusive, and
to claims 4 and 7 in considering original claim 71. Claims
32 to 37 merely recite more specifically certain of 'the
ateps included in claim 7. and claim 38. original claim 71,
is clearly in the nature of a sub -combination of claims 4
and 7. while method claims 32 to 37 correspond in a way
to original claims 30 to 47, and original olaim 71 corres¬
ponds in a way to original claims 64 to 68, it is submitted
(feat the reason for requiring apparatus claims 38 to 47 and
64 to 68 to be divided from other groups of apparatus olainm
does not apply with the same forco when considering the
corresponding method claims (32 to 37 and 71) in connection
*ith the remaining method claims in the application, as the
methods set forth in claims 32 to 57 and 71 may obviously
I he carried out by other forms of apparatus than those shown
| in the drawings and specifically described in original
j olaims 38 to 47 and 64 to 68.

| In view of the proposed cancellation of original

|| claims 38 to 70 inclusive and the foregoing remarks, it is
respectfully requested that the final requirement for div-
ision be waived as to claims 1 to 38. which it is proposed ;o

I re tain in this application, and that this amendment he
entered.

Respectfully submitted,

■ THOMAS A. EDISOH
By

Orange , II. J.

March 17th, 1916

YIH-JS

TFH

DEPARTMENT OF THE INTERIOR
UNITED STATES PATENT OFFICE

WASHINGTON Mar f 26.. 1916. ....

Dyer and Itolden,,... . .. _ _

Edison Office Building,

j please find below a communication from the EXAMINER in oharco of the application

Thomas A. Edleonr Ser. Ho » 817,976. -filed Feb. ll), lS14>, for
Method and IfeanB for Treating Ores. . .

OommiMioner of Patents. Q

J$y

Responding to the amendment filed Mar. 18, 1916 1

Applloant is required to complete compliance with the
final requirement of division. This requirement must he complied -,
with before the expiry of the year allowed, on April 8,1916.

The matter has been referred to the law examiner in ac-
cortonce with' amended Rule 42, who has reported back to thiB ex¬
aminer substantially as follows :

"Claims 32--37 are devoted to the method, practloed by
tee apparatus seen in Fig. 17, claims to the apparatus having
been separated. The art of separation in vertical columns of
flowing water haB had^an extensive development as shown by Bil-
iiars, Feb. 16, 1882, 459,037, "83—69; Bailey, Oct. 10, 1906,
BOl^BOOT-Eerrill. Deo. 82, 1908, 907|sSTF"Janney, July 20,

455, Hitchcock, Sept. 21, 1909, 93^441; Hitchcock, Sept. 81,

1909, 934<|«llr^iggin et al., Apr. 16, 1913, 1,058,828, and many
others in class 83, sub-olaos 82, (arbitrary sub-class 8230, )«d
the '.absence of an official separation cannot be regarded as pa¬
trolling since the present official classification of this art
is an ancient one long slnoe passed by the art Itself.

The . process claims 38—37 are obviously of : general ap¬
plication apart from the system of- whloh It is«one of the elements.

817,976— B

and the process claims should be divided out as hao been done
with the corresponding apparatus olalms in view of the atate of
the present art. In certain of the claims 1—51 the process and '
apparatus of fig. 17 is included as an element of the organiza¬
tion or system olalmed but this does not affect the fact upon
which the requirement is based that the process of claims 52—37
is one of broader utility and more general application than in
this system and has a distinct status of its own. /

Claim 58 is also required to be separated and this is
approved. TThile the process of claim 38 is inoluded as an element
of the system, the apparatus and prooeBB Bhould be divided for
the same reasons as claims 32—37. Claim 38 ought not to be sep¬
arated from olaims such as original oleins 64, 68, etc. divided
out of the case."

April 8, 1916 ana March 25, 1916, applicant, in acoordanoe
with the provisions of amended Buie 42, elects to proBeoute
claims 1 to 31 inclusive and to retain the remaining claims
in the case with the privilege of appealing from the re¬
quirement of division after final action by the Examiner
on the olaims hereby oleoted for prosecution.

An aotion on the merits of olaims 1 to 31 inclus¬
ive is requested.

Very respectfully,

’ THOMAS A. EDI SOU

Orange, H. J..

■£? 1916.

TO- JS

. -J2J1 — Room 315-

W.ThTng,!'.°n*D°Ov‘1"'h' FFD/rSW

DEPARTMENT OF THE INTERIOR
UNITED STATES PATENT OFFICE

...Edison.. Of flea. Bids........

Kiocaxs— jU~Bdiao«,— So-*—-Sfo»»8X3-r97flT- f-il-ed— Pel;-.— ll-,~ 1.914.,—. for . —

Responding to amendment filed Kuroh 30, 1916:

Claim 1 is rejected In view of Tarne, May 23, 1888, 2^332,
83-59, or Hanaon, Hov. 85, 1884, 30^41o7 83-82. separate treat-,
ment of the: soreenod produots 1b neoeooa.xily implied; euoh being -
Ordinary practice where hydrauii’oaiiy graded products' afe screen¬
ed - see for example Lockhart, Hot. 28, 1893, SO^/sie , '83-84, and
iteniB 24,25 and 26 in the scheme ao outlined oh page~9l2, Ore
Crossing, Richards, 1903, a copy of which 1b in Room 315, this

Claim 2 is rejected in view of the same references^ as is
also claim 3. Hote the introduction of the soreen Bisea of
Loakhort into hydraulic olaasifiero^.

There does not appear to ho any patentable relation between
the apeolflo Initial grading and the specific concentration of
claim 4, and in the aboenoe of evidence of suoh relation, said
claim 4 1b rejected.

Claim 5 is rejected as lacking invention over Lockhart oited
./.Custer* Mar. 9, 1915, 1,13^476, 83-56, and the CharldtorTsepara-
tor described on page 486, Ore Uresaing, supra. Ko invention ,'v"
would bo involved In subetltuting the specific joipgeiiihg .step of
Ouster, and the wt«mt.ertnf step of the Charlston detlfsfin

Ber. Ho* 017,976 — 2.

tookhart*

Claim 0 expresses merely. the uninventive and unpatentable
application of the ovoraiae re-orushing and return to the separat¬
ing system to a apeoifio separating proaees. This rcoruehing of , ^
overslso la an ordiimry<ate£r_aee,for example, Britieh specifica¬
tion of Stanley, 2D,»30^fl906 (2 shoots drawing) 83-59. The
claim is rojooted in view of aald Etanley And Lookhart.

Claim 7 is rojectcd in view of the references for claim 1 and
the Oharleton dovloa referred to above.

Claim 6 is rejooted ao not sxpressing anything patentable over
Lookhart of whioh note the skimmer.

It is not apparent that the surfaoe skimming has any patent-
able relation to the subsequent separation, especially as the
latter Is no differont from what it would be if the float *o P«- '

; mit tod to flow away with the' lighter n^terial held’ Vuspendod ih \ , . !
the liquid .Jlowever, seo Langorfeld of record and Warne, Hov. 28, ;

1882, 268^325, 03-01, eaoh of which showe skimming of noatlng ma¬
terial.

Claims 9 to 14 inolusivs sre rejooted for want of patentable
combination b.twoen the speoifio separators therein recited, in the
absence of evidence of patontabi. ooaotion. Th. particular means ■
for dewatering on# grads (the suspended material of the initial
separator) has nothing to do with 'the operation of the specific
separators for the other grades from the initial separator.

Claim 18 is rejeoted in view of Bllhar* of record, or Warns,
288,328, oitad. X« Bilhar. B collects the suspended material, whiU
in Warns it is oolleoted by the Cevioes of Blgo. » *nd 4‘

Qlsim 16 is rejeoted In view of Meinioks, Bov. 8, 1892, 4*8.

962, 88-88. :

1. .f *tni«*.

fler. No. #17,076 - 3.

in the art, even whore the suspended material haa no value, and an
almost universal praotioe where they have value. There certainly
would he no invention involved in separating out the suspended
soli da of Ve ini oho.

Claim 22 io rejected as anticipated in iangerfeld of rooord.

Claim 23 is rejected in view of Warno, 268,236, or Jjangerfeld.

Claims 24 and 26 aro rejected as lacking invention in vies of
langerfeld and Meinioke or Edison, June 16, 1908, 800,625, 83-54.

Claim 26 is rejeotad in view of Warns, 268,325, cited. This
olaim does not even distinguish over Morley or langerfeld in which
a portion of the liquid will ho removed with the settled solids.

Claim 27 in rojeoted as not distinguishing patentalily over
Kolieone of record.

Claim 28 is rejected us not distinguiahing patentubly over _

Jebo, July 16, 1378, s of whioh Bee the description

of part G.

Claims 30 and 31 are rejected ae not di et 1 r.gui ah i rigpat on tably
over langerfeld of record, or Edison, Jan. 11, 1516, 1,167,638, 83-
82, These olalms should he made more speoifio or definite to dis¬
tinguish oyer linger fold and to express a clearly distinct inven¬
tion over Edison.

Claims 33 to 30, being subject to a final requirement of di-
i Vision, and not being elected, have not been oonoidered on their
merits. , w v_/

?'**■' '

Examiner, Div. 26.

IB THE UNITED STATES PATE HI OFFICE

ThomaB A. Belie on

METHODS ADD MEANS FOR
TREATIN'? ORES

Filed February 11, 1914
Serial Bo. 817,976

HONORABLE COMMISSIONER OF PATENTS ,

SIR:

In response to the Office action of
April 29, 1916, please amend the above entitled case as
follows

Cancel claims 1, 2 and 3.

Claims S and 6, line 9, after "uniform" insert
and substantially horizontal - .

Claim. 7, ’'line 10 and claim 8, line 11, after
"uniform" insert - and substantially horizontal - .

Cancel BTalm 15.

Cleim fe'T’line 2, after "liquid" insert - in a
direction transverse to such flow - . line 6 ,~~a?ter
"liquid" insert - immediately upon its .introduction there
in - . Line 6, canoe l*'fieffeo t" and insert - and trans¬
porting effects - .

Claim 17, flncT 2, after "liquid" insert - in a
direction transverse to such flow - . LintTlfT^after
Illiquid" insert - immediately upon its introduction there
in - . Line 6, canoe4'",reffeot" and insert - and trans¬
porting effects - .

Cancel claims 22 and

Oiaim 24, line 7, before

''substantially" insert -

o*t.naiM I» » P»i»l *«““* tt* pl“s 01
intro action ot tho oro into »«« n~ Jo.nnarJl!, in »««
flow,

ClalJrWline 7, cancel "arranged in the tank
toe low the point" arfl insert - extending from adjacent the
pla0e - . Line^C after "ore", first occurrence, insert
- into 8 aid flow downwardly in said flow - .

Claim 26 , *Xlne 7 , cancel "said flow of liquid"
and insert - the uniformly moving liquid of said flow - .

Claim 27 , 'line 5 and claim 2,87'iine 4, after
"liquid" insert - in an endless path

Claims 30 and 31, line^ after "elongated"
insert - non-communicating - . Some line 13,

after "therein" insert - at a point beyond that where the
denser ore constituents are deposited^- . ^

Renumber claims 4 *to~l£, 16 to 21 and 24 to 36
as 1 to 32 inclusive respectively.

Ada the following claims; -

_ ^^“^TmTS^Tof treaUnVTTwhich consists

in maintaining a flow of liquid in an endless oath, intro¬
ducing ore into such flow of liquid whereby the lighter ore
oonstituents «ill bo washed away from the denser ore co¬
nstituents ,

«;.i « th. .» »4.t~tUlW »

^ -jf' In apparatm Ol tie Cl... ao.crilea , . Ml

proa.cn. • »«»» «!- °£

in said tank, and maaB °r6 ^ ^

-oW oonstituents r”'' fle-

JLn 4» 1 1 fluid

posited in the tank and the lighter ore constituents will
he washed away and held in Buspension hy

Lank oomprlsing^meaM^fo^*B0P^®^^^^^^j^^^^^i<!uia/

O'from said flow of liquid _ -inao - --

U ^^1 j v on It-1 ^ tVn . substantially as

described.

ill the olalmB an now presented are loll.™! to
olo.nl, and pat.ntabl, 4l.tins.leh n» Via refer—.. of
record.

It is believed that the rejection of claim 1,
former ol.l. 4. in Improper. It 1. submitted that th.ro
is . patentable relation between the apeolflo Initial ?™d-
ine and the spoelfle eonoontrntlen reel ted In this ololm,
for this manner of concentrating ln.nros the sep.ratlen of
the ere constituent. l.te portion, of different d.neltle.
„d the deposition of those portion, ef different d.n.ltie.
1, the liquid in the nemo length ef time, there!,, ...time
„ amount of ore to he nnlferml, n«d eentlnnooel, fed into
tt. flew ef 114.14 -Pl°="*4 1» th. Initial Sr.dln5 that
will he thoroughly and prep.rl, treated In th. een.entr.t-
ins etep. An indicated 1. the paragraph la line. 6 to 7.
peso 1 ef the Office action ef !!areh IS. 1*U. «■!= »>•“
eorers . e.rl* or eo.binntlon ef step., nnd it i. sub¬
mitted that, for th. reason, specified, the eo.o.ntratlng
step recited therein hen,. n.Oh n relation to th, initial
grading afp as to confer pntent.hillt, on thi. claim.

Olaim 2, former olaim 6, ae now presented, dis¬
tinguishes from the references cited by specifying the step
of concentrating the ore portions passed through the screens
by reaoeotlvely subjecting the same to the effects of a
plurality of substantially uniform and substantially hori¬
zontal flows of liquid. This insures the separation and
deposition of the ore constituents into separate portions
in accordance with their densities at ooints where they may
be readily and separately collected.

Claims 3, 4 and 8, former claims 6, 7 and 8
respectively, distinguish from the references in a manner
similar to that indicated in connection with claim 2.

It is thought that the rejection of claims 6 to
11 inclusive, fonner claims 9 to 14 inclusive respectively,
for the reasons specified, is unwarranted. It is submitted
that the dewatering means for the suspended material from
the initial separator and the separators for the denser
grades from the initial separator, assembled in the manner
specified, coact to produce a novel system wherein all the
ore constituents of the initial separator are continuously
separated and deposited in a uniform manner, thereby enabling
the entire system to he operated at a definite and regular
rate. It is not neoessary for a proper combination olaim
that eaoh element shall cot on all of the other elements,
it beine sufficient if they ooact to produce a new and use¬
ful result.

Claims 12 and 18, former claims 16 and 17, as
amended, olearly distinguish from lieinicke by specifying

that the ore is introduced into the flow of liquid in a
direction transverse to such flow and the atop of retarding
the flow of gravity of the ore introduced into the flow of
liquid immediately upon its introduction therein.

Claim IB. former claim 24. distinguishes from the
references by specifying that the means for retarding the
descent of the ore in the liquid extends from a point ad¬
jacent the place of introduction of the ore into such flow
downwardly in said flow. Patent Ho. 090.626 to Edison
discloses a device for a purpose altogether different from
that of applicant’s. Moreover, the device disclosed in
this patent does not employ liquid for separating the
material treated therein.

Claim 19, former claim 25, distinguishes from the
references in a manner similar to that indicated in connec¬
tion with claim 18.

Claim 20, former claim 26, as now presented,
clearly distinguishes from the references by specifying
that the tan1* comprises moans for eeparating a portion of
the liquid from the uniformly moving liquid of the flow at
a point beyond the place of introduction of the ore into
said flow.

Claim 21, former claim 27, distinguishes from
KoXeone by specifying means for producing a substantially
uniform flow of liquid In an endless path in one of thg.
tanV portions . and means for introducing ore into the flow
of liquid at a plaoo remote from the other of the tank
portions .

Claim 22, former claim 28, as amended, clearly
distinguishes from Jehh by specifying moans for producing
a substantially uniform flow of liquid in an endless, .path
In one of the tank ■portions.

Claim 24, former claim 30, clearly distinguishes
from Lange rf eld and Edison Mo. 1,167.630 by specifying a
pair of substantially horizontal non-communicating tanks,
and also by specifying that one of the tanks comprises
means for separating liquid having ore constituents sus¬
pended therein from the flow of liquid in such tank at a
point bevond where the denser ore constituents are deposit-
ed therein.

Claim 26, former claim 31, distinguishes from
the references in a manner similar to that indicated in

connection with claim 24. j

Hew claim 33 distinguishes from the references
by specifying the steps of maintaining a flow of liquid j
in an endless path, introducing ore into such flow of
liquid, and separating a relatively small portion of the
liquid from such flow at a place beyond the place of in¬
troduction of the ox*e.

Hew olaim 34 distinguishes from the references
by specifying that the tank comprises means for separating
a portion of the liquid from the flow of liquid at a place
heyond where the denser ore constituents are deposited in
the tank.

In view of the above, further consideration a

allowance are requested.

Respectfully submitted.

THOMAS A. EDI SOM

Orange , M . J .

" April 27, 1917

His Attorneys :

DEPARTMENT OF THE INTERIOR

UNITED STATES PATENT OFFICE

....5y.e.?..A.Hol.4on-» _

_ TMlBon Office Buildings.

Please find leloxu a communication from the EXAMINER in charge of th

■pvfiffHn a. J'idlBon . Ser. II a. 6..

r-g, g. fa tent 0<ric
MAY 9 1917
> WAILED-

large of the application of

and ltoa.nB for Tr eat InalOrea... —

Responding to the amendment filed April iiO, 1017:

Claim 1 is rebooted for want of patentable relation be¬
tween the specific initial and the specific final separating steps.

In Lookhar t ... 50^018, of. record, the ore is introduced into a flow
of water in B in which the lighter will be washed away through the
discharge A* and the remainder is sized in B and the respective
sizes are passed to jig boxes which, as is wall known in the art, ^
Tope rate by water flow which must be proportioned to the parti oular
oreo.J As a sub-combination of steps in said Lockhart, material de¬
livered to G is separated by water flow therein, the lighter passing
out over skimmer k, while the heavier or denser paoo to the screen k

which sub-divide it into sizes, each size pa
separator b in which the flow • in_eaoh se

suit _tho-par- ti cular size of material being treated. It is not at
^.evident that the substitution of specifically different but
equivalent separating steps, which, moreover, are broadly old
(Langerf eld , Jebb, of record), with mere adjustments of dimensions t
suit the respective sizes of material treated establishes a patent-
. ably different process over Lockhart. Said claim 1 is therefore
furthe^rejected as not patentable over Lockhart and the ^ther ref¬
erences noted above.

Sar. Ho. 817 ,976— -2./

Clciiis 2 'is rejected on the sumo grounds. Noto lines 40 to
46, pugs 3, of Loakhart , sug'esting what amounts to settling of the
si7.cs after passing through the screens, and note also Custer and the
Charlot'on reference, in Ore Dressing of reoord.

Claire ^'merely add3 to the prooosa of claim 2 which is
not considered patentable, the step or crushing oversize and return¬
ing it Jto the seijarating system, old in British specification of
Stanley of record, and therefore adding nothing patentable to the
process. Said claim .lie therefore rejected.

Claim 4 iB rejected as not patentable over Lockhart in
view of the settling and removing by elevator (lines 40-46, page 3)
which is a species of dewatering, Custer and V/arne, of record. In
Y/arno the trough C will discharge an unwatered screened produot to
the separator D. ^

Claire 'a is rejected for want of patentable relation be¬
tween the specific initial und the specific final separating steps, ahd
as unpatentable over L o okh^Jt ^n d Lange r f a 1 d of record.

Claims 0 to lflf^usivd are rejected for lack of patent-
able combination between the various specific elements therein. No
cooperation between the towers -a specif io decanting device for ~/
separating water from the solids so the water may be reused - and
the screens and final .separators is apparent.

Claim l2"i’s/ rejecte^-in view of Fi^s. 15^16, of British^ ..,-
specification of Brunton, OlVof 1841, or German patent to^taanz,
134,740, published Oct.. 4, 1902, (Klaooe la; 1 sheet of drawing),

83-59; as la also olaixrip.3.-v

’iciaira 14^s indefinite ao to "separating a relatively
/, small portion of liquid" , and is inaccurate or indefinite as to the
; -whereby" olause since the removal of a part of the liquid has noth-
| ing to do with the enrichment of the bulk of liquid -with slimes.

This -Whereby" clause,' if retained, should be relocated. This claim
14 does not distinguish patentably over Morlfey or Langerfeld of

Ho. 817,976-— 3.

raoord in whioh a portion
the solids , for which rgas

icord, taken withBruntor

iboo of claims 16,16 uni 17 should be I

stai as without invention in view

io 258,332, uni 268,325, of record. The former disoloi
Tutor in which the water may he returned through the aj

.rawing off part of the water wlU
i of the slimes. It does not apoi

slimes and the separation of the slimes. It does not ap; -ar & *

invention would bo involved in the application of suoh draw-off and
_ n,.„, c.n .iv device ouch u3 that of Morley or Langerf eld.

invention would bo involved in the ap. ucation ox u*a,

recovery of 3linr.es to,^' device ouah as that of Morley or Ta
Claim Vt is rejected in view of the same referenc

Claim iO'lo rejected as lacking invention ovor
oes for claim 18, and Edison, 890,625, of raoord, it bein

rating fluid-liquid instead of

means of Sahrans in liquid.

Claim 2(T^oee not distinguish from and is rejected in view
of T.angerfeld or Morley, because the discharges for solids jcemove a
part of the liquid; nor does it express any invention over said ref¬
erences in view of the V/arne patents of record.

y Claim 21 is rejeoted in view of Jebb of record, in which
gate G regulates the eontrol^^fllt^^ K > and

Morley. or Langerfeld- showing the endless circuit. It seems clear
that no invention would be involved in extending E of Jebb to returi

Ser. No. 817,976 - 4.

the wa terjjo— fctw-Xaad .

Claim 22 is rejected on the same ground oinoa G of Jebb,
ao dasoribed, haa controllable openings.

■* ? Clair. 24 is rejected as lacking invention in via.'/ of
Warns, 258,332 of record. In said Warne material separated in C ia
elevated to D which has no liquid communication with C. In view
thereof it does not appear that it would be a mattsr of invention
to provide a separate tank for the second water current separation of
Langerfeld. If there is any combinative relation between the two
specific tanks, which is not apparent, the water removing means of
the sooond tank should bo distinguished from the discharging means
of Langerfeld, which removes water with the discharged solids. The
24th claim is further rejected as lacking patentable combination

between the two epeoifio tar.ko.

Claim 25 is rejected upon the same ground of lack of pat¬
entable combination.

"Claims 33 and 34 are rejected ao not distinguishing over
Langerfeld and Worley in view oX the diacharga of water with the
solids. As to claim 34, obviously liquid is discharged with the
solids beyond the first (densest) grade. Said claims are further re¬
jected as lacking invention in vie;/ of said Langerfeld or Morley,
taken with the Y/arne patents of record.

This application has been pending over three years, -nd
response to thia action should be prompt. Tho next action by the
Office probably will be/final rejection unless the present grounds of
rejection axe avoided.

FJ^

Examiner, Div. 25,

IN THE UNITED STATES PATENT OFFICE
.. Edison

METHODS AND MEANS FOR TREATING ORES

Room No*

Filed February 11, 1914
Serial No. 817,976

HONORABLE COMMISSIONER OF PATENTS,

SIR:

In response to the Offioe action of
May 9, 1917, please amend the above entitled case as follows

Paige 7, lines >3, 4 ani 5, cancel "in a manner simi
lar to that described in my copending application referred toj
above".

Claim 1, cancel lin<hfi7~3 and 4 and insert -
separating the lighter ore constituents from the denser ore
constituents, - . Line HST-after "such" insert - sized - .
Line 'J’T'before "flows" insert - substantially horizontal - .
Cancel claims 2, 3, 4 and 5.

Claim 6 r iine~ 7 , before "means" insert - and - .
Lines 11 to 16, cancel "a screening device * * * *

of the screening device,".

Claim 7^""line 7, before "means" insert - and - .
Line 11, after "tower" insert - adjacent the lower end there
of - . Lines ±TTb 19, canoel "a screening device * *

* * * * said tankB,".

Claim 8, 2Sne~6, before "means" insert - and - .
Lines 11 to 16, cancel "a screening device * * *

Baid screens".

Claims, lines 11 to 16, cancel "a screening de-
* * * * * said screens,".

vioe

Claim 10, line i, before
Lines 16 to 21, ean<hrtr"¥~ioroening device *****

Bald screens,". >

Claim 11, line .6, before "means" insert - and - .
Line^TI9~to 24, cancel "a screening device
said screens,".

Rewrite claims 12 and 13 as follows

IT'S. The method of treating ore, which consists in
introducing ore into a flow of liquid in a direction trans¬
verse to such flow, whereby the lighter ore constituents will
be washed away and held in suspension by the liquid, and
guiding the ore across the flow of liquid in a zigzag path,
whereby the effect of gravity on the ore will be retarded and
the length of time the ore will be subjected to the washing
and transporting effects of the flow of liquid will be in¬
creased, substantially as described.

Og. The method of treating ore, which consists in

I introducing ore into a flow of liquid in a direction trans¬
verse to such flow, whereby the lighter ore constituents will
be washed away and held in suspension by the liquid, guiding
the ore across the flow of liquid in a zigzag path, and sep¬
arating the suspended ore constituents from the liquid, sub¬
stantially a3 described. - _ _ _ _

Claim’ Ll47"line 4, after "whereby" insert - the
denser ore constituents will be deposited in the flow and - .
Cancel lines^r^lO inclusive and substitute - constant,
and continuously withdrawing directly from Buoh flow a

I relatively small but definite ana predetermined proportion
thereof at a place hoyond where the denser ore constituents
are deposited, suhotantlally as described. - .

Claim aftor "whereby" insert - the

denser ore constituents will be deposited in the flow and -
Cancel lines 10 to 14 inoluslve and substitute -./liquid
substantially constant, and continuously withdrawing diroct-
ly from such flow a relatively small but definite and pre-
I determined proportion thereof at a place beyond whore the
denser ore constituents are deposited, substantially as

| described. - ♦ _ _ _ _ _ _ _

:! Claim 16, line 4, after "whereby" insert - the

aenBor ore constituents will be deposited in the flow and - .
j Cancel lines 7, 0 and 9 and substitute -) constant, eontin-
uously withdrawing directly from such flow a relatively
|l small but definite and predetermined proportion thereof at

I a plaoe beyond where the denser ore constituents are de-
posited, -y Line 10 ‘'cancel "rich in slimes".

Claim 17, *line 4, after "whereby" insert - the
denser ore constituents will be deposited in the flow and - .
Lines loHo 13, cancel "separating a relatively small por¬
tion of the liquid from such flow at a place beyond the
place of introduction of the ore, whereby the flow of liquid
will become rich in slimes" and insert - continuously with¬
drawing directly from suoh flow a relatively Bmall but def¬
inite and predetermined proportion thereof at a plaoe be¬
yond where the denser ore constituents are deposited - .
Cancel claims t§" and^IS.

Rewrite claim 20~as follows: -

In apparatus of the class described! , a tank,

f.x pricing « “lf0CT n” °£ 11<IUla

„ said tend. £»x Introducing ox. into such flow of

u,uld. whereby the denser ore constituent, will he deposit¬
ed in hh. flow end the lighter ore conetltu.nt, .111 he
washed away end held 1» TOep.«.lo« by the liouid, e.ld tend
oo.prl.lhg -eon. for oontlnuoualy » oo.p.r.tlv.lri

, ...11 h«t definite end predetermined portion of the llq.ld

directly fro. the -U body of nnlfoaly «o«»6 1H«« »f
..id flow .« . Pl.ee beyond where the denser ore oonstltn-
ent. ere deposited, end ..... for oolle.tlng end re.oring
,e ore oon.tltu.nt. deposited In the tank, substantially
b described. - _ _ _ _

Claim 2lV-Ttno-4, change "producing" to - pro¬
ducing - . Cancel, ttns-S^the amendment thereto and
substitute - uniform flow of liquid in an endless path
wholly within one of said tank portions, and - .

Claim 22, cuteoelTIine 4 and the amendment thereto
and substitute - a substantially uniform flow of liquid in
„ endless path wholly within one of said tank - .

Cancel clfilm~24.

01.1. 26. line 1 , truncal "pair of. bine 2.

cancel "nblPoo-unlo.tins" . S»o llndT^e "tends" to

. t<ml! . . Line 3. oeMT"...!. of". line hphange
"tend." tiT- tend - ; cancel "teh of, «*

fiow . . Line Sj^Scel "each" and insert - said -

!!„ 8, change >fEb." t. - tend - . LU« *

for feeding deposited or. oon.tltuent. end U.«<.
wlfh or. oon.tlt.ent. suspended therein, fro^on^of «•!»
tanka Into the other of osld tends". lines U
cancel "last".

Claim 33. line 6. 'after "and" insert - continuous!
Line 6. afte^'llquid" insert - directly - . Same
! line, after "flovA'iS^rt - substantially throughout the
j depth thereof and - .

Claim 34. tine-4, cancel "the denser" and insert -
I some of the - . line fr^e* "liquid" insert - containing
j only suspended ore constituents - . Lines fTancr^cancel
„ "at a place beyond where said denser ore constituents are
deposited in the tank" and insert - substantially throughout
|| its depth - .

Renumber claims 6 to 11 inclusive as 2 to 7 Indus.
__ respectively; claims 14 to 17 inclusive as 10 to 13
I inclusive respectively; claims 21. 22 and 23 as 15, 16 and
17 respectively; and claims 25 to 34 inclusive as 18 to 27
| inclusive respectively.

R £ M A R h 3

It is believed that the present amendment fully

I avoids the grounds of rejection set forth in the last Office
action, and that the olaims remaining in the application
which were considered in such action clearly and patentably
distinguish from the references as now presented.

Claim 1 as amended does not sot forth any specific
initial separating step and accordingly the rejection thereof
j for want of patentable relation between the initial and final
separating steps should be waived. This claim, it is sub¬
mitted, also patentably distinguishes, from Lockhart, langer-
feld and Jebb of record. Langerfeld and Jebb merely dis¬
close the idea of separating ore or other material in accord-

anoe with density hy means of a single flow of water. Look"
hart absolutely fails to disclose the idea of separating a
plurality of sized portions of ore material according to
their densities by respectively introducing suoh portions
into a plurality of substantially horizontal flows of liquid,
Even though the water flow in the jig boxes employed by Lock¬
hart to treat the ore sized in B must bo proportioned to the
particular sized oros, there is no suggestion whatever in
this patent that the water flows in the various jig boxes
are so proportioned that the respective sizes of ore intro¬
duced into the jig boxes at the same time will be treated
and separated in accordance with their densities in substan¬
tially equal intervals of time. These statements also hold
true with reference to the flows of water in the separators
b for the ore material sized by the screen K. The Examiner
has failed to cite any reference disclosing the idea of em¬
ploying a plurality of substantially horizontal flows of
liquid for respectively separating a plurality of sized ore
portions, the depths and rates of which flows vary directly
in proportion to the sizes of the oro portions introduced
therein so that such portions will be separated and deposited
according to their densities in substantially equal intervals

Iof time. The advantages of this are obvious, namely, the
separation of the various sized ore materials in accordance
with their densities in a uniform manner, and the continuous
treatment of ore material at the greatest possible rate
without interruption.

Claims 2 to 7, former claims 6 to 11 inclusive,
have been amended to eliminate therefrom the screening de-

vice and the final separator or concentrator, thus avoiding
the ground of rejection set forth in the last Office action.

Claims 8 and 9, former claims 12 and 13, as re¬
written clearly distinguish from British patent 9136 of 1841
and German patent 134,740 by specifying the stop of guiding
the ore across the flow of liquid in a zigsag path. By
feeding the ore in this manner across the flow of liquid,
the ore, in addition to being retarded in its descent in the
liquid, will also be turned over and over and accordingly
will be subjected to a much more thorough washing than if
it were merely fed down an incline.

Claims 10 to 13, former claims 14 to 17, have been
amended to overcome the objection thereto as inaccurate or
indefinite. It is submitted thct each of these claims as
amended also patentably distinguishes from the references by
specifying the step of continuously withdrawing directly from
a substantially uniform flow of liquid in an endless path a
relatively small but definite and predetermined proportion
thereof at a place beyond where the denser ore constituents
are deposited. In Uorley and Langerfeld there iB no con¬
tinuous withdrawing of a portion of the liquid from the end¬
less flow by which the material is separated. Moreover, in
both of these references any liquid removed is removed with
; the solids deposited in the pocfcetB at the bottom of the flow
i and not at a point beyond where the ore materials are deposit
! ed. 'fhe patents to Warne fail to disclose a uniform flow
of liquid in an endlesB path. Moreover, neither of the pat¬
ents to Warne discloses the idea of withdrawing the water
I containing material in suspension directly from the main flow

the water with the suspended material therein being with¬
drawn from substantially stationary bodies of water in the
pockets E. It is not at all apparent how the draw-off
disclosed by Warne oould be combined with a device such as
that of Morley or Langerfold to obtain a device capable of
being employed in accordance with the method rooited in
these claims, without the exercise of invention.

Claim 14, former claim 20, distinguishes from
langerfeld, Korley and Warne of roeord' for reasons similar
to those stated in connection with claims 10 to 13. This
claim further distinguishes from these references by speci¬
fying means for collecting and removing ore constituents
deposited in the tank and, in addition, means for separating
a portion of the liquid from the flow of liquid.

The rejection of claims 15 and 16, former claims
21 and 22 on Jobb, Uorley and Langerfeld is not understood.
However, these claims have been amended in an attempt to
still further distinguish from these references. Each of
those claims brings cut that the tank is divided into two
portions and specifies means for producing a substantially
uniform flow of liquid in an endless path wholly within one
of such tank portions. Even if the part E of Jobb's appar¬
atus were extended so as to return thb water to the reserve! •
C, these two claims would not be met, for in this case the
endless flow of liquid would he partly in the section B and
partly in the Section E, that is, on each side of the gate
G which controls communication between the sections B and E.
In applicant's apparatus, on the other hand, the endlosB fLo »
of liquid is wholly within one section of the tank and to

one aide of the means for dividing the tank into two section^
and adjustably controlling communication between such sec¬
tions. In applicant's device, the means for controlling
communication between the two tank portions serves as a
means for withdrawing a portion of the liquid from the end¬
less flow in one tank, whereas in Jebb's apparatus the entire
flow of liquid passes from the section B to the section E

I through the gate G.

Claim 17, former claim 23, stands allowed.

Claim 18. former claim 25, as amended is limited

Ito a single tank and accordingly, the rejection thereof upon
the ground of lack of patentable combination should be
waived.

Claim 26, former claim 33, as now presented clear¬
ly distinguishes from L anger f eld, Morley and the Warne pat-

Ients of record by specifying the step of continuously separ¬
ating a relatively small portion of the liquid directly from
the flow of liquid substantially throughout the depth there-
| of. As stated above, none of these references discloses the
j| idea of continuously separating a portion of the liquid
ii directly from the flow of liquid. Moreover, none of the

I references discloses the step of continuously separating
liquid from the flow and substantially throughout the depth j
of the flow.

Claim 27, formor claim 34, distinguishes from the
references in a manner similar to that indicated in connec¬
tion with claim 26. This claim further distinguishes from
Langerfeld, and Morley by specifying means for separating
II a portion yf the liquid containing only suspended ore con-

atltuents from the flow of liquid.

In view of the above, further consideration m
allowance of claims 1 to 16, 18, 26 and 27 is requested
Respectfully submitted ,

THOMAS A. EDISOH

His Attorneys

Orange, H. J.

May 6, 1910

WH-JS

Dir. .25.— Boom —313

"Th. Comm'u£n.rofM,«fc, jrpp/? $}.]

DEPARTMENT- OF. /THE INTERIOR

UNITED STATES ; PATENTS pjfjjlpE

WASHINGTON Q^A _

pUase find lelow a communication from, the EXAMINER in charge of the application of
. Sex.».JIo —iS12 , 9.7 aT_£ilad..Zab.^.-
Hnd Maang fnr Traat-lnB-Oxfl-a..-

Commiiiimcr o/PatmU.

Responding to the amendment f lied May 7 , 191B:

Olaim 1 involves substantially no more than the suboti- <
tution for the final hydraulio separating step of Lookhart, of
record, a separating step which is the equivalent thereof and old')
in Jebb or Langerfeld of record and, like Lockhart, involves the
settling of solids in liquid flows according to the densities of
the particles. Proportioning of the forces employed to the partiod- „
iar grades being treated is an obvious expedient of the art: and it
la to be noted that the apparatus which necessarily carries out the
particular hydraulio (last) step of this claim is patented to appliV
oant in patent 1,167,638, of record.

Claims 2 to 7 inclusive, are rejected ao not patentable
over Bilharz , of record, showing hydraulio classifying elements fol¬
lowed by settling means B for the matter in suspension from the for¬
mer, the mere substitution in this old combination of elements per¬
forming equivalent functions not patentably altering the combination
oven though these substituted elements may be novel £«. so .

It does not appear that the application of retarding *af->.
flos such as 7 of Bdison, 890,628, of record, in a device which
differs from JSdiBon, 890,625, in the particular fluid employed,

Ser. No. 817 ,976-- -2.

involveo Invention when the funotlon of the baffles le analogous
whether the fluid be liquid or gaseoUB, eBpeoially no it is old,
ao shown in 8ohranz of reaord, to employ retarding devioes whioh
detain the material in a liquid flow. Claims 8 and 9 are there¬
fore rejected in view of aaid Edison and Sohranz.

Claim 18 ia rejeotad in view of langarfeld, of which see
D4, Jig. 18, this claim not distinguishing from a device having
means taking the whole of the liquid flow from the primary chamber.

Claims 19 to 25 inolusive are subjeot to a final require}
ment of division.

The olaims not speoified above may be allowed aB at pres¬
ent advised.

This motion is final.

w ) o

Aotting Examiner , Div. 25.

STATE! SUT OF IBVKHT"H

Invention

Conceived on r^/- tf/3 _ .Made slcotehos orQMvud' Jfr!3

DiBolooed to (I - - Date (5^/r ( 'f /.3 —

" " £?4^V_. - - " - -

Made drawing JW $±1 _ ^I^iniolied on^ JU^

Model or complete wording dovico started / f, /JL -

Finished on. -au, mi _

Is the invontion in use? 'OUr' _

General Description of
Invention.

Dote:

This statement, together with Bhetoh, to ho put in the
application file.

personal

/?/*/! J?'-> lk/

- Zoi-V -

'Xsfc. , ^~- ^ -A-^^A

19,

1914.

Mr. William A. Hardy,

C/o Thomas A. Sdlson, Inc.,

West Orange, N. J.

Dear Sir:-

Below are the filing dates and serial numbers of
Mr. Henry B. Clifford’s three applications for patents:

Ore Separators and Sizing Feeders, filed Deo. 23, 1913,
Serial No. 808,493;

fc^Slime or Tailing Separators, filed Dec. 16, 1913, Serial
No. 807,014;

Ore Tables, filed Deo. 16, 1913, Serial No. 807,015.

Yours very truly.

I » eendins you herewith our copies of the P»P"» . -|

iu an application (Polio 904) q.v.rlnd ■» i»«»«“ J°"M . |

relating to th. treatnen. •* «— »"*• Mth 'e,I'0t * !

which invention ani «». a prion *■"«>**« <* ^ “',re<1 |

into a lioenBe agreacent with th. late Hour, J. j

so.. tin. a*. , Itr. Clifford ...isn.d hi. ri ghte under the j

' license agreement to the Silver Pirn. Reduction Oonpsny o
Colorado.

me question no. arl.e. .. to uhether or not you
wish the proeecution of the application continued. aopll-

cation is under final rejection, and in order to properly j

cute th. some it nil! 'he ».oe»«P “ *l0h ““

cost 510.00. and to maps' an «rs».»t thereon, which mil cs . |

possihly 526.00. In this cocneotion it 1. to he noted tha ■ ,

there is nothing i» above mentioned lioenee agreement which j

render, it obligatory tor yon to obtain a patent on th. mven- !

Kindly advise what yon wish done in this natter.

vffi-JS Ji j

V (Wr u

March 13, 1916

Mr. Edison:-

This memorandum is supplementary to the attached memor¬
andum of March 11, 1916. The final rejection in the application
referred to in the attached memorandum is based on a requirement
for division between five sets of claims, which, if complied with,
will necessitate the obtaining of five distinct patents to fully
oover all features of the invention. Until the matter of this
requirement for division is disposed of, the patent Office refuses
to make afiy action with respect to the patentability of the claims.
While the requirement for division appears to toe justifiable as
between certain groups of claims covering different parts of the
apparatus, it is thought that this requirement is improper as to
the method claims contained in the application. Accordingly, if
you decide to have the prosecution of the application continued,

Mr. Holden thinks it would be advisable to appeal from the re¬
quirement for division insofar as it involves the method claims,
especially as it would seem that better protection of the invention
will be afforded by the method claims than by, the apparatus claims
which, in view of the prior art, would necessarily be more or less
restricted to the specific form of apparatus shown in the drawings..

WH-JS

Mr. Edison:-

FOIiIO 964

The accompanying application (Polio 964) covering a
method and means for treating low grade ores is due for amendment
on April 29, 1917. About a year ago you stated that you did not

wish the prosecution of this application continued unless you were
reimbursed for the expense incurred in connection therewith.

In view of the proposed agreement with Mr. Ballantine
and his associates, however, it would seem advisable to amend
this application in order to prevent the same being held aban¬
doned at this time. Will you kindly approve this course.

The agreement referred to above, and which was approved
by you was mailed on April 6, 1917 to Stanton Clarke of Detroit,
the attorney representing Mr. Ballantine and his associates.

We have heard nothing from Ur. Clarke since mailing the agreement
to him.

Folio# 960

Patent Series
Patent Application Files

Storage Batteries

Serial#: 815946

Primary Applicant: Hutchison, Miller Reese

Date Executed: 1/31/1914

[PHOTOCOPY]

Written lightly in pencil on the original envelope:

"Don't use - no chance for broad claims - see patent
[unreadable].

Hutch recommends dropping this case. Dec. 21, 1914."

"Abandoned per instructions of T.A.E. on Dec. 29, '14.
See notation on back of print of drawing. W.A.H."

12/13/93

KDB

^Petition.

fflo the (ttommiaatoner of ilatpnta :

^nur }Jrtitianrr mtt.t.er reese HUTCHISOH

a ritizrn of tljr Initrb &tatpa, rraibing nob flatting a foot ©ffirr abbreaa at
Llewellyn Park, Weat Orange, EaBex Oounty, Hew Jeraey

praga tl;at Irttrra patent mag bp grantpb to fflm for tljr iuqjrottpmpnta in

STORAGE BATTERIES

apt fortlj t« tiff annpxrb agprifiration; anb 1?p hereby aggointa Bger & Ijolben.
(Kegiatration No. 3244), a firm rcmpoaeb of Iffrank ®. Sgrr anb IpIob
ijolben, mljoBP abbrpaa ia Ebiann ©ffirr Snilbing, ©range, Nrm 3rraeg. fjia
attompga mitff full goturr of aubatitution anb rrooration, to groarrutp tlfia
aggtiratton, to mahp alterationa anb ampnbmpnta therein, to rarrittp tip gatpnt,
anb to tranaart all buainraB in % Patent ©ffirr ronnrrteb therewith.

SPECIFICATION

TO AM. WHOM IT MAY CONCERN: -

BE IT KNOWN, that I, MILLER REESE HUTCHISON, a
| citizen of the Unitea States and a resident of Llewellyn
I Park, West Orange, Essex County, New Jersey, have invented
oertain new and useful improvements in STORAGE BATTERIES,
of whioh the following is a speoifioation: -

My invention relates to storage batteries of the

I type in whioh a plurality of pockets containing active
material are seoured to a oonduoting plate or grid, and
is an improvement on the inventions disclosed in Letters
Patent Nos. 896,812 and 976,792, granted August 25, 1908
and November 22, 1910 respectively to ThomaB A. Edison.

In these patents is shown a plate or grid having parallel
flanges provided with integral tongues situated in verti¬
cal alinement with each other, which tongues are bent
over the flattened ends of the tubular pockets containing
the aotive material, the tubular pookets thus being se¬
oured side by side to the grid. The grid is formed of
thin sheet metal, suoh as niokel plated steel, and the
pookets are formed of thin perforated resilient metal
of high tensile strength, suoh. as niokel plated steel,
the metal strip of whioh the tubes are formed being wound
spirally, a spiral joint thus being formed about eaoh
[tube. The tubes are filled with aotive material whioh
3 been tamped therein under, high pressure.

In the construction shown in these patents, the
[[elongated, tubular pookets are liable to bend or buokle,

(1) ,

sinoe they are secured only at their ends, and the liabil¬
ity to bending or buokling is inoreaeed when the tubes are
of very small diameter. This bending or buokling of the
tubular pookets may cause the short -circuiting of plates
of opposite polarity in the battery.

i'he objeot of my invention iB to provide against
this oontingenoy, and for this purpose X provide means for
preventing suoh bending or buokling and for retaining the
pookets in alinement. My invention oonsists also in the
combinations of parts and details of construction herein¬
after aesoribed more fully and olaimed.

In the further description of my invention, refer'
enoe is had to the drawings aooompanylng and forming a part
of this speoifioation, and in whioh -

Figure 1 is a vertioal side elevation of a stor¬
age battery element embodying my invention;

Figure 2 is a view similar to Figure 1 showing a
slight modification;

Figure 3 is a horizontal seotion on the line 3-3
of Figure 1; i ;

Figure 4 is a horizontal seotion through a
storage battery element embodying a modified form of
my invention;

Figure 5 is a vertioal side elevation of a
portion of the element shown in Figure 4;

Figure 6 is a vertioal side elevation of a por¬
tion of the element shown in Figure 4 showing a slight
modification;

Figures 7, 8, 9 ana 10 are horizontal sections
through storage battery elements embodying other modifica¬
tions of my invention;. ...

(2)

I Figure 11 iB a vertioal side elevation of a

portion of the element shown in Figure 10;

Figure 12 is an enlarged fragmentary view in side
elevation of the storage battery element of Figs. 1 and 2;
and

Figure 13 is a seotional view on line 13-13 of

Figure 12.

Referring to the drawings, the grid oonsistB of
a plate 1 of thin sheet metal, suoh as niokel plated steel,
stamped to form one or more pookets or openings 2 of rect¬
angular form, the upper and lower edges of the same being
formed with flanges 3 having integral tongues 4 situated in
vertioal alinement with eaoh other and corresponding in
number to the tubular pookets 5, which are mounted side. by

Iside with their ends damped in position by the tongues 4,
as dearly shown in Figs. 12 and 13 and as described in
patent No. 896,812 hereinbefore mentioned. The pockets
shown are formed of perforated metal, suoh as nickel-plated
steel, and are filled with active material, whioh in the
oase of the Edison type of battery, consists of alternate
layers of niokel hydrate and flake niokel tamped therein
under pressure. The tubular pookets 5 preferably have
seamless nickeled steel rings 6 mounted upon the same in
staggered relation, as shown.

in order to prevent all liability or possibility

of the bending or buckling of the tubes, I provide retain¬
ing means whioh may be of any of the following forms :-

In the oonstruotion shown in Figures 1, 2 and 3,
continuous metallio strips 10, preferably of niokel -plated
steel, are provided, extending transversely aoross the

(3)

pockets 5 and on opposite sides thereof, the strips being
bent around one side edge of the grid 1. The tubular poo-
hets 5 are held in place between the portions of strips 10
disposed on opposite sides thereof and are prevented from

1 bending or buckling by these strips, ana the usual insulat-
'V vertically

| ing separating bare or roas disposed /between the negative

and positive grids or plates of a battery, as disclosed,
for example , in patent No. 1,012,828, granted on December
86, 1911 to Thomas A. Edison. A plurality of suoh strips
may be provided, the saia strips boing suitably spaced
apart. In Figure 1 I have shown an arrangement wherein
three of suoh retaining strips are employed for the pockets
5 in each opening 2, while in Figure 2 but two of such stri
used for the pockets 5 in eaoh opening 2. The retain¬
ing strips 10 may be seoured in plaoe in any suitable man¬
ner, as for example , by spot welding the endB of the same
to one edge portion of the plate 1, and the portions .there¬
of bent around the other edge portion of the plate to suoh
portion, as is indicated at 12 and 13 in Figure 3, and are
preferably seoured in plaoe so bb to be under Buffloient
tension to oppose any tendenoy of the tubular pockets 5 to
bend or buckle. Obviously, eaoh of the strips 10 may be
formed as a single piece or in two pieces, and may be se¬
oured in plaoe in the manner disolOBed in any of the modi¬
fications hereinafter described.

in the modification illustrated in Figures 4.. and
5, two retaining strips 20 and 21 are threaded in and out
at intervals between the packets, as is indicated at 22" and
__ in Figure 4, and are seoured in plaoe by bending the endfj
thereof around the side edges of the grid 1 and forcing

(4)

I them into clamping relation with the grid near its edges,
as is shown at 24. Obviously, strips 20 and 21 may be
formed integrally, bent around one side edge of the grid 1,

I and welded thereto as shown in Figure 3, or secured thereto
j in any other suitable manner. For example, the ends of
strips 20 and 21 may be riveted to the grid 1, as shown at
j in Figure 6.

In the modification illustrated in Figure 7 . the
retaining strip 50 is disposed on opposite sides of the
pookets 5, being bont around the right hand edge of the
grid 1 and riveted at its ends, as shown at 51, to the loft |
hand edge portion of the grid. The strip 50 wherd it is
bent around the right hand edge portion of the grid is
foroed into clamping relation therewith, as shown at 52.
in Figure 7 tho sections of strip 50 on opposite sides of
pockets 5 and between the end pockets are eaoh disposed in
a single plane and are tangent to all the pookets.

In the modification' Illustrated in Figure 8, the
retaining strip 60 is disposed on opposite sides of the
pookets 5 and secured to the grid 1 in the manner described
|| in connection with the modification illustrated in Figure
In this figure, however, the sections of the strip on
|| opposite sides of the pockets 5 are indented or foroed in-
wardly between adjacent pookets 5 at a plurality of points,
I whereby the Btrip is seourod more firmly in place and a
plurality of depressions 61 are formed.

in the moaifioation illustrated in Figure 9, the
I retaining strip 30 is threaded in ana out so as to pass
between eaoh two adjacent pookets, the ends of the strip
being shown ssoured to the edge portions of the grid or

(5)

plate 1 in the manner hereinbefore described in oonneotion
' with the modifioation illustrated in Figures 4 and 5.

I Obviously, they may be seaured by Yielding or riveting, and
pairs of stripB formed either integrally or as separate
•j pieoes may be employed.

In the modifioation illustrated in Figures 10
J and 11, the retaining Btrip 40 is provided with tongues 41
formed of material out or pressed out partially from the
material of the strip. Each of these tongues is bent
■ around one or more of the tubular pookets, and the end of
the tongue inserted between a pair of adjaoent pookets.

She ends of strip 40 are secured to the edge portions of
the grid 1 in the manner hereinbefore described in oonneo-
tion vdth the modifications illustrated in Figures 4, 5
and 9, although it is obvious that they may be secured by
welding or riveting. A plurality of stripB, suoh as 40,
may be employed, and they may be arranged alternately on
either side of the tubular pooh at a 5.
f Where the retaining strips are of considerable

length, the modifications illustrated in Figures 4, 5, 6, 9,
10 and 11 inclusive are more advantageously employed, as in
these constructions the strips-are held more firmly in oon-
taot with the tubular pocket e than in the oonBtruotion il-

I 2

I lustreted in Figures 7 and 8.

In the modifications shown in Figures 4, 8 and 9,
thp vortiffal insulating bars or rods employed between ad-
jaoent plates or grids of a battery and referred to above,
may bo more firmly held in place than in the modifications
illustrated in Figures 3 and 7, as the same may be disposed
in the depressions in the retaining strips formed by thread-
" ; ing the same between adjaoent pookets 5 as in figures .4, and

9, or In the depressions 61 formed by foroing the Btrips
inwardly between adjaoent pookets, as in Figure 8.

In all of the modifications, a plurality of re¬
taining strips spaced apart, as shown in Figures 1 and 2,
may bo employed. If desired, wires may be employed insteac
of the flat retaining strips illustrated and described here¬
in. However, I consider the flat strips to be preferable.

Having no w described my invention, what I olaim
as new therein and desire. to proteot by Letters Patent of
the United States is as follows :-

1. In a storage battery, the combination of a
supporting plate, a plurality of pookets supported thereby
at their ends, and means oo-operating with the pookets
intermediate their ends to prevent bending or buokling
thereof, substantially as deBoribed.

2. In a storage battery, the combination of a
supporting plato, a plurality of pooketB supported thereby
at their ends, and a retaining .atrip oo-operating with the
pookets intermediate their onds to prevent bending or
buokling thereof, substantially as described.

3. In a storage battery, the combination of a
supporting plate, a plurality of pookets supported thereby
at thoir ends, and retaining strips oo-operating with the
pookets intermediate their ends to prevent bending or
buokling thereof, substantially bb described.'

4. In a storage battery, the combination of a '
supporting plate, a plurality of pookets supported thereby
at their ends, and a retaining strip Beoured to the plate
and oo-operating with the pookets to prevent bending or
buokling of the same, substantially as desoribed.

(V) 1 •

5. In a storage battery, the oombination of a
supporting plate, a plurality of pookets supported thereby
at their ends, ana retaining strips seourea to the plate
and oo-operating with the pookets to prevent bending or
budding of the same, substantially as desoribed.

I 6. m a storage battery, the oombination of a

supporting plate, a plurality of pockets supported thereby
at their ends, and a retaining strip seoured at its end
to the plate and oo-operating with the pookets to prevent
bending or buokling of the same, substantially as de¬
soribed.

7. In a storage battery, the oombination of a
supporting plate, a plurality of pockets supported thereby
at their ends, and retaining strips seoured at their endB
to the plate and oo -operating with the pookets to prevent
bending or buokling of the same, substantially as desoribed.

8. In a storage battery, the oombination of a
plate having a rectangular opening, a series of tubular
pookets applied to said opening and seoured to the plate
at their ends, and a retaining strip secured at its ends
to the plate and extending transversely across the pookets
and in contact therewith, substantially as described.

9. In a storage battery, the oombination of a
plate having a reotangular opening, a series of tubular
pookets applied to said opening and secured to the plate
1 0t their ends, and a plurality of retaining strips se¬
cured at their ends to the plate and extending transversely
across the pookets and in oontaot therewith, substantially
■' as desoribed.

WH-JS

®ijis specification ssigneb anb
®HitneSSetij:

toitneSSeb tljisi of 191/

©atb.

g>tate of Jieto ferSep 1
Count? of Cssex )

miller reese hutchisor , tije abobe nanieb
petitioner, being buly *toorn, bepoSes anb SapS that ije is a citijen of tije Uniteb

states!, Ollb a reSibent of Llewellyn Parte. West Orange, Essex County
Hew Jersey

tljat ije berily beliebeS IjimseU to be tije original, first .anb Sole inbentor of tije
improbement* in

STORAGE BATTERIES

bescribeb anb claitncb in tije annexeb specification; tljat ije boes not Imoto anb
boes not beliebe tljat tije Same toas eber trnoton or useb before ijis inbention or
biscober? thereof; or patenteb or bescribeb in anp printeb publication in the
©niteb states of America or anp foreign countrp before hi* inbention or
biscoberp thereof, or more than ttoo pears prior to this application; or patenteb
in anp countrp foreign to tije Uniteb States on an application fileb more tljnn
ttoelbe months! prior to this! application; or in public use or on sale in the
«niteb states for more than ttoo pears prior to tty* application; anb that no
application for patent upon saib inbention has been fileb bp him or hi* I*®*
representatibes or assigns in anp foreign countrp.

fetoorn to anb subscribeb before me this 3{*f bap of

T. 5,1917

2—200

Div. ..A— Room ..... .....173'

Paper No . i

CW/RAJ ’ DEPARTMENT OF THE INTERIOR

UNITED STATES PATENT OFFICE

WASHINGTON . Jta,r.-7-r-1014.

. JMiaon..Qff.loe~Rldg...« .

_ OumgaT.H.J..— . —

m the EX AM! HER in charge of the application of

_ M...JU tsriaa ...

. ..8;ie,94«4...fiX9<l Mu .2,-1914.

Oommluioner of Patent*. (J

•. The illustration in this oaae ahould inolude the vertical

insulating bars and show their relation to the retaining strips,
so as to avoid neosssAtating reference to another oase for a
dTsoloiure ^fi^part of this structure. Tor example, the matter
at the bottom/ipage 6. is not shown on the drawing.

Claim 1 is rejected on — -

Usher, 460^883, Aug. 16, 1692, 204 - 29, 717.

80hneider ,B80''42S, Apl. 13 , 1897 , 204 - 29 , 727,

Sohneider, 602:172, Apl.. 12, 1898, same claes,

Morrison, 976,092, Hov.JIB, 1910, eame olaee.

Poppenburg, Reissue #12,228, of 701,389, Jun. 7, 1904, 20.4^29
It should be noted that the separator 80, shown by Morrison, per¬
forms the function set forth in claim 1.

Claim 2 is rejected on Usher, Schneider,. 680,428, or
Poppenburg .

Claims 3 to 9, inclusive* are rejqoted on either of
Ushef,, BohnelAe^,S80 ,428 or Poppenburg, in view of the speoifio
eleotrode stxuojtare shown by—

Id is on, 896^812, Aug. 28, 1908, 204 - 29,717.

Examiner, Division 3.

[ON BACK OF PREVIOUS DOCUMENT]

"0^ /v\rU-dst^l

H « , ‘In «

xy^A. <Vo -9=^^-
O'Oa

.I^OMf'VVU^.

Patent Series
Patent Application Files

Folio# 961 Sound Records

Serial#: 816687

Primary Applicant: Edison, Thomas A
Date Executed: 2/3/191 4

[PHOTOCOPY]

Serial No. J/JoJlIJ-. j

Title _ *tL. — -

PtLxl r-M/y... . Examiner’s Room No.

petition

®b % ffiommiaaioner of Patents:

four Petitioner IEomas a. edisoij

Llewellyn Park, Essex County, West Orange, Hew Jersey,

praga tffat Utters patent mag he granteh In Ifim far life improttementa in

- S001I3) RECORDS _

set forth % anttexeb aperifiration; anh he h*re&S appoiitta Bger^ ifolhen.

(Registration No. 3244), a firm rompoaeh of Jrank S. Sger anh Seloa
Snlhen, mhoae ahhreaa ia Ehiaoit ©ffire Suilhing, ©range, Nero Jeraeg, hi®
attarnega mith full pomer of substitution anh reuoration, to proaernte tljia
appliration, to make alterationa anh amenhmenta therein, to rereiue % patent,
anh to transact all huaineaa in the Patent ©flire ronnerteh theremith-

SPECIFICATION.

TO ALL WHOM IT MAY CONCERN:

BE IT KNOWN, that I, THOMAS. A. EDISOIi , a citizen
of tho United States and a resident of Llewellyn Parle,

West Orange, Essex County, New Jersey, have invented a
certain new and useful improvement in SOUND RECORDS
of which the following is a description:

My invention relates to sound records, and more
particularly to sound records of the flat or disc type.

In the reproduction of sound records, a full
appreciation of the reproduction is frequently not realized
because of unfamilinrty on the part of the audience or
listeners with the matter recorded on the reoord, its
composer or author, and tho artist by whom the reoord wsb
made. This is especially true in the case of musical
selections, particularly those taken from grand opera, the
latter being unfamiliar to a large part of the public ar.d
being frequently rocorded in a foreign language. It is
the prinoipal object of my invention to provide a con¬
venient means whereby suitable information relating to
the recorded selection may be imparted in an interesting
and impressive manner to the audience or listeners for
whom the reoord is to be played or reproduced. ThiB
information may comprise a brief description of the life
and style of the author or composer, a statement of the
story forming a baBis of tho recorded Selectiqn, a. reference
to the artist by whom the record is made, and, in fact,
any matter which tends towards a better understanding and
appreciation of the record.

In carrying out my invention, I preferably have
the desired information recorded upon the rear face of a

bo called "Bingle faoe" also record, that is, upon the
face of the record opposite that containing the recordod
selection to which the information in question relates,
the record of this information being adapted to be audibly
reproduced by the same phonograph or talking machine repro¬
ducer employed for the reproduction of the said recorded
selection. The information may take the form of an ex¬
planatory spoker. leoture recorded on the rear faoe of the
record in the manner usual in making sound reoords. The
recorded leoture may be delivered by a lecturer having a
pleasing style of speeoh so that it will be reproduced
from the record in a very pleasing manner. By means of
this invention, I have found that information suitable for
the preparation of the audience for a full enjoyment of
the reproduction from the sound record may bo imparted
in an interesting and effective manner.

In order that my invention may be more oloarly
understood, attention is hereby directed to the accompany¬
ing drawing forming a part of this invention, and in
whioh -

Fig. 1 is a rear view of a disc sound record
embodying my invention; ard

Fig. 2 is a oross sectional view of the same
taken on line 2 » - 2 of Fig. 1.

In the drawing, the numeral 1 designates the
sound record, the numeral 2 sound wave undulations corres¬
ponding to the selection to which the lecture relates, and
the numeral 3 the sound wave undulations corresponding
to the recorded leoture.

Considering more in detail a given examplo of
the matter wh<oh may be incliided in the reoorded lecture.

the seleotion recorded on the face of the reoord may, for
example, be Sioiliana (0 Lola Fair as Flowers) - Cavalloria
Rustioana. The recorded lecture in this case might com¬
prise a brief statement of tho life of Mascagni, the com¬
poser, showing the obstacles in the way of his early
musical success , and how he suddenly achieved sucoess through
his masterpiece "Cavalleria" . The lecture may then

oontinue with tho story of the melodrama upon which . _

"Cavalleria" is based, continuing further with a descriptio ~
of the- music - stating how it begins with tho orchestral
prelude Bounding tho note of tragedy, and how the orchestra
becomes suddenly hushed for the song of the careless
Turiddu, which is recorded on the reoord. The lecture
may then refer to the artist by whom the operatic selection
is sung and to his particular fitneSB for this worlc. Of
course, the lecture tiny include any other suitable infor¬
mation.

While 1 have described in detail a reoord con¬
taining an operatic seleotion, I wish it to be understood
that my invention is not limited to that kind of a record.

The explanatory lecture may be employed in connect ior. with
a song of any kind and also in connection with any recitation
or other spoken matter.

Having now described my invention, what I claim an
new and desire to protect by Letters Patent of the United
States is as follows:

1. As a new artiole of manufacture, a flat sound
reoord having on both faceB mattor adapted for audible
reproduction by a phonograph or talking machine , the
matter on one faoe being explanatory of that on the other
face, substantially as described.

i article of manufacture.

flat sound

record having sound waves \pr- undulations on one face, ar.d
a statement explanatory "of Who matter to which said sound
waves or undulations relate on the other face, substantially]
as described;'

As a now article of manufacture, a flat sound
record having on both faces matter adapted for audible
reproduction by a phonograph or talking machino, the matter
on one face being the record of a musical rendition, and
that on the other face the record of a spoken lecture
explanatory of said rendition, substantially as described.

FB-KGK

fi~

-C-cc

tEfjiS specification signet) anti toitneSSeb tfjis i'^bap I9t /

. .

Mlitnessetlj:

. t^CT.

©atb.

g>tate of i)etu Jersey )
Count? of CSSex j

THOMAS A. edisoii - & ^bobe nameb

petitioner, being buly Stoorn, bcpoSeS mib SapS that fje iS a citizen of tlje tHniteb
states, anb a reSibeilt of Llewellyn Park, Essex County, Hew Jersey,

tfjat lje berily beliebes fjimsclf to be tfje original, first .anb Sole inbentor of tfje
improbements in S0Ui.D records,

beseribeb anb claimeb in tfje annexeb specification ; tfjat fje bocs not fenoto anb
boes not beliebe tfjat tfje Same boas eber fenoton or useb before fjis inbention or
bistobery thereof; or patenteb or beseribeb in any printeb publication in tlje
tHniteb States of America or anp foreign country before bis inbention or
biscoberp tfjereof, or more tljan ttoo pears prior to tfjis application; or patenteb
in any country foreign to tfje tHniteb states on an application fileb more tljan
tboelbe months prior to tfjis application; or in public use or on sale in tfje
tHniteb States for more than ttoo pears prior to this application; anb that no
application for patent upon saib inbention fjas been fileb bp fjim or bis legal

repreSentatibeS or assigns in anp foreign country.

fefcuorn to anb SubScribeb before me this J’^bap of 191 ¥

0 •

Rotary public.

HO | ARY runic, STATE OF HEW JERSEY,
CoMiitiosioN Expires Sept. 6, 1917

DEPARTMENT OF THE INTERIOR
UNITED STATES PATENT OFFICE
WASHINGTON

...By4r. and . Holden,.

Kdlson-Qffiee.-building,.-
. .Orange, -H.-J.-

u, S. mP OFPI.B,

MA.1 1°

MAIL. ED.

Please find below a communication from the EXAMINER in charge of the application of

• -5JHdinaa--A-«^ -Edison-, -for-Sound -Reoords -&j - 1914^ -Serial -■

d£r. _

Commissioner of Patent*, (f

Claim 2, line 2, "sound waves" la objected to. Applioant
apparently means -the reoorded sound waves.

All "three of^the claims are rejeoted on
Petit, 749^088, Jan. 6. 1904, (18-48.3).

What is the matter of the partloular Beleotlon is held not of patent*.
aWLe materiality. It would seem obvious that one is not entitled to
extent for alone substituting one reoord for another on a double

tablet. Moreover, attention is directed to page 8, lines 131
to 134 of saijd patent, ^Attention is alBO direotea to
' Johnson, 739,318, Septi 22, 1903, (181-17),

showing;,, it to be old to plaoe descriptive matter on the label, and

Boureault, Prenoh patent; 350,343, (181-17), 1 sheet. Pig.

v •. > 6,

“as showing it to be old to plaoe such label on the rear f hoe of the ..
gablet.

^<:i. «&*«*?****■

; X-" Moa.fJ.f e

'0's ojvwtns ■

HI THE UNITED STATUS patent office.

THOMAS A. EDISON, )

SOUND RECORDS, )

Room No. 379

Filed February 6, 1914, )

Serial Ho. 816,687. )

HONORABLE COMMISSIONER OF PATENTS,

SIR!

In response to the Office action of
Maroh 19, 1914, please emend the above entitled oase as
follows ;

Cancel claim 2 and ohange the numeral Of

claim 3 to 2.

Add the following claim as claim 3.

3. As a now artiolo of manufacture , a flat sound
record having on both faces matter adapted for audible
reproduction by a phonograph or talking machine, the
matter on one faoo being the record of a musical rendition,
and that on the other face the rooord of a spoken lecture

containing a description of said musical rendition and
a reference to the artist vdio ronderod the 3ame, sub¬
stantially as described.

REMARK S

The olaims as now presented specify an artiole
of manufacture not shown or described in any of the
references. The said article has been put on the market
by Thomas A. Edison, Incorporated and has been a deoided
success commercially* The patents to Johnson and
Boursault do not describe a record containing explanatory

nv *.Rivi«P machine. In the patent to Petit, tho matter on
one face in not oxnlejiatory of that on tho othor face of
the record. Claim 2 specifies that tho matter on one face
is the record of a musical rendition end that on tho other
face tho record of a spoken leoture explanatory of said
rendition; and claim 3 specifics that the matter on
said other face is the rooord of a spoken looture contain¬
ing a description of tho musical rendition and a reference
to the artist who rendered the seme. Shore is no
suggestion in any of the references of tho record set forth
in these claims.

In spite of its practical utility, applicant's

I invention is not disclosed in the prior art and recon¬
sideration and allowance are accordingly respectfully
| requested.

Respectfully submitted,
T1I0UA.3 A. Shi 3017,

his Attorneys.

! Orange, How Jersey,
j February /<?, 1915.

I FB-KGK

DEPARTMENT OF THE INTERIOR
UNITED STATES PATENT OFFICE

WASHINGTON Sobv ; -27r101Bv

Orang®v -H - -

Please find below a communication from the EXAMINER b

Commissioner of Patents. V

In response to amendment of Feb. 15, 1915,

As no now qneotion is raised by now claim 3 and as a dear
issue is reaoho 4 between applicant ana this office; all of the>. olaima
are finally rejected on the references ana for the reasons of rooord.

Patent Series

Patent Application Files

Folio # 965 Fuel Supplying Means for Internal Combustion Engine

Serial#: 819301

Primary Applicant: Edison, Thomas Alva, Jr

Date Executed: 2/11/1914

Applicant.

Address.

Assignee .

Page

, 4P :

ACTIONS.

IP b>r)-^JL Ay ,

V 17 W —

9,- iS

18 4s**±!^-X-

ix. >t‘S~.

19 - - . .

5 .

. 20 _

. . 14 . : . . . . . .

m- - - — 30

DYER & HOLDEN,

ORANGE, NEW JERSEY.

petition,

(To % (Commiaaioner of flatentB :

®our petitioner thomas a. Edison, jr.
a rttizen of % liniteb &tatea, reaibing anb Ijatring a float ©ffire abbreaa at
Burlington, Burlington County, Now Jersey

praga tljat letters patent mag be granted to f|im for tlje improoementa in

FOE! SUPPLYING 1AK AH S FOR INTERNAL COMBUSTION ENGINES

aet forth in the annexeb aperifiratton; anb Ije Ijerebg appointa Dger & Ifolben,
(Registration No. 3244), a firm rompoaeb of Iffrank ®. Iger anb Ileloa
ifolben, mfioae abbreaa ia Sbiaon ©ffire Sutlbtng, ©range, Nem Jeraeg, Ifia
attornega mitfi full pomer of aubatitution anb renoratlon, to proaemte tljia
appliration, to make alterations anb amenbmenta therein, to rereive tlje patent,
anb to tranaart all buaineaB in tl;e ffatent ©ffire ronnerteb tljeremitlj.

SPECIFICATION

TO All WHOM IT MAY CONCERN:

BE IT KNOWN, that I, THOMAS A. EDISON, JR., a
oitizen of the United States and a resident of Burlington,
in the County of Burlington and State of New Jersey, have
invented a certain new and useful improvement in FUEL SUP¬
PLYING MEANS FOR INTERNAL COMBUSTION ENGINES , of whioh the
following is a description

My invention relates in general to means for
supplying an initial or priming fuel oharge to internal
oombustion engines and relates particularly to an attach¬
ment for this purpose adapted for installation in operative
relation to the engines of motor vehicles. In starting
internal oombustion engines it is often difficult to pro¬
vide an initial fuel oharge properly vaporized to be ex¬
ploded when the spark is passed. Accordingly, it is one
of the objeots of this invention to provide a conveniently
controlled means for priming on internal combustion engine
with a limited oharge of vaporized fuel. My improved means
may also be used for conveniently enriohing the usual fuel
oharge during the running of the engine whenever desired,
and for supplying additional air to the mixture. It is
among the other objects of the invention to provide an at¬
tachment whioh will be auxiliary to the usual fuel feeding
means, whioh may be readily installed' and conveniently
plaoed for observation and oontrol by the operator.

(1)

Various other objects and advantages will be
more fully set forth in the following description of my
invention in whioh reference iB had to the drawings accom¬
panying and forming a part of this specification. In the
drawings -

Figure 1 is a side elevation, partly in seotion,
showing an internal combustion engine provided with prim¬
ing means constituting one embodiment of my invention;

Figure 2 is an enlarged vertioal longitudinal
sectional view of the priming aevloe shown in Fig. 1 with
parts thereof in side elevation;

Figure 3 is a view similar to Fig. 1 showing the
device attaohed directly to the fuel inlet manifold of
the engine;

Figure 4 is a front elevation of a modified form
of my improved priming devioe; Bnd

Figure 5 is a side elevation, partly in seotion,
of the priming devioe shown in Figure 4.

Referring particularly to FigB. 1 and 2, there is
shown an internal oombustion engine 1 having a carburetor
2 or other main fuel -supply means connected to the engine
by the fuel inlet manifold 3, as is UBual with motor ve¬
hicle engines now in use and herein shown diagrammatioally
and on a reduced soale.

Mounted upon a suitable support 4 whioh may be
the dash board of the vehicle is the priming devioe or at¬
tachment 5, more particularly forming the subjeot matter
of this invention, whioh vaporizer is attaohed by means of
a conduit 6 to the fuel inlet manifold 3 of the engine 1.

(2)

The priming device 5 includes a vaporizing chamber 7 prefer-
j| ably including a oylinder 8, one end of whioh is open
__i the other end of whioh iB reduoed and dosed except
|| for the relatively small passage 9 extending therethrough
at the upper portion thereof. The reduoed end may be
threaded through the support 4 or may be held thereto by
means of the washers 10 and 11 threaded to the reduoed
portion and engaging opposite sides of the support. The
open end of the oylinder 8 is dosed by a oap 12 threaded
thereto and ooaoting with the hollow portion of the oylinderj
8 to form the vaporizing chamber. The outer face of the
oap is preferably provided with a glass front or closure 13
set into the oap and held thereto by the ring 14. The
oylinder 8 is surrounded by a heating devioe 15, preferably
eleotrioal, consisting of a ooil of wire 16 separated from
the oylinder by a mica sleeve 17 and covered by a layer of
asbestos 18 enolosed within a protecting layer of fibre
1 19. The heater 15 is inoluded between insulating end plate|>
) and 21, one of whioh plates 21 has a depending extension

122 oarrying the binding posts 23 connecting the ooil 16 j
with some suitable souroe of eleotrio energy 24 (see Fig. 3)
such as a storage battery, through a switoh 25 plaoed con¬
venient to the operator. A normally dosed opening 26 to
the chamber 7 provides an inlet for supplying the liquid
fuel. A reservoir 27 having volume indicating graduation
marks 28 thereon is in fluid communication with the opening
26, the flow of fuel from whioh reservoir is controlled by
jthe cook 29 preferably disposed convenient to the operator.

The conduit 6 is suitably attaohed to the cylin¬
der 8, preferably so as to be readily dismounted therefrom.

(Z)

...I

ana for this purpose 1b inserted in a ooupling 30 sorewea
into the washer 11 ana is passed through a gasket 31 heia
to tho ooupling by an ena oap 32. In those oases where
the reservoir 27 iB omitted ana the opening 26 olosea by
some suitable plug, the oonduit 6 is preferably bent up¬
ward to form an open inverted U trap 33 extending at least
as high as the opening 26 so that tho liquid fuel will
overflow out of the opening rather than into the intake
manifold. Where the reservoir 27 is used the trap
preferably extends as high as the level of the fuel in
the reservoir, but when this reservoir has suoh oapaoity
as to contain an amount of fuel just sufficient for one
oharge, this trap may be entirely omitted and any suit¬
able form of oonduit may be used to the manifold.

While the devioe has been described in position
spaoed from the engine oylinder so aB to be convenient to
the operator, it may be threaded directly into the manifold
3 or other suitable part of the oylinder bb shown in JfigurB
3.

In operation, the cook 29 is opened to admit any

I desired amount of liquid fuel to the vaporizer, the level
of which liquid may be observed through the glass 13, or
the amount of liquid fed from the reservoir may be deter¬
mined by the fall of level as indicated by the graduations
28. By dosing the switch 25 the oirouit is completed
through the heater 15 and the liquid fuel in the ohamber
7 is vaporized and the heated oharge is passed to the en¬

gine oylinder in condition to be fired when the spark is
passed. The firing of this oharge is usually Buffiolent
to start the engine in its usual oyole of operation whioh
will then draw its fuel oharge through the oarburetor or
other usual fuel supplying meanB.

jj During- the running of the engine , should it be

desired to temporarily enrioh the normal charge fed to
the engine oylinder, this doviae may be operated as in the
priming operation hereinbefore deooribed.

| In the modification illustrated in Figuros 4 and

5, the switch for olosing the oirouit from the battery 24
through the heating .ooil 16 is mounted directly on the de¬
pending extension 22 of the insulating end plate 21. The
switah consists of a oonduoting member 40 pivotally mounted
• at one end and provided with a handle 41 at the other end.
When the switch member 40 is swung ou its pivot into oir¬
ouit oloBlng position, it contaots with the contact button
42 which is looatea at a higher level than the pivoted end
of the member 40 and is oleotrioally oonneotea to one ond of
the ooil 16. One of the binding posts 43 is oonneotea ol-
ectrioally to the other ond of tho coil 16, and the other
binding post 43 is connooted to switch mombor 40. The bat¬
tery or other source of current is connooted aoroBS the bind¬
ing posts 43. A stop 44 is provided to limit the upward mova
ipont of tho switch member 40. When the member 40 iB thrown
out of oirouit olosing position, it tends to remain out of
such position by gravity. In this modification the reser¬
voir 27 having a stop oook is dispensed with and its plaoe
is taken by a plug 46 adapted to be threaded into the open¬
ing 26. The ping 46 has on opening 47 extending vertically
therethrough, the opening being enlarged at the upper por¬
tion of the plug to constitute a reservoir 46. When the
plug is inserted through the opening 26 as far as it will
go, the opening 47 is closed by tho bottom of the ohambor
7, but by turning the plug so as to raise it slightly, oom-

(5)

munioation is established between the reservoir 46 ana the
ohamber 7 through the opening 47 ana liquid fuel may be
introduoed into the ohamber 7. The plug is preferably
proviaea with a millea peripheral portion to faoilitate
turning it. A spiral spring 49 surrounds a portion of the
plug 45 and abuts one end against the upper portion of the
exterior of the ohamber 7 and the other ena against a
shoulder on the plug 45, thereby preventing the plug from
being aisplaoed aooidentolly or by jars arising from the
movement of the vohiole.

My improved apparatus is also capable of use for
supplying additional air to the fuel mixture when desired.
This may be done when the reservoirs 27 ana 46 are empty
by simply opening the stop ooolc 29 or turning the plug 45
so as to raise it; or it may be done by removing the
olosure of the opening 26 entirely.

My improved priming device is supplemental to the

I usual fuel feeding aevioe, is entirely independent of the
usual funotioning of the engine, ana is well adapted to be
oonstruoted as an attaohment for engines now in general use
ana to be installed convenient to the operator.

Having now desoribea my invention, what I olaim
aB nevr and desire to protect by letters Patent is as
follows : -

1. In an internal oombuBtion engine, the combina¬
tion with a cylinder having fuel feeding means associated
therewith, of means independent of saia fuel feeding means
for supplying a priming charge of fuel to the oylinaer,
substantially as deBoribed.

(6)

12. In an internal combustion engine, the oombina- ^
tion with the engine oylinaer, ana means for normally sup¬
plying fuel to saia oylinaer, of a vaporizer having a
fluia oonneotion with saia moans for supplying a charge of
vaporizea fuel to saia means thereby to prime the oylinaer,
substantially as aesoribea. .

3. In an internal oombustion engine, the combina¬
tion with a oylinaer, a oarburetor and a manifoia intake
oonnooting said oylinaer end carburetor, of a fuel vapor¬
izer^ ana a fluia oonduit oonneoting said vaporizer with
said manifoia intake, substantially as described.

4. The combination of an internal oombustion engine
oylinder, means for supplying fuel thereto, a fuel vapor¬
izer spaced from saia engine ana fuel Bupply means, and a
oonduit plaoing saia vaporizer in .fluia oommunioation with
saia engine, substantially as aesoribea.

5. In an attachment for priming internal oombustion
engines, the combination with a vaporizing chamber having
an opening through whioh fuel may bo supplied to saia cham¬
ber, of heating means for vaporizing the fuel in saia cham¬
ber, and a oonauit leading from saia chamber and adapted to
lead to the manifoia inlet of the engine cylinder, substan¬
tially as aesoribea.

6. In an attachment for priming internal oombustion
engines, the combination with a vaporizing ohamb or and meant
for supplying fuel to saia ohamber, of heating moans for
vaporizing the fuel in said ohamber, and a oonauit leading
from said ohamber and adapted to lead to the manifold inlet
of the engine oylinaer, substantially as aesoribea.

7. In an attachment for internal oombustion engine
cylinders having a fuel supplying means, the oombination
of a vaporizing ohambor, a fuel reservoir for said oham-
ber, means for vaporizing the fuel in said ohamber , and
means for oonveying tho vaporized fuel from said ohamber,
substantially as deaoribed.

8. The oombination with an engine cylinder having a
complete fuel supplying moans, of a support spaoed there¬
from, a fuel vaporizer oarried by said support and a oon-
duit connecting said vaporizer with said cylinder , sub¬
stantially as described.

9. The oombination with an engine cylinder having a
fuel supplying means, of a support spaoed therefrom, a fuel
vaporizer carried by said support, and a fluid oondAit be¬
tween said vaporizer and said oylinder, and a reservoir
for charging said vaporizer, substantially ob desoribed.

10. The combination with an engine cylinder, of a
support spaced thorefrom, a fuel vaporizer oarried by said
support, and a fluid conduit between said vaporizer and
said oylinder, and a reservoir for charging said vaporizer,
substantially as described.

11. In an attachment for internal oombustion engines
the oombination with a support, of a closed bottom vapor¬
izing ohamber oarried by said support and having an out-

Ilot adjaoent the top thoreof, and vaporizing means opera¬
tively associated with the ohamber, substantially as
desoribed.

(8)

112. In an attaohment for internal oombustion en¬
gines , the oombination with a support, of a vaporizing
ohamher oarriea by said support and having an outlet
spaoed above the bottom thereof, vaporizing means oper¬
atively asnooiatod with the chamber, ana a fuel reservoir
for supplying snia ohamber, substantially as desoriboa.

15. In an attachment for internal oombustion engines,
the oombination with a support, of a vaporizing ohamber
oarriea by ssia support ana having an outlet spaoea above
the bottom thereof, and vaporizing means operatively assooi -
ated with the ohamber, said ohamber having means for sup¬
plying fuel thereto, substantially as described.

14. A vaporizing attaohment for priming internal
oombustion engines comprising a ohambor having a liquid
fuel inlet ana a gasoous fuel outlet spaoea from the bottom
thereof, and heating moans disposed about said chamber,
substantially as described.

15. In an internal oombustion engine, the oombina¬
tion with the engine oylinder, of a vaporizing device , a
oonduit oonnooting said device with said oylinder, said
conduit including an open U trap, substantially ob described

16. In an internal oombustion engine, the oombina¬
tion with the engine cylinder, of a vaporizing devioe, a
oonduit oonneoting said dovioe with said oylinder, said
oonduit including means for preventing the overflow of
liquid fuel from the vaporizing devioe into the engine oyl¬
inder, substantially as described.

(9)

117. In an attachment for priming internal combustion
engines, the oombination of a chamber Having an inlet open¬
ing for the introduction of fuel and an outlet opening in
the upper part thereof for the esoape of vaporized fuel,
and eleotrioal heating means surrounding said chamber ,
substantially as described.

18. In an attachment for priming internal combustion
engines, the oombination of a chamber having an outlet in
the upper part thereof for the esoape of vaporized fuel,
a reservoir disposed above said ohamber and having a passag
way leading into flaid ohamber, means for controlling the
flow of fuel from said reservoir to said ohamber, and an
eleotrioal heater in thermal relation to said ohamber,
substantially as described. |

HL-JS

®fji£i Specification Signet) antj tuitneSSeb tfjis // '<^>ay of 191^-

©atb.

&tate of JJetu 3l«b£P
Count? of CSSex

Thomas a. Edison, JR. , tije abobe nameb
petitioner, being buly Stuorn, bepoSeS anb says tfjat Ije iS a citizen of tlje ®niteb
fetateS, anb a reSibent of Burlington, Burlington County, New Jersey

tfjat fje berily beliebeS fjimSelf to be tfje original, first anb Sole inbentor of tfje
improbements in

HOED SUPPLYING MEANS FOR INTERNAL COMBUSTION ENGINES

bescribcb anb claiineb in tlje annexeb specification ; tljat fjc boes not fenoto anb
boes not beliebe Ujat tlje same toas eber bnobm or useb before ijis inbentiim or
biscoberp tljereof; or patenteb or beScribeb in an? printeb publication in tlje
tHniteb states of America or an? foreign country before ijis inbention or
biscober? tljereof, or more tfjan ttoo years prior lo tijis application; or patenteb
in an? country foreign to tfje tHniteb States on an application fileb more tfjan
ttoelbe montfjS prior to tijis application; or in public use or on sale in tfje
Uniteb states for more tfjan ltoo years prior to tijis application; anb tfjat no
application for patent upon Saib inbention fjas been fileb by Ijim or Ijis legal
representatibes or assigns in any foreign country.

/?■

fetoorn to anb SubScribeb before me tfjis /(+& bay of^^p/191 4

[Seal]

Jjtotarp public.

NOT/.r.V rUBLIC, STATE OF HEW JE11SET.
COMhilOSIOtt CXPIOM S6PV&* 10.1A

RYH DEPARTMENT OF THE INTERIOR

UNITED STATES PATENT OFFICE
WASHINGTON .

-Bysr--i--Hol4a»v - - ~

RdiixnQ«icr-Bi<iK.-T-Or«iig«, .

Plcascfind below a communication from the EXAMINER in charge oftho application of

This oa aa ha a haan examined.

Claims 1, 2, 4, B, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, *4, 17 and 18

ara raj so tad on

Low, at al., 868,608, Oct. IB, 1907 (123-180)
Cla im la rejeoted o*

Wlaner, 915°3M, March 16, 1909 (123-180)., or
Liwawaarar, 942,788, Dec. 7, 1909 (123-186).

Claims l^drid 16 are raj ao tad om
MoCarthy, 1,046,828, Wac. 10, 1912 (123-180).

L8P

Sxaminer *

The “Better Getter” Gasoline Economizer Company

Burlington, New Jersey

I'tCrO-C/Tm '£*^1 '2- - 1^1 3

Folio. _

STATEMENT OF INVENTOR

Invention ^

Conceived on O&d'-
Disclosed to_

&lL

.Made sketches on

“/s/,3

Made drawing.

”A

Ig TUtr. !3jt3 _

"(''/> 2:-

1 %rv. ''t/i3

Model or complete working device started ^//S _

Finished on C&U- ^9/j. _

Is the invention in use?. _

General Description of
Invention.

j -h-aUCcL -1

I diurCo. off - / g y f . , , u . -

sjS&gasS* ^5£3S5=2

to&ta. JU ^ A-oZ*-*.. <~JL

Received hy7
Inventor.

Date ^ "/'3. .

Si^aaisS^L 6L

Note: This statement, together with sketch, to he put in the
application file.

I _ : -

Sr H<~- «-./

?f3 ~t.o

°t7?,

ffrr<r)Jd

’^V

■ )iu.^U— 00^0^-

April IV, 1915.

Hr. Thomas A. Edison, Jr.,

Burlington, Hew Jersey.

I have just taken up the ahovo application for air.ondir.ont.

This application is on the priming device for starting internal com- s ■
hustion engines, and an electrical heating coil is provided for vapor¬
izing the priming oharge. ;

Ho claims have heen allowed and among the patents cited agaiiif
the application is the patent to low .and V'assman, Ho. 568,608, October
15, 1907, a copy of which is enclosed herewith. This patent seems to ;

ho a close reforonoe for your i

rontion. '.’ill you kindly look over it v

and lot me have your suggestions on the question of amendment. If l
you think the application should bo prosecuted further, it will assiot !
mo materially if you will point out the advantages of your apparatus
, over that shown in this patent and also tho structural differences
which produce these advantages. WesBhall have to deoido promptly what j
we are to do in this application inasmuch aB an amendment must he
prepared and placed on file’ in the Patent Office priorv.to May 8th and
we do not like to run too close to the time limit in these matters, y

HIi/JU

Yours very truly,

>i t| ft e I utttv, no»»f

i Ai eao - nt-joJiJw-j
piica»cm^i - 9 UyL*e Ca*idbdLfL>

l)lp CU>T7 0>ic£^TTjeoi"to fM*<j‘j«jore''=| o>*

of nJieov* aJLP- ,D M ~

_ _ *■ - Lt- U^Xf

•^CfluZfc-£uJll£v. - |on Vh

9 U) ctTri'f - lUou-tJ '«> ""“Wi ■”■-

O^VM - i-P H**-* CrteeJ /etf>««U.0H,

(=nryj' y) iXri-Sj? -^ooujanj Partti e

9 IxuiJk Ctnvo'cUn "it" u»«y»'1tji U»U».|p “to

do AftU| ^JrCP&07 U>^tR Pi <J ~ <SWt>^ s Gx&,^e

hrhJi>chu»- ww-^is^e'fer'^e

^iT guAj <S, x

Cl> o_e^/Tr> -

Patent Application Files

Folio # 971 Phonographic Molding Apparatus

U.S. Patent#: 1162800

Primary Applicant: Nehr, William F
Date Executed: 2/20/1914

e/$JL. (LA^cLAAAl/a- A-A/L

^^rtAL^JACj.. M*$h. a^ccL JtLaAA.£>jU / '-t~ ^
ttiA ^(yiAA^L'i- AAs\j O-lsUL . Q^AAf-ClZlZ^

'di ^-C' T"^d-'t~^-l

JrtoAl

JJIjcu-j>Mj~' /

^■rtc^'CT r/zU- citcH \u

'sM-QALti. dL.a2Z.dL. OLcd . 3 J(;

cal dcrnlAl-lZA

OLrlfA. . CX-d^ A

dMrU l^-vucy -<£<-"}' cpi'jl)

;/'. . I . (J. . - . :

£uL J_ ZL.. aaj a^a. rt^d-d dds/ Zt& U

CiiZ/uZ^Aa /'A -A'LLAd-s (JIaOs . .

. i£\X. . CfX -<Z?nrJL'. . 'S^J-C T AsU/LLCj . ~t/i\Z JLczCO-d'r . edAA'.C ....

| cZaJl (o J@aAaA'C>i d^ddrAi^uLtd- ~/oA. //lL Cdrd' . ._■

. d^oAid. \l.. J yf~ S~ . . ^JLsAtdAtyci JLgacJZ' fijZ .

& ...drt2r/^\LL4^. 1&JL SAiA-pC a^Z. . (^(ZdoZf'-^Z .

oLLAH-Zj.-.. .OA^-PAAdAlr- t£fLL. . ,-Ar^L.^.AcZ^iA. -

tZ&fijLs, AlpL JIa*-cL Ojd cZZj^ fyuUAlA'ddeZd J- WAAA . . .

'/'A C?/. (Ayjd/AUz&O^ cf. Asdjr <?CaA' G
ClGAAs mJj CL- CA^lZ^AA^aZ^ZaclL <?/ 't£*J~' AAXApL </jZ ...

CJciJLa Aj&LtA}- Cj ^ J^revL.

uJicjJc. 4>. ACrtjAAA. ttcL (LAAjjLA^\X?/d^- A^ ^LuJCT .
isoJtjr 1 /^ridsjZAA^Gi 07- AW^AAAJhdAM~Gj (Li'CL- p^gIiaaaJC.
Jl-saJ... AoaC . QxXsr^tZ^£'Jr..A3-- cA AcA/r tA

Patent Series

Patent Application Files

Folio # 975 Safety Device

U.S. Patent#: 1130977

Primary Applicant: Hutchison, Miller Reese

Date Executed: 3/26/1914

Patent Series
Patent Application Files

Folio# 981 Sound-Modifying Device

U.S. Patent#: 1201449

Primary Applicant: Edison, Thomas A
Date Executed: 4/21/1914

; . .

. CLo^tfr JjO czois'yJJ- , -' (X^-^Ci.^L

(r w_ ^arU^'^r.^ . J. ■jtt..^.~&-.*:'l'H>'. •*■

'_ ..%» /Ai oL/z-L/X —

/jo-r &j(X*U& .

_^dU^<aoJUU \J^-Jrer?73<^:-±- .___ - - -

TvC? L^iukriins-. ^Pb .

| foy-_ iv~o^r uuvlsLci C^vi/M/J-. uC^tl'

j f>-l><- cftLV*-*#' . %erW*^^<z£L

!- . — . - . -

Patent Application Files

Folio # 983 Method and Apparatus for the Production of Molded
Articles

Serial #: 836608

Primary Applicant: Edison, Thomas A

Date Executed: 4/28/1914

petition.

§0 % (fommiaaioner of patents:

Puur petitioner ihouas a, edisoh,

a ritizen of % United &tatea, residing and lining a Post ©Sire address at
Llewellyn Park* West Orange, Eb box County, Hew Jersey

pragB tijat letters patent mag be granted to him for tlje improoementa tn

METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR THE PROKJCTIOU OF MOLDED ARTICLES.

aet forth dt % annexed aperifiration; and Ije Ijerebg appoints Iger Sc golden,
(Registration No. 3244), a firm rompoaed of 3Frank E. Sger and Seloa
golden, whose addreaa ia Edison ©ffire Uuilding, ©range, New Jeraeg. l;is
attornega with full power of aubatitution and retwration, to proaerute tljia
appllratlon, to make alterations and amendments therein, to rereine % patent,
and to tranaart all business in the patent ©Sire ronnerted therewith.

. & • £c>C<s<lsfrZ< — —

SPECIFICATION,

TO All WHOM IT MAY CONCERN:

BE IT KNOWN, that I, THOMAS A. EDISON, a oitizen
of the United States ana a resident of Llewellyn Park,

West Orange, County of Essex, and State of New Jersey,
have invented certain new. an a useful improvements in
METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR THE PRODUCTION OF MOLDED ARTICLES,
of whioh the following is a description:

My invention relates to methods and apparatus
for the production of molded articles, Buoh, for example,
as sound record disos or tablets* Such disos or tablets
are now made by compressing the material to be molded,
commonly called "stook" , in a mold with the application
of heat. As the tablets thus formed are subjeot to very
high pressure during the imprinting of the sound record
impression, it is necessary, in order to get an even im¬
pression that the tablets be free from marked irregularities
in density or, in other words, that the Bame be free from
the so-called "hard spots" and "soft spotB" whioh oause
an uneveneBS of pressure on the tablets. The principal
objeot of my invention is to provide an improved method
and apparatus whereby an article, Buch as a sound record
disc, may be readily formed free from ob jeotionable irregu¬
larities in density. Another object of my invention is
to so form the said tablet or artiole that the same is
capable of receiving an accurate sound record impression
and' of being molded without ob Jeotionable distortion or
change of shape. Other objeots of my invention will
appear more fully in the following specification and
appended claims :

In order that my invention maylbe more clearly

understood, attention 1b hereby directed to the accompanying
drawings forming a part of this Bpeoif ioation and in which -

Pig. 1 is a perspective view of one form of my
improved apparatus;

Pig. 3 is a vortical sectional view of the same;

Pig. 3 is a view partly in plan and partly in
seotion token on the line 3 - 3 of Pig. 3; and

Pigs. 4 ana 6 are views partly in elevation and
partly in section of details of construction;

Pig. 6 is a perspective view of a detail of
construction;

Pig. 7 1b a view partly in elevation ana partly
in section of a part of the device shown in Pig. 6;

Pig. 8 is a view partly in plan and portly in
seotion of the devioe shown in Pig. 7; and

I Pig. 9 is a fragmentary sectional view showing the

distribution of the material in the mold prior to the
compression of the same into a coherent tablet.

In all the views like parts are designated by the
some reference numerals.

Referring to the drawings, my improved apparatus
comprises a base 1 on whioh is mounted a U-Bhaped standard
3, one arm of whioh is secured to the base 1, the other arm
of the standard extending in a substantially horizontal
direction over the said base. The lower arm of the
standard 3 haB a vertical bore 3 in which there fits a
tubular part 4 integral with and extending downwardly from
the horizontal table or support 6. The part 4 and the
table 5 are held against rotation with respect to the
standard 3, as by means of the set Borew 6 threaded into
the standard and engaging the part 4. Two spaoed lugs 7
and 8 are secured to the table 5 at the rear thereof.

these lugs serving to facilitate^ the positioning of .the
mold section 9 upon the table 5,, acting as stops when the
said member is slid rearwardly upon the said table. She
moia section 9, as shown, comprises a ring 10 having at
the bottom thereof a flange 11 on whioh is supported the
flat bottom plate 12. She latter is provided with a
oentral pin 13 which serves to form in the molded also
the oentral aperture by whioh the sound record is adapted
to be centered on the t^LMng machine turntable. A
funnel shaped oontaine^W iTsupported upon the top of
the ring 10, this container having a flange 15 extending
around the outer surface of the ring 10 to prevent the
spilling of the material to be molded while the seme is
Hodng compacted and distributed in the mold section 9 the
said material being commonly in powdered form. A table
16 is secured to the bed plate 1 and arranged in front of
the table 5. She table 16 abuts against the forward
portion of the table 5, the upper surfaces of these two
tables being flush with each other. A pair of studs or
pins 17, 18, pass slidably through apertures in the table
16, these two studs or pins being connected by bridge
member 19 located below the table^ 16. Coil springs 20
and 21 arranged between the tableland the bridge member 19
and surrounding respectively the pins or studs 17 and 18
normally tend to hold the latter in depressed or lowered
position. Ihe bridge member 19 rests uppn the rear end oi
a rod 22 rotatably mounted in bearings in the table 16,
the said end of the rod 22 being provided with an offset
portion 23 which is adapted to cam the said member and the
pins 17 and 18 upwardly against the action of springs 20
and 21 when the rod 22 is rotated into the position shown
in Fig. gi As shown in the said Figure, a pin or pro-

jection 24 on the triage member 19 limits the rotation
of the part 23 and the rod 22 in an anti-olookwiee direc¬
tion when the offset portion 23 has reached a vertical
position. When the rod 22 is turned in a clockwise
direotion, referring to Pig. 6, the springs 20 end 21
foroe the studs or pins 17 and 18 below the upper surface
of the table 16. A crank arm or lever 25 is seoured to
the forward ena of the roa 22 to facilitate the manual
rotation thereof. She studs or pins 17, 18 are arranged
in such position as to engage the periphery of the mold
number 9 when they are in raised position and the moia mem¬
ber is in proper position on the table 6. By the oom-
binea aotion of the stuas or pins 17 and. 18 ana the pro¬
motions 7 ana 8, the mold member may accordingly heyvery
effeotlvely held against lateral movement on the table 5.

When it is desired to slide the mold member from the

table 16 onto the table 5 or vioe versa, the studs or _

pins 17 and 18 may be readily caused to move downwardly
below the upper surface of the table 16 by rotating the
oranlc 25 in the proper direction.

Tho powdered stook having been placed in the
mold, it is desirable that the anno should be caused to
settle in the mold uniformly. So obtain this effect,

X employ a number of hammerB 26 arranged around the mold
and adapted to strike the some to agitate the powder and
cause the seme to Bettle. In the device shown in the
drawings, four hammers are employed. She construction
of all of the hammers is identical, one of the hammers heinj;
shown in detail in Pig. 6. Referring to this Pigure, the
mounting for each hammer oomprises a hraoket 27 Beoured
to the hed 'plate 1 as Bhown in Pig. 1. She hraoket hoB

pivoted thereto, as shown at 28., a U-shaped support 29
which oarries the hammer 26 at it's upper end. She hammer
26 is connected to the support 29 hy means of a leaf
spring 30, the lower end of which is arranged in a vertical
slot 31 in the top of the member 29, a pivot sorew 32
serving to oonneot the lower end of the spring 30 to the
support 29. ®he slot 31 permltB the hammer 26 and spring
30 to he swung about the pivot 32 to a horizontal position
■b slow the upper Surface of the table 6 so that the mold
section 9 may he slid from the table 6 to the table 16 or

I vice versa. (See dotted lines in Pig. 8.) A pin 33
secured in each mmber 29 extends aoross the slot 31, and
limits the movement of the spring 30 in a given direction
beyond vertical position. A thumb screw 34 mounted in
the manber 29 is adapted to engage the spring 30 to hold.,
the latter and the hammer 26 in raised position. She hammers
26 are actuated by a rotating cam 36 which engages a harden-
ed steel-bearing plate 36 secured to the upper arm of each
of the U-shaped supports. 29. Springs 37 and 38 secured at
their upper ends to horizontal arms 39 and 40 on the bracket
27 and at their lower ends to bearings or studB 41 and 42 ^
arranged on opposite sides of the support' 29 serve to hold
the plate 36 in engagement with the cam 36; She arms 39
and 40 extend on opposite sides of the support 29 and have
their forward ends oonneoted by a plate 43* a reoeBB 44
being thus formed in the bracket 27 in which the support
29 moves; She oan 36 has secured to the under surface
thereof a gear 46, the said cam and gear being provided
wltt a common bushing 46 surrounding the tubular member 4;

The bushing 46 and gear 46 reBt upon a bearing 47 of

„ j. , , Ground the bore 'Z on

, anti-frictional material supported ,

the lower aim of the standard 2. She gear 45 meshes with
a gear or pinion 46 secured to a shaft 47 ana resting upon an
offset hearing 48 for the shaft 47. This hearing extends
from ana iB formed integrally with the standard 2. The
lower end of the shaft 47 has seourea thereto a pulley
wheel 49 driven hy a belt 60 hy which power is transmitted
from any suitable source. The belt 50 passes over idler
pulleys 61 ana 52 mounted on a shaft 63 which is supported
by the standard 2. The cam 35 is so shaped and the hammers
26 are so arranged that the hammerB are operated at different
times in suoh order that the mold ofter being struck by a
given hammer is next struck by the hammer diametrically
opposite the same, after which, a third hammer and then
the hammer diametrioally opposite the third hammer strike
the mold. In other words, the hammers are arranged in
pairs, the two hammers of each pair striking the mold
successively or before the next pair of hammers ao so.

The advantage of thiB order iB that.aftor the powder in
the mold has been thrown in one direotion by the first
hammer of a given pair, the second hammer of the same pair
tends to throw the powder back again thus causing the
powder to settle uniformly in the mold. Heferring to
Fig. 3, the cam is intended to rotate in a olook-wiBe
direotion and is provided with shoulder b 36* and 36'* over
which the bearing pleoes^glip to permit the springs 37
and 38 to foroe the hammers 26 againBt the mold. As shown
in the Baid Figure, the upper right hand hammer is the last
one whioh has struok the mold. It did thiB when its
bearing piece 36 Blipped over the shoulder 36*. The
bearing piece 36 for the lower left hand hammer, as shown,
is about ready to slip over the Bhoulder 36" so that the
said hammer will be the next to s trike the mold. Upon
further rotation of the oam 35, it will be seen that
6

first the lower right hana hammer and then the upper left
hand hammer will he caused to strike the mold. Although
only two pairs of hammers are Bhown in the drawings, any

[desired number of pairs may be employed by properly shaping
the oam ZB.

The upper arm of the U-shaped standard 2 1b
bored out, as shown at 64, in alignment with the bore Z
so as to aot os a guide for a hollow tubular shaft 66.

In order to facilitate movement of the Bhaft 65 in the
bore 54, the rear of said shaft is formed with a rack 66
57-

meshing with a pinion^seoured to shaft 68. The latter is
rotatably mounted in standard 2 and haB secured thereto a
hand wheel 69 to faoilitate the rotation thereof. A oollar
6qfeeoured to the shaft 66, as by a sot screw 61 is arranged
to engage the upper surfaoe of the standard 2 to limit the
downward movement of the shaft 66. The shaft 65 is pre¬
vented from rotating in the bore 64 by means of a pin 62
seoured to the standard 2 and projecting into a slot 62'
in the shaft 66. Extending through the shaft 55 and mounted
in suitable bearings 65, 64 and 66 of anti-friction material
is a shaft 66 having seoured at its upper end a bevel gear
67 whioh meshes with a second bevel gear 68. The last
named gear 1b seoured to a horizontal Bhaft 69 whioh iB
mounted in a bracket 70 seoured, aB by a set screw 71 to
the top of shaft 66. The Bhaft 69 has seoured thereto
a pulley 72 whioh is driven by a belt 75 whioh reoeives
its power from any suitable souroe. To permit the
necessary vortioal movement of pulley 72, the belt 75
should be provided with a suitable movable belt tightening
device (not Bhown,) The lower end of the shaft 66 oarrieB
a spider whioh oomprises a central hub 74 secured to the
shaft 66, as by a set Borm 76, and a pair of blades or
vanes or scrapers 76 and 77 oerried by hub 74 and arranged

(radially with respeot to Bhaft 66 and at right angles to
each other. ^he vanes, as shown in Fig. 2, have a width
substantially equal to the internal diameter of the mold 9,
and their lower edges are formed with conoo.ved portions 78
extending from a point near the center of the Bpider to a
point a short distance from the outer edge thereof. Adjaceit
the outor edges of the vaneB, the lower surfaces thereof are

I curved upwardly to a slight extent, as shown at 79. The pur
pose of the above described Bhape of the lower edge of the
vanes 76 and 77 will be hereinafter described. A counter¬
weight 80 connected to shaft 66, as by a chain 81 passing
over idle pulleys 82 and 83, serves to, counterbalance the
weight of the Baid shaft and the parts carried thereby.

In the operation of the above described apparatus
and in oarrying on my improved process, a measured quantity
of the stock or material to be molded is placed in the mold
9 after the latter has been properly positioned on the
table 6 with itB periphery engaged by the projections 7
and 8 and the pins or studs 17 and 18. The shaft 65 iB
then lowered by the han d whoel 69 until the collar 60 en¬
gages the top of the standard 2i, vanes or scrapers 76 and
77 being thereby brought into operative position with
respect to the material in the mold. Power being now
applied to the belt 73, the pulley 72, gears 68 and 67,
together with the shaft 66 and the vanes 76 and 77 oarried
by said shaft will be Bet into rotation. The vanes or

sorapers 76 and 77 will now tend to distribute the material
in the mold and to form the upper surface thereof. At
the same time, power is applied through the belt 60 to ro¬
tate the oam 56 and cause the hammers 26 to strike the
mold and agitate the powdered material therein to oause the
same to settle uniformly. If the prdper amount of stock ha
bem placed in the mold, it will be compacted by the
hammers 26 to the deBired uniform density and will be so

distributed by the vanes or scrapers 76 ana 77 thati.the
upper surfaoe thereof is smooth and has the aesirea shape
without any surplus materiel being left. l’he time to
aooomplish this result depenas upon the desired density
of the material in the moia. The arm 25 may now be
aotuatea to lower the pins 17 and 18,- and after the shaft
56 and the vanes carried thereby are elevated, the mold
may bo slipped forward on the table 16,J

It is next necessary to oompress the material
in the mold so sb to oause the some to form a ooherent
mass and to give the aesired shape to the article. To do
this, the member 14 is removed and a suitable top moia
member fitting for up and down movement in the top of the
ring 9 is plaoed upon the material in the mold, and the
completed mold with the material to be molded ia transferred
to a suitable press . Here , with the application of heat
and pressure, the material in the mold is formed into
an article having the desired shape. fhe article may
then be oooled and removed from the mold.

With the vanes or soraperB 76 and 77 Bhaped as
hereinbefore described, the material in the mold will
assume the shape Bhown in Fig. 9 with an annular orown
between the o enter and periphery of the upper Burfaoe and
with a ridge adjaoent the periphery of said surface. When
the stook is in this form and the same is compressed between
plane upper and lower mold plateB arranged parallel to
each other, a tablet is formed v&ioh is of uniform thick¬
ness, but has a slightly greater density at the periphery and
at the portion over which the sound waves of the usual
sound reoord are impressed than at its other partB. By
reason of thiB increased density at the portion of the
tablet intended to receive the sound wave impression,

a more accurate ana ■ •durable;: aouha wave impression is
obtainable. By reason of the increased density at the
periphery of the tablet, the tendency of this part of the
tablet to become rounded off or distorted in tho subse¬
quent molding of the tablet is eliminated. It has also
been found whore the otook in the mold lo formed with a
perfectly plane upper surfaoe prior to being compressed
into a tablet, that the tablet baB a slightly concaved
or .dishea upper surfaoe. Shis objection is eliminated by
eonvexing the stook in the moia as is aone by my invention
prior to the compression thereof.

The material to bo molded may be any suitable
material for this purpose. It may, for example, be a
mixture of wood pulp or other filling agent, ana a fusible
phenolic condensation product, suoh as tho wollknovm
she 11a o substitutes and other substances which are referred
to by tho torn "phenol rosin" in U. 8. potent to Jonas W.
Aylsworth, Ho. 1,080,594, dated Kay 19, 1918, and entitled
"Elastic Ehenolio Condensation Product ana Eroooss of

Forming the Same . "

If deslrod, surface ooatingB of suitable
material may bo applied to the opposite faces of the tablet
to roocivo the record impression.

Numerous changes may bo made in tho method ana

apparatus as described above without doparting from th
spirit of my invention, tho latter hodng limited only
defined hy the terms of the apjiendea claims.

Having now described my invention what I olaim
as new and desire to protect by Letters Patent of the
United States is as follows:

Q$Lx> \.\b'3 VA_. Va'T -'*

1. In apparatus of tho class 4080141)64, the com¬

bination of a mold and JaeanB ooaoting with the mold for
compacting in tho mold the material to he molded, oubstan-
tially as described. \

2. In apparatus of the 'class described, the com¬
bination of a mold and a hammer \r ranged to strike tho mold,
substantially as described.

2. In apparatus of the doss described, the com¬
bination of a mold and a plurality of KanraorB arranged
around and adapted to strike the mold, substantially as

4. In apparatus of the class described, the com¬
bination of a mold, a pair of hammers arranged on opposite
sides of the moia, ana menus for actuating the hammers

to cause the seme to strike the mold at different times,
substantially as described.

5. In apparatus of the class described, the com¬
bination of a mold , /a plurality of pairs of hammers arrang¬
ed around said moia, the hammers of eaoh pair being arrang¬
ed opposite eaoh other, and means for actuating said
hammers to cause oaeh pair of hammers to strike the mold

CJLeo^, LX* la- ‘ft <

6. In apparatM of tho olaBS do3oribed, the com¬
bination of a mold and tJ^ moans for distributing in said
mold material to be molded find for forming a crown on the
upper surface of^said matoriai. /^substantially as described.

V. In apparatus of the class- des<n4bed, the com¬
bination of. a mold and means for forming oN^wovm on the
upper surfaoe of the material in the moia, substantially

IS. In apparatus of the olass desorlbed, the com¬
bination of a mold ana meanu for forming a riago adjacent
tho periphery of the material in tho mold, substantially

i! 9. In apparatus, of tho olaas described, the com¬

bination of a mold and means for forming a crown on the
tipper faoe and a ridge adjacent the periphery of the
material in the mold, substantially aB described.

10. In apparatus of the class, described , the com¬
bination of a mold and the mWis for distributing material
in said moia ana for forming a orown on the upper surface
and a ridge adjacent the periphery of the material in the
mold, substantially as describes.

11. In apparatus of the 'class described, tho com¬
bination of a moia and means for distributing material in
aaia mold and forming a ridge adjaodat the periphery of
said material, substantially as described.

12. In apparatus of the class described, the oom-

materlal in said mold, substantially as described.

10. In apparatus of the class desorlbfed, the com¬
bination of a mold and a movable vane for distributing
material 14 said mold and forming tho upper surface of
sal d material, substantially as deBoribed. \

14. In apparatus of tho olaBS described, the com¬
bination of a mold, a rotatable vane for distributing
mat arlal in saia mold and forming tho upper surfaoeXof
said material', and means for rotating said vane, aubstan-

16. In apparatus\^of the olass described, the oom-
hination of a mold, means ooaoting v/ith the mold for

oompaoting therein the material to he molded, and meanB

for distributing the material in the mold, substantially
as desoribed.

^ apparatus of the class desoribed, the com¬
bination of a mold, means ooaoting with the mold for oom¬
paoting therein the material to be molded, and'means for
forming the upper surfaoe of the material in the mold, sub¬
stantially as desoribed.

.13'. '

■!<,. In apparatus of the class desoribed, the com¬
bination of a mold, means ooaoting with the mold for oom¬
paoting therein the material to be molded, and meanB for
distributing the material in the mold and forming the
upper Burfaoe thereof, substantially as desoribed.

)

IS. She method of molding which comprises intro¬
ducing into the mold the material to be molded, agitating
the mold to_ oompaot the material ,&nd , compressing the

material to form an article of desired shape, substantially

as desoribed.

is;

'I4s. The method of molding which comprises introduc¬
ing into a mold a fixed and definite amount of the material

to be molded, agitating the mold to compact the material,

WHi

and, compressing the material to form an article of
• ' \ . A

desired shape, subst anti ally as described.

fb/ y

-20, The method of molding which oomprises introduo-._

ing powdered material into a mold, agitating the mold to

'A JUsaX

oompaot the material, and oompressing the material to form

an artiole of desired shape, substantially as described.

The method of molding whioh comprises introducing
>ld a oharge of material to he molded, forming a
the upper Burface of the material, and compressing

the material to form an artiole of substantially uniform
thickness, substantially as desoribed.

^ The method of molding whioh comprises intro¬

ducing into a mold a oharge of the material to be molded,

forming a ridge adjacent the periphery of the material in
the mold, and compressing said material to form an artiole
of substantially uniform thiokness, substantially as
des oribed.

1,1.'

The method of molding whioh comprises introducing
into a mold a oharge of the material to be molded, forming
a crown on the upper surface and a ridge adjacent the
periphery of the material in the mold, and compressing said
material to form an artiole of substantially uniform
thiokness, substantially as desoribed.

%0 -

The method of molding whioh oompriBes introduc¬
ing into a mold a oharge of the material to be molded,
agitating the mold to compact the material therein, forming
a crown dn the upper Burface of the material, and com¬
pressing the material to form an artiole of substantially
uniform thiokness, substantially as desoribed.

o-):

The method of molding whioh comprises intro¬
ducing into a mold a oharge of the material to be molded,
agitating the mold to oompaot the material therein, forming
a ridge adjacent the periphery of the material in the mold,
and oompreBsing sold material to form an artiole of
substantially unifonn thiokness, substantially as deBoribed

©atb.

^fttate of ileb) 3Tcrs{cp )

Countp of <£S8ex f

THOMAS A. EDISON ’ t,je ai)0be namtb

petitioner, being buly Stuorn, bepoSeS anb saps tfjat Ijt iS a citizen of tfje ®niteb
states, anb a reSibent of i^ewellyn Park, West Orange, Essex County,
Hew Jersey,

tfjat fje berily beliebeS fjimself to be tfje original, first anb Sole inbentor of tfje
improbements in method and apparatus fob the production of molded

ARTICLES

bestribeb anb tlaimeb in tfje annexeb specification ; tfjat fje boes not fcnoto anb
boes not beliebe tfjat tfje same baas eber fanoton or useb before fjis inbention or
biscoberp tfjereof; or patenteb or beScribeb in anp printeb publication in tfje
iHniteb States of America or anp foreign countrp before fjis inbention or
biscoberp tfjereof, or more tfjan ttoo pears prior to tfjis application; or patenteb
in anp countrp foreign to tfje ®niteb States on an application fileb more tfjan
ttoelbe montfjS prior to tfjis application; or in public use or on Sale in tfje
©toiteb states for more tfjan ttoo pears prior to tfjis application; anb tfjat no
application for patent upon Saib inbention fjas been fileb bp fjini or fjis legal

representntibes or aSSipS in anp foreip countrp^

fetoorn to anb Subscribeb before me tfjis ap of 191 X

DEPARTMENT OF THE INTER I

UNITED STATES PATENT OFFICE

WASH I NGTON . * July... 7.,... 1914..

.5y.e.r..&..Halden, .

. Jttiaon..Ofrioa..BiUlding, .

. Qranga....Haw.. Jersey...

use find below a communication from the EXAMINER in charge of the application of

Kn^..a3iirftoat...maA..May-fi...l9l4...,fog. .

Metfrfrr And AppaJatuit-Toi -tha-Poea<iwatloa-uf-JtoldBd-Ar41olaa..

Hef arenoe character 71 occurs incorrectly applied In Pig. P

01 alma 1 to 5, inclusive, ora rejected on tho patont to
UoKibben. 720,053, Pub. 10, 1903, (2b-Jogger») ele-
nant A anmwaring aknil^ ■ T"* kUMRU»v«: arranged aj>-

poaltelytoatrii* in siiobeeaion.

Claims 6 to 14, inclusive, ara rejected on tha patont to
V " Hasburg, 1,029,925, June 18, 1912, (lfl-0) Pig. 6.

PelStta 33 ana war a to a mold and swaap 20 a moving vund^fsr dis¬
tributing' the material und forming the upper aurfaoa crowning
and with a ridge at the periphery. ^

Claims 15 to 17 are rejectod on tlio patent to Car •' *

Carson ^ i^L*i 320,018, Sept. 8, 1885, (2S*36) Pig. 3
Packers E are for compacting the material in the mold and wings
3* for distributing and smoothing the motarlul at the upper eur-

01 aims 18 to 20, inclusive, are eubntantially mat by and
are •rajeoted on the putunt to f

' 097^385, ;AprV *8^1902,” (22-45) which discloses

agitating and compressing the material packed.

IN THE UNITED STATES PATENT OFFICE

Thomas A. Edison

METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR THE
PRODUCTION OF MOLDED ARTICLES

Filed May 6, 1914
Serial No. 836,608

HONORABLE COMMISSIONER OF PATENTS,

Room No. 308.

In response to the Office aotion of
July 7, 1914, please amend the above entitled ease as
follows

Page 3, line 10, after "container" insert - or

hood - .

Rewrite claims 1, Z and 3 as follows; -

1. In apparatus of the class deBoribed, the
combination of a mold, a pair of hammers arranged on
opposite sides of the mold, and a cam for actuating said
hammers to cause the same to strike the mold at different
times, substantially as described.

2. In apparatus of the class deBoribed, the
combination of a mold, a plurality of pairs of hammers
arranged around said mold, the hammers of each pair being
arranged opposite eaoh other, and a cam for actuating said
hammers to oause the same to strike the mold at different
times, substantially as ..described.

3. In apparatus of '.the olaes described, the
combination of % mold, a hammer.; syesilientsmearis supporting

said hammer, ana means for actuating said hammer to oauBe
the Bame to strike the mold, substantially as described. -

Oanoel olalms 6 to IB inclusive, and insert the
following as new claims 6 to 11 inclusive : -

6. The combination of a mold, a hooa on the
same, and rotatable means arranged within said hooa for
distributing in saia mold material to be molded ana for
forming the upper surface of the material, substantially as
described.

V. Hie combination of a mold, a hood on the
same, and a rotatable vane arranged within said hood for
distributing in said mold material to be molded ana for
forming the upper surface of the material, substantially
as described.

8. The combination of a mold, a hooa on the
same, ana a rotatable vane substantially fitting within
said hood for distributing in said mold material to be
molded and for forming the upper surface of the material,
substantially as described.

9. The combination of a rotatable support, a
table adjacent thereto and substantially flush with the
upper surface thereof, and means arranged to be depressed
below the upper surface of said table for retaining a mold
in position on said support, substantially as described.

10. The combination of a rotatable support,

a t$ble adjaoent thereto and substantially flush with the
upper surfaoe thereof, means for retaining a mold in pos¬
ition on Bald support, and means for depressing Bald ro¬
te)

taining means below the upper surface of eaia support, sub¬
stantially as described.

11. The combination of a rotatable support, a
table adjaoent thereto and substantially flush with the
upper aurfaoe thereof, means for retaining a mold in pos¬
ition on said support, resilient meanB tending to hold
said retaining meanB in elevated position, and means for de¬
pressing said retaining meanB below the upper surface of
said support, substantially as dosorlbed. -

Claim 18, line 4, after "material" insert - with
application of heat - .

Claim 19, line 4, after "material" insert - with
application of heat - .

Claim 80, line 8, after "material", second occurr¬
ence, insert - with application of heat - .

Benumb or claims 16 to 86 inclusive aB 18 to 88

inclusive.

REMARKS

Claims 1 and 8 distinguish from the references
by specifying a cam for actuating the hammers in a novel
manner.

Claim 3 distinguishes from the referenoeB by
specifying a novel mounting for the hammer.

Referring to olaim 4, the patent to MoKLbben
does not show means for actuating the hammers at different
times.

Referring to olaim 6, the patent to MoKibben
does not show a plurality of pairs of hammers, nor does it
Bhow means for actuating the hammers in the order set
forth in this olaim.

(0)

He f erring to olaimB 6, 7 and 6, the referenoes
do not show a hood on the mold and rotatable meanB arranged
within the hood for distributing the material to be molded
and for forming the upper Burfaoe thereof.

Referring to olaimB 9, 10 and 11, the referenoes
do not show a rotatable support, a table and retaining
means arranged and combined as set forth in these olaimB.

Referring to claims 12 and 13, former olaims 16
and 17, the patent to Oarson et al. doeB not show means
for forming the upper surface of the material. The wingB
E' of the Carson patent are not designed to produce this
result.

Referring to olaims 14, 15 and 16, former claims
18, 19 and 20, the patent to Adams does not show the step
of compressing the material with application of heat to
form an article of the desired shape,

ReoonBideration and allowanoo are requested.

Respectfully submitted
THOUAS A. EDISON
By

His Attorneys

Orange, Hew Jersey
Juno J , 1916

EB-JS

REMITTING THE FINAL FEE GIVE THE SERIAL NUMBER AT THE HEAD OF THIS NOTICE.

?&3

JB W “

DEPARTMENT OF THE INTERIOR

UNITED STATES PATENT OFFICE

Serial Nfes(

WASHINGTON

June 22, 19X5

SirF^our i#pMT?(JN for a patent for an IMPROVEMENT in
Method ana apparatus for tho production of molded artiolos
filed Mn.v 6 1914 , ha3 teen examined and ALLOWED.

The final fee, TWENTY DOLLARS, must be paid not later than g
SIX MONTHS from the date of this present notice of allowance. ■
If the final fee be not paid within that period, the patent on j
this application will be withheld, unless renewed with an
additional fee of $15, under the provisions of Seotion 4897,

RevlS£heSoffioeSdelivers patents upon the day of their date, and
on which their term begins to run. The printing, photolitho¬
graphing, and engrossing of the several patent parts, prepara¬
tory to final signing and sealing, will require about four
weeks, and suoh work will not be undertaken until after payment

^When you send the final fee you will also send, DISTINCTLY
AND PLAINLY WRITTEN, the name of the INVENTOR, TITLE OF INVEN¬
TION AND SERIAL NUMBER AS ABOVE GIVEN, DATE OF ALLOWANCE
{ whi oh is the date of this circular), DATE OF FILING, and, if
assigned, the NAMES OF THE ASSIGNEES. _

If you desire to have the patent issue to ASSIGNEES, an
assignment containing a REQUEST to that effeot, together with
the FEE for recording the same,. must be filed in this offxoe on
or before the date of payment of final fee.

After issue of the patent uncertified oopies of the draw¬
ings and specifications may be purchased at the price of FIVE
CENTS EACH. The money should aooompany the order. Postage
stamps will not be reoeived.

Final fees will NOT be reoeived from other than the appli¬
cant, his assignee or attorney, or a party in interest as shown
by the reoords of the Patent Offioe.

Respeotfully,

(yA-n- — r ^

Commissioner of Patents.^

. Dyar anil Holdflri^,-

_ Edison Office "Bldg*.*....

Orange. _ .

UNCERTIFIED CHECKS WILL NOT BE ACCEPTED.

Folio.

m '/'Wj V _ Made sketches on _

t.r, & _ Date —

■ TL jZL _ > 'Ylf/jo .

Model or complete working deyioe started_
Finished on_

Is the invention in use?_ -I UkL _

J arm ary 3 , 19X4.

Mr. Bachman:-

Mr. Edison* a device for agitating
the powder in molding disc records is to he held
in Patent Office as long as possible, in order to
keep the process secret.

J. A. BROPHY.

The applications herewith, whioh/at the time of filing : v\
you wanted to "soak" in the Patent Office/ have been allowed. }y f
These applications are : J 1

Polio 906, which covers the apparatus and method of coh¬
ering the disc master records with a Coating of gold, the apparatus
having electrodes arranged to produce a ooating of substantially
even thickness. j

Polio 983, which ooverythe method and apparatus for
loading the blank molds for the /d iso records with the powdered
blank material, the moldB bo life agitated by hammers arranged

around their peripheries.

L the topB of the molds being shaped

by rotating Borapers. /

Any one of the/following things aan now be done with
these applications:- I

1st: The patents may be taken out by the payment of

2nd: jfte applications may be abandoned.

3rd: The applications may be forfeited for failure '.to

pay the final fees within six months after allowance. After
forfeiture, the applications are subject to renewal at any time
withA tw^a^aa^af ter the allowance of the original applications.
Upon rttaetely'a/^eoond- filing fee of §16.00 must be paid for eaoh
application. By this means, the oasej'may be kept from abandonment
in the Patent Office at least two years longer.

- Please advise me with respect to each of these oases

whether you wish the patent taken out, the application abandoned,
or the application forfeited.

Patent Series
Patent Application Files

Folio # 985 Improvement in Molding Apparatus

Serial #: 837706

Primary Applicant: Nehr, William F
Date Executed: 5/9/1914

Applicants

. . . . J^&l^£l&2sua,

....^Li^a^u^^... '2fc- e*t*a«uL<ufc^~ /&.&:....&* a

ff ~yLeus<s-ct^/^

Title . .Jh&*t^&t*enj=x*ad!^

Filed . . //-./-£/# . Examiner’s Room No. A..9...L

Assignee

Ass’g’t Exec.*^-*^ L-r/.?/.^.-Recorded.^^?...//.'/^i^Laber .7 Page . $£.^lv5

s.O^Sfej. .

\..!JxL^.sizaL,

2_^_ _

. £U*.^..\J^^SAlr 18 _Z^5fc5^_:

/iG^oiwlo A \ 'NAVI 19

-^fceck. CW , V ^ A QiV\a 20

^i»^!!±,..L<!i'| 22

■■'Mr-

zy-/?,?r 17 <a^

<f~

DYER & HOLDEN,

ORANGE, NEW JERSEY.

P E M I I 0 I.

TO THE COMMIS SIOHER OF PATENTS:

Your petitioners, WILLIAM F. NEHR, residing
, at West Orange, in the County of Essex ana State of New

Jersey, and having a post office address at No. 58 Mt. >

Pleasant Avenue, West Orange, in said County and State,
and AUGUST WEINERT, residing at Newark, in the County of
Essex end State of New JerBey end having a post office
address at No. 105 Falrmount Avenue, Newark, in Bald
County end State, both citizens of the United States, pray
that Letters Patent may he granted to them for IMPROVEMENTS

IN MOLDING APPARATUS, set forth in the annexed specif ioatipj , .

and they hereby appoint Dyer & Holden, (Registration No. 3244)
a firm composed of Frank 1. Dyer and Delos Holden, whose
address is Edison Office Building, Orange, How Jersey, '
thoir attorneys, with full power of substitution and
revocation, to prosecute this application, to make amendments
and alterations therein, to receive the patent, and to
transaot all business in the Patent Office connected there¬
with.

SPEC 1 H C A 1 I 0 I.

TO AIL WHOM IT MAY COHCERH:

BE IT KHOTffl, that Y/e, WILLIAM P. HI5HR, a citizen
of the United States, and a resident of West Orange in the
County of Esse* and State of Hew Jersey, and AUGUST WEIHERT
a citizen of the United States, and a resident of Uewark,
Ess® County, and State of Hew Jersey, have invented
certain new and useful improvements in HOLDIHB APPARATUS ,
of whioh the following is a description:

Our invention relates to Molding Apparatus
and more particularly to apparatus for molding or forming

the ends of sound record cylinders of celluloid or the
like. In an application of Brian I. Philpot, Serial Ho.
739.976 filed January 8, 1913 and entitled Molding Phono-
graph Beoords, there is shown and described apparatus
whereby amongst other things, record cylinders are molded
with a oonlosl flange at one end. As these cylinders are
taken out of the molding apparatus while still in a some¬
what plastic condition, the conical flanges on the some
frequently become distorted and misshaped in the remov¬
al of the cylinders from the said apparatus. The
principal object of 1» to provide an improved

apparatus whereby the flanges referred to may be readily
formed or reformed into the desired shape. Other objects
of my^ invention will appear more fully in the following

epeoifioation end appended olaims:^ 1

In order that uiy invention may be more clearly

In order that ^^invention may be more clearly
understood, attention is hereby directed to the accompany¬
ing drawing forming a part of this specification and in
whioh -

JPlg. 1 is a plan view illustrating one embodiment

_ -

a. horizontal sectional view of a portion

of the apparatus shown in Fig. 1;

Fig. 3 is a view partly in horizontal section and
partly in plan of a portion of the apparatus shown in
Fig. 2, the parts being shown in operative position for
forming or shaping the flange on the end of the reoord
oylinder;

Fig. 4 is a detail sectional view taken on the line
4 - 4 of Fig. 2;

Fig. 6 1b a sectional view taken on tho line 5-5
of Fig. 4; and

Figs. 6 and 7 are central sectional views of a
portion of tho record cylinder showing tho form thereof
rospeotlvely before ana after the shaping thereof by mjT H't
improved apparatus.

In all of the vIowb, like parts are designated by
the same reference numerals.

Referring to the drawing, a base 1 has Beoured
thereto a plurality of brackets 2 and 3 which rotatably
support a shaft 4 extending longitudinally of the said
base. Projecting from the inner end of the shaft 4 and
arranged oo-axially with said shaft is a shaft 5, the
latter being scoured, as by a pin 6 in an opening 7 in the
end of the shaft 4. A mold or die 8 1b fixedly secured
to the shaft 5 adjacent the outer end thereof, the said
mold or die being provided with an annular recess 9, of
ourved oross seotion in which the flange 10 at the end of
reoord oylinder 11 is adapted to be .formed. A cylindrical

member 12 having an outer ainmeter substantially equal to
the inner diameter of the recess 9 is s eonre& to the ena
of shaft B in engagement with mold 8. A pin 14 passing.,
through the mold 8 and promoting into, the member 12
serves to prevent relative rotation between saia moia and
member. In order to heat the mold 8, we provide a hollow
steam chest IB having a recess 16 in whioh the moia 8 is
rotatably seated. The steam cheat IB is provided with
an inlet pipe 17 and an outlet pipe 18 for the Bteam or
other heating fluid and is secured, as by sorews 19 ana
20, to a bracket 21 scoured to the base 1., She braoket .
21 ana steam ohost IB are provided with a central '.bore 82
serving as a bearing for the shaft B, the bracket 21
abutting against the inner end of shaft 4. 0!o force the

flange 10 into the recess 9, we provide a plurality of
rods or pins 23 ana 24 inclined at an angle to each other
and to the axis of the member 12 and slidably mounted in
openings 2B and 26 respectively so as to be movable out¬
wardly of tbe member 12 towards the receBS 9 and flange
10 or inwardly entirely within the cylindrical outer surface
of the member 12. *he outer ends of the rodB 23 and 24
have movably mounted therein' balls or spheres 27 and 28
respeotively of hardened steel or other suitable wear-re¬
sisting material- Springs 29 and 30 arranged respeotively
between the heads SI and 38 on the rods 23 and 24 and
shoulders 33 and 34 in the openings 26 and 26 tend to hold
the rods 23 ana 24 retraoted within the member 18. A
plate 36 scoured to the end of member 12, as by Borews 36
and 37, is provided with openings in which a plurality
of pins 38 and 39 are slidably mounted for movement
longitudinally of the shaft ,5. She inner ends of the pins
39 and 39. are provided *with semi-spherical heads 40 .ana 41

arranged to tear on the heads 31 and 32 respectively and
formed of hardened steel or other wear-resisting material.

A plate 42 iu provided with rods or stems 43 and 44 which
pass through the member 36 and are slidable An longitudin¬
al reoesses 46 and 46 respectively in the member 12. A

screw 47 seoured in the member 12 and projecting into a _

slot 48 in tho raonbor 44 is arranged to engage the ends^"*
of said slot to limit the movement of the plate 42 and
the parts oonnootod thereto inwardly and outwardly of the
member 12. The plate 42 bears against the pins 38 end 39
and is adapted whea moved towards the mold or die 8 to
move the said pins in the same direction,' tho said pins
oauaing the members 23 and 24 to be moved outwardly to
fora e the flange 10 into olOBe engagement with the groove
or reoe3S 9.

Io facilitate the inward movement of the plate
42, 7/e provide a shaft 49 which is mounted for longitudin¬
al sliding movement in bearings 50 and 61 on a carriage
62, the end of shaft 49 adjacent plate 42 being provided
with a hardened steel spherical bearing member 63 adapted
to engage the hardened bearing 54 inserted in the center
of plato 42. A lever 56 is pivoted to the Bhaft 49, as
at 66, and has its roar end pivotally connected to one end
of a link 67, tho other end of link 57 being pivoted to
the oarriage 62. By moving the forward end of the lever

56 to the left, referring to Fig. 1, the shaft 49 is moved

Sn-

to the left and oauBee the bearings 53 and 44- to engage
eaoh other whereupon further movement of the forward end
of the lever 65 toward e the left oauBes the plates 42, pins
38 and 39, and the rods 23 and 24 to be moved to the left
until the bearings 27 ana 28 foroe the flange 10 into
intimate engagement with the reoess 9. A tension spring
68 connected at its ends to the shaft 49 and tt> the baBe

: . . . . 4. . .

1 tends to cause the said shaft ana the parts carried
thereby to return to their extreme right hand positions.

A collar 69 on the shaft 49 is adaptoa to engage the
hearing 61 to limit the movement of the shaft 49 to the
loft, referringbto Fig. 1. A head 60 seourea to the inner
end of the shaft 49 is adapted to engage the hearing 60
to limit movement of the shaft 49 towards the right,
referring to Fig. 1. The head 60 is provided at one end
with a oonloal portion 61 tapering towards the hearing 63
and at the opposite end with the flange 63. Between
the oonioal portion 61 ana flange 62, the head 60 is pro¬
vided with a oylindrioal portion 63, the outer diameter
of which is equal to the Inner diameter of the flange 64
at the right '•if end end of the record oyliuder 11, referring
_ Figures 2 and 3. She part 61 tends to center or
align the record cylinder with roBpeot to the mold 8 and
the parts 62 and 63 tend to hold the same in operative
position, the part 63 supporting the flange 64 and the
flange 62 hearing against the end of the record cylinder.
To permit adjustment of the shaft 49^and ^P^J>arriea
thereby, the oarriage 62. is sliaablQ^tn ancv ore oly

to^mi'd" shaft on a way 65 and on oarriage 66, the

latter being slidable longitudinally of the base 1. A sorew
67 carried by the oarriage 52 ooaots with a slotted pro¬
jection 68 on the oarriage 66 to facilitate the manual
adjustment of tho shaft 49 ana oarriage 52 in a dlreotlon
transversely of said shaft. longitudinal adjustment of
the shaft 49 is effected by a sorew 69 threaded into the
carriage 66 and having its head engaged in notch 70 in
base 1.

In operation, the cylinder 11 is held against
the mold 8 in the position shown in Pig. 8 with the flange
10 located over the reoasB 9. The forward end of lever 66
is then moved to the left to cause the "balls 87 and 88 to
force the flange 10 into olose engagement with the reoess
9. The belt 71 is now shifted from the pulley 78, which
is loose on shaft 4, to the pulley 73, which is secured
to said shaft, whereupon the latter Btarts ^o rotate and
carries with it the mold 8 and the member 18 and parts
carried thereby. The cylinder 11 is held against rotation
by the hand of the operator, so that the rotation of the
mold and the head 18 onuses the balls 88 and 87 to roll
around the inner surface of the flange 10 to thereby form
the latter t§ the shape of the groove 9, the flan go 10
being softened by reason of the heat imparted to the mold
8 hy the steam ohest 16. After the flange 10 has been
properly formed* the spring 68 is permitted to move the
shaft 49 to its extreme, ri^xt hand position after which
the cylinder 11 with the flange 10 properly shaped may be
readily r amoved from the apparatus. If desired, the
shaft 4 and the parts which rotate therewith may be kept
continuously in operation . during the molding of a large
number of cylinders.

Many changes may be made in the apparatus^diB-
olosed without departing from the spirit of ^ny- invention,
andj&wish, ^therefore, hot to be limited to the exact
details shown and desorihed. ^

Having now deBotibed my invention what * claim as
new and desire to protect by letters Patent of the United
States is as follows: t 7/3?/, r ^

•atuB-i' the combination of a mold

molding apparat

and rotatablemeans~^5l~-fpEaing^themat erial to be molded

into olose engagements it h said mold7~§T>^®:*;aDii?'-l-'*-y
described. ••

gv In mol fling apparatus, the., combination of a mold
and rot a ruble means comprising- a member for forcing the
matahial intbv oloae engagement with said mold, said member
being mhuntod fbr movement toward end away from Bald
mold, GUbotant ial fl escribed.

1 fling apparatus, the combination of a mold

an fli rotatable moa^8 comprising a apring-pressefl/ member
for forcing the material into close engagement with said
mold, said member beingymountefl ror movement toward and
away from said mold, substantially BB\desoribed.

4. In molding apparatuW'the combination of a
mold ou fl rotatable means comprising a member arranged to
roll on the material to be molded aha to force tKo same
into oloso engagement v/ith the mold, shhstantially as

5. In molding apparatus, the combination of a mold
and rotatable means oomprising a^.spring-presBed member
arranged to roll on the material to be molded and to foroe
the same into oiose engagement with the mold, substant^al-

6. In molding apparatus, the oombination of

c JL b_ I

mold, means for heating the same, and rotatable means^f or
forcing the material to he molded into close engagement

^aT^hitan^ialiy as desorihod. .

~ SurCiCaJAj- ' ‘

■ ^7. In molding apparatus, the combination of a^mold,
means for heating. the same, and rotatable means oomprising
a member .fox* for aing the material into close engagement
witlTsa^ir'^Diaf^sat^ member being mounted for movement
toward and away fro^sai^ineifl-P^iibs^Mitially as described.

"^8. In molding apparatus , the combination of a mold,
rotatable moans oi' •11OT^3rr„arranSea %

^tTfo^'thTmaterial to be molded into close engagement >/*>/,s

II A (UiSt+svi-filL- jCj A<S /*-h </&.*(' Vy tlx, c +.J Aslu* \*'fi kil^juZtc4 w

vfit^. said 'mold , ana meenB^or-mo^ag; said members towards
'' ^^froBr said moia, substantially as desoribad.

/q . in molding apparatus, the combination of a mold.

; apparatus, -one oumDiimiauu «•*■ “

E,, .. , ,^—v- _ <1 w.^iV-»-wV3u»\- v^a»

rotatable means comprising a plurality of members^ arranged

^ Sri 'to'be^ mold e d into olose engagement

with said mold, .resiliont means tending to move said
i . ■ <4C .rUju^t^s *-l tu^.

, an d /meonsA-fof -moving said

j members towards said mold, substantially as described.

1/*7 />>

In molding apparatus, the. combination of a mold,
means for s^por^g^GJlS*^®1 to 1)6 moiaed ir operative
relation to said mold, and ^^s~1^«i-4££o^^a:ia material
into olose engagement with said mold, substau
dosoribed.

•fhis spooification signed and witnessed this,

^ ^ day of «''%) ay<^ 1914.

‘Tfs l lUu.

\\\V

Vv/'S

‘=s^vtoJi- CL- dW-VM

Witnesses to signature of
August We inert.

<ty~suL.eOA,<y.'/L

0 A I H

State of Hew Jersey )

) ss. :

County of Essex. )

WILLIAM P. MEHR, one of the above named
petitioners, being duly sworn, deposes and says that he is
a oitizen of the United States, and a resident of West
Orange, in the County of Essex and State of Mew Jersey;
that he verily believeB himself and the said APGUST_WEIUERT
to be the original, first and joint inventors of the
IMPROVEMENTS IM MOLDING APPARATUS, deBoribed and claimed
in the annexed specification 4 that he does not know and
does not believe that the same was ever known or used
before their joint invention or discovery thereof; or
patented or described in any tainted publication in any
country before their invention or disoovory thereof, or
more than two years prior to this application; or in pub¬
lic use or on sale in the United States for more than two
years prior t° this application; that Baid invention
has not been patented in any oountry foreign to the
United States in on application filed by them or their
legal representatives or assigns more than twelve monthB
prior to this application; and that no application for
patent upon said invention has been filed by them or their
legal representatives or assigns in any oountry foreign
to the United Statos.

OATH

State of Hew Jersey )

) 88.:

County of Essex. )

AUGUST WEIHERT, one of the above named
petitioners, being duly sworn, deposes and says that he is
a citizen of the United States, and a resident of Newark,
in the County of Essex and State of Hew Jersey; that he
verily believes himself and the said WILLIAM S’. HEHR to be
the original, firBt and joint inventors of the IMPROVEMENTS
Ilf MOLDING APPARATUS, described and claimed in the annexed
specification; that he does not know and does not believe
that the same was ever known or used before their joint
invention or discovery thereof; or patented or described
in any printed publication in any country before their
invention or discovery thereof, or more than two years
prior to this application; or in public use or on sale
in the United States for more than two yearB prior .to thiB
application; that said invention has not been patented in
any oountry foreign to the United States on an application
filed by them or their legal representatives or assigns
more than twelve*.’ months prior to this application; and
that no application for patent upon said invention has been
filed by them or their legal representatives or assigns in
any oountry foreign to the United StateB.

Sworn to and subscribed before me this day

1914.

^fojfery Public.

NOTARY PUBLIC, STATE OF NEW JEtlSEY.
COMMIOBION EXPIRES Sept. D, 1917

DEPARTMENT OF THE INTERIOR
UNITED STATES PATENT OFFICE

WASHINGTON . Sept.-ia.-lSlA...

Jiyac A. Holden, _

. Bdloan.Qffi ae. Building, .

. Orange, . Maiv Jersey. ..

Please find below a communication from the EXAMINER in charge of the application of

Hehr4Weinert,-8i*Eiulllo. 837,.70(l,..filud.Hay-.ll,.1914,.far. . —

-Holding- Apparatus. . . . .

0. S. PATENT GFfu'c:,
SEP 18 1914

mailed-.

Page 4, seventh line from the last, "64" should ba
Page 6, lino 8, "in" should bo ounoolad. Lino 28, "1"
•ho uld be wo.

01 alma 1, 2, 4, 6y 7 and 10 are rejected on the putont to
Barrio, 837', 081, Hot. 27, 1906, (18-48.3), element 2
being a mold and element 4 rotutable ixiane for foroing material
into olosu engagement with the mold*-

Claims 3 and U are rejeoted on the same refurunoe. The
spring mounting -would not injeot patentable feature in auoh re¬
lation in view of . :y. ...

Heluoy, 663,023, Poo. 4, 1900, (49-22).

Claims 0 and 9 are rejootod on the lattor roferonoo, whioh
•hows a plurality of rolling meiribern.

IK I HE UNITED STATES PATENT OFFICE

ffm. F. Hohr and. August
Weinert .

IMPROVEMENTS IK MOLDING

APPARATUS Room H()i ZQBt

Piled May IX, 1914
Serial Ho. 807, 706

j HOHORABLE COMMISSIONER OP PATENTS ,
jj' ' SIRS

:l In response to the Offioe action of

li September 18, 1914, please amend the above entitled ease
It ae follows

page 1, 1.<Tia El, change "my" to - our - . line
24, change "my" to - our - . line 86, change 'my" to
our - . y

page 4, 7th line from the bottom, change "64" to

- 54 - . /

Page 6, line 8, oanool "in". Line 86, change
"my" to - our - . line 86, ohange "I" to - we - . line

!' 28, ohange "my" to - our - , and "I" to - we - .

Cla¥m 6, line 1, after "a" insert - rotatable - .
Claim 7, line 1, after "a" insert - rotatable - .

I Claim's, line 4, change, "for moving" to - arranged

to be shifted by the operator of the apparatus to move - .

| Tdna 6, oanoel "and away from".

I Olaim^, line 5, ohange "for moving" to - arranged

j to be shifted by the operator of the apparatus to move - .

Oaaoel claims 1 to 5 inclusive ana 10.

Insert the following as new olaims 1 to 6 inolus-

i In molding apparatus, the combination, of a '

jj mold, rotatableTmaMia'^oompr^LHing a'meSber^aOT^ga^ to foroe
the material to he molded into olose engagMenfwit&‘^aaid " \T'
mold, and means arranged to he shifted by the
| the apparatus to more said memher^wwardc said mold, Bub-v**^*-^.

-i 4. In molding apparatus, the combination of a

'll mold, rotatable means comprising a member ^arranged to j^oroe
the material to be molded into olose engagement^tth^aa _
! moldj means tending to move said member away from

i eaid mold, and means arranged to be shifted by^ the, operator^^
! of the apparatus to move said member towardBSaii^o»ra^- -
stentially as described.

| -^5, In molding apparatus, the oombtantian^^of a

I mold, rotatable means o ompr is ing1a\emb o r^ a r rango d to roll
upon and force the material to be molded into close engago-
maSt*- withia^r^ld^end^ml ani^ arranged to be shifted by the

ment^ wlth^s^d^^lO^d^^anK arranged to be shifted by the
j| operator of the apparatus to moveusaid member towards said
f as^^escribad.

vj 4 In molding apparatus, the combination of a
mold, rotated oo.W»U .

the material to be molded iivto close engagement withlhid
mold, and. means ^a?temged to b\sh^ted^by the^ operator of
| the apparatu^ to move said^^^OT^ B^d mold at, an

stantially as desoribed. \

| in molding apparatus, the combination of a ,

imold, rotatable moans comprising a member arranged to foroo
the material to be molded into close engagement with said
jj mold, and means arranged to be shifted by the operator of
| the apparatus to more said member towards Baid mold, Baid
jj 'last named means serving^ tc^hoM then material to be molded

Sin operative relation to the mold, substantially as de¬
scribed. -

REMARKS

She references of record do not show means ar¬
il ranged to be shifted by the operator of the apparatus to
| movo the member towards the mold, as net forth in olaimB 1
| to 6 inolusive, 8 and 9, Referring to olaims 6 and 7,
jj the references of record do not diBoloBe a rotatable mold
ij ana means for heating the same.

Reconsideration and allowance are requested.

Respectfully submitted,

WILLIAM F. HERR and AUGUST
WEINERT

Their Attorneys

i. Hew Jersey

?7 , 1915

FB-JS

2—200

Dlv. -iilt-R- Boom -30ft-

j:.p.p..-h d*

DEPARTMENT OF THE INTERIOR

UNITED STATES PATENT OFFICE

WASHINGTON ....Aliens

i offUtng, tltlfl ol lavtotloa. u

* •& -Iio 140ft*-'

. 0.r-an30-,-Kon'-J«.53oy»-

please find, below a communication from the EXAMINER in charge of the application of
_ .Silliam.-])U-lI«i>au-ftnd— A«SW3-t~5!e4no»tT— 833,.S06-,— fAlPd —

y o ,y -1 l.r...l.9.1Ar-f.oje-T^ol41«3:— Aapa,r-a-tus«-

Oommiuioner of Patent 9. (J

In response to araondment filed July 20f 1915*

Claims 1 to 5, inol. , rejooted for inotanoo on
the patent to

Smith, 4<V506, ITov. 3, 1963 (25-24)

•which shows' a molding apparatus comprising a mold h, oto. ,
a rotatable member b arranged to force the material to bo
molded into olose engagement with the mold, counterweight
means answering to resilient means and tending to move said member
away, and carriage means t, etc., arranged to bo shifted, etc.

The use of heating means in such molding apparatus is old.

See for instance _

Weeks, 616,378 Deo. 20, 1893 (25-24), Pig. 2.

Claims f. and 7 are accordingly rejected.

Claims 3 and 9 o.r ;■ also rejected on Smith in view of

Wewkumet, d<£S43, ~Jan. 18, 1869 (25-24), Pig. 1, which
shows the rotatable moans comprising a plurality of members P.

.IH THE UNITED STATES PATENT OFFIOE

William F. Nehr
ana

jl August We inert

I Filed Stay 11, 1914
Serial Ho. 837,706

HONORABLE COMMISSIONER OF PATENTS ,

SIR:

In response to the Office action of
August 18, 1916, pleese amend the shove entitled oaBe ae
follows

Page 2, line 1, oanoel "my" and insert - our - .
Lino 2, oanoel- "a" , first ooourrenoe, ana insert - an
enlarged - . Line 15, oanoel "my" and insert - our - .

page 3, line1” 21, change "end" to - ends - •

Page 4, ’lin0~7, change "end" to - ends - •
i| Page 6, lines “si and~22, oanoel "transversely

with respeot" and insert - in a direction transverse - .

Claim 1, line z', oanoel "arranged" and insert -
oarried hy the mold and movable relatively thereto - .

Line 3, after "with^'kaTert - the molding surface of -
I Line 6, #anoel "towards" and insert - relatively to - .

Same line, after "mold" insert - towards the molding sur-
| faoe thereof - .

I Claim 2, line^E, after^ "member" insert - oarried

J | axis

I by the mold and - . line 3, after "with" insert - the
| molding aurfaoe of - .. line 4, oaWl "resilient". lino
, oanoel !rmoia"""a5a~lnsert - molding aurfaoe - .

Claim 3, line 2, after "member" insert - oarriea
| hy the mold and - . liueTTT after "with" insert - the

molding surface of - . nine 6^ oaneeT^'mold" and insert -
molding Burfaoe - •

Claim 4 , "Tine 2, oanoel ''arranged1' and insert

ablo_lonsitndimlly-in--a-<iirooj!ion at m angle to the

V-g-la of rotation of the rotatable means towards the mold -
lino 3, afSor "with" insert - the molding Buri’aoe of - .
v.-i no £, tfter_1'member" insert - longitudinally - . lines
fc a'SH"57~oanool "mold at an angle • bo the axis of rotation
of the rotatable means" and insert - molding surfaoe - •
Claim oTTlne 6, before "hold" insert - engage

and - .

Claim 6, lkne’lT, after "means", Beoond occurrence,
■insert - oarried by said mold and movable relatively there-
. . line 4 , after "with" insert - the molding surfaoe
of - .

Claim vt'linS^,. after "member" insert - oarried
by the mold - . line 4, after ""with" insert - the molding
surfaoe of - . lino ^o&Sbol "mold" end insert - molding
surface - . ' ,

V ^ 4.

Claims 8 and 3, line 2, after "members" insert -

mounted so as to bo capable of moving independently of eaoh

other away from the mold and - • line 3, before "to",

, . upon movement thereof towards

first ooourrenoe, insert - *

the mold - •

Add the following olaims: -

Ti,

flange t

10. In molding apparatus for forming an end
article, a devioe having a molding surfaoe for

end portion of tho article, and means comprising a ro¬
ta fcahle member movablo to engage— and fnroe-euoh end portion
inUo_.oloae-ongagomont_with_fiaiil molding surfaoe, substan¬
tially as described.

jL.

11. In molding apparatus for forming an end
flange on a cylindrical article, a devioe having an annular
molding surfaoe with which one surfaoe of an end_portion
of the article is adapted to be engaged, moanB oompriBlng a
rotatable member arrangedtoengage the opposite surfaoe
of snoh-end portion. of., the., artlole and to force suoh por¬
tion into close engagement with said, molding surfaoe, and
manually operable means for moving Baid member towards said
molding surfaoe, substantially aB desoribed.

flL- '

^12. In molding apparatus for forming an ena
flange on a hollow cylindrical article, a pair of devices
relatively movable towards and away from each other and
adapted for engagement only with the ends of said article

respectively, one ofjmld deviooa having an annular mold¬
ing surface, and rotatable moans comprising a member mov¬
able towards and away from Bald molding Burfaoe and adapted
upon 'movement towards said surfaoe to engage the correspond
ing end portion of the article to f o roB_j3h.ld_aprtion oloa e -
ly into engagement with said molding surfaoe, thereby form¬
ing anend flange on said artiole, substantially as de¬
scribed.

0 ,

13. In molding apparatus for forming an end
flange on a hollow oylindrioal artiole, a pair of devioes
relatively movable towards and away from eaoh other and
adapted for engagement only with the ends of said artiole
respectively, one of sqid devices having an annular mold¬
ing surfaoe, rotatable means oomprising a member mov¬
able towards and away from said molding surfaoe and adapted
upon movement towards said surfaoe to engage the .oorreabond-
Ing end portion of the artiole to foroe said portion olose-
ly into engagement with -said-molding surfaoe, thereby form¬
ing an end flange on said artiole, and manually operable
means for moving said member towards said molding surfaoe,
substantially as desoribed.

'''14. In molding apparatus for forming an end
flange on a hollow oylindrioal artiole, a devioe provided
with an annular molding surfapo with whioh one surfaoe of anl

ana portion of the artiole is adapted to be engaged, and
rotatable means oomprising a member arranged to roll upon
the opposite surface of 3Uoh ond portion and foroo such por-|
tion into olose engagement with said molding surfaoe, sub'
stantially as desoribed. _ _ _

REMARKS

Claim 1 as now presented clearly distinguishes
from the references of record by specifying rotatable means
oomprising a member carried by the mold and movable relative'
ly thereto to foroe the material to be molded into olose
engagement with the molding surfaoe of the mold*

Claims 3, 3, 6 and 7 as amended distinguish from

the references in a manner similar to that indicated in
connection with claim 1,

Claim 4 distinguishes from the references by spec¬
ifying rotatable means comprising a member movable longi¬
tudinally in a direction at an angle to the axis of rotation
of said rotatable means towards the mold to foroe the mater¬
ial to be molded into dose engagement with the molding
eurfaae of the mold.

Claim 5 distinguishes from the references by spec¬
ifying that the means arranged to be shifted by the operator
to thereby move the member to foroe the material to be mold¬
ed into engagement with the mold, serves to engage and hoia
the material to be molded in operative relation to the
mold.

Claims 8 and 9 distinguish from the reforenoos by
specifying rotatable means comprising a plurality of members
mounted so as to bo oapahle of moving independently of oaoh
other away from the mold, and arranged upon movement towards
the mold to foroe the material to be molded into close en¬
gagement with the mold.

Hew claims lo to 14 presented herawith are be¬
lieved to bo allowable and ore thought neoessary in order to
adequately protect applicants in their invention. These
claims oover a construction for molding an end flange on. 'an
article, and eaoh sots forth a structure which is quite ^
different from that disclosed in any of the references |of
reoord.

Further consideration and allowance are requested,
Respectfully submitted, ! V

WILLIAM F. NEHR and AUGUST WEIBEHT jl

oWingje, H. J, By • il

^Their Attorneys' \

August' f 1916

Paper Nq& — ........ fa"

m/r

DEPARTMENT OF THE INTERIOR
UNITED STATES PATENT OFFICE
WASHINGTON

— -

— Byxn:-.and.--IIoldcn,.

Mlaon o-PrPinn mag,.

Orange, _H ». . . J *....

AUG 11- 19 ig
r> A ! ?, •

Plea&e find below a communication from the EXAMINER in charge of the application of

-_it)*-lloXadj»g^p|)ar-at«ft. - - - •

Comminiontr of Patents, (f

Shis Is in response to amendment filed Aug, 10, 1916,

Claim 4 is rejected on the _

. .BiitiBh patent to “wood, ZB.Q’Jfoi 1876 , 725-34) Pig, 1,
which Allows a -mold 3, arotattfBlo.rnom'bor D raovablo longitudinally .-J
in a dlreotion at~,iMi||j^---the axis of rotation toward the mold <^d£Z. i
to force the ‘materiel to he molded Into closo engagement with the
molding anrfeoe, eto.

Claims 10 to 14 are rejected on the patent to
Sr 1mm, B7C.900, V§b, 9, 1897, (18*6)
whloh Chows an apparatus for molding end flanges on cylindrical
artioloB comprising a device X6 haying an annular molding surface
with which one end of the article 1b engaged, and meanB Comprising ^
a rotatable member. to engage the opposite end snrfaoo to force
the article Into close engagement with said .molding surf aoe, and
manually operated means X, eto,, for moving said member towards
sold molding snrfnoo, eto.

Examiner, Div. 16,

IH THE UNITED STATES PATENT OFFICE

William F. Nehr
and

August Weinert

IMPROVEMENTS IN MOLDING
APPARATUS

Filoa May 11, 1914 ■
Serial No. 837,706

Room No. 308.

HONORABLE COMMISSIONER OF PATENTS,

SIB:

In response to the Office action of
August 18, 1916, please amend the above entitled case as
follows:

Rewrite clSm^T^as follows:

<^4. In molding apparatus, the combination of a
rotatable moia, . rotatable means comprising a member bodily
movable longitudinally in a direction at an angle to the
axiB of rotation of the mold towards the mold to force
the material, to be molded into close engagement with the
molding surface of said mold, and moans operable to move
said member longitudinally towards said molding surface,
substantially as described.

Claim-40, Wne 3, oanoel "the", first occurrence,
and insert - one -

REMARKS

Claim 4 as rewritten dearly distinguishes from
British Patent to Wood by specifying rotatable means com¬
prising/^; member bodily movable longitudinally in a direc¬
tion at an angle to the axis of rotation of the mold. In

the device aiscloeed hy Wood member D iB not movable longi¬
tudinally in a direction at an angle to the axis of rota¬
tion of the mold B.

It is submitted that claims 10 to 14 clearly dis¬
tinguish from Grimm in their present form. In the device
disclosed by Grimm the members IB and J5 are arranged to
engage the opposite ends of the cylindrical paper boxes to
flange such ends.

Claim 10 distinguishes from Grimm by specifying
a devioo having a molding surface for one end portion of
the article and means comprising a rotatable member movable
to engage and force such end portion into close engagement
with said molding surface.

Claim 11 distinguishes from Grimm by specifying
a devioe having an annular molding surface with which one
surface of an end portion of the article is adapted to be
engaged, and means comprising a rotatable member arranged
to engage the opposite surface of such end portion of the
article and to force such portion into close engagement
with said molding surface.

Claims 12 and 13 distinguish from Grimm by specify¬
ing that one of the devices has an annular molding surface
and rotatable means comprising a member movable towards and
away from said molding surface and adapted upon movement
towards said surface to engage the corresponding end portion
of the article to foroe said portion closely into engagement
with said molding surface.

Claim 14 distinguishes from Grimm by specifying a
devioe provided with an annular molding surface with which

one surface of an end portion of the artiole is adapted
to he engaged, and rotatable means comprising a member
arranged to roll upon the opposite surfaoe of such end
■portion and force such portion into close engagement with
said molding surfaoe.

In view of the above further consideration and

allowanoe are requested.

Respectfully submitted,

WILLIAM F. HEHR and AUGUST WEIMERT

Orange, fl. J.
July 24, 1917 *

Their Attorneys.

The attached application Serial Bo. 837,706 of MeaBrs.
Nehr and Weinert relates to apparatus for forming the turned ovt
ends on the celluloid blanks for oylinder records. Ten of the
olaims of this application have been allowed, and the remaining
four olaims have been finally rejected. -

As we no longer use the apparatus described in this
application, I recommend that the application be abandoned and
that we do not go to the expense of taking an appeal and taking
out the patent.

What do you advise?

WH-J3

Patent Application Files

Folio# 987 Storage Battery

U.S. Patent#: 1283779

Primary Applicant: Hutchison, Miller Reese

Date Executed: 5/22/1914

Patent Series

Patent Application Files

Folio # 988 Catch

U.S. Patent#: 1290254

Primary Applicant: Lewis, Frank D

Date Executed: 5/28/1914

n/J^t. L - _ ■

_ JLu -JkjJZJL ojt-

Q*Gj@)<Sl/dLi-~ c^fr-t r^t~ 0*ajL*dJA* Ur^UcA vS _

flrZ&ULArh l/Ust (fyg6od-«y TA^ -^SL^ -^3 O-l-'tA— • _

IL^<aJb^ (LojA- %u Cou2&^> Op, H

Patent Series
Patent Application Files

Folio# 990 Speaking-Tube Support for Phonographs

U.S. Patent#: 1297466

Primary Applicant: Holland, Newman H
Date Executed: 7/10/1914

9^^ . . . . . .

oUurUVLs ^'(yT'

. - U

^tk&JUjL*r:_ UjL^JApd^ H$J^.., — -

•._ -dU...

^dU^l _

Ch £r°~oL* . • ,

^ ' /l^u^&dbj ^CKM-L. -

_jul=slJL-

roourkai lefa.

urhujtef

— fafaLcJkl#

£L ft&AJ^Ckifa- . t/W- 'a.

0Lj- ^UAriA*~$CunJ^

Tfa^C^cf o^r

0 yO^ut-Ji Jy^rc^oidil' Ji/4><A^O*(J
"tlljj- (l/^CiswsJ-- /fa!Lc£@L oft 4*. ,.

<^vv ~ ' {h-zLsolLxk- —^5

Lsi/isdL (aatCt’ ^C/C^T^n^c1^

ouulgL- ^tep ft-uMjus t/u /fcL^rzrtjL. c£a - &

{Zir&- CL*y7A^ <^ CL f-

<€Los\aaJ-' •

lftx.^ULusfa F sla~>~<^ a^.e^X4 "(£u.. . .

PuM&&-' H ol ^-ot ~Z&- 'tcdlU

laa .'\Jbj- JLa-oft. oft o-^riA^, @L~ ct-a ^Jfa<ru/is<. ma
2- . ; G. -^rrf

tir-h u6**ufti%Ur\L Z-fttfi

CC!C,vt^>rt.

Jh L .J^Mr. OCsj-lM-s CL~

y^'CU^LXji '{jftx. ^o-$~C Of-'fc V 4k/~C,jXfaxA~ (j- iJi,

^(ft,\X fa.

Cktjd- . Cr

-ht-Jt-c

jk. lj^4TTV>-^^ ■AAA/-*'-'£cJ^

i CL. xj~ GLgr t^/is,

-<— 4 crfajjvj- <L~ ^ fyy~0~Cerr ^JIa^^J/

n fl

'?'
CL.

UrhsuLkl

■v\^0~c C^K^L^oCL^i-L, C^XDLM<AXy

tt 1a. a^d^t'pjCL-r- ~A-^°

G sLsO cx fyi*-.

CXs} ^dl^t-<jj~\s-' .
r-LA*~ C 'tb*- 'tCdf*-' Cr uriT-^-L&L _

tC^Mrx^rzpC ~tjCtM CA^rCtLeL /oui ^<C&-*xJZ4-u

tu£^~ t^sv^'LLcL. ^JL>rCLx t£u_

|? JftAs^L'. Ct ^Uquatc^It

Gr LAszyT^JL&A- s^exA^jJu-i^Ji (/- ^utejC

t-saX^rt- ~klu^/i4. A^fCtn-, Q. &JL. /uu. j-C*-r
f\ slCajJ/ o^- JlnSJ n^iCLc^QJ^A~&j CcdC^. ts tA-

<=e^

Patent Series
Patent Application Files

Folio# 991 Phonograph

U.S. Patent#: 1178014

Primary Applicant: Holland, Newman H
Date Executed: 7/10/1914

. . . r - Jk-4- <?■?-_ ^J/’CL'CiL

-&K.. ^^t,i-^-Cvvt^a-a _fytdL

- >^d ^aA-jdLjC&^-cJ^ ZJ^U^L^.^,jLj.lI/ _^-C'

. 3...

— Zj^s4-. -?^frr _

.__«2^_. 1' . _

y /?

' Jumu. e>y. ZCidb^

■ . -•C-3 _ -<^M^<=^' ytul ~LCU ^IsL’C-C

• -i _ A^S/^^lCh JLL.

Patent Series
Patent Application Files

Folio # 993 Phonographs

Serial #: 853283

Primary Applicant: Edison, Thomas A
Date Executed: 7/24/1914

Applicant.

. .

Filed

Examiner’s Room No.

Assignee

Page

t Issued

ACTIONS.

. ' ( d * ’

N\»v\KiS 1 7

» CW^ail a, cxyoA-Vk.m» 19 __ - - — —

gy x ^ Stm 20 -^WW^

. 7 . .Q^5L...‘v3,lt) |*| 22 ..

8 jQWso^^fvs^v, Ltq 23 •

^6^^tVm.:.-- 24
'lOQi'V'^s.^A^ ." ,..^^^^.v.tl..vV!l.V.^ 25

(Xs^J^ry 27

-' j? - - - 28 .

1 14 _. _ - - 29

~'nT .

:%. —

v>W^lHfr *-|6«^' 30 _

DYER & HOLDEN,

ORANGE, NEW JERSEY.

J '

petition.

PS,

' '' ®n % Commissioner of Patents :

four petitioner THOMAS A. EDISON

a ritlzen of % Pniteh States, residing anh Ijatrtng a foot ©flare aiffirraa at
llewellyn Park, Neat Orange, Ease* County, Hew Jersey

prana that lettera patent mag he granted to Ijtat for tlje improoementa in

PHONOGRAPHS

aet forth to % annexed aperifiralion; anil Ije hereby appotnta Iyer & fjolben,
(Registration No. 3244). a firm rompoarh of tfrank t. Syer auh Seloa
ijolhen. mhoae aiffirraa ia ©ton ffiffire Suilhing, ©range, New Jersey. h*»
attorneya with full power of substitution anb reooration, to proarrute tlfia
appliratton, to make alteration anb amenbmenta therein, to rereiue % patent.

W' anh ,n tranaart all business in the Patent ffiffire ronnerteb therewith-

QZU.C-

IHC IJIOAIIIIOll

10 Alii WHOM II MAY COHCEBH:

I BE IS KHOWH, that I, SHOMAS A. EDISOH, a oitizen

of the United. States end. a resident of Hov/ellyn Part,

West Orange, Essex County, Hew Jersey, have invented
certain new and useful improvements in PHOHOGRAPHS , of
twhioh the following is a do script ion

Shis application is a division of my application
Serial Ho. B61.128, filed Maroh 23, 1910. - + ■

My invention relates to phonographs, and more
particularly to reproducing styluses formed of extremely
hard material suoh as diamond, which styluses are capable
of operating upon rooords of very hard materials without
wearing-away or otherwise deteriorating. /She principal \
objeots of my invention are the production of
/ and^an_imprpved holder -oombined therewit h , as -srtiolos of ,
! manufacture, and the combination of the same with a suitable |
) reproducer which iB given a considerable weight, sufficient
| to hold the stylus firmly in oontaot with the record sur-
( faoe at all times, and also in combination with a record
! formed of material of suoh excessive hardness as to with-
\ stand the wearing action of the stylus and having formed
1 thereon • a record groove of fine pitch

t invention will appear from the following specification ,
d appended olaims *

-1.

Diamond has heretofore been mentioned among other
materials as suitable for reproducing styluses, hut this
has been a mere suggestion that in view of the exceeding
hardness of the diamond, it would be of great value as a
material from which reproduoing styluses might be made, \

She proper construction of a diamond stylus , or a stylus \-
formod of material substantially harder-then Bepphire.
however, has never been disclosed to my knowledge, nor has j
such a stylus ever appeared commercially, I have found that
an exceedingly hard record material suoh as that dlaolosed
in applications of Aylsworth, Serial Hob. 496,060, Plastic I
Composition and Process of Manufacturing the Same, filed
May 14, 1909; 642J238, Phenolic Condensation Produot and L
Method of Preparing Same, filed February 11, 1910; ana
643, £36, Sound Heoords and Process for Making the Same, ^ I
filed February 11, 1910, wears away the usual sapphire
stylus to a considerable extent. The materials aeBoribea
in these applications are final condensation produots of
phenol, itB homologues or polymers, sna formaldehyde or
heuca-methylene-tetra-emine or other substance containing the
methylene radioal CHg, ana in their final condition are muoh

I harder than celluloid, and in faot nearly approach glass as
to their hardness. Suoh a record material or one of equi¬
valent or great hardness, harder, for example, than oellu-
loid, is of the utmost value for the production of a molded
phonograph record, since with a record formed of such
material, a reproducer of considerable weight or provided
with a heavy floating weight may be used with a consequent
considerable improvement in the volume and quality of re¬
production, if a stylus of sufficient hardness to withstand

-8-

the wear caused by the hardness of the record is need there¬
with. Furthermore, with a reoord having on exceedingly

Ifine pitch, it is necessary that the materiel be very hard
in order that the fine walls between the grooves shall not
be broken down in reproduction. A sapphire stylus is not
appreciably worn when used in reproducing from records, both
disc and cylinder, not materially harder than celluloid.

When, however, the reoord material is substantially harder

than’celloloid, a B" oa^ • 8114 /'

accordingly I have constructed a stylus which is adapted to
ooact with such a reoord and to withstand the consequent
wear. It should be noted that as a test, over 300 repro¬
ductions were made under my direction with a reproducer
weighing from 3 to 5 ounces and provided with a stylus such

Ibs I will describe, operating upon a reoord of the type
having a vertioelly undulating groove and formed of a phen¬
olic final condensation product, described in the above
mentioned applications of Aylsworth. compounded with finely
divided wood pulp. Ibis test resulted in no appreciable
wear, either of the reoord surface or ofjthe.stylus.

Reference is hereby made to the accompanying
drawings forming part of this specification, and in which:-;

Figure 1 represents in perspective a diamond
| splint from which my improved stylus is formed;

Figures 2, 3 and 4 are similar views of the
splint Bhowing the different stages of operation in the
Bhaping of the reproducing point thereon;

Figure 5 is a diagrammatio view showing the |

method of lapping the end of the splint to a flat surface,
which is preferably the first step in the process of forming

figure 6 is a diagrammatic) side elevation partly
in cross section showing the method of holding the splint
and lapping or grinding a toper upon the end thereof;

figure 7 is a partial plan view of suitable
apparatus for rounding the end of the splint;

Figure 8 is an enlarged fragmental oroBB seotional
view through the splint and grinding tool as shown in Figure
7;

Figure 9 is a partial cross seotional view through
a reproducer provided^ with my improved etyluB traveling in
the record groove of a suitable sound record formed of hard
material suoh as described above; end ^

Figures 10 and 11 are side elevations of the splint
in rough and finished condition respectively, entirely on- ^
closed within a holder of soft metal, illustrating Bteps in
the produotion of a modified form of Btylus and holder there- /
for*

Heferring to the drawings, my improved stylus is
preferably formed from a diamond splint, suoh as indicated
at 1* Splints suoh as that illustrated and of suitable sise
may bo obtained in the market, or they may he prepared by
first cleaving a diamond into flat plateB and then notch¬
ing these plates with diamond dust and breaking the same
into splints. Suoh splints are of various shapes and are
|more or less irregular and rough in appearance. In the
formation of a Btylus from suoh a splint, I prepare only
one end of the splint, since the roughness and irregularity
of the body of the splint are really advantageous, since
they aid in firmly holding the splint in its holder both
daring the formation of the stylos and when mounted in the
stylUB lever after the Btylus is completed.

Having obtained the splint, I preferably first
grind the end thereof to a flat Burfaoe by means of a re¬
volving lap wheel charged with diamond dust. In Figure 5
I have illustrated diagrammatioally a lap wheel & whloh
revolves about spindle 3, and being charged with diamond
duet upon its surface 4, grinds the flat surface J5 upon the
end of splint 1, as indloated in Figure E. During thlB
operation, the splints may be secured in a suitable holder.
Having ground the flat surface _6 upon the end of the splint,
the next operation is grinding the Bides of the splint
adjaoent to the flat end 5 to a taper, resulting in the
production of a conical surfaoe jj upon the end of the Bplint
as shown in Figure 3. The Bplint 1 may be secured in a
suitable holder 2 of brass or other suitable material by
cement, which holder is chucked in a lathe Buob as indicated
in Figure 6, in which the Bpindle J3 is rotated by means of
a belt passing over wheel 9, or by other power connection.
While the splint 1 is being rotated, it is ground at a
suitable angle, preferably of approximately 30 degrees by
means of the lap wheel 10, which is oharged with diamond
dust and mounted upon shaft JL1, which may be adjusted
at any suitable angle and rotated by any suitable means
indloated diagrammatioally by the belt wheel 12. If
deBired, the two steps JuBt described may be transposed,
and the sides of the splint adjacent to the end first
ground to a taper and the rough end surface remaining than
flattened. Or if the end of the splint is sufficiently
regular, it may not be necessary to flatten the end at all,
and the same may be left rough. After the end portion of

■5-

the splint has been reduced sufficiently so that the point
or flat surface 6 is of sufficiently small area, the latter
is rounded and polished hy any suitable means, suoh aB the
hall polishing maohine shown diagranmatically in Figure 7.

As here shown the splint 1 seoured in a holder suoh as 7
is chucked in a lathe haying a rotating spindle suoh as 8.

The end of the splint 1 is rounded and polished hy

Internet Archive Audio

Featured

Top

Images

Featured

Top

Software

Featured

Top

Books

Featured

Top

Video

Featured

Top

Mobile Apps

Browser Extensions

Archive-It Subscription

Save Page Now

Full text of "Edison Microfilm Reel 246"

See other formats